ned CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM » / 2 S-/72 OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY Re eagle ae ee y ¥ . y \ : Y ‘ FS o. CLXV, . ° h r \ eat Ce i # aaa i \ a me } 5 Y i- ie \ . | ae . j if ; LP) Sew a ; / i ‘ ‘ t/ ; ‘ \ & ¥ ‘ . * , } / Tiki AI y ‘ , < j \ ; 2 x wee * f i » c: y f i é f ub ” a iy } "| {\ A MISCELLANY IN HONOR i % aR : Generic Revisions in the Cruciferae: Sibara. Reed C. Rollins ‘CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY Jwalesecai OF HARVARD UNIVERSIT No. CLXV ‘The Gouane Palm of Haiti. 2. H. Baileyst. os 2 ee 2A 5 : _ Two New Forms of Rhododendron roseum. Alfred Rehder............ 9 | _ Notes on the “Historical Factor” in Plant Geography. Robert E. Wood- iS We i Se a Se ee aye Two New Leguminous Trees of British Guiana. N.Y. \Sandwith...... 25 _ The Technical Name of Allspice. B.D. Merrill... ... 0.0.0.0... SS 30 Pleomele Fernaldii (Liliaceae), A New Species from the Hawaiian Islands. Hawaiian Plant Studies 16. Harold St. John. ..........0..4....- ee ia Phy i ck ee 42 Endemism in the va of California. Alice Bashboed (= 02 3 ce 55 Vaucheria Schleicheri in North America. Jules Brunel.....:......... 62 New Ferns from the Northern Andes. William R. Mazon............ 69 Polypodium lepidopteris and its Relatives in Brazil. C.A. Weatherby... 76 Some New Species of Utricularia. F. EH. Lloyd and G. Taylor..-.::...: 82 Some Mexican Begonias. Lyman B. Smith and Bernice G. Schubert... . . 90 Additions to the ee = Aaa and Mansel Islands, Hudson Bay. “Nicholas P SEV LON ee Ge ek er PE EEN ee Te eke = La Taxonomie Aci Siis s’Expérimentaliser? - Pére Louis-Marie, O. C..R. 112 Some Methods Applied to a State Flora Survey. John M: Fogg, Jr..... 121 ae CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY No. CLXV. A MISCELLANY IN HONOR OF MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD ISSUED OCT 6 1947 PUBLISHED BY THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY > CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. 8S. A. , 3047. Merritt Lynpon FERNALD On June 30, 1947, after more than fifty years at Harvard University as museum officer, teacher and investigator, Merritt Lyndon Fernald retired as Fisher Professor of Natural History and Director of the Gray Herbarium. In recognition of his long service and of his distinguished contributions to knowledge of the flora of North America and its significance, the staff of the Gray Herbarium dedicates to him this Contribution, written by former students, associates and colleagues at other institutions. THE GOUANE PALM OF HAITI By L. H. BatLtey On September 18, 1926, the Swedish collector Ekman found a palm in southern Haiti called Gouane by the natives. In 1929 the palm was carefully published by Max Burret as Coccothrinax Ekmanii, with detailed plate illustrations, in Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar, Stockholm, 3rd series, Band 6, number 7. Later I saw his specimens at Damien, Port-au- Prince, Haiti, and doubted whether the plant is properly a Cocco- thrinax. I wanted to study the palm from fresh material but in two expeditions to Haiti was not successful in finding it: in December, 1946, however, I was able to obtain the palm from its native habitat, in good condition and in flower and mature fruit, with photographs, and I am now ready to record my conviction in print. In this attempt I am clarifying the genus Coccothrinaz, a process I began eight years ago with the separation of Zombia (Gent. Herb. iv, 239). Erik Leonard Ekman, 1883-1931, was an ardent and trium- phant collector of plants in Cuba and Hispaniola. He went native in his collecting, reaching places far from roads and trails, speaking the languages and dialects, living on foods he picked up on his way. He is keenly remembered in the three countries where he collected: two portraits of him appear in Hermano Leén’s recent Flora de Cuba; another one is in Moscoso’s Cata- logus Flore Domingensis, where an excellent account of his work is published, and an appreciative remembrance is in the Preface to Barker & Dardeau, Flora d’Haiti, 1930. He died in Santiago de los Caballeros, Dominican Republic, January 15, 1931, and there his mortal remains rested. Comment on him in Journal of Botany (London), volume 69, states that “this Swedish botanist”’ died at the age of 48. “With the aid of a small Fellow- ship for study abroad, after obtaining his Ph.D. for a botanical thesis in 1914, Dr. Ekman had spent seventeen years in botanical exploration in Cuba and Haiti, during which he sent very large collections to the Swedish State Museum of Science.” Ekman’s name is associated with many species of plants, as well as with four genera, Ekmania of the Composite, Ekmanochloa of the Graminex, Ekmaniocharis of the Melastomacex, Ekmanianthe of the Bignoniacee. Pl. 1 shows him afield with th pack front and back, machete, but little Pa eb of food or drin 6 BAILEY Fig. 1, Harrretta Exmanrz in its native habit in Haiti. Mature verrucose fruits, about one-third oversize. THE GOUANE PALM OF HAITI 7 HAITIELLA, gen. nov. Palmacearum, tribus Thrinacearum. Flores hermaphroditi, valde parvi, sessiles, vulgo 6-meri; perianthium circa 1 mm. diam., cupulatum basi, profunde partitum in 6 lobos acutos serius angustissimos cum mortui et sicci, bracteis squamiformibus su tentum; stamina 6, valde exserta, anthere oblong dorsifixe; stylus 1, gracilis, antheras superans, curvus apice, stigma parvum obliquumque; nicum et simplex: fructus depresso-globosi, 5-7 mm. diam. cum sicci, fulvi, verrucosi vel parvis punctis editis obsiti, qu in senioribus plus vel minus evanescent, stylus primo persistens prominensque sed caducus etate exacta, embryon laterale; nucula divisa, plus vel minus omnino in 3-5 partes, linew divisionis evidentes,in albumine quod aliter homogeneum se" inflorescentia in parvis simplicibus paniculiformibus racemis 10-12 ecm. longis ex axilla gracilium, carinatarum, acutarum spathillarum 12-14 em. longarum, circa 6 spathille in unam multiplicem spatham 40-50 cm. longam conjuncte, ex axilla laxe reticulate anasto- motice conspicue vagine orientem: erecta parva arbor, truncus unicus et obsitus laxis, clathratis reticulatis intertextis cylindris, liberis spini- formibus apicibus in contrarias partes extendentes: folia palmata, erecta, rigida, non divaricata nec declinata nec librata, palman non expandens. Differt a Coccothrinace profundius inciso perianthio, stylo exserto, fructu multo minus divisa, albumine non ruminato, arbore aspectu alio, foliis erectis, divisionibus stricte compactis, palmane non expandente nec librato nec declinato vel plano, trunco obsito clathratis reticulatis cylin- dricis vaginis ex quibus plurime sunt petiolifere liberis spiniformibus apicalibus obliquis eojenwonibed. Haitiella Ekmanii (Burret), stat. nov. GOUANE of Haiti. Figs. 1-3. PL 2. Coccothrinax Ekmanii, Burret, in Kungl. Svensk. Vetens. Handl. vi, 11, Stockholm 1929, tab. 4. Small erect tree 3-6 m. tall, known from only one locality in Haiti, difficult of access, apparently not in cultivation: trunk single, slender, 7-8 cm. diam., covered completely at first with woven cylindric leaf- sheaths (Pl. 2) ‘but becoming bare and lightly ringed on the lower part: leaves palmate, blade 30-40 cm. long, narrow because the folds are p together laterally, grayish or silvery, glossy when fresh, very thinly pubescent at least on upward folds, hastula short and pointed at middle (Fig. 2), whole leaf standing stiffly upright or erect; petiole slender, un- unless at very base, edges sharp: flower-clusters axillary, 25-35 cm. ps approximately equalling the petiole, comprised of 3-6 lateral fas- ruits many in the combined clusters, greenish-yellow becoming tawny when dry, contrasts shown in Fig. Anses-A-Pitre on Morne Savane Lafleur on the road to Ravine Tresér, Haiti Ouest, Ekman 6991, Bailey 383 entering from Massif de la Selle. It is fairly abundant at its habitat, which is BAILEY wice or more natural size. Three left, NUTLETS OF THREE Fig. 3. Ss palms, t , Haitiella; omer one longitudinal section; lower right, cross section. Middle four; upper left, Haitiella longitudinal section: re ining three Coccothrinaz. Right three, Thrinaz, all showing centralium, lower right cross section, others longitudinal sections. ContTris. GRAY Hers. CLXY. PLaTE I Errk Leonarp ExMa\, afield in the Antilles, Contris. Gray Hers. CLXYV, Puate II. LATTICED PETIOLAR SHEATHS, removable as cylinders. TWO NEW FORMS OF RHODODENDRON ROSEUM 9 25-30 feet above the Caribbean shore. It grows on lime rock without a trace of surface soil. Whether young or old, the trees have a stiff and dry appearance, the leaves erect. The leaves are employed by the natives for the making of a large hat called “gouane”’, but whether this vernacular applies primarily to the hat or the palm, or to both indifferently, is not determined. I must not close this narrative of the Gouane palm without expressing my great obligation to M. Félix Pierre-Louis of the botanical department, Services du Département de |’Agriculture, Damien, who led the horse-back search for the palm for two or three days from the crown of the Massif at about 6000 feet, and who has supplied me with much of the information herein re- corded. BatLey Hortortum, CoRNELL UNIVERSITY. TWO NEW FORMS OF RHODODENDRON ROSEUM By ALFRED REHDER Rhododendron roseum is apparently one of the rather variable species of American Azaleas, of which, so far, no forms nor vari- ations have been described. In most ‘American floras and publi- cations, this species had been confused with other related species, chiefly with R. canescens (Michx.) Sweet and R. nudiflorum (L.) Torrey. It therefore seems to be not amiss to give below the synonymy of this species which ranges from southern Quebec and New Hampshire to southeastern Missouri, Tennessee and Virginia. For additional citations of literature, see Rehder, 1. c. (1921). RHODODENDRON ROSEUM (Loisel.) Rehder in Wilson & Rehder, Monog. Azalea rosea Loiseleur in Duhamel, et Arb. Arbust. éd. augm. [Nouv. Duhamel] 5: 224, t. 64 (181 Azalea canescens Pursh, Fl. Am gary ps 152 (1814) in part as to the plant from Virginia; hak Michaux (1 Azalea nudiflora ce. rosea Sweet, Hort. Brit. 265 (1826), nom. nud. Azalea nudiflora sensu Darlington, Fl. Cestr. 26 (1826); not Linnaeus 17 62 Rhododendron nudiflorum ee. roseum Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed. 2, 344 (1830), nom. nt R. udiflorum sensu Darlington, Fl. Cestr. ed. 2, 262 (1837), not moines? (1824). 10 REHDER Rhododendron canescens sensu Porter in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, 16: 220 (1889), not Sweet (1830). Azalea prinophylla Small in N. Am. Fl. 29: 42 (1914). Rhododendron prinophyllum Millais, Rhododendron, 229 (1917). Rhododendron nudiflorum var. roseum Wiegand in Rhodora, 26: 4 (1924) RHODODENDRON ROSEUM forma lutescens, forma nova. A typo recedit corollae colore, limbo pallide luteo, lobo superiore intus intensius luteo, ceteris pallide luteis et plus minusve leviter colore pallide roseo suffusis, extus costa media rosea notatis, tubo coccineo. Folia ellip- tica, 4-6 cm. longa, supra minute puberula vel fere glabra, subtus in facie sparse, ad costam et venas densius villosa. CULTIVATED SPECIMENS: Arnold Arboretum, no. 248-46, May and Sept. 2, 1946 and May 19, 1947, coll. A. Rehder, rypx in herb. Arnold Arb. (plant received from J. B. Gable, Stewartstown, Pa., May, 1946). This form agrees well with typical R. roseum, but differs in the pale yellow color of the limb of the corolla while the tube is bright red. According to the color charts published by the British Colour Council in collaboration with the Royal Horticultural Society, the color of the limb is ‘Maize yellow (607/1)” and of the tube “Signal Red (119/3).” In the group of the species with pink to white flowers, namely R. nudiflorum (L.) Torrey, R. roseum (Loisel.) Rehder, R. alabamense Rehder, R. canescens (Michx.) Sweet and R. atlanticum (Ashe) Rehder, the only form which might be considered a counterpart of this form is R. atlanticum f. luteo-album (Coker) Rehder; the yellow color is very faint and only clearly noticeable in the bud. hododendron roseum forma, lutescens was discovered some time before 1927 by Mr. Joseph B. Gable of Stewartstown, Pennsyl- vania, in the woods near that town, in a number of plants showing the yellow coloring in various degrees; one of the most distinctly yellow was transplanted to his nursery and later, in the spring of 1946, was sent to the Arnold Arboretum where it flowered well in 1946 and 1947. ‘ RHODODENDRON ROSEUM forma plenum, forma nova. No A a fi : XK oss OS Contris. Gray Hers, CLXV. ‘ (gm ‘ ee t Lot : Pa < nt ¥ i, C=: (é * Sak f re he S oh 3 i. eS “a Se IA eme einG ah ‘ant Ei aR fae a ea - rica MT leek 00 ay Bd er eaft . - er / - ri ; te seer a ari ! *4 5 “) \\ WS : t % ay Ae , Pet pr : “a Zod = a8 4 SU SSS cy Q > A ' fi 2 > TRY S ‘ Pye ° Gg ‘ Ro | ; LY petit ; ; IYER AA % ae ae +" Ee? | E Fig. 2. Ranges in Asclepias. 18 WOODSON surely, could not have maintained a separate existence with tuberosa upon the Appalachian upland, later migrating to Florida only to return in panmixy with its sister subspecies. Surely the most simple explanation is to assume that all three subspecies arose perhaps from a common ancestor through isolation in the manner suggested by Map 1. A. ¢. Rolfsii, as well as many superficially similar entities, clearly plays the role of a living index fossil testifying to the existence of a Floridian refugium of great antiquity. Granted the premise of three Cretaceous and Tertiary refugia in eastern North America, it is rather an easy matter to refer all indigenous species of Asclepias to one or more in essentially equiformal manner (Hultén, 1937). They are enumerated below APPALACHIA - uasclepias purpurascens (§6) verticillata (§1) amplexicaulis (§10) incarnata ssp. pulchra (§1) *phytolaccoides (§10) *perennis (§1) *variegata (§11) quadrifolia (§2) 1 Acerates tuberosa ssp. tuberosa (§5) viridiflora OzARKIA Euasclepias * . verticillata (§1) “Emoryi (518) incarnata ssp. incarnata (§1) — re Acerates inearis ai di quadrifolia (§2) Pee syriaca a V : *ovalifolia (§4) —— tuberosa ssp. interior (§5 stgastal ige (§5) : Polyotus amplericaulis (§10) i i ae ullivantii (§11) A . re a sclepiodora Meadii (§11) *viridis ; OranceE Isianp uas , > verticillata ie Besa *Michauzii (§3) cin *humistrata ( *Feayt tuberosa ssp. Rolfsii ($5 Asclepiodor *lanceolata (§5) ih al Sie : *rubra (§5) *Curtissii (87) nore amplezicaulis (§10) “longifolia obovata (§11) Podostigma *tomentosa (§12) — THE ‘‘ HISTORICAL FACTOR” IN PLANT GEOGRAPHY 19 with reference to their ancestral refuges, together with sub- generic and sectional indication of their systematic affinities. An asterisk denotes an endemic species. From the enumeration, it appears that area-size of the putative refuge is not directly proportional to systematic diversification, as one might expect. It is worthy of note that essentially the same sections of Kua c'epias, the supposedly primitive subgenus, are represented in all three ancestral refuges, but that. greater diversification of subgenera is found to be associated with Ozarkia and Orange Island than with Appalachia. The following enumeration indicates those species of Asclepias common to all, or to two of the refuges: APPALACHIA-OZARKIA-ORANGE ISLAND Euasclepias verticillata (§1) tuberosa (sensu lat.) (§5) amplexicaulis ($10) APPALACHIA-OZARKIA Euasclepias purpurascens (§6) incarnata (sensu lat.) ($1) quadrifolia (§2) Acerates I 4) viridiflora From the foregoing it would appear that greater affinity exists between the Appalachian and Ozark Asclepias floras than be- tween the former and the Floridian, which may come as some- thing of a surprise. It is fairly well known, however, that nu- merous plants characteristic of the southeastern coastal plain are to be found in the Ozark, Boston, and Ouachita mountains of southern Missouri and northern Arkansas. In passing, lest it be suspected that their proximity to the tropics may account for the variety of Floridian asclepiads, I should state that in all the Antilles there are but two species of Asclepias, A. curassavica and A. nivea, both annuals (unlike our species), and both referable to subgen. Fuasclepias, §1. ; In the preceding enumerations it was found possible to assign the existing species of Asclepias to one, two, or three ancestral refuges. Descriptive reference may be made to such species by the terms monocentric, bicentric, and tricentric, respectively. We have seen that the three subspecies of A. tuberosa can scarcely have arisen other than through isolation upon the three refuges of Appalachia, Ozarkia, and Orange Island, in view of their behavior at the commissures of their present ranges. A. tuberosa, of course, is a tricentric species. 20 WOODSON Amongst the bicentric species, A. incarnata (Map 3), with its two subspecies incarnata and pulchra, forms an interesting parallel to A. twberosa in that isolation upon Ozarkia and Appa- lachia, respectively, apparently has led to subspeciation followed by reunion and introgression of the differentiated populations. Although my observations of this species have not transcended the usual herbarium methods, I am sure that biometric treatment here, as in A. tuberosa, would reveal a commissural crest of variability together with heterosis. In both species, it is inter- esting to find that it is the Ozark subspecies which is the aggressor, and that the Appalachian subspecies, confined to the east by the Atlantic, is on the verge of genetic dissolution. In passing, I should call attention to the isolated localities of both subspecies of A. incarnata in Florida, Louisiana, Texas, New Mexico, Colorado, and Utah. These undoubtedly are ré- cent ruderal populations, most obviously in the southwest where they are associated with artificial reservoirs. In consideration of the comose seeds of the genus, it is remarkable that the distri- butions of all species are not far more complex. We have been speaking of vicarious subspecies. Doubtless vicarious species also have been the result of isolation upon the three refuges; but it is a very difficult task to identify them, be- cause of the notoriously elaborate floral differences which habitu- ally distinguish species of Asclepias. A very conservative esti- mate would yield possibly four pairs of vicarious species (none for all three refuges): these are AA. perennis and texana, for Appalachia and southwestern Ozarkia (Llano uplift), respec- tively; hartella and longifolia, Meadii and obovata, and viridis and conniwens for Ozarkia and Orange Island. Here, again, the affinity of the Ozarks and Florida is evident. Still another instance of the same, but without the scope of species occurring predominantly east of the 100th meridian, would be A. tomentosa of the southeastern coastal plain and A. arenaria of the mid- western plains. This affinity of the milkweeds of Florida for pee of the west recalls the study of Simpson (1930), which c — a somewhat similar relationship of Tertiary land That isolation alone is insufficient to produce speciation or pen lation is seen from Map 4, illustrating the distribution of pre leesrih fo The map suggests that the once continuous Pleist ion of this species may have been interrupted by the eistocene ice, perhaps in addition to the Mississippi embay- ment, and that the species has not been sufficiently aggressive a THE ‘‘HISTORICAL FACTOR” IN PLANT GEOGRAPHY 21 as yet to overcome the schism. A. quadrifolia is an extremely distinctive species, constituting a section of subgen. Euasclepias; I have searched diligently but in vain for any structural peculi- arity of either the Appalachian or the Ozark population. The striking uniformity of the plants suggests a low morphological as well as biotypic mutation rate as a likely explanation of its con- servatism. Amongst the milkweeds of the eastern United States we find numerous species which, judging by the shape and position of their distributions, have been disjuncted in the past without undergoing regional differentiation, and have now re-effected a continuous distribution. Such species apparently may appertain to all three refuges, or to Appalachia and Ozarkia alone. Amongst the former we find A. verticillata and A. amplexicaulis (Map. 5); amongst the latter, A. syriaca and A. purpurascens (Map 6). Perhaps A. verticillata really should not be included in this con- nection, for I have observed a slight difference in dentation of the corona hoods of the eastern and western populations, but so slight that I have not yet decided whether to dignify it by nomen- clatural designations. Of course the monocentric species of eastern American asclepi- ads far outnumber the polycentric, as may be seen from the enumerations on pages 18-19. When the lists are broken down, it is seen that 27% of the Appalachian species are endemic, strik- ingly low in contrast to 58% for Ozarkia and 80% for Orange Island. The high figure for Ozarkia is due largely to the south- western extension to the Llano uplift where, if we were not limiting ourselves to species ranging predominantly eastward of the 100th meridian, several others would be encountered. Ozarkia probably always has been more diversified ecologically than has Appalachia, the western half in all likelihood having been open prairie as early as the Eocene (Osborn, 1910). The high percentage for Orange Island, on the other hand, probably is not due chiefly to ecological diversification, but rather to systematic diversification upon not one, but several fluctuating islands, a conclusion supported by Dall’s (loc. cit.) studies of the Miocene shell fauna. : : In most cases it has been an easy matter to assign each species to its putative refuge or refuges. In’others, however, the distri- butions may not be exactly equiformal, testifying to the truth of much of Mason’s emphasis upon present environmental condi- tions and the plant’s reaction to them. Of obvious importance are spontaneous changes of local climatic and edaphic conditions 22 WOODSON (or genetic changes of the plant’s physiological reactions), as well as induced changes relative to human occupance (cf. such ruderal species as A. incarnata and A. syriaca). In most cases the change of distribution is not sufficient to result in doubt concerning the refuge to which a species pertains. In others some confusion is inevitable. The distribution of A. stenophylla (Map 7) surely is Ozarkian in its inception. But from the western Ozarks, chiefly west of the Gasconade River, the species has fanned out into the plains of Kansas, Nebraska, Oklahoma, and adjoining margins of neighboring states. The species would appear to have been pre- adapted to a plains environment because of an early occupance upon the semi-xerophytic “bald knobs” of the western Ozarks; an environment, incidentally, which presently is being diminished by the encroaching forests. A. stenophylla plainly is in the act of moving out from its ancestral home. A somewhat similar picture, but of more familiar application, is presented by A. phytolaccoides (Map 8). This species is fanning northward from the southern Appalachians in a manner similar to the route taken by many familiar plants, including several ‘“‘typically northern” conifers, such as Thuja occidentalis. Some modern species of Asclepias seem to have left their ancestral refuge completely. A good instance of this is A. Nut- talliana (Map 9), which extends in nearly a semicircle about the Ozarks, from northeastern Illinois to Kansas, possibly the goal of the tendency seen in A. stenophylla. A familiar distributional pattern is presented by A. perennis (Map 10). At first glance it might be construed as a variety of the Orange Island type were it not for the conspicuous extension toward the head of the Mississippi embayment. I am interpreting this range as derived from Appalachia, not only following the studies of Fernald (1931), but because of the peculiar pendent pods and large naked seeds of the species, quite anomalous for the genus. The seeds, particularly, would appear to be adapted for dissemination by the waters near which the plants habitually grow, and transportation for such a distance eagiliana iy m3 i! unlikely. A. perennis would appear to Cui < cote: rather ‘swampy topography of the PE EF abe . OP its Miocene elevation. Evidently hee ee Orange Island elements is subject ice | uch as A. perennis and other coastal plants g relicts in the highlands (Fernald, loc. cit.; Braun, 1937) must be excluded from consideration. : ce THE HISTORICAL FACTOR” IN PLANT GEOGRAPHY 23 A very common expansion of what I interpret as the Orange Island pattern is provided by A. lanceolata (Map 11), a species which requires a swampy, preferably rather brackish, site. A peculiar variant is presented by the ranges of A. rubra (Map 12) and A. tomentosa, in which the species apparently have continued to extend themselves along the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, while languishing at the putative center of origin. From such appar- ently incipient transads we receive the suggestion that disjunct ranges may not always be of diastrophic cause. Finally, in connection with the departure of species from their ancestral refuges, I cannot forbear returning to A. purpurascens (Map 6), previously discussed as a bicentric species. An exami- nation of the distributional pattern, obtained, like the others, from a great wealth of herbarium specimens, convinces me that the Ozark population has maintained its home grounds, while expanding principally to the north and east; the Appalachian population, on the other hand, seems to have spread much less, principally to the northeast in a characteristic manner, while becoming virtually extinct in the ancestral upland. From this we may infer that some supposedly monocentric species may pre- viously have been polycentric. I have composed this little sketch of the distribution of Asclepias in the eastern United States as an example of what I consider to be a wholly justified use of the ‘historical factor’ in plant geography. While recognizing the value of physiological ecology, biometry, and cytogenetics, I must insist that the size and shape of the area occupied by plants of our time are the product of yesterday’s and today’s facts, both genetic and environ- mental. If the study of evolution has taught us anything, it is that the past is the key to the present, and the present that to the past. SUMMARY Three major refuges were available to the biota of the south- eastern United States during the late Mesozoic and early Ceno- zoic: Paleozoic Ozarkia and Appalachia, and Orange Island, rather a fluctuating archipelago in what is now the state of Florida. Present stratigraphic evidence of Orange Island ex- tends no earlier than Eocene, but the biological evidence perhaps would favor at least oscillating emergence since earlier times. — Upon these three centers the modern speciation of Asclepias is considered to have developed. The greatest floristic affinity is seen between Ozarkia and Appalachia; the least between Ap- 24 WOODSON palachia and Orange Island. The least rich in endemics is Appalachia; the richest is Orange Island. This cannot likely be due to hypothetical land bridges between Florida and the Antilles, since at the present time there are but two closely re- lated Antillean species: both annuals, unlike our species, and both very generalized members of a single section of the genus. The high endemism of the Floridian species is interpreted as an effect of the archipelagic nature of the refuge. The asclepiads apparently have reacted to isolation in differing fashions. It is difficult to distinguish vicarious species, but there seem to be four pairs: one pertaining to Ozarkia and Appalachia, and three to Ozarkia and Orange Island. Two species comprise vicarious subspecies, one divided amongst all three refuges, the other between Ozarkia and Appalachia. Where these vicariads have effected a commissure, they are panmictic and introgression is apparent. Isolation need not necessarily lead to systematic, differentiation, and the bicentric or tricentric populations may remain disjunct, or may reknit to form a secondarily continuous distribution. Species may remain close to their ancestral refuge or may spread indifferently or differentially into newer territory. Some have become extinct or virtually extinct at their putative centers while continuing to expand elsewhere. This varied behavior possibly is the result of differing morphological and biotypic mutation rates. | LITERATURE CITED Berry, E. L. (1913). Contributions to the Mesozoic flora of the Atlantic coastal plain. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 40: 567-574. eerste cele A pac yas colony of coastal plants on_the Paper i) u in Laurel County, Kentucky. Amer. Midl. Nat. se ey N. L., and C. F. Millspaugh (1920). The Bahama flora. New Campbell, R. B. (1940). i i i i i nee eee Dall, W. H. (1890-1903). Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida, C.. . Wagner Free Inst. Sci. 3: 1-1654. Fernald, M. L. (1931). Specific segregations and identities in some floras of eastern North America and the Old World. Rhodora 33: 26-63. Hultén, E. (1937). Outline of the history of the arctic and boreal biota during the Quaternary period. Stockholm. La Motte, R. S. (1944). Supplement to Catalogue of Mesozoic and Cenozoic plants of North America. Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. 924: 1-330. ges se L. (1946). e edaphic factor in narrow endemism. I. The na oi environmental influences. Madrofio 8: 209-226 Osborn, H. F. (1910). Age of Mammals. New York. TWO NEW PAPILIONACEOUS TREES OF BRITISH GUIANA 25 pe ce M., and M. E. J. Chandler (1926). The Bembridge flora. ondon. Schuchert, C. (1935). Historical geology of the Antillean-Caribbean region. New York. Schuchert, C., and C. O. Dunbar (1933). A textbook of historical geology, Part II. New York. Simpson, G. G. (1930). Tertiary land mammals of Florida. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 59: 149-211. Vaughan, T. W. (1910). A contribution to the geologic history of the Floridian plateau. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 133: 99-185. Woodson, R. E., Jr. (1947). Dynamics of leaf variation in Asclepias tuberosa. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. (in press) Missouri BoTANICAL GARDEN. Figure 1. Map 1: Cretaceous shore lines (solid line) and maximum limit of Pleistocene glaciation (chain line) with relation to the refuges of Ozarkia, Appalachia, and Orange Island (compiled from Schuchert & Dunbar, 1933; Schuchert, 1935). Map 2: subspeciation of Asclepias tuberosa. Map 3: subspeciation in A. incarnata—small dots, A. 1. incarnata; large dots, A. 7. pulchra. Maps 3-6: each dot represents a single station per county. Discussion of all maps in the text. FIGureE 2. Maps 7-12: each dot represents a single station per county. Discussion of all maps in the text. TWO NEW LEGUMINOUS TREES OF BRITISH GUIANA By N. Y. SANDWITH Among the very large and valuable collections which were made in British Guiana during the war by Mr. D. B. Fanshawe, Assistant Conservator of Forests, material of two Leguminous trees, a Sweetia and a Swartzia, has enabled me to complete the descriptions of two new species whose identity and affinities have been puzzling me for some years. The Sweetia is of great bo- tanical interest, while the Swartzia, according to Mr. Fanshawe, is one of the commercial timbers of the Colony. — Unless otherwise stated, the specimens cited are all deposited in the Kew Her- oe h b omnibus speciebus adhuc Sweemia praeclara Sandwith, sp. nov.; 4 : cognitis staminibus 5 tantum differt, praeterea ob foliola punctata, caly- cem disciferum bene evolutum, unguem petalorum pilosum necnon formam laminae, ovulum saepissime unicum valde notabilis, = Arbor mediocris vel excelsa lis nig glabris ¢ tenuiter undulato-striato. Stipulae ovatae vel ellipticae, 4.6-9 mm. 26 SANDWITH longae, 1.75-4.2 mm. latae, coriaceae, longitudinaliter striato-nervosae, sparse pilosulae vel fere glabrae. Folia paripinnata vel imparipinnata, 4-6-foliolata, vulgo 10-20 cm. longa, adulta omnino glabra nisi petiolulis nonnunquam sparse pubescentibus, cortice rhacheos ei ramulorum simili minusve revolutis, utrinque praesertim supra nitidula, infra crebre ver- ruculoso-punctata punctis setis albis minutis deciduis terminatis ceterum glabra, costa supra canaliculato-impressa subtus prominente, nervis pri- mariis utrinsecus circiter 10 angulo lato patulo-ascendentibus rectis sed satis longe a margine anastomosantibus, nervis intermediis parallelis fere aequalibus, venulis reticulationem conspicuam formantibus, omnibus utrinque aequaliter prominulis. Paniculae axillares atque terminales, saepe geminatae, ad 10 cm. longae, ubique breviter pilosulo-pubescentes, cortice ei ramulorum simili; ramuli floriferi 1.5-3 cm. longi, basi bracteis stipuliformibus 2-5 mm. longis suffulti; bracteae basi pedicellorum ovatae, acutae, 0.75 mm. longae, 0.5 mm. latae; pedicelli circiter 1 mm. longi; bracteolae supra medium pedicellum minutae, circiter 0.5 mm. longae. Calyx campanulato-turbinatus, extra passim intus supra discum glabrum pubescens; pars discifera turbinata 1 mm. longa, pars. superior supra discum gamophylla circiter 1.2 mm. longa ad 3.3 mm. latitudinem dilatata, lobi triangulari-ovati, 1.2 mm. longi, 1.2-1.75 mm. lati. Petala ut videtur late orbiculares, 0.5 mm. longae, 0.75 mm. latae, haud apiculatae. Ova- rium ovoideum vel ellipsoideum, 2 mm. longum, fere 1.2 mm. latum, dense pilosum, stipite glabro 1.75 mm. longo, stylo 1.3-2 mm. longo basi excepta glabro; ovula saepissime 1, raro2. Legumen oblongum, apice rotundatum pea beg ns 5-8.5 em. longum, 1.4-2.2 em. latum, applanatum, eu scilicet firme chartaceum vel tenuiter coriaceum, glabrum, niti- lulum, prominenter reticulato-venosum, sutura superiore ultra nervum limbalem anguste (circiter 1.5 mm.) alato-marginatum; stipes vulgo 3-4 mm. longus. Semen 1, elongato-oblongum. — bai Essequibo River: Makauria Creek, fl. March 1, pi ; sea orest Dept. no. 2353 (rypus in Herb. Kew.), medium- ree about 10 in. diam., on alluvial soil near the creek; ibid., fr. TWO NEW LEGUMINOUS TREES OF BRITISH GUIANA 27 Sept. 16, 1940, Fanshawe in Forest Dept. no. 3286, tree 110 ft. high, 14 in. diam., bark creamy, smooth, basally swollen; Moraballi Creek, May 17, 1943, fls. over, Fanshawe in Forest Dept. no. 4033, tree 90 ft. high, 12 in. diam., in greenheart forest on loam, buttressed to 3 ft., bark with a strong bean scent, calyx creamy green. Bartica-Potaro Road, in sandy wallaba forest near 14th milepost, young buds, August 17, 1937, Sandwith no. 1109, tree about 80 ft. high, with whitish buds. Vernacular name, ‘Blackheart.’’ The type (Forest Dept. no. 2353) was noted as a tree with the . wood chocolate-coloured, the sapwood yellowish white, very narrow and sharply defined. The wood of this species was noted as used for house-posts, furniture, etc. The seeds of the ripe pods of Forest Dept. no. 3286 are almost all bored and damaged by insects, so that it has not been possible to give a satisfactory description of them. They appear to be about 6-7 mm. long (perhaps longer), 2-3 mm. broad and up to 2.5 mm. thick. Seedling specimens were collected by Mr. Fanshawe, Forest Dept. no. 3631, on Oct. 16, 1942, in “Turu” palm swamp on white sand near the Keriti Creek, Essequibo River. He notes that they come from the early 1941 crop of seed, but that their age is indeterminate. The leaves are trifoliolate, while the canalicu- late petiole and rhachis are very narrowly wing-margined, the wings being produced into stipel-like lanceolate-subulate points at the nodes below the petiolules. The leaflets are small, either opposite or alternate, up to 3.7 em. by 1.7 cm., and more elliptic in outline than those of the mature tree; otherwise, they are very similar in appearance and venation, and in their acuminate apex. Like the old leaflets, they are punctate on the lower surface, the dots being dark, not pellucid, and terminated by minute white stiff bristles which are more or less adpressed to the surface. These bristles, which can be seen only under a lens, are some- times evident on the older leaflets, but have very often disap- peared. . : This remarkable tree, as can be seen from the diagnosis, pre- sents a number of outstanding characteristics which might appear to warrant the creation of a new genus. On the other hand, in general facies, foliage, inflorescence and especially fruit, it fits so well into Sweetia, and into no other genus, that I have no hesita- tion in placing it there as a new species with anomalous charac- ters. On account of its relatively membranous, reticulate-veined pods it resembles such species as S. panamensis Bth., S. got (Vog.) Bth. and S. elegans (Vog.) Bth., rather than the other 28 SANDWITH Guiana and Amazon representative of the genus, S. nitens (Vog.) Bth., which has short coriaceous pods and long stout inflorescence- branches. Indeed, the facies of the leaflets and inflorescence, added to the character of the pods, suggests a closer affinity with S. panamensis and S. dasycarpa, the former of which occurs in Central America from southern Mexico to Panama, while the latter is plentiful and variable in central Brazil but is not found in Amazonia. I have found distinctly dotted leaflets in no other species of Sweetia: pellucid dots are characteristic of the leaflets of the allied genus Myrocarpus, which has a very different pod. The reduction of stamens and ovules would not by itself justify the creation of a new genus, while the peculiar shape of the blades of the petals might well be due to the absence of the additional stamens which has allowed some freedom for greater develop- ment. Swartzia Bannia Sandwith, sp. nov.; apetala, in serie Tounateae ponenda, foliolis S. leiocalycinam Bth. statim revocans sed indumento paginae inferioris e pilis longioribus minus coarctatis constituto, illo in- florescentiae haud cinnamomeo-ferrugineo, praeterea absentia petali, tinguenda. Arbor satis parva, trunco (teste Fanshawe) hic illic per brevia spatia profunde sulcato-striato atque fenestrato; ramuli graciles, teretes, gla- eae teeb, floribus multo minoribus sepalis intus glabris facile dis- im ressis cum reticulatione areolarum seen btus pallida pilis arcte adpressis . vaide promin: : . ascendentibus obscuris saepe vix dtctienta. hervis Interalibus: pati” cum dense adpresse pubescentes; bracteae ad 1.2 mm. longae: bracteolae longi. Alabastra ovoideo-subglobosa, breviter TWO NEW LEGUMINOUS TREES OF BRIISH GUIANA 29 obtuse apiculata, 3-4 mm. diametro, pilis flavescentibus nitidulis sericeo- pubescentia. Calyx irregulariter rumpens, demum in lobos 4 reflexos —4 mm. latos intus glabros fissus. Petalum deest. Stamina majora 2, filamentis glabris 4 mm. longis, antheris 1.2-1.3 mm. longis 1 mm. latis; minora numerosissima inaequalia, filamentis glabris, antheris ad 0.75 mm. longis ad 0.8 mm. latis. Gynoecium stipite tomentoso 2.5-3 mm. longo; ovarium oblongum, 3.5 mm. longum, 1.75-2 mm. latum, tomentosum; stylus excentricus, brevissimus, ad 0.3 mm. longus, conicus, uncinato- inflexus, apice glaber obtusus.’ Legumen aurantiacum, oblongo-ellip- soideum, turgidum, bivalve, 2-2.5 em. longum, vulgo 1.5 cm. diametro, adpresse pubescens, demum glabratum, stipite 5 mm. longo; semen unicum nigrum, nitidum, ovoideo-ellipsoideum, circiter 1.3 cm. longum, 1 cm. diametro, arillo albo 1 cm. longo insidens. British Gurana. Demerara River: in Dakkama (Dimorphandra conjugata) scrub on white sand, Ituni Road, Mackenzie, fr. June 5, 1945, Fanshawe in Forest Dept. no. 5241 (rypus in Herb. Kew.); tree 40 ft. high, 12 in. diam., deeply fluted over short lengths of bole forming windows or troughs in the wood, leaves brittle, fruit orange, seed glossy black, half covered by white aril. Berbice River: Eberobo River, fr. May 31, 1919, Hohenkerk in Forest Dept. no. 793; “hardwood used for house posts and no. 173 (duplicate from Utrecht Herb.). Vernacular name, Bannia (Arawak), according to Fanshawe and Appun. “Ebony” follows “Bannia’’ on Appun’s labels; while Hohenkerk noted his tree as “Shibalidanni” (Arawak). According to Mr. Fanshawe, this is one of the commercial timbers of British Guiana. Royau Botanic GARDENS, Kew. 30 MERRILL THE TECHNICAL NAME OF ALLSPICE By E. D. Mrerrinu Allspice was originally characterized, under the binomial system, as Myrtus Pimenta Linn. Sp. Pl. 472. 1753. Its basis was a series of references to pre-Linnaean literature, for Linnaeus in 1753 had no specimen representing it in his herbarium. Even if all the cited references may not apply to a single species there is no difficulty in determining just what Linnaeus had in mind, which was the West Indian allspice tree. The generic synonym is Prmenta Lindl. Collect. Bot. sub pl. 19. 1821! (Pimenta O. Berg, Handb. Pharm. Bot. ed. 3, 1: 338. 1855°; Myrcia Soland. ex Lindl. Collect. Bot. sub pl. 19. 1821, non DC., 1826; Eva- nesca Raf. Sylva Tellur. 105. 1838 ; Pimentus Raf. 1. ¢.). It will be noted that in date of publication M yrcia Soland. ex Lindl., 1821, antedates the publication of the very large genus Myrcia DC., 1826, by five years, and actually invalidated the latter name. Manifestly in this case M. yrcia DC., 1826, should be officially conserved against M yrcta Soland. ex Lindl., 1821. Lindley, Collect. Bot. sub pl. 19. 1821, realized that the Linnaean species could not be retained in Myrtus, and for it he casually published the new generic name Pimenta Lindl., with binomial has, in general, been accepted for more than a century, but in that time a rather formidable synonymy has been built up. 1 The title page date of Lindley’s Collectanea botanica is 1821 and all of the eight fascicle covers bound at the end of the volume in the Arnold Arboretum set are so dated. The date in current literature is indicated as 1821-~24. In a sheet dated Oct. 21, 1821, that may have been distributed with facci that the author had resolved ‘‘ monthly givens More may have been issued in 1821, perhaps fascicles five and six, dra was based specimen present year (1821): and flowered . . . in July la. Lindl., the made Plate 39A, Ionopsis utricularioides (Sw ) Lindl on — plate 39B, Sarcanthus rostratus Lindl., that it was prepared in July, 1822. — fascicle presumably Containing plates 36 to 41B could not have been issued ore 1824, 2 e i pet : rae and K. H. Ebermaier, Handb. Med.-Pharm, Bot. ed. 3, Mics “ ger paige gn same idea independently, for occasionally one notes that He oo sp menta. They say, sub Eugenia Pimenta IC. ( Phot lpe gen, Linn.) : “Man kénnte demnach aus Pimenta eine eigene Gattung bilden, dem Bau des Embryo der Gattung Myrtus nihert.”’ THE TECHNICAL NAME OF ALLSPICE 31 One suspects that this was due, in part, to the obscureness in Lindley’s original publication of the new generic name; for 34 years later, O. Berg selected the same generic name, and formally characterized the genus as Pimenta O. Berg, Handb. Pharm. Bot. ed. 3, 1: 388. 1855, his binomial published on page 389 being Pimenta officinalis Berg. Lindley’s original publication is: “The Allspice plant of the West Indies was long ago considered a distinct genus by Dr. Solander, who has called it Myrcia in his manuscripts. It has a straight style, a stigma somewhat capi- tate, an ovary with two cells, each containing a single ovulum hanging from its middle from the top of the dissepiment, its seeds solitary, with the organization of Myrtus. Myrcia being very near Myrsine in sound, we would propose that the specific be altered to a generic appellation, and that the plant be called PIMENTA officinalis.” It now becomes evident that under the provisions of the Inter- national Code of Botanical Nomenclature the Lindley binomial is no longer tenable, and unfortunately we must accept the not very appropriate specific name dioica for a plant which has perfect flowers. In 1838 Rafinesque proposed the genus Eva- nesca Raf. based on Myrtus dioica Linn. Syst. ed. 10, 1056. 1759, and it is the distinctly misleading Linnaean specific name that has priority. The original Linnaean description is short and unsatisfactory, consisting merely of: ‘dioica B. M. pedune. trichotomo paniculatis, fol. oblongis, flor dioicis. Miller.” Four years later, Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 675. 1763, he somewhat amplified this description in: ““Myrtus pedunculis trichotomo-paniculatis, foliis oblongis floribus dioicis. Habitat in America. Miller hb ‘Folia opposita, lanceolato-ovata, crassa. Pedunculi arillares & lerminales, brachiato-paniculati, longitudine foliorum. Petala pauca. _This was all that was known regarding Myrtus dioica Linn. until the problem of trying to identify the status of Evanesca Raf. arose. One suspects that Rafinesque’s attention was arrested by the specific name dioica and that he correctly realized that no dioeci- ous plant could properly belong in M yrtus Linn. ; that genus is characterized by having perfect flowers, which, incidentally, is a character of the whole family, except that in some genera poly- gamous flowers occur. Rafinesque’s genus had been disposed of asa synonym of Myrtus Linn. It now proves to be a synonym of Pimenta Lindl. : An examination of an enlarged print from the microfilm record of the specimens in the Linnaean herbarium at the Arnold Arbo- 32 MERRILL retum indicated that unquestionably a myrtaceous species was represented by the holotype of Myrtus dioica Linn. The print was not sufficiently clear to show certain details, and from it there was naturally no explanation of the selection of the specific name. The entry in Savage’s Catalogue of the Linnaean Her- barium 87. 1945, is definite, being: “dioica B [upper spec:] mas. [lower spec:] femina. [Sm:] right. // Myrtus arborea aromatica, foliis laurinis a Millero. Mas et femin{a] in diversa arbore.” It is clearly from this last statement that Linnaeus derived the idea that the species was a dioecious one. As far as one can determine from a photograph, manifestly but a single species was repre- sented by the two specimens. Not satisfied that the statement on the sheet was entirely correct as to the plant being dioecious I asked Mr. I. H. Burkill to examine the Linnaean specimen to see what the explanation might be. On November 15, 1946, after examining the specimen critically, he wrote, inter alia: “T cannot understand why mas and fem. were written on the sheet when the specimen marked femina has actually a few anthers in addition to the stubs of numerous filaments.” He Suggests that most of the anthers on this speci- Linnaean type of Myrtus dioica Linn., the matter of its determi- nation was considered. I was convinced, as were my immediate oes shall not be changed in case an earlier specific name be Mr. Burkill, after re-examinin date of January 24, 1947: « on officinalis. I decided number of Kew specimens with the t f roica Li The bulk of the Kew material sci has age aedigesg THE TECHNICAL NAME OF ALLSPICE 33 maximum breadth at mid-length and often rounded at the apex and this is combined with a slight greyishness underneath; but among them are others, apparently specimens derived from culti- ° vated trees in the orient and in the Mascarene Islands, with obtuse but scarcely rounded leaves tending to elliptic in outline and without the greyishness. It is these that the Miller specimen in the Linnaean herbarium matches. “Assuming Jamaica as the country of origin and Williams the probable sender of the specimens to Miller, we find Linnaeus the recipient of the two twigs from Miller, one called mas and the other foem., with a letter dated 22 April, 1754, asserting that he had received from America specimens proving that the flowers of Pimenta are dioecious, and that therefore Linnaeus had misplaced the species in his Species Plantarum (Myrtus Pimenta Linn.).” It may be noted that in Martyn’s edition of Miller’s Dictionary (1807), the first form that Mr. Burkill mentions is characterized as long-leaved pimento, Myrtus Pimenta Linn. var. a, and the second as short-leaved pimento, Myrtus Pimenta Linn. var. 8. Miller’s first statement regarding there being male and female flowers appears in his Dictionary, ed. 7, 1759, under Caryophyllus folits lanceolatis, etc. In edition 8, 1768, when he accepted, the binomial system, he amplified the statement, from which the following is quoted: “The flowers . . . are male and female upon distinct trees. I was favoured with fine samples of both, and also a particular account of the trees, by William Williams, Esq.; of St. Anne’s, on the north side of Jamaica, who has the greatest number of these trees on his plantation of any person in that island. The male flowers have very small petals, and a great number of stamina in each, which are of the same colour with the petals, terminated by oval bifid summits; the female flowers have no stamina, but an oval germen, situated below the flower, supporting a slender Style, with a blunt stigma at the top... . The usual season when these trees flower, is June, July, and August. 3 This statement as to the male and female flowers being on separate trees is modified in Martyn’s edition of Miller’s Dic- tionary. The modifying statement is: ae ‘Mr. Miller says they are male and female upon distinct trees, and describes both. Swartz informs us that the Pimento is a polygamous tree; having the barren and fertile flowers either to- gether, or on a distinct tree . . . “Browne says, that some of these trees are frequently gta to be barren, which has introduced a notion among the people o 34 MERRILL Jamaica of there being male and female trees in general, and that some of the male or barren trees were requisite in every walk; all those that he observed bore only hermaphrodite flowers, and he was credibly informed that those called male trees, when lopped or broken like the rest for one or two years, bear very well; which he is the more apt to believe, as he never observed a distinct male or female flower on any of them.” In following up this problem an appeal was made to the Director of Agriculture, Kingston, Jamaica. On February 20, 1947, the senior botanist Mr. L. N. H. Larter courteously re- sponded. From his letter the following pertinent data are quoted: “Evidence upon the subject is conflicting. I have, from time to time, examined trees on pimento properties which have been In spite of enquiries I have produce unequivocal evidence from year to year. It is quite possible that any trees which fail to bear im any one year are regarded as ‘male’, The Pimento plant shows a considerable amount of variation and it is Possible that genetic considerations may be involved; some strains may be considerably more sterile than others. I personally have come across no evidence of either polygamy or dioecism in this species, “ac Agriculture for the West Indies (1905) may be of interest: THE TECHNICAL NAME OF ALLSPICE 35 ““There are two kinds of pimento trees, viz., the fruitful or bearing tree, and the unfruitful, or, as it is commonly termed, the male tree. They are very much alike in appearance, and can only be distinguished by experienced eyes. Itis held by botanists that the so-called ‘male’ trees are not necessary to the fructifying of the bloom on the bearing trees, and that they are simply barren trees of no use to the grower and, excepting when they are useful as shade trees, are better out of the way. Many growers, however, find it difficult to reconcile this theory with actual experience, holding that when all the ‘male’ trees are cut out, the yield of the other trees is not equal to what it had been before the axe was put to work.’ “The following is an extract from a report from the files of this Department by Mr. Robert Thomson, Superintendent Botanic Gardens, to the Colonial Secretary of J amaica, dated 28th September, 1872:— ‘““Pimento.—This well known product of Jamaica abounds in several Parishes, but chiefly in St. Anns. There are two perfectly distinct varieties of the plant, one of which is popularly called the ‘Male tree’, and is constantly found in companionship with the other, or bearing tree. Notwithstanding the assertion of the Botanists, giving advice on the subject, that as the bearing tree possesses both male and female organs, and is consequently capa- ble of self fertilization, the male tree is futile, and should therefore be destroyed. Large owners of Pimento have maintained from experience, that the male tree is indispensable to fertilization, or at all events to a good crop. If the futility of the male tree could be once satisfactorily established, it would be a matter of im- portance, as it would inspire confidence in the growers to destroy these, which at present occupy about a fifth part of most Planta- tions. Both kinds of trees possess hermaphrodite flowers, and the male on some occasions produce sufficient opportunity of testing, and which I think further investigation will tend = confirm, namely, that the male plant possess much wimps oe organs, and vice versa, the bearing plant much stronger a e ones. Should my observation prove correct the utility of the male tree in the plantation can easily be understood. “Observations embodied in the latter extract agree with my own. The conclusions however are open to question, as the ob- Servations are not incompatible with suggestion that this io ticular variation may be due to either incompatibility or sterility actors.” Contris. Gray Hers. CLXV. A sketch of the actual holot f M: dioica Linn., sheet 637.11 in the Linnaean ‘ ty otype of Myrtus dioica Linn Figure 1, ower, marked mas., the ri stamens (these mostly destroyed), m 637.11, arked femina. THE TECHNICAL NAME OF ALLSPICE 37 The synonymy of allspice is as follows: Pimenta dioica (Linn.), comb. nov. Figure 1. Myrtus dioica Linn. Syst. ed. 10, ou 1759; Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 675. 1763. Myrtus Pimenta Linn. Sp. Pl. 4 472. 1753. @aryophyllus Pimento Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. 8, [178]. 1768. Myrtus lati Linn. var. longifolia Sims, Bot. Mag. 30: pl. 1236. 1809, cu M yrcia* Pina Soland. ex Sims, 1. ¢., in syn., deser Pimenta officinalis Lindl. Collect. Bot. sub pl. 19. 1821; Fawcett & Rendle, FI. sage 3: 325. fig. 126. 1926, cum syn., based on Myrtus Pimenta Lin Eugenia Pimanta DC. Prodr. 3: 285. 1828, based on Myrtus Pimenta Li M yrtus Tabasco Schlecht. & Cham. in Linnaea 5: 559. 1830. Pimenta aromatica Kostel. Allgem. Med. Pharm. Fl. 4: 1525. 1835, based on Myrtus Pimenta Linn. Pimenta vulgaris Lindl. in Loud. Encyel. Pl. 418. ew ee Ill. Ind. Bot. 2: 13. pl. 97, fig. 7. 1841, based on Myrtus P Evanesca crassifolia Raf. Sylva Tellur. 105, 1838, sad ta on Mit yrtus dioica Linn. Pimentus vera Raf. 1. ¢., based on Myrtus Pimenta Linn. Eugenia micrantha Bertol. Fl. Guatimal. 22. 1840, non DC. Pimenta officinalis O. Berg, Pharm, Bot. ed. 3, 1: 339. 1855, based on Myrtus Pimenta Linn Pimenta communis Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. 1: 717. 1865, based on Myrtus Pimenta Linn Pimenta Pimenta Karst. Deutsche Fl. Pharm. Med. Bot. 790. 1882; Cockerell in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 19: 95. 1892, based on Myrtus Pimenta Linn. Myrtus piperita Sessé & Moc. Fl. Mex. 136. 1894. The species is a variable one, especially in the shape and size of its leaves and in the size of its fruits. Many varieties have been proposed, some as « and 8, others under trinomials. Berg, Linnaea 27: 422-424. 1854, higcahad and defined the varieties cumanensis, longifolia, ovalifolia, tenuifolia, and tabasco, but later authors have not followed him; earlier than Berg’s proposals were the varieties brevifolia Hayne, longifolia Sims, and ovalifolia DC. No attempt is made here to evaluate the minor categories in what I take to be a reasonably well defined but at the same time a somewhat variable species. Allspice is native to parts of Mexico, Central America, _ ‘West Indies, and possibly parts of northern South America. * Not listed in Index Kewensis. 38 MERRILL here and there in tropical America by pre-Columbian man; certainly following European colonization man has been an im- portant agent in its distribution not only in tropical America, but in the Old World tropics as well. Jamaica is still an im- portant source of allspice, the tree still being extensively culti- vated there. It may be that Caryophyllus Pimento Mill., 1768, was based on a duplicate of the same collection as Myrtus dioica Linn., 1759, as Miller actually sent specimens to Linnaeus in 1754; but no specimen of Miller’s species has been located in the Sloane herbarium at the British Museum of Natural History. ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY. While this paper was in galley proof I received a courteous letter from Mr. Egbert 1 A. Tai, Agricultural Officer, Department of Agriculture, Jamaica, who sent a specimen north coast of the island and is estimated to be about twenty five years old. It has never produced fruit although it has flowered each year. A remarkable thing is that it flowers after fruit has set on the bearing trees and it could serve no useful purpose a pollinator. The same holds for a number of other ‘maje’ pimento trees seen in the locality.” : An examination of a number of fi this speci h that they are perfect, the ovules well developed, th th b d th 11 mal This may be a genetic strain where most of the flowers are self sterile. > A NEW SPECIES FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 39 PLEOMELE FERNALDII (LILIACEAE), A NEW SPECIES FRO THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. HAWAIIAN PLANT STUDIES 16! By Haro.tp St. JoHN PLEOMELE Fernaldii St. John, sp. nov. (Pl. 3). DiaGnosis Typ1.—Arbor recta glabra 8 m. alta 2 dm. diametro, ramis paucis dichotomis griseis a internodiis brevibus elevatis asperatis, ramulis 8-12 mm. diametro pallide luteo-brunneis a foliorum cicatricibus lineari- bus pallide luteis semicinctis et a margine superiore internodorum brun- ente, nervis parallelis numerosis, nervo medio nullo, paniculis solitariis terminalibus valde recurvatis pendentibus; pedunculo 8-14 cm. longo 7-10 mm. diametro perspicue foliaceo-bracteoso, paniculis 25-32 cm. longis 12-20 em. diametro ramis lateralibus simplicibus per angulum angustum divergentibus a bractea foliosa vel pallide lutescentea 2-6 cm. longa subtenta, nodis fertilibus a bractea 1 (vel 2) 4-8 nem. longa alba ad apicem rubescente ad basim subtendentibus, pedicellis 4-12 mm. longis fili- formibus pendentibus ad apicem articulatis; alabastris tomaculiformibus subfaleatis lobis perianthii imbricatis, basi perianthii pedicelliformi con- tracto 1-1.5 mm. longo, tubo perianthii 15-18 mm. longo subcylindrico paullo ad basim deminuente ad medium 5-7 mm. diametro, lobis perianthii 9-11 mm. longis uninervosis anguste oblongis ad apicem cucullatum paullo deminuentibus, 3 lobis exterioribus paullo longioribus angustioribusque ; filamentis in fauce affixis 10-11 mm. longis subulatis compressis exserts, antheris 3.5-4 mm. longis lineari-oblongis pallide luteis; ovario obovoideo viridi, stylo 23 mm. longo filiformi, stigmatibus truncatis minutissime trilobatis; baccis colore cerasis similibus 1-2-3-lobatis depresso-globosis pallido cartilagineo; seminibus 4-8 mm. diametro laevibus pallide brunneis orbicularibus vel semiorbicularibus vel tertio-orbicularibus; descriptione fructuum ab exemplo numero 22,602 obtenta. Description FRoM ALL MATERIAL EXAMINED.—Tree, glabrous, 6-8 m. tall, 1.5-2 dm. in diameter, erect, the branches few, dichotomous, gray, roughened by the short, raised internodes; youngest branchlets just below the foliage 8-12 mm. in diameter, pale yellowish brown, half ringed by the pale, transversely linear leaf-scars and roughened by the salient upper + deceriptions, revisions, Diy ee ee ag A ee . e and records of Hawaiian plants. The preceding papers have been paneer © veo Pap. Bishop Mus. x (4), 1933; x (12), 1934; xi (14), 1935; xii (8), 1936; xiv (8), AM Xv (1), 1939; xv (2), 1939; xv (22), 1940; xv (28), 1940; xvii (12), 1043; Proc. 2 Acad. Sci. IV, xxv (16), 1946; Bull. Torrey Bot. Club Ixxii: 22-30, 1945; Lioy’ : 265-274, 1944; Pacif. Sci. i: 5-20, 1947; and no. 15 is in press. 40 ST. JOHN ridge of the brownish internode which is 0.3-3.5 mm. high; leaves crowded in a terminal plume, 12-38 cm. long, 9-25 mm. wide, commonly 20 em. long by 12 mm. wide, sessile, smooth, subcoriaceous, strap-shaped, slightly narrowed above the amplectant base which is 1.5-2 em. wide, the upper third gradually narrowed to the callous, long cucullate-tubular, subacute tips, veins parallel, numerous, striate, but no midrib evident, margin thin, pale, cartilaginous; panicles single, terminal, sharply recurved and pendent; peduncle 8-16 cm. long, 7-10 mm. in diameter at base, stout, with a few foliaceous bracts; panicle 20-35 cm. long 10-20 cm. in diameter, each lateral branch subtended by a foliaceous or pale yellowish bract 2-6 cm. long, lateral branches simple, diverging at an acute angle ; each fertile node subtended by 1-2 bracts 4-8 mm. long, chartaceous, white towards the tip, reddish at base; pedicels 3-12 mm. long, slender, pendent, jointed at apex; flower-buds sausage-shaped and subfaleate, the lobes imbricate ; flowers yellowish-green or greenish yellow; perianth-tube abruptly con- tracted to a pedicel-like base 1-1.5 mm. long, the expanded tube 14-18 mm. long, subcylindrie but slightly narrowed from the throat to the base, at the middle 5-7 mm. in diameter; perianth-lobes 8-11 mm. long, 1- nerved, the outer three slightly longer and narrower than the inner three, all narrowly oblong, somewhat narrowed to the cucullate tip; filaments attached in the throat, 9-11 mm. long, flattened, subulate, descending and exserted; anther 3.5-4 mm. long, linear-oblong, pale yellow ; ovary obo- void, green; style 20-23 mm. long, filiform, the tip truncate, only slightly enlarged and with 3 scarcely perceptible lobes; berries cherry red, either with 1 fertile cell and then 5-10 mm. in diameter or with 2 or 3 fertile cells and then 10-17 mm. in diameter, depressed globose, 2- or 3-lobed, with a thin, juicy mesocarp, but drying and shrinking; endocarp thin, pale, cartilaginous; seeds 4-8 mm. in diameter, shaped as a full, half, or third of a sphere, smooth, pale brown. Type: Hawauan Istanps, Lanar: South ridge of Holopoe Gulch, Mahana, lower edge of forest, 2,000 ft. alt., tree 8m. x 2 dm., flowers yellowish green, April 6, 1947, H. St. John & R. S. Cowan 22,666 (f1.), (Bishop Mus; isotype in Gray Herb.). SpeciIMENS Examinep.—Lanar IsLanp: Kaa, April 4, 1914, G. C. Munro 38 (fi.); Kaena, April 4, 1914, G. C. Munro 324 (fl.); Kanepuu, Kaa, 1,700 ft. alt., low dry windswept forest of Osmanthus sandwicensis ft. alt., common in lower forest, April 4, 1947, H. St. John & R. S. Cowan 22,595 (fl.); ditto, H. St. John & R. 8S. Cowan 22,602 (fr.). The first Hawaiian member of this group was Dracaena aurea Mann, published in Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. vii: 207, 1867. It was listed as “Not uncommon throughout the islands.” No specimens were cited, but in the addenda, one was mentioned: M. & B. 36. This stands for Mann & Brigham, but the number Contris. Gray Hers. CLXV. P LATE III, PLeoMELE FeRNALDU St. John A NEW SPECIES FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 4] printed was erroneous, for the specimens, both at the Gray Herbarium and the Cornell Herbarium, are of no. 362. This original species was accepted by Degener as Pleomele aurea (Mann) N. E. Br., and a new species, Pleomele Forbesit with smaller flowers and narrower leaves from the Waianae Mountains of Oahu, was described in his Fl. Haw. fam. 68: Aug. 10, 1932. The segregate genus Pleomele has not been generally adopted. Some years ago the writer investigated this group. The species of the true genus Dracaena have the perianth without evident tube, divided nearly to the base, and the filaments dilated and thickened at the middle. The species of Pleomele have the peri- anth united 14 or more of its length into an evident tube, and the filaments filiform or flattened subulate, tapering to the tip. All the species represented in the Bishop Museum fall readily into one or the other of these two groups, as presented by N. K. Brown, and the two appear to represent good genera. The own Hawaiian species agree with the characteristics of Ple- omele of Salisbury. There is abundant material of Pleomele aurea (Mann) N. E. Br. It is common on both mountain ranges of Oahu. It is distinguished by having a height of 8-12 m., a diameter of 3-10 m.; branchlets 15-30 mm. in diameter; leaves 38-58 cm. long, long-tapering to the tip from below the middle; panicles 2540 em. long; pedicels 8-16 mm. long; pedicel-like base of perianth 4-7 mm. long; perianth tube 32-38 mm. long; perianth lobes 13-16 mm. long; filaments 12-13 mm. long, flattened subulate, the proximal side channeled above and from the middle down with the thin margins infolded; anthers 4.2-5 mm. long; berries 12-20 mm. in diameter. P. aurea is well illustrated by J. F. Rock, mn Indig. Trees Haw. Ids. pl. 34-36, 1913, and by O. Degener in Fl. Haw. fam. 68: Aug. 10, 1932. The new P. Fernaldi can be separated by its having a height of 6-8 m., a diameter of 1.5-2 dm.; branchlets 8-12 mm. in diameter; leaves 12-38 cm. long, the upper third gradually narrowed; panicle 20-35 em. long; pedicels 3-12 mm. long; pedicel-like base of perianth 1-1.5 mm. long; perianth tube 14-18 mm. long; perianth lobes 8-11 mm. long; filaments 9-11 mm. long, flattened subulate; anthers 3.5-4 mm. long; berries 5-17 mm. in diameter. With these numerous structural differences, there is no doubt but that this tree from Lanai Island is a distinct species. It was once mentioned by Degener and given the nomen nudum Pleomele lanavensis 1n his Fl. Haw. fam. 68: Aug. 10, 1932. Recent collections on Lanai 42 STEBBINS by the writer furnished abundant material. All specimens cited are in the Bishop Museum. The accompanying drawing was made from fresh material by Florence Mekeel. This new species is named in warm tribute to Professor Merritt Lyndon Fernald, my principal teacher of botany. His devotion to science, tireless research, originality, arduous but joyous field exploration, broad scholarship, and vivid inspiring teaching are known to all systematic botanists. At least one other Hawaiian plant already bears his name, for J. F. Rock described a handsome shrub in the Lobeliaceae as Cyanea Fernald, ir Mem. Bishop Mus. vii (2): 235-237, Pl. 128, 1919. EXPLANATION OF PLATE Puate 3. PLEOMELE FEeRNALDI St. John, habit and flowers from type, Mahana, Lanai, St. John & Cowan 22,666. Fig. a, habit x 14; Fig. b, flower, X 1; Fig. c, flower, x 1; Figs. d, e, berry, x 1, from Kamoku, Lanai, St. John & Cowan 22,602; Figs. f, g, seeds of same, X 1. University or Hawau, Honouutvu, Hawaran IsLanps. THE ORIGIN OF THE COMPLEX OF BROMUS CARINATUS AND ITS PHYTOGEOGRAPHIC IMPLICATIONS By G. Lepyarp STEBBINS, JR. Both cytogenetic experiments in the laboratory and studies of wild species in nature have now established firmly the fact that in the higher plants sterile hybrids between distantly related species have very frequently been converted into fertile, constant, self-reproducing species by the process of doubling the chromo- some number, or polyploidy. These hybrid polyploids, or allo- polyploids, are often more vigorous than either of their parental species, and may therefore acquire geographical distributions which range far beyond those of their parents. They may exist as species for geologic ages, and in fact outlast their parental species. Furthermore, allopolyploids often tend to occupy areas which are newly opened to colonization by plants, and to leave their parental species in possession of the geologically older, relict areas. One effect, therefore, of changes in the earth’s surface on its flora will be to eliminate the diploid species from many regions, and to leave only the more vigorous, better adapted allopolyploid species derived from them. The data on which THE ORIGIN OF THE COMPLEX OF BROMUS CARINATUS 43 these postulates are based are reviewed elsewhere by the writer (Stebbins 1940, 1942, 1947a). As pointed out by the writer in a previous publication (Stebbins 1942), this ability of allopolyploids to spread beyond and to out- last their diploid ancestors provides botanists with a new and valuable tool for studying the past history and migrations of floras. By a combination of insight and deduction, careful sys- tematic study, and cytogenetic experimentation, we can often identify the diploid ancestors of an allopolyploid species, or at least their nearest living diploid relatives or descendants. If diploids and allopolyploid derivatives still occur together in the same region, we can assume that the latter arose under conditions essentially the same as those now prevailing. But if the present distribution of the allopolyploid proves to be different from that of its diploid relatives, and particularly if the representatives of the two original parents of an allopolyploid now occur in regions remote from each other, then we must assume that at the time when the allopolyploid arose, the distribution of these ancestral types was different from what it is at present. And by viewing the present distributions of the species concerned in the light of past events of geological history and of the distribution of fossil floras, we can often make good inferences as to the time and place of origin of the allopolyploid, and therefore of the past distribu- tion of its parental types. The studies of Anderson (1936) on the origin of Iris versicolor, of Camp (1944) on that of Oxycoccus quadripetalus, and of Johnson (1945) on the origin of Oryzopsvs asperifolia and O. racemosa are all examples of the successful use of this tool. (Stebbins 1947b). A group of grasses particularly well suited to this type of analysis is the section Ceratochloa of the genus Bromus. Previous studies (Stebbins and Tobgy 1944) have shown that the species of this section can with one exception be divided into two series on the basis of their chromosome complements, which run parallel with certain morphological characteristics and with geographic distribution. With the exception of B. arizonicus (Shear) Stebbins, which has 84 chromosomes (Stebbins, Tobgy , and Harlan 1944), all of the forms native to North America which the writers had counted were octoploids with 56 chromosomes and were of allopolyploid origin. Those known from South America, on the other hand, were uniformly hexaploid, with 42 chromo- somes, and although also allopolyploid, were assumed to be more ancient. 44 STEBBINS Chromosome behavior in hybrids between North American forms and those native to South America had uniformly 21 pairs of chromosomes, and 7 univalents, the latter being of larger size than the former. The chromosome formula of the South Ameri- can B. catharticus Vahl and its relatives was given as AABBCC and that of B. carinatus H. & A., B. marginatus Nees, and their North American relatives as AABBCCLL. The set designated as L consists of seven relatively large chromosomes, corresponding in number, size, and morphology to those found in various species of the section Fromopsis, such as B. laevipes Shear, B. vulgaris Shear, and some forms referred to B. ciliatus L. Furthermore, in the diagnostic characteristics of the spikelets, particularly the lemmas and caryopses, B. carinatus and its relatives are inter- mediate between the South American Ceratochloas and the diploid species of the section Bromopsis. The hypothesis was therefore advanced by the writer (Stebbins and Tobgy 1944) that the octoploid North American Ceratochloas arose as allopoly- ploids from hybrids between ancestral species similar to B. catharticus and diploid Bromopsis species related to B. laevipes, B. vulgaris, and B. ciliatus. HYBRIDS BETWEEN SPECIES OF SECTIONS CERATOCHLOA AND BROMOPSIS The direct testing of this hypothesis by crossing B. catharticus with species of the section Bromopsis has proved technically difficult for several reasons. In the first place, B. catharticus, at least under the conditions prevailing in Berkeley, shows an even stronger tendency than B. carinatus to produce the type of cleistogamous flowers described by Harlan (1945), and these are useless for emasculation and cross pollination. Chasmogamous flowers with large anthers are usually produced only relatively early in the season, before the beginning of the normal period o flowering of the species of Bromopsis available to us. Further- more, all of the Bromopsis species available can be crossed with B. catharticus and its relatives only with the greatest difficulty. One hybrid between B. catharticus and B. laevipes, produced in 1944, proved to be a very weak plant. In spikelet character- istics it matched fairly well some forms of B. marginatus. It was completely sterile. Since all of the florets produced were of the cleistogamous type with small anthers, meiosis could not be studied in it. An attempt to double its chromosome number with the aid of colchicine resulted in the death of the plant. No similar hybrids have since been produced. THE ORIGIN OF THE COMPLEX OF BROMUS CARINATUS 45 Another type of hybrid which could provide indirect but never- theless strong evidence on the origin of B. carinatus and its rela- tives consists of those between these octoploids and diploid species of the section Bromopsis. Because of the great difference in chromosome number, success was not at first expected from such crosses. But in 1945 a single pollination of 60 florets of a strain of B. marginatus from Meadow View Ranger Station, F Figure 1. Typical first metaphase plate in Bromus marginatus 2 adevipes, no. 603-1, showing 7 large bivalents, one loosely associate medium-sized bivalent, and 19 medium-sized univalents. Plumas County, California, with a strain of B. laevipes from north of Castaic, Los Angeles County, yielded two hybrid plants. Their initial growth was slow, but they bloomed freely in 1946, and in 1947 were exceptionally vigorous. They are completely Sterile as to both pollen and seed. Morphologically, they re- semble more nearly B. marginatus, but the panicle 1s more ample, with very numerous spikelets, and the lemmas are less carinate, and somewhat more hirsute. fa hese hybrids have the expected chromosome number, 39, In their somatic cells. At meiosis, the seven large chromosomes 46 STEBBINS derived from B. laevipes are usually paired with the L set from B. marginatus, and the 21 medium-sized ones are unpaired except for one to four loosely associated rod-shaped bivalents, and rarely a single bivalent with a chiasma in both arms of the chromosomes. Analysis of 50 sporocytes at first metaphase is given in table I, and a typical configuration is shown in figure 1. Table I. Frequency distribution of sporocytes with different numbers of large and medium-sized bivalents in 50 sporocytes of Bromus marginatus x laevipes, no. 603-1. Total Number of bivalents. Cb OS 4 Be A 7 Bivalents Frequency, L bivalents. O28 Bt 4. 25 313 Frequency, M bivalents. 4 13 20 9 3 O 1 8 These results show that there is a strong homology between the chromosomes of B. laevipes and the L set of B. marginatus, and therefore support the hypothesis presented above as to the origin of the latter. The small amount of pairing between chromosomes of the medium-sized type is similar to that found in haploid plants of wheat (Triticum aestivum) and many other plants, and is prob- ably due to the presence of duplications of segments, rather than to homology of whole chromosomes. Nevertheless, the pairing of the L chromosomes of this hybrid is much less regular than is that of the M type in hybrids between B. catharticus and B. carinatus or B. marginatus (Stebbins and Tobgy 1944). The percentage of potential bivalents that are unpaired is 10.6%, or 100 times as great as in B. catharticus X B. marginatus or B. carinatus, and also much greater than in hybrids between B. carinatus and B. marginatus. Furthermore, the bi- valents themselves are much more loosely paired than in any of the previous hybrids. Of the 313 bivalents observed, 158, or 50 per cent, are of the rod type with a single chiasma. In the hy- brids between B. catharticus and B. carinatus or B. marginatus, only 1 to 3 per cent of the bivalents were of this type, a proportion similar to that found in B. catharticus itself. These results indicate that B. marginatus and its relatives are allopolyploids derived from hybridization between hexaploid species of the section Ceratochloa related to B. catharticus and diploid species of the section Bromopsis, but these diploids were not very closely related to the modern B. laevipes. This explana- tion is also supported by the difficulty of hybridization between B. laevipes and B. catharticus. Whether other modern diploid species of Bromopsis are more nearly related to the ancestor of THE ORIGIN OF THE COMPLEX OF BROMUS CARINATUS 47 B. marginatus than B. laevipes cannot be decided at present. Dr. D. D. Miller (unpubl.) found 4 to 7 per cent of the potential bivalents unpaired in hybrids involving B. laevipes, B. Orcutti- anus, and B. grandis, while the writer (unpubl.) found complete pairing in all of 30 sporocytes of B. Porteri X vulgaris. Present evidence, therefore, indicates that the chromosomes of the modern western American species of the section Bromopsis may all be more similar to each other than any of them are to the Bromopsis genome found in B. marginatus. THe RELATIONSHIPS AND DISTRIBUTION OF THE NEw WoRLD SPECIES OF SECTIONS CERATOCHLOA AND BROMOPSIS. The present distribution and relationships of the B. carinatus complex and its ancestors can be described as follows. The hexaploids of the section Ceratochloa, which contain the A, B, and C genomes, are now widespread in and endemic to the temperate parts of South America, including the entire cordillera of the Andes from Venezuela to Tierra del Fuego. Although they have been referred by some systematists to a single species, B. cathar- ticus or B. unioloides, unpublished genetic evidence of the writer indicates that at least three or four distinct species are present. These form F, hybrids which are vigorous and have good pairing of the chromosomes at meiosis, but which are highly sterile. At present, there is no certainty as to which of these species is the most nearly related to the ancestor of the B. carinatus complex, but some evidence suggests that the species with relatively long awns, found in central Chile and the southern Andes, namely B. stamineus Desv. and B. coloratus Steud., are the most likely. These resemble B. carinatus much more nearly than do the short- awned types like typical B. catharticus; and a hybrid between B. stamineus and B. marginatus has yielded a relatively fertile allo- polyploid, while the polyploids derived from hybrids between B. catharticus and either B. marginatus or B. carinatus are highly Sterile. The other set of ancestors of the B. carinatus complex, the diploid species of the section Bromopsis, are concentrated in western North America. As far as is known, their chromosomes are so similar that a high degree of pairing occurs in their F, hy- brids. There are also several species of the section Bromopsis in South America, occurring together with the hexaploid species of section Ceratochloa, but those which have been investigated, Les they include all of the widespread and common South at species of this section, are themselves polyploid. The number 48 STEBBINS 2n = 42 was counted in cultures of B. auleticus Trin. and B, uruguayensis Arech., grown from seed sent by Sr. Bernardo Rosengurtt from Uruguay, while B. macranthus Desv., sent by Sr. Edmundo Pisano (no. 2014) from the Andes of Central Chile, had 2n = 28. Measurements of the size of stomata and pollen have been made on several herbarium specimens of these and other South American species of this section, and they indicate the presence of polyploid numbers in all but two specimens. These putative diploids are Hitchcock 22530, from above Ollantaytambo, Dept. Cuzco, Peru, and one culm of Hitchcock 22776, from Pongo, Nor- Yungas, Bolivia: The specific identity of both of these speci- mens is uncertain. As mentioned above, the complex of octoploids consisting of B. carinatus, B. marginatus, and their relatives are the most wide- spread and common native species of Bromus throughout western North America, from Alaska to Guatemala. The number of species present in this group has been subject to widely different interpretations by the different systematists who have treated it, and genetic evidence obtained by the writer is not helping to solve this problem. The evidence produced by Stebbins and Tobgy (1944) suggested that at least the B. carinatus strains of coastal California and the B. marginatus of Arizona are separated by barriers of almost complete hybrid sterility and should be placed in separate species. But more:recently hybrids between either of these extremes and types from intermediate localities have proved to be partially fertile, and to yield offspring in the F, generation which are highly so. More complete data, there- fore, may demonstrate that most of the strains of this octoploid complex are interconnected by forms with which they can form at least partly fertile hybrids. This situation is an anomalous one, which, so far as the writer is aware, has not been described for any other wild species. It is somewhat similar to that de- scribed by Terao and Midusima (1939), cf. Stebbins (1942b) in cultivated rice. Several new chromosome counts have been made in this group, all of them 2n = 56. No material has yet been obtained from Alaska, but one collection made by Dr. J. Harlan near Mexico City, and another from Quetzaltenango, Guatemala, both of which are referable to B. lacinictus Beal, have 56 chromosomes, and the A, B, C, and L sets can be recognized in them. Every possible effort has been made to secure material of the strains of this group on which the reports in the literature of numbers lower THE ORIGIN OF THE COMPLEX OF BROMUS CARINATUS 49 than 56 have been based (cf. Stebbins and Tobgy 1944), but these have been unsuccessful. In the writer’s opinion, no such strains exist as native plants in North America. The number 2n = 70, reported by Nielsen (1939) for B. marginatus from Wyoming, has not been found either; apparently strains with this number are rather restricted in distribution. The occurrence in South America of species of Bromus having 56 chromosomes and the constitution AABBCCLL was dis- covered in a seed sample received as B. coloratus Steud., from Sr. Bernardo Rosengurtt of Juan Jackson, Uruguay, and origi- nally collected in the Nahuel Huapi National Park, in the Andes of southern Argentina. Comparison of plants grown from these seeds with a large series of specimens borrowed from the U. S. National Herbarium through the kindness of its curator, and with the helpful assistance of Mrs. Agnes Chase, showed that they differ in several respects from typical B. coloratus. Characteristic plants of the latter species were grown from another seed sample sent by Sr. Rosengurtt, and were found to have 42 chromosomes and the AABBCC constitution typical of South American repre- sentatives of the section Ceratochloa. The octoploid from Nahuel Huapi, on the other hand, resembles in its habit, in- florescence, and lemmas specimens from Bolivia (Sorata, 4000 m., Lacatia, Giinther 85; Sorata, Holway 552) which were identified by Dr. A. S. Hitchcock as B. pitensis H. B. K. Both these Bolivian specimens and several of typical B. pitensis rons Ecuador agree with the octoploid from Nahuel Huapi as well as B. carinatus and other North American octoploids in the size of their pollen grains and stomata, which are larger than those of the South American hexaploids. It is likely, therefore, that a complex of octoploids with the constitution AABBCCLL exists in the Andes from Ecuador to southern Argentina, which may for the present be placed under the oldest name applied to them, B. pitensis. Judging from specimens, however, they are un- common and very locally distributed except In Ecuador and northern Peru, where typical B. pitensis appears to be — In Colombia they are replaced by forms which are cap indistinguishable from the Mexican and Central American b. laciniatus. 50 STEBBINS which came originally from Colorado. This hybrid was highly sterile and showed much more chromosomal irregularity at meiosis than did any of the hybrids between different North American octoploid types. Among 42 sporocytes analyzed at first metaphase, only 10 had the expected 28 bivalents. Of the remainder, 27 had from 2 to 6 unpaired univalent chromosomes, and 5 had 26 pairs plus a ring or chain of 4. Lagging chromo- somes were found in 41 out of 60 sporocytes at first anaphase, and a comparable proportion of tetrads contained extra nuclei or extruded chromatin. Bridge-fragment configurations, re- sulting from heterozygosity for inversions, were found in 15 sporocytes, or 25 per cent. A more significant fact is that these irregularities were about ten times as frequent among the large as among the medium-sized chromosomes. Table 2 shows this difference. Table 2. Relative frequency of meiotic abnormalities in large and medium-sized chromosomes in Bromus pitensis X marginatus. Large edium Chromosomes Chromosomes Number potential bivalents unpaired 3 Per cent potential bivalents unpaired 11.9 it Number bivalents with one chiasma 70 20 Per cent bivalents with one chiasma 23.8 2.3 Per cent bivalents with bridge-fragment configurations 3.6 0.24 Per cent chromosomes lagging at I anaphase 13.1 1.5 Such differences are strong evidence against the hypothesis that B. marginatus and B. pitensis had a common origin and have diverged relatively recently. Both are allopolyploids derived from hybrids between diploid species of section Bromopsis and particular of the occasional ring or chain of 4 chromosomes indicating heterozygosity for a translocation involving A, B, or THE ORIGIN OF THE COMPLEX OF BROMUS CARINATUS 51 PROBABLE PLACE AND TIME oF ORIGIN OF THE NorTH AMERICAN OCTOPLOIDS AND ITs IMPLICATIONS The data presented above make highly probable the assump- tion that in both North and South America hexaploid species of the section Ceratochloa, with the constitution AABBCC, have some time in the past independently hybridized with diploid species of the section Bromopsis to produce octoploids similar to B. carinatus, B. marginatus, and B. pitensis. The origin of the South American types cannot be discussed until more is known about them. That of the North American ones is complicated by the fact that only their Bromopsis parents occur at present within their range of distribution. B. catharticus is found as a recently introduced weed in some parts of this range, but B. carinatus and B. marginatus were known and recognized before this introduction occurred. The wide distribution of the North American octoploids, and the varied habitats in which they occur indicate that they have been here a long time. We are forced to conclude, therefore, that some time in the past there existed in western North America as native plants hexa- ploid species of the section Ceratochloa closely related to B. catharticus, B. stamineus, and B. coloratus. The time when this might have occurred is suggested by the studies of Elias (1942) on the fossil grass fruits of the tribe Stipeae found by him on the Great Plains. Among such fruits of mid-Pliocene age is a species of the genus Nassella, which is now confined to the South Ameri- can Andes. In addition, the writer has shown elsewhere (Steb- bins 1947b) that the bulk of the fruits collected by Elias in de- posits of mid-Pliocene age and referred by him to the fossil genera Stipidium and Berriochloa resemble closely modern species of the genus Piptochaetium, subg. Podopogon, nearly all of which are now confined to the pampas of eastern South America (Parodi 1944). Seeds of Bromus, since they lack the indurated lemma Possessed by the Stipeae, could not easily become preserved as fossils. But the demonstration that the majority of the known fossil species of grasses of the Pliocene epoch in western North merica have their closest living relatives in South America Suggests that the same situation was very likely true in Bromus, and that at this time hexaploid species of the section Ceratochloa occurred here and hybridized with diploid species of section Bromopsis to produce the octoploids of the B. carinatus complex. The two problems which remain to be considered are first, the origin and distribution of the hexaploid Ceratochloas, and second 52 STEBBINS the reasons for their extinction in North America. Cytological evidence from several sources indicates that these hexaploids are themselves allopolyploids, derived from hybridization involving three different original diploid species. None of these diploids has yet been found, and examination of stomatal size in a large series of specimens of sect. Ceratochloa from South America borrowed from the U. S. National Herbarium failed to reveal any with the small stomata which one would expect in such diploids. These diploid ancestors, therefore, may well be ex- tinct. The evidence from hybrids between different North American octoploids (Stebbins and Tobgy 1944) suggests that the latter arose independently from related but not identical parents, and therefore that more than one ancestral hexaploid may have existed in North America during the Tertiary period. We cannot conclude, therefore, that the present center of distri- bution of these hexaploids in South America is necessarily the original one, from which they migrated to North America. The only assumption which can be safely made on the basis of the data now available is that during the Pliocene epoch the hexa- ploid species of Bromus, section Ceratochloa had either a continu- ous distribution from temperate western North America to temperate South America, or more probably a bipolar distribu- tion in the temperate zones of the two continents. This latter pattern of distribution is well known in many modern groups of plants, and has been carefully discussed by Johnston (1940) and DuRietz (1940). Its explanation is not yet certain. Both the ancestry and place of origin of the hexaploids, therefore, are at present uncertain. Two reasons can be suggested for the extinction of the hexa- ploids in North America during the Pleistocene epoch. In the first place, the climate of temperate North America, because of the greater land mass present, has a much more continental character than that of corresponding latitudes in South America, with lower minimum temperatures in winter, and higher ones in summer. Most of the hexaploid types now existing are adapted to relatively mild winters, and have flourished best as introduced plants chiefly along the Gulf Coast of the southeast, and the coast of California. The climate of western North America during parts of the Pleistocene epoch was more continental than at present, but it may very well have been milder during the Tertiary period, due to the lower elevation of the western Cordillera, and the more extensive ameliorating influence of the Pacific Ocean. The severity of the climate brought on by the Pleistocene THE ORIGIN OF THE COMPLEX OF BROMUS CARINATUS 53 glaciation, therefore, was probably one cause for the extinction of hexaploid species of the section Ceratochloa in North America. A second cause may very well have been competition with the vigorous octoploid types which had been newly evolved. These now have “‘weedy” tendencies, and even in the forested areas spread along roadsides and other areas of disturbed ground. Huskins (1931) has noted the tendency of the newly evolved allopolyploid species Spartina Townsendii to drive out its pro- genitor, S. maritima, wherever these two species come into con- tact with each other. Both of these causes probably contributed to the extinction of the hexaploids, and no decision can be made as to which was the more important. There is little doubt that other allopolyploids now dominant in North America will be found to be derived from ancestors at present endemic to South America. Their discovery will be a valuable tool for determining the present and past relationships between the floras of the two continents. SUMMARY The nature of chromosome pairing in hybrids between Bromus carinatus H. & A. or B. marginatus Nees and B. catharticus Vahl as well as between B. marginatus and B. laevipes Shear provides strong evidence that the octoploid North American species of Bromus, section Ceratochloa of which B. carinatus an B. marginatus are the best known, originated through allopoly- ploidy involving hexaploid species of section Ceratochloa, for which the genome formula AABBCC is used, and diploid species of section Bromopsis, having the formula LL. z he octoploid South American forms of section Ceratochloa, which are tenta- tively grouped in the species Bromus pitensis H. B. K., arose in a similar manner, but independently. Chromosome pairing 1n B. pitensis X marginatus indicates that the A, B, and C genomes of these two species are relatively similar, and therefore that their ancesters in section Ceratochloa were closely related, but their L genomes are much more dissimilar, so that their Bh ee 1 and from the probable nature of the climate in the middle and later part of the Tertiary period suggests that at some 54 STEBBINS this period the hexaploid Ceratochloa species and the diploid species of section Bromopsis occurred together in western North America. There they hybridized, and their sterile hybrids gave rise by doubling their chromosome numbers to the ancestors of B. carinatus, B. marginatus, and their relatives. With the onset of the Pleistocene i 1ce age, and because of competition with the more aggressive, newly formed octoploids, the hexaploids became extinct in North America, persisting only in temperate South America, where climatic conditions changed less. LITERATURE CITED ANDERSON, E. 1936. The species problem in Jris. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 23: 57-509. Camp, W. H. 1944, A preliminary account of the OnE of Oxycoccus. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 71: 426-437 Du Rierz, G. E. 1940. Problems of = plant distribution. Acta Phytogeog. Suecica 13: 215- Haran, Jack 1945, iebiocans and chasmogamy in Bromus carinatus Hook. and Am. Jour. Bot. 32: 66-72. Husxins, C. L 1931. The Origin of Spartina Townsendii. Genetics 12: 531-538. JOHNSON, B. L. 1945. ’ Cyto-taxonomic studies in Oryzopsis. Bot. Gaz. 107: 1-32. Jounston, I. M. 1940. The floristic significance of shrubs common to North and South American deserts. Journ. Arnold Arb. 21: 356-363. Parop, L. R. 1944. Revision de las gram{neas australes del Gener Piptochaetium. Rev. Mus. de La Plata (N. S.) Sec. Bot. 6: 213-310. Nietsen, E. L. 1939 — studies III. Additional somatic chromosome comple- ents. Am. Jour. Bot. 26: 366-371. STEBB PST L. 1940. The _‘ifificance of polyploidy in plant evolution. Am. Nat. Stessins, G. L. Jr. 1942, Polyploid ee aro in relation to ecology and the history of floras. t. 76: 36-45. Sressins, G. L. 1947a. Types of elena their classification and significance. Advances in Genetics I: 403-429. Beye ny G. L. Jr. 947b. Evidence on fa of oe from the distribution of existing ossil plan es. Ecol ] Grate Ge - spe ological monographs (in press). 1 The tee be of hhybride | in Bromus. vba within the section Ceratochloa. ‘Am. Jour. Bot. 31: ENDEMISM IN THE FLORA OF CALIFORNIA 55 Sressins, G. L. Jr., H. A. Topey, anp J. R. HARLAN 1944. The cytogenetics of hybrids in Bromus II. omus carinatus and Bromus arizonicus. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei. 25: 307-322. Terao, H. anp U. Mipusima 1939. Some considerations on the classification of Oryza satival into two subspecies, so-called “japonica” and “indica”. Jap. Jour. Bot. 10: 213-258. Division or GENETICS, UNIvERSITY oF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA. ENDEMISM IN THE FLORA OF CALIFORNIA By Auice Eastwoop The most conspicuous feature of the flora of California is the endemism that marks it as distinct from that of most parts of the world. Because of the close inter-relationship among many genera and species, it is puzzling and interesting. Evolution still seems to be progressing since distinctive limits are often so uncertain. As it would be impossible and impractical to name or even enumerate the endemic species in many genera, because of the diversity of opinion as to criteria for specific limits, the genera only will be considered. The plan is to take these genera in the order in which the families of plants native in California are generally arranged. Of course, state boundaries mean nothing to plants and it is to be expected that genera distinctly Californian will have species crossing the border. The northern part of Lower California is Similar to and really ecologically a part of San Diego County. A similar situation occurs in the adjacent counties of Del Norte, the most northern in California along the coast, and Curry and Josephine counties in southern Oregon. Desert plants cross over into Arizona and Nevada. Nevada also has some of the California species on the east side of the Sierra Nevada boundary. Among the ferns and fern allies no endemic genera oceur. In the Gymnosperms, Sequoia Endl. is the only one, with two Species growing in limited areas in California, the coast species, S. sempervirens (Lamb.) Endl. extending into southern Oregon, adjacent to Del Norte County. This genus was represented in Preglacial times by many species in the Northern oS where their fossil representatives have been unearthed. Wit the Sequoias are also Torreya Arn., Lithocarpus Sarg. and Um- bellularia Nees. The two former have widely separated species 56 EASTWOOD in the Northern Hemisphere, the last related to Ocotea Aubl., a genus of Lauraceae with a wide distribution chiefly in the South- ern Hemisphere; Umbellularia extends north into Pacific coastal areas. Among the families of the Monocotyledons, Liliaceae is the only one with endemic genera, namely, the monotype Odonto- stomum Torr., Mulla 8. Wats. and Chlorogalum Kunth, the last two with several species. Stropholirion Torr. has two species, one exclusively Californian and the other in Del Norte County and the adjacent counties of Oregon. The Brodiaea group of inter-related genera is essentially Cali- fornian, although represented by a few species in neighboring states. The following genera have been considered distinct: Bloomeria Kell., Calliprora Lindl., Hesperoscordum Lindl., Triteleia Lindl., Hookera Salisb., Stropholirion Torr., Brevoortia Wood and Dichelostemma (Torr.) Wood. Whether or not any agreement can eventually be attained as to the status of these genera, the group is essentially Californian. Allium L., Lilium L., Calochortus Pursh and Fritillaria L. are rich in endemic species. Among the Apetalae, Polygonaceae alone has endemic genera, namely: Nemacaulis Nutt., Hollisteria S. Wats. and Gilmania Coville. All are monotypic. Eriogonum Michx., Chorizanthe R. Br., Oxytheca Nutt. and Polygonum L. abound in endemic species. Many species, especially of Eriogonum and Chorizanthe, become conspicuous in the landscape where they monopolize an area, giving color or a filmy effect that is very lovely. The greatest number of families is in the Choripetalae. Portu- lacaceae, Caryophyllaceae, Ranunculaceae and Berberidaceae have no genera restricted to California Oreobroma Howell, of the Portulacaceae, segregated from Lewisia Pursh, has many beautiful species, especially from the Northern California-Southern Oregon region. Known in gardens as Lewisia, they are among the choicest and most beautiful rock-garden plants. Paeonia L., a genus well known in cultiva- tion, belonging to the Ranunculaceae, has two species in Cali- fornia, but is not found elsewhere in the western hemisphere, so it would seem to be one of the preglacial survivors. Endemic species occur in many genera of the Ranunculaceae, especially in Delphinium L. Vancoweria Morr. & Decne. and Achlys DC. of the Berberidaceae are Pacific Coast endemics and occur in California only in the northern part. Endemism predominates in the Papaveraceae in both genera ENDEMISM IN THE FLORA OF CALIFORNIA 57 and species. Monotypic are Canbya Parry ex Gray and Stylo- mecon G. Taylor. The latter has been referred to Papaver L. and Meconopsis Vig. Diss. (ex DC.). The endemic genera represented by several closely related species are Romneya Harvey, Dendromecon Benth., Hesperomecon Greene and Mecon- ella Nutt. Several of these genera have species crossing into adjacent states, but they are essentially Californian. The evolutionary urge is strongly marked in this family, especially among the species. E. L. Greene in Pittonia V. describes with elaborate keys 122 species of Eschscholzia and 52 of Platystemon. Both Jepson and Abrams recognize only seven of Eschscholzia and but one Platystemon. Tropidocarpum Hook. and Stanfordia 8. Wats. seem to be the only genera of Cruciferae not found outside California. Hetero- draba Greene crosses the northern and southern boundaries but seems like a California endemic. Draba L. and Arabis L. have endemic species, but in Streptanthus Nutt. the number is re- markable and many are restricted to a small and limited area. The species seem to be in transition. In Vol. 1, Leaflets of Botanical Observation, E. L. Greene segregates Streptanthus into four Californian endemic genera and five more widely distributed. These of course overlap but indicate the remarkable inter-rela- tionship. ; ; Formerly included in Sedum in the Crassulaceae, but now con- sidered distinct genera by some authors, are Sedella Britt. & Rose, Hasseanthus Rose and Gormania Britt., the two former restricted to California, the last more widely distributed. Dud- leya Britt. & Rose and Stylophyllum Britt. & Rose are now classi- fied as distinct. They have been included in Cotyledon L., a South African genus, and Echeveria DC., common in Mexico. While both cross state boundaries, and Dudleya has many species in Lower California, they are truly Californian endemics. The many species are so closely related that they are very difficult to distinguish and indicate a state of transition. Among the many genera of Saxifragaceae, Jepsonia Small and Peltiphyllum Engler, both formerly included in Saxifraga L., are considered to be endemic; the former runs into Lower California and the latter into Oregon. Bensonia Abrams and Bacigalup!, & monotypic genus in southwestern Oregon, has not yet on found in California. Among the Grossulariaceae are many Cal- ifornia endemics. In the Philadelphus group, Carpenierva Bae @ monotypic genus, is restricted to a limited area of the foo 58 EASTWOOD region of Fresno County. In almost all of the genera, endemism prevails among the species and several subdivisions of the old genera have been given generic rank in recent publications. Rosaceae has but few endemic genera. Lyonothamnus Gray is restricted to the islands off the coast of Santa Barbara. The monotypic Chamaebatia Benth. forms a lovely ground-cover with flowers like a strawberry, fern-like leaves which have a viscid pubescence and a strong odor. Adenostoma fasciculatum H. & A. covers great areas and gives distinct color as it is a dom- inant shrub in the chaparral. The other species, A. sparsifolium Torr., is more tree-like, a species of Southern California which extends into Lower California. Photinia Lindl., a genus repre- sented by many species in China and Japan, is considered by some botanists to include the Californian genus Heteromeles M. Roem. They are certainly closely related and the California plant so well known as Christmas berry is probably another preglacial survivor. The California Pitcher Plant, Darlingtonia californica Torr., contrary to its name, is more abundant in southern Oregon. I have seen it in many widely separated localities in California but never in such rich abundance as in coastal Lane County in southern Oregon. Over acres of a marshy area, nothing could be seen but these pitcher-like leaves and the beautiful crimson and yellow open flowers on their long stems. But one endemic genus, the monotypic Pickeringia Torr., is in the Leguminosae. This is a shrub with gray-green foliage, spiny stems and lovely crimson flowers, which inhabits the chaparral areas only. Trifolium L.., Lupinus L. and Astragalus L. are remarkable for the number and complexity of the species. Great differences of opinion as to specific limits result, but in California many are truly distinct and endemic. The plants now included in the European genus Lotus L. were formerly classified by some authors under Hosackia Dougl. and Syrma- t1um Vog. These two genera are Californian endemiecs, although a few species cross the borders. ° The species are closely related. Among several families following, endemic genera are rare. Species of Linum L. are almost all endemic. Cneoridium Nutt., & monotypic genus of the Rutaceae, is endemic in the San Diego- Lower California region. The Euphorbiaceae have no endemic genus and the species are fairly well distributed. Limnanthes ENDEMISM IN THE FLORA OF CALIFORNIA 59 genus, namely Adolphia Meisn., monotypic in San Diego and Lower California. Rhamnus L, has two species with many the loveliest shrubs in California and many species monopolize areas to which they give color and character. With the exception of M alacothamnus Greene, which was included in Malvastrum by Asa Gray, no genus is endemic in Malvaceae. However, Lavatera L. has especial interest because of its distribution. A few endemic species occur on the islands off the coast of Southern and Lower California, the other species only in the Mediterranean region and Canary Islands, so that it would seem to be one of the preglacial survivors. Sidalcea Gray has many endemic species. Fremontia Torr. represents the Sterculiaceae with several closely related species, one extending into the northern part of ower California and one into Arizona. In the families that follow, no endemic genera occur. Vzola L. has endemic species, Frankenia L. has two, Helianthemum Pers. related species and doubtful, Hypericum concinnum Benth. the only one in that family. Among the Loasaceae no endemic genera occur, but Mentzelia has several endemic species, some of uncertain status OWing to close relationship. é Many genera, some endemic, have been included by Munz in Oenothera L. and within the group endemic species occur. Epi- lobium L., Zauschneria Presl, Clarkia Pursh and Godetia Spach are well represented by endemic species. Cactaceae are restricted to southern California and there are no endemics in the state. Rubiaceae, Caprifoliaceae, Valerianaceae and Campanulaceae have no genera found only in California, but endemic species Occur in all. In Rubiaceae there are many galiums. Lobeliaceae, Y Some authors included in Campanulaceae, has Palmerella Gray and Parishella Gray, the latter passing into Lower California. Downingia Torr. and Nemacladus Nutt. are in bordering states but have Several inter-related endemic species. The former is a feature of the hog-wallows, those depressions which become Shallow pools in the rainy season and dry up when the eer Cease. They are frequent in the great valleys of California an often will be filled exclusively with one species of Downingia, Clothing the area with a mantle of blue. Species of Allocarya of the Boraginaceae also love these depressions and when exclusive 60 EASTWOOD color the ground white. Mimulus of the Eunanus section, of the Scrophulariaceae, is a lovely crimson. Each depression, too, may exhibit slight differences in the same species from others in hog- wallows in the same region. Lennoaceae is a family of root-parasites with monotypic genera native in southern California, Pholisma Nutt. in the San Diego- Lower California region, and Ammobroma Torr. abundant in Mexico. Fricaceae and Vacciniaceae have no endemic genera. The species in Arctostaphylos L. are numerous and inter-related. Some species occur over extensive areas, sometimes exclusive and forming an especially Californian effect in the landscape. Arbutus L. has species in California, Arizona and Mexico, but otherwise is unknown in North America. Other species are in the Canary Islands and Mediterranean region and this distribu- tion suggests preglacial occurrence. Several genera, such as Comarostaphylis Zucc. and Xylococcus Nutt. in the San Diego- Lower California area, are intermediates and have been included in Arctostaphylos by some authors. The Monotropaceae have genera endemic in the Pacific Coast states but none is exclusively Californian. . These are Sarcodes Torr., Newberrya Torr., Pleuricospora Gray and Allotropa T. & G. Primulaceae has endemic species in Dodecatheon but no endemic genera. Primula suffrutescens Gray of the alpine zone is a woody- based species in a genus of chiefly herbaceous plants. Plumbagi- naceae, Styracaceae, Oleaceae and Gentianaceae have no endemic genera. In Gentianaceae, Centaurium Hill, Gentiana L. and Swertia L. have endeiic species. Apocynaceae has only one endemic genus, the lovely Cycladenia Benth.; Asclepiadaceae also only one, Solanoa Greene, which Gray included in Gompho- carpus but Jepson considers distinct. Several endemic species are in Asclepias. The species in Convolvulus are in a state of uncertainty and there are no endemic genera in the family. In the Polemoniaceae, the diversity of opinion is due to the inter-related genera that have at one time all been included in Gilia. However, none is exclusively Californian but the nu- merous species in all entities and the beauty and abundance of the flowers over many areas produce one of the loveliest features in the landscape. No endemic genera are in Verbenaceae, and only Acanthomintha Gray in Labiatae. The species in Monardella Benth. are variable and limits often indefinite; but some endemic species are quite distinct. Avudibertia Benth., now included in Salvia L., is 4 common bee-plant in California. Many species of Salvia, most ENDEMISM IN THE FLORA OF CALIFORNIA 61 of them endemic, are very abundant over areas where they give character to the landscape. Antirrhinum L., Penstemon Mitch., Orthocarpus Nutt., Castilleja Mutis, Mimulus L. and Collinsia Nutt. of Scrophulariaceae are rich in endemic species, some with innumerable individuals that color the ground, but the family has no endemic genus. Among the Hydrophyllaceae, monotypic Lemmonia Gray and Draperia Torr. are endemic. Lincoln Constance in Madrofo V. has made some changes in Ellisia L. and Nemophila L. He has restored Eucrypta Nutt., a monotypic endemic, formerly Ellisia chrysanthemifolia Benth. Into the genus Pholistoma Lilja he transfers Ellisia membranacea Benth., Nemophila aurita Lindl. and N. racemosa Nutt. These, if eventually adopted, will be endemic although N. racemosa is also in northern Lower California. Phacelia Juss., Nemophila Nutt. and Eriodietyon Benth. are rich in endemic species, abundant also in individuals wherever growing and a very noticeable feature in landscape coloring, often recognizable from afar. oe The greatest diversity exists among authors as to the limiting factors in closely related genera in Boraginaceae. None of these entities, however, is restricted to California, but they are a perplexing problem. Among species, too, there is difficulty : Amsinckia Lehm. is the most hopeless. Wm. M. Suksdorf, in & revision in German, published at his own expense, describes more than 200 species. The four sections in which he places them seem fairly distinct from the character of the nutlets, and perhaps the only present solution is to reduce them to the four sections: A, intermedia F. & M. representing Muricatae; A. spectabilis F. & M., Microcarpae; A. Douglasii DC., Tessellatae; and A. verni- cosa H. & A., the Vernicosae. Endemic genera in the Compositae are fewer than one would expect in this large family. The following list includes all: Pentac iddle California. Hane Ge ee ern California and with one es in Ariz rom northern to south species i izona. ee ; Corethrogyne DC. From southern to northern California and extending Monolopia DC. Middle and southern California with agen Cali- fornia. : ce Crockeria Gray. Monotypic annual in alkaline areas, chiefly in the San Joaquin and Kings River Valleys. 62 BRUNEL Eastwoodia Bdg. Monotypic shrub in areas adjacent to the San Joaquin alley and other hot areas in middle California. Tracyina Blake. Monotypic in northern California. Phalacroseris Gray. A mountain monotype. Raillardella Gray. A mountain genus also in Nevada on the Sierra evada boundary. The plants known in California as tar-weeds are very common. The following genera, which were formerly included in H emizonia, are considered to be distinct by some authors, namely: Cen- tromadia Greene, Calycadenia DC., and Blepharizonia (Gray) Greene. All are endemic. Madia Mol. is also South American with one similar species. Hemizonella Gray, of this group, is a small annual but not exclusively Californian. Most of the genera of Compositae are widely distributed but many endemic species are among them. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF ScreNcEs, SAN Francisco, CALIFORNIA. VAUCHERIA SCHLEICHERI IN NORTH AMERICA By Jutes Bruneu In 1895, the Belgian botanist Emile de Wildeman, studying the Algae of J. Cl. Schleicher’s herbarium at the University of Lausanne, found a new species of Vaucheria, which he named V. Schleicheri (1), after the name of the collector, a Swiss botanist who lived in the first decades of the 19th century. A good plate accompanied this original description. Wildeman naturally knew nothing of the habitat of the new species, the label accompanying the specimen bearing only water, because there are salt springs in that part of the Valais where Schleicher lived and collected (fig. 1). Heering (2), in 1921, included V. Schleicheri in his Siphonales of Central Europe, but his treatment is based entirely on the original description, nobody having found the plant again anywhere during the period 1895-1921. Wildeman’s descrip- tion and figures were carefully copied by Heering and an ade- quate key to species was prepared, enabling one to identify the plant with ease and certainty. The only difference between Wildeman’s and Heering’s descriptions lies in the fact that, whereas the former inferred that the habitat was inland brackish water, the German author affirmed that V. Schleicheri grew ie SOX A d 0 SI 2 ber * yee WT PRS SS 3 -_—— ae — s r i i — nigh IU, ‘lipemia rbaeencilens, ‘us lesn dues cakes seeateteneoenet one, oak en em. —_ cor contigua, basi late imbricata; stipites breves, 1-3 (5) cm. longi, * mi diam., brunnescentes, nudi, se laminae ligulatae, utrinque attenuatae, plerumque 25-30 cm. longae, 7-12 mm. latae, pinnatisectae, thachi valida, fusca, supra plana, subtus tereti, primum miniiliss puberula; segmenta coriacea, opaca, 50-70-juga, subquadrata vel rotun- dato-deltoidea, alterna, apicalia sensim minuta, infima alarifo maxima) 3-6 mm. longa, basi 4-6 (7) mm. lata, leviter revoluta, ¥ sinubus anguste acutis; costae immersae; venae 3-4-jugae, simplices, sub angulo 74 MAXON 45° egredientes, immersae; sori 2-3-jugi, mediales, rotundi, 1.5 mm. diam., segmentis partis superioris laminarum siti; sporangia annulo articulis ca. 12 formato cincta, sporis triplanatis, globosis, papillosis, 50-55 » diam. Type in the U. 8. National Herbarium, no. 1,707,880, collected on the Quito-Santo Domingo road, Province of Pichincha, Ecuador, at 2,300 meters altitude, in a bed of moss, April 5, 1942, by Oscar Haught (no. 3226); several identical specimens of this number were obtained. An additional collection is from Peru: Cerro Chuyapf, Dept. Cuzco, alt. 2,500 meters, Bues A37. The present species belongs to the group of P. moniliforme Lag. and is clearly allied to P. Wolfii Hieron.! That, however, is a much more delicate plant, and differs among other characters in having the rhizome only 1 mm. thick, stipes barely 0.5 mm. in diameter, costae of the segments dark, prominent, and terete beneath, and only a few of the segments (these basal) broadened. at base and thus subdeltoid, a general condition in P. assurgens. In size and proportions, nevertheless, the two species are very much alike. Liypsaxza (?) spathulata Maxon, sp. nov.—Rhizoma breviter repens, ca. 5 mm. diam., apice dense comoso-paleaceum, paleis brunneis, rigidis, falcatis, subulato-capillaceis, 6-8 mm. longis, basi 0.3-0.4 mm. diam., turgidis, fibrosis. Folia plura, suberecta, contigua, ut videtur disticha, subrotunda, 0.5-1 mm. lata, basi curvata affixa, marginem vix mutatam non attingentia; sporangia 2-4, sporis triplanatis. Type in the U.S. National Herbarium, no. 1,705,808, collected on Cerro Armas, partment of Santander, Colombia, altitude 1,300 meters, July 26, 1936, by Oscar Haught (no. 1960). Linpsara (?) Killipii Maxon, sp. nov.—Rhizoma repens, 5 mm, diam., dense paleaceum, paleis imbricatis, brunneis, rigidis, subulato-attenuatis, 5-7 mm. longis, prope basin usque ad 0.8 mm. latis, integris, turgidis, 1 Hedwigia 48: 250. pl. 12, figs. 17, 17a, 176. 1909. NEW FERNS FROM THE NORTHERN ANDES 75 fibrosis. Folia plura, adscendentia, 90-95 cm. longa, ubique glabra; stipites ca. 45 cm. longi, ca. 1 mm. diam., subquadrangulares, brunnes- centes, nudi, lucidi; laminae lanceolatae, apice subacutae, 45-50 cm. longae, medio 6-9 cm. latae, 3-pinnato-pinnatifidae, rhachi stipiti simili; pinnae paucae (utrinque ca. 8), inter se longe remotae, alternae, petiolu- latae, obliquae, inaequilateraliter deltoideae vel late trapeziformi-ovatae, maximae 4-6 em. longae, ca. 3 cm. latae, obtusae vel acutiusculae; pinnulae valde anadromae, majores utrinque ca. 3, maximae basi pinnatae, divi- sionibus obliquis, subpinnatisectis, segmentis 3 vel 4, herbaceis, linearibus, 3-5 mm. longis, 0.7-1 mm. latis, singulis vel paribus oblique conjunctis, thachibus ultimis anguste marginatis latitudine aequalibus; venae soli- tariae, mediae; sori terminales, submarginales; indusia tenera, subrotunda, ca. 0.7 mm. lata, basi curvata affixa, marginem herbaceam oppositam non attingentia; sporangia perpauca, sporis triplanatis, laevigatis, ca. 50 di am. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 1,144,644, collected at “La Gallera,” Micay Valley, Department of Cauca, Colombia, altitude 2,000- 2,200 meters, in forest, July 1, 1922, by E. P. Killip (no. 7947). Duplicates were distributed to the Gray Herbarium, the New York Botanical Garden, and the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Among other characters this species is readily distinguished from the last by its linear segments (about 1 mm. broad), these contrasting strongly with the expanded segments of L. spathulata, which are 2 mm. broad below the tip; but the proper generic reference of these plants is a matter of doubt and must remain so, pending a critical review of the entire group, which Christensen (Manual of Pteridology, p. 535) calls the subfamily Lindsayol- eae. He describes the creeping rhizome of Lindsaya [sic] as of a “special ‘lindsayoid’ type and clothed with bristles or narrow, lanceolate, castaneous scales consisting of 2-4 rows of cells, or both types with intermediate forms intermixed.” In architec- ture the fronds of the two new species resemble Sphenomeris clavata (L.) Maxon and S. chinensis (L.) Maxon; but Spheno- meris! has diplanate spores and the truly marginal sori are endophyllous and urceolate, with both valves of the indusium similar in texture, the likeness being thus superficial so far as sori are concerned. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. 1 The recent reduction of Sphenomeris to synonymy under Stenoloma Fée (Gen. ves 330. 1852) seems scarcely justifiable. Of the seven species bhi . gwen Stenoloma one is regarded by him as doubtful, and of the remaining six no less | ; four are plants of indefinite scandent growth, with more or less endophyllous SO triplanate spores,—characters now recognized as distinguishing . did not Soria. Stenoloma was thus preponderantly Odontosoria, a genus ee edict ore Clearly differentiate. To typify it on Adiantum clavatum, igponygeo® 3: 143-144. Srowth, appears quite unwarranted. (See Journ. 1913; Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 17: 157-168. pls. 2-5. 1913.) 76 WEATHERBY POLYPODIUM LEPIDOPTERIS AND ITS RELATIVES IN BRAZIL By C. A. WEATHERBY Polypodium lepidopteris (L. & F.) Kaze. and its immediate allies constitute one of those critical groups, too numerous in ferns, whose taxonomy has not been worked out in detail. Asa group, it resembles that of P. polypodioides (L.) Watt in that it consists of a series of populations very similar in habit, but more or less disjunct geographically and differing in the characters of their paleaceous vestiture. Following Gustav Kunze, Mettenius and Hooker,! it has long been treated as a single, rather poly- morphous species ranging over a good part of South America and extending into Mexico. Baker, in the Synopsis Filicum and the Flora Brasiliensis, began the breaking up of the complex, recognizing as varieties three perfectly valid segregates; unfor- tunately, he got wrong names for all three. Maxon, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. xvii. 592-3 (1916), removed from the inclusive P. lepidopteris the Mexican elements and those of northwestern South America. Because of insufficient material, he made no attempt to deal with the Brazilian populations. Dutra, in 1940, briefly sketched the characters of the two south-Brazilian species and corrected Baker’s errors in nomenclature. Now, after examination (in 1939) of the herbaria at London, Geneva and especially the rich collections at Paris, and of abundant speci- mens of one little-known species brought back by L. O. Williams in 1945 from Minas Geraes, an attempt further to fill out previous work seems justified. At least, lines of variation can be pointed out and some clarification of nomenclature made. The group, as here understood, comprises six known species occupying two disjunct geographic areas. One of these is in northwestern South America and harbors two? species—P. bombycinum Maxon, of Colombia, Panama and the Galdpagos Islands, apparently at altitudes of 300 m. or more, and P. balaonense Hieron., known, so far as specimens and records at hand show, only at very low altitudes along the coastal strip of Kcuador.* The other area extends from southern Bahia and * Hooker, however, remarked ‘tif, as I think, all the references brought together under this species are correct, it is hard to say what are the limits of species among ferns." Sp. Fil, iv. 211, 212 (1862). * Perhaps more when recent collections are studied. The plant of the Galapagos may prove varietally separable from P. bombycinum. * It is interesting that the species of higher altitudes, not that geographically POLYPODIUM LEPIDOPTERIS IN BRAZIL 77 Espiritu Santo, Brazil, south to Uruguay, Paraguay and the arm of Argentina which stretches between them. In this area I am recognizing four species. The group as a whole is characterized as follows: rhizome short-repent, 3-5 mm. thick, densely covered with castaneous, concolorous, deltoid-ovate to deltoid-lanceolate scales with elongate, thin-walled cells (except near the point of attachment) ; fronds given off singly, but usually not more than 1 cm. apart; blades narrowly elliptic to linear, pinnate or deeply pinnatifid, narrowed gradually from the middle to apex and base, usually with several pairs of reduced lower pinnae; pinnae in well de- veloped individuals numerous, up to 50 pairs, entire except for a small, rounded auricle at base on the upper side, which bears in its center a large, dark, immersed gland or aerophore; both surfaces more or less densely scaly; venation goniophlebioid; sori surrounded by a ring of modified scales; sporangia with long, very slender stipe and narrow ring of about 12 cells; spores biplanate, ellipsoid or subreniform, irregularly tuberculate and with nigrescent markings. In the Brazilian species, there 1s considerable intraspecific variation in habit and in size and abundance of scales; but the patterns of scale-form, on which the species mainly stand, are reasonably constant. This study is based on material at Kew (K), Geneva (Gen), Paris (P), the United States National Herbarium (US) and the Gray Herbarium (G).* I am grateful to the officers of the in- stitutions concerned for the privilege of examining the collections under their care and for many courtesies. I am particularly indebted to Dr. Ivan Kléstersky of the National Museum at Praha for a photograph of and some scales from the type of Polypodium rufulum Presl, which have settled beyond doubt the application of that long misapplied name. Key To THe Group or PoLyPopIUM LEPIDOPTERIS IN BRAZIL a. Seales of the lamina all of a deltoid-linear bl apeap ne with- out abrupt contraction froma ly erose base to an evenly Herbarium as wie accepted and formally approv' enerally p with . in nfusing * These scales in profile resemble a round-headed pin; Somphoid, pin-like, 78 WEATHERBY b. Pinnae drying flat, the margin not cartilaginous... .. é, c. Scales of leaf-surface, rachis and costae all gomphoid and nearly alike, the capillary portion entire; ring of scales around sorus not conspicuous at maturity... ... P. monoides c. — of rachis and costae beneath deltoid-linear to OTHER SPECIMENS EXAMINED. Brazin. Mrnas GerazEs: Serra da Piedade, Damazio (P), Gomes 1081, 2004 (P); Ouro Preto, 1908, Joaquim Candido da Costa Serra (P); Serra do Frio, Vauthier 2335 (P); Serra do Curral, Municipio Nova Lima, alt. 1300 m., March 30, 1945, L. O. Williams & V. Assis 6397 (G); among shrubs on soil, vicinity of Lagoa Seca, 20 km. south of Belo Horizonte, Feb., 1945, Williams 5452 (G); epiphyte in forest, Serra de Mutuca, Nova Lima, Feb., 1945, Williams 5088 (G); without definite locality, St. Hilaire 1103, 2249 bis (P), Riedel 172 (Gen, P). Banta: 14 so. lat. alt. 700 m., Dec., 1888, FE. Gonnelle (P). _P. minarum varies more in habit than any other of the Bra- zilian species, from a linear frond less than 2 cm. wide and with close-set pinnae to one 4 em. wide with the pinnae up to 1 cm. apart. The scales also vary considerably, but remain of the same general type. 2. Pouypopium monoides, sp. nov., characteribus gregis, habitu P. hirsutissimo, paleis rhizomatis P. minarum similis, a speciebus affinibus omnibus differt lamina omnino paleis gomphoideis basi brunneo-punctatis POLYPODIUM LEPIDOPTERIS IN BRAZIL 79 circa 0.4 mm. diametro, parte filiformi ad 3 mm. longa integra albescente (ad paginam superiorem) vel pallide brunnea (ad paginam inferiorem) vel (ad rachem) castanea plus minusve dense onusta. Type: Brazix, Banta, forests of the Rio Grungogy Basin, alt. 100-300 m. Oct. 1-Nov. 30, 1915, H. M. Curran 274 (G); isotype, US. Known only from the type collection, but, unless future col- lecting turns up intermediates now unknown, sharply distin- guished from all other species of this group by its entirely uni- form scale-pattern. If phylogenetic speculation is admissible in a small group of closely related variants, it might be guessed that this uniformity and the hair-like slenderness of the scales indicate that this is the most primitive species of the group. 3. PoLypopium LEpiIpopTeRIs (Langsdorf & Fisch.) Kze. in Linnaea, xili. 182 (1836), syn. plur. excl.; Dutra in Anais Prim. Reun. Sul-Amer. Bot. ii. 53 (1940). Acrostichum lepidopteris Langsd. & Fisch. Ic. Fil. 5, t. 2 (1810). Typx presumably at Leningrad; not seen, identity clear from Langsdorf & Fischer’s plate. P. sepultum Kaulf. Enum. 104 (1824). Essentially a renaming of A. lepidopteris, which is cited as an unequivocal synonym; Kaulfuss’ deserip- tion also applies to it. Goniophlebium lepidopteris (L. & F.) Moore, Ind. Fil. Ixxiv (1857); Fée, Crypt. Vase. Brésil, 108 (1869). P. crassimargo Kze. ex Mett. Polypod. 71 (1857), nomen nudum. G. crassimargo (Kze.) Moore, Ind. Fil. 388 (1862). P. lepidopteris, var. rufulum (Presl) Baker in Mart. Fl. Bras. i, pt. 2: 527 (1870), quoad plantam descriptam, non P. rufulum Presl. Lepicystis lepidopteris (L. & F.) J. Sm. Hist. Fil. 112 (1875). P. rufulum, forma intermedium Hassl. Trab. Inst. Bot. Farm. Buenos Aires, no. 45: 73 (1928). Type not designated; Hassler 3991 in herb. onaparte, Paris, taken as determining identity. : P. rufulum “formas” majus and minus Osten & Herter in Anal. Mus. ist. Nat. Montevideo, ser. 2, i. 368 (1925); repr. “Plantae Uruguay- enses,” 44. No specimens cited; the forms distinguished by size only. Rhizome-scales in mass tending to a dark, ost purplish brown. Stipe variable both in absolute and relative renee ee 1/10 to 1/3 as long at lobe. Pinnae usuall long, 4-9 mm. wide (14 to % ; y oblong, 0.8-3.7 cm. long, as wide as long), obtuse, or in the wider blades, acute. Scales ey tid surface of the lamina pale brown in mass, 3-5 mm. long, 0.1 th f aay Wide, their long tips giving a characteristic shaggy appearance aligns : 80 WEATHERBY REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS. Braziu. Esprriro Santo: St. Hilaire 307 (P). Rio pe JANeErRo: Itaypu, dans les sables, Glaziow 1221, 5652 (P). Santa Caruarina: St. Hilaire 1751 (P); Schwacke 12888 (P); auf Sandboden . . . in der Nahe des Meeres, Itajahy, Ule 175 (P). Rio GRANDE bo Sut: ad terram arenosam, Hamburger Berg, Lindman A505 (G, Gen, US); ad rupes, Porto Alegre, Stier in Rosenstock, Fil. Austrobras. 317 (P, US), Fox 109 (K). Paracuay: Cerro de Tobati, Fiebrig 751 (BM, G, Gen, K, P, US); sur les rochers, Paraguari, Balansa (K, P); Tobati, Hassler 3991 (G, P), 6182 , Gen). 3 Uruauay: entre les rochers, Maldonado, Gibert 621 (K, P, US); in montibus, Cerro de San Miguel, St. Hilaire 2035 bis (P); Catalan, Herter 995 (G, US). 4, PoLypopIUM HIRSUTISSIMUM Raddi, Opusc. Sci. Bologna, iii. 286 (1819) and Pl. Bras. i. 17, t. 26 (1825); Dutra in Anais Prim. Reun. Sul- Amer. Bot. ii. 53 (1940). Type presumably at Florence; not seen. Isotypes, BM, Gen, K, P. P. rufulum Presl, Del. Prag. i. 164 (1822). Type at Praha; photo and fragm. G. : P. tricholepis Schrad. Gétting. Gel. Anzeig. ii. 867 (1824). Type pre- sumably at Gottingen, not seen. The species, proposed as distinct from P. lepidopteris, probably belongs here. P. Raddii Desv. in Mém. Soe. Linn. Paris, vi. 232 (1827). A direct, and therefore illegitimate, renaming of P. hirsutissimum. Marginaria rufula Presl, Tent. Pterid. 189 (1836). . Goniophlebium hirsutissimum (Raddi) Brack. Wilkes Exped. xvi. 33 (1854), excl. syn.; Fée, Crypt. Vasc. Brésil, 108 (1869). P. lepidopteris sensu Baker, Syn. Fil. 346 (1868), Fl. Bras. i, pt. 2: 527 (1870), et auctt. plur., non (L. & F.) Kze. P. vexillare Christ in Schwacke, Pl. Nov. Mineiras, ii. 21 (1900) et Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, ii. 373 (1902). Type not designated, and no specimen labelled by Christ found in his herb. at Paris. The specimen at Paris of the Ule collection cited by Christ is taken as authentic. Goniophlebium hirsutissimum, var. angustius Fée, Crypt. Vasc. Brésil, 108 (1869), probably. No specimens cited and none so labelled seen. Scales of the rhizome red-brown in mass, 5-7 mm. long, ¢. 1 mm. wide. Stipe 2-11 em. long, 1/4 to 1/9 as long as the lamina. Lamina up to 75 em. long, with 3-12 pairs of reduced basal pinnae, at apex somewhat less gradually narrowed, usually to a conform terminal lobe. Pinnae mostly linear-oblong, 2-3 em. long, 5-6 mm. wide, rather abruptly acute, some- times longer (but little wider) and acuminate, rarely obtuse. Scales 2-3 mm. long, those of the lower surface red-brown or pale brown in mass, their relatively large bases concealing the leaf-tissue, those of the uppet surface whitish or pale brown, with small bases which do not come to- gether and conceal the leaf-tissue. POLYPODIUM LEPIDOPTERIS IN BRAZIL 81 REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS. Braziu. Minas Gerrans: Caldas, Lind- berg 584 (K), Regnell I 469 (G, US); Serra do Frio, Vauthier 590 (G). Rio pE JANEIRO: Wilkes Exped. 5 (G, K, P, US); on ledge, Paineiras to Corcovado summit, 465-710 m., L. B. Smith 1252 (G). SAo Pauto: Burchell 196, 761, 3926, 4795 (K). PanranA: ad arborum truncos, Villa Nova prés Rio Negro, Annies in Rosenst. Fil. Austrobras. 111 (P, US); ad arbores, Serra do Mar, Porto de Cima, 200 m., Dusén 713a (G); on rocks and trees, Tibagy, Reiss 1 (G). Sanra Caruarina: Haerchen in Rosenst. Fil. Austrobras. 111.1 (P, US). Rio Granpe po Sut: in silva riparia, Porto Alegre, Malme 1328 (US); rupestre, S40 Leopoldo, Eugenio Leite 1942 (G); Neu Hamburg, Bornmueller 308 (G). Paracuay: Balansa 329 (Gen); Alto Parand, Fiebrig 5452 (G, US); Caaguazu, Hassler 8987 (G). Uruauay: epiphyte on Salix Humboldtiana, Rio Negro, Cerro Largo, Rosengurtt PE4728 (G). od Arcentina. Misiones: epifito en el monte vergen, Yerbal Viejo, Burkart 1583 (G); sobre les arboles, Loreto, Perez-Moreau 31/2063 (G). According to Parlatore, Coll. Bot. Mus. Florence, 6 (1874), -Raddi’s herbarium, when it arrived at Florence, was wholly without labels; Parlatore himself named the specimens from Raddi’s published works. This would diminish one’s confidence in the authenticity of the isotypes of P. hirsutissimum, were it not that Raddi’s description is so good as to leave little chance of error. Dutra, supported by no less a pteridologist than Carl Christen- sen, states, as characteristic of P. hirsutissimum, that the sorus is somewhat immersed and surrounded by a membranous out- growth of the epidermis, which forms a cup about it. My own dissections of boiled-out herbarium material show nothing with the undulate-walled cells ordinarily characteristic of epidermal tissue—only the scales of the lower surface, with straight-walled cells. These scales, in P. hirsutissimum, have larger basal dises than in other species of the group. In the vicinity of the pe their bases become larger yet and nearly or quite lose their acicular tips. The resulting orbicular or deltoid, crowded, sr or less imbricated scales cover the sori when young, and, push up and outward against neighboring scales by the growing sporangia, remain as it were upright in a conspicuous ring around the sorus, even at full maturity. When ae pe are dissected out what appears to be a considerable cavity 18 ‘6's but when the scales also are removed, this is found to or oe a Shallow depression in the leaf-tissue, dotted with scars y the scales. 82 LLOYD AND TAYLOR The same is true of the other Brazilian species. In none of them is the ring of scales as conspicuous as in P. hirsutissimum, but in all it is present, the sori are in very similar shallow depres- sions, and they may or may not produce, at least in dried material, low bosses on the upper surface. One curious circumstance is that the receptacle is apparently separated from the vein-end by an abscission layer and the sorus can often be removed entire. Polypodium lanosum Fée, Gen. Fil. 237 (1850-52), has often been cited as a synonym of P. lepidopteris sens. lat. I have seen no specimens of it. Fée’s type was supposed to have come from Chile, where no species of the present group is known, and he takes no account of it in the Crypt. Vasc. Brésil. Until authentic material is found, the application of the name must remain doubtful. Gray HERBARIUM. SOME NEW SPECIES OF UTRICULARIA By F. E. Luoyp and G. Taytor Lately, one of us has published a detailed account of the biology of the genus Utricularia with special reference to the structure and mechanism of the traps (F. E. Lloyd, The Carnivorous Plants: Chaps. XIII & XIV, 1942). In this work, and also in some preliminary papers, names and figures have appeared of species which have not been validly described. The main pur- pose of this paper is to legitimize the names which have been published and diagnose other species. Systematists have given scant attention to the traps (usually, nomic importance. Approximately 275 species are recognized in the genus and of these about 100 have been examined with particular attention to the trap structure. So far as material has allowed, this survey has shown that these organs provide important criteria for determining specific relationships and that comparisons based on trap morphology are no less effective than those depending on floristic or other details. Material available for study is, more frequently than otherwise, badly preserved and commonly incomplete. The remark, SOME NEW SPECIES OF UTRICULARIA 83 frequently recurring in literature, that leaves are absent during anthesis is probably never true but rather the product of obser- vations on defective specimens. In collecting it is essential to secure full suites of specimens in which all parts of the plant are fully represented. The free-floating species give no difficulty apart from the care needed to display them properly on removal from the water. It is in the so-called terrestrial species and those attached to and ramifying in a submerged substratum that par- ticular care is required to ensure complete representation. Wherever possible, in addition to dried specimens, some material should be preserved in fluid. Full notes should be made of the colour, habit and spatial relation to environment. The patience necessary to secure adequate specimens is amply repaid by the results derived from their examination. Utricularia paradoxa Lloyd & Tayl. [apud F. E. Lloyd in Vict. Nat. lili. 93, 110 (1936), 164 (1937); The Carnivorous Plants, 225, t. 21, figs. 22, 23 (1942), nom. nud.], sp. nov., habitu U. bilobae R. Br. et U. resupinatae B. D. Greene valde similis sed statura minore; a priori differt foliorum segmentis setiferis (setis brevibus rigidisque); utriculos solum in stolonis gerentibus; a secunda differt foliis 3-fidis (segmentis filiformibus 1- vel nonnunquam 2- fidis). ae gt A small delicate submerged plant with colourless stolons (ramifying in a loose substratum of mud or sand) from which, at intervals, arise vertical branches which emerge into the water above. Stolons with a sparse covering of unicellular oblique bristles along the upper surface, circinnate backwards at the apex. Vertical branches of limited growth, up to 5 em. in length, occasionally bearing traps (or branches with traps), the lower “terrestrial” portion sparsely hispidulate with spreading bristles; emergent portion (usually about 3 cm. in length) green and bearing clusters of Tifid leaves with the filiform segments 1-2-divided and towards the apex minutely hispidulate. Trap structure resembling that of U. vulgaris L.; traps up to 1.5 mm. in length but generally smaller, restricted to the sub- stratum and borne on branches arising from the main stolon or from the base of vertical branches : antennae 2, up to 1 mm. in length, curving to- wards the entrance of the trap and bearing a few short bristles; trichomes 1-3, arising from the margin of the entrance between the antennae ; In- ternal bifid and quadrifid hairs with short ovoid arms of which (in the quadrifids) two arms are reflexed. Scape 1—4-flowered, up to 20 cm. 2 length, towards the base (in the substratum) bearing rhizoids with simple glandular hairs, relatively stout and sometimes sinuous, with a stent fixed scales throughout its length, towards the apex bearing paired brac which subtend the showy flowers. Sepals membranous, each about 5 mm. n length, posterior ovate-acuminate, anteri narrower and less acuminate. Corolla segments violet-blue; upper lip broadly elliptic, about 7 oe and 5 mm. broad, entire at the apex; lower lip spreading, slightly gibbous, 84 LLOYD AND TAYLOR & Fig. 1B Fig. 1C about 1 em. long and 0.8 cm. broad, spathulate in outline, notched at the apex to form a small central and two shallow lateral lobes; spur about 1 em. long, yellow, straight or slightly curved, tapering to a sharp point and directed downwards. Capsule ellipsoid, 3 mm. long and 1-5 mm. broad. Seeds somewhat angular, compressed; testa deeply reticulate. Hab. ANGOLA: River Luena, Vila Luzo, 6 Nov. 1932. R.G.N. Young 1421 (type in Herb. Brit. Mus.). [Figs. 1A, 1B, 1C.] In its remarkable habit, U. paradoxa resembles U. biloba R. Br., a native of Australia, and U. resupinata B. D. Greene, ® native of North America. Except for the emergent flowers, these species are completely submerged with their main stolons buried in the substratum of mud or sand and their leafy branches projecting upwards into the water. Their traps, which are 0 the U. vulgaris type, remain embedded in the substratum. SOME NEW SPECIES OF UTRICULARIA 85 U. paradoxa is apparently more closely allied to U. biloba but it is a much smaller and more delicate plant; it differs also in having the leaf segments hispidulate towards the apex and in the traps being confined to the branches in the substratum—in U. biloba traps are borne sparingly on the leaves. Leaf characters serve easily to distinguish U. paradoxa and U. resupinata. In the former the leaves are finely divided in precisely the same manner as those of U. vulgaris, whereas in U. resupinata they are simple and acicular. The rhizoids of U. paradoza are simply branched but those of U. resupinata are usually once or twice divided. The four species now to be described are very small incon- spicuous plants, easily overlooked when not in flower. They appear to be most closely related to the S. American U. peltata Spruce with which they share a similar habit and the possession of peltate orbicular leaves. Utricularia hydrocotyloides Lloyd & Tayl., sp. nov., affinis U. evili Oliv. et U. Welwitschii Oliv. sed ab utraque foliis peltatis corollaque longius calcarata differt; similis etiam U. peltatae Spruce ex Oliv., speciei austro- americanae purpureiflorae, sed ab hac foliis minoribus palatoque obscure tuberculato distinguitur. U. sp. aff. peltata F. E. Lloyd, The Carnivorous Plants, t. 29, figs. 9, 10 (1942). A minute terrestrial plant with delicate filiform branched stolons. Leaves peltate, arising sparingly from the stolons; petiole 12 mm. long, filiform at the extreme base but relatively stout above, bearing secondary stolons towards the base of the thickened portion; lamina orbicular, 2-3 mm. broad, entire at the margin, glandular and strongly mucilagmous on the upper surface, stomata on the lower surface. ips 0 the U. pensis type, borne on the stolons, appearing in dried material as i with the lips fringed (as in U. capensis) with glandular trichomes cacti a cylindrical apical cell and a stout conical basal cell; door with glo h sessile trichomes but apparently lacking the kriss trichome; mouth of = apex, about 3 mm. long and 3 mm. broad, spur conical, pperegten : to the apex which projects beyond the lower lip, about ees 86 LLOYD AND TAYLOR k 0-San4 } Li Gare Fig. 2B Hab. ANGOLA: Saurimo, flowers white, 24 Oct. 1932. R. G. N. Young 1155 (type in Herb. Brit. Mus.); River Luena, Vila Luzo, flowers small, white, 5 Nov. 1932. R. G. N. Young 1357 (Herb. Brit. Mus.). [Figs. 2A and 2B.] . U. hydrocotyloides is allied to the African species U. ezilis Oliv. and U. Welwitschii Oliv. but differs from both in having peltate leaves and a longer spur to the flower. It also resembles the purple-flowered U. peltata Spruce ex Oliv., a native of South America, but in having smaller leaves and obscurely tuberculate palate it can easily be distinguished from that species. SOME NEW SPECIES OF UTRICULARIA 87 Utricularia Fernaldiana Lloyd & Tayl., sp. nov., arcte affinis U. hydro- cotyloidi Lloyd & Tayl. sed differt sepalo postico apice truncato, corollae caleare multo longiore et tenuiore, palato apice bituberculato faucium lateribus corrugato. Subterrestrial herb with delicate branched stolons, bearing rhizoids and secondary stolons at the nodes. Leaves peltate; petioles obconic, about 3 mm. long; lamina orbicular, about 3 mm. in diameter, mucilagi- nous on the upper surface. Traps of the “ capensis type, arising on the secondary stolons. Scape up to 6 cm. in length. Bracts affixed a little above their base, glandular-hispidulous. ae 1-2. Upper sepal broadly elliptic, truncate and crenulate at the apex, glandular-pubescent on the outside above the middle; lower sepal sub-orbicular, glandular- pubescent on the outside. Corolla rosy mauve; upper lip about 3.5 mm. Tkomog 4P367 Fig. 3A 6 FKkemag (IIT 88 LLOYD AND TAYLOR in length, concave-triangular, the apex prolonged into a quadrangular appendage exceeding and slightly over-arching the palate on the lower lip; lower lip more or less truncate-conical (the blunt top of the cone forming the 2-tuberculate palate which bears prominent corrugations in the throat towards the top), rounded at the apex; spur narrowly conical, 6-7 mm. in length, 1.5-2.0 mm. broad at the base. Hab. UGANDA: Masaka Distr. Nabugabo, ‘‘short stems, leaves round, flowers with long spur, rosy mauve”. Peaty swamp, 26 June 1935. A. S. Thomas 1335 (type in Herb. Brit. Mus.). [Figs. 3A and 3B.] This species is closely related to U. hydrocotyloides but differs in having the upper sepal truncate at the apex, the spur much longer and more slender, the palate 2-tuberculate at the apex and corrugated at the sides in the throat. Utricularia Thomasii Lloyd & Tayl., sp. nov., proxime affinis U. hydro- cotyloidi Lloyd & Tayl. sed ab utraque sepalo postico apice rotundato, corollae caleare labium inferius aequantivel vix excedenti, palato etu- rculato. Subterrestrial herb. Stolons and bladders as in U. Fernaldiana. Leaves orbicular-umbiculate; petiole slender, very gradually expanding upwards into the lamina, up to 10 mm. long, bearing one or more rhizoids; lamina 2.5 mm. in diameter. Scape 1-2-flowered, capillary, up to 4.5 cm. long. Bracts affixed a little above their base, glandular-hispidulous on the outside. Upper sepal ovate, shortly apiculate at the apex, glandular- pubescent on the outside; lower sepal ovate, rounded at the apex, aig —— on the outside. Corolla white flushed rose-pink, about 2 in length; spur short, about 0.5 mm. long, blunt and rounded at the ae not or scarcely exceeding the lower lip and the lower sepal. Cap- sule ovoid, 2 mm. long and 1.5 mm. broad. Seeds (immature) somewhat pyramidal. Hab. UGANDA: Masaka Distr. Nabugabo, alt. 3900 ft., local. “leaves round; flowers small, white flushed rose-pink, peaty ri 26 June 1935. A. S. Thomas 1334 ‘(type i in Herb. Brit. Mus.). [Fig. A collection from the Bukoba District made by Heeret (alt. 400 ft., Jan. 1932. Haarer 2489 (Herb. Kew.)) may belong to this species but in the absence of leaves a definite identification cannot be given. U. Thomasii is closely related to U. hydrocotyloides and U. Fernaldiana but differs from both in having the spur of the corolla only equalling or scarcely exceeding the lower lip, the upper sepal rounded at the apex and the lower lip of the corolla (palate) not tuberculate. The species also closely resembles U. tribracteata Hochst. in its floral construction but differs from that plant in the absence of rugosities on the lower lip. The — of peltate leaves, of course, serves to distinguish U. Thomasi SOME NEW SPECIES OF UTRICULARIA 89 Fig. 4 Utricularia Deightonii Lloyd & Tay]. [apud F. E. Lloyd in Vict. Nat. liii. 101 (1936); The Carnivorous Plants, 259, tt. 25 fig. 1, 31 figs. 6, 7 (1942), nom. nud.], sp. nov., affinis U. peltatae Spruce ex Oliv., speciel austro-americanae, sed utriculi ostii labio superiore inferius subtruncatum excedenti, palato alato hinc coronam irregulariter crenulatam formanti, corollae etiam labii superioris forma differt. Terrestrial herb. Leaves peltate; petiole 2 mm. long; lamina orbicular, mm. in diameter, mucilaginous. Scape 1-3-flowered, up to 13 cm. in length. Bracts produced below their point of attachment, sparsely pu- bescent. Flowers white with purple lip; upper sepal broadly ovate, rounded or obtuse at the apex, sparsely pubescent outside; lower — ovate, slightly emarginate, sparsely pubescent outside; upper lip of coro. . tiangular-concave, narrowed at the apex into an oblong or sy emarginate tongue which slightly overhangs the palate on = lower bia about 3.0 mm. long; lower lip rounded-convex, palate folded (? ive i on the top and with the inner edges 3-tuberculate; spur conical, a gee nd contracted into a cylindrical prolongation of the apex which a sib so the rounded lower lip. about 4.5 = long. Capsule subglobose, ilaterally dehiscent along the dorsal side. Hab. SIERRA LEONE: Toni Flats, Waterloo, 16 Aug. 1926. F. Cc. Deighton 2072 (type in Herb. Brit. Mus.; Herb. Kew). [Fig. 5] This fourth new species with peltate leaves is resid Mes in the South American U. peltata Spruce ex Oliv. yet ue te having the upper lip at the mouth of the trap reer a quasi-truncated lower lip, in having the palate res ann of corona which is irregularly crenulate, caatencgene eye? the upper corolla lip. 90 SMITH AND SCHUBERT Fig. 5 ; Fig. 1, A. Urricunaria parapoxa Lloyd & Taylor. Habit of plant, series of leaves (1-6) from different levels of a single branch and (1) tip of a leaf- segment. : Fig. 1, B. Same. a. Bristle from stolon. b. Trap. c. Bifid and quadrifid airs. Fig. 1, C. Same. Lateral and front view of flower and lower lip of corolla. Fig. 2, A. UrricuLaRIA HYDROCOTYLOIDES Lloy aylor. a. Flower, lateral view. _b. Flower, front view. c. Leaf and stolons. ig. 2, B. Same. a. Upper lip of corolla with attached stamen. b. Lower lip of corolla. ec. Upper and lower sepals. Fig. 3, A. Urricunaria Fernaupiana Lloyd & Taylor. a. Flower, lateral view. b. Flower, front view. c. Upper sepal. d. Bracteole. i Same. Base of scape with a young leaf and secondary stolons. a trap. i LARIA THomasi Lloyd & Taylor. a. Flower in lateral view. b. Apex of upper lip. _¢. Stolon, bearing leaf. 3 Fig. 5. Urricutarta Deicuroni Lloyd & Taylor. a. Flower, lateral view. b, c. Lower lip, palate, two different coronae in front view. d, e. Upper lip, two apices. British Museum (NaTuRAL History). SOME MEXICAN BEGONIAS By Lyman B. Smita and Bernice G. SCHUBERT The three new species here described are all of the collecting of the late Mr. George B. Hinton. All are members of section Begoniastrum, subsection Knesebeckia and are more closely re- lated to each other than to B. falciloba Liebm., also treated here. The latter species has been illustrated in as much detail as possible in the hope that more material will become available for study, SOME MEXICAN BEGONIAS 91 since it is now known to us only from photographs of the cotypes which are in European herbaria. The new species, distinguished by characters emphasized in the key and illustrations, are hand- some and a splendid addition to those previously described from Mr. Hinton’s exsiccatae. We are very grateful to Mr. E. P. Killip of the United States National Herbarium for the loan of specimens for study and to Dr. H. A. Gleason of the New York Botanical Garden for making available large series of unmounted material of all three Hinton numbers for comparison. Key Inflorescences few- to many-flowered, staminate and pistillate flowers borne on different plants or at least in different leaf- leaf-lobes usually longer than broa ; Outer tepals of staminate and pistillate flowers villous Inflorescence 1-few-flowere ; staminate flowers larger and Showy, outer tepals very long (2.5-3 cm.); broadest exten- sion of capsule-wing near apex of capsule. ches Inflorescences usually 3-flowered, staminate and pistillate owers borne in the same leaf-axil; outer staminate tepals ca. 3 cm. long, long-attenuate; styles irregularly crested; capsule-wings glandular-punctate............ B. Fernaldiana. Inflorescences 1-flowered; outer staminate tepals ca. 2.5 cm. BEGonia Fatcitopa Liebm. Herbaceous ; stem glabrous, lineate, leaves obliquely acuminate, irregularly 3-5-lobed, cordate at the base With serrate-dentate margins, sparsely pilose on the upper surface, gla- brous on the lower except at the apex of the petiole where there are long Teflexed trichomes, ca. 4.5 cm. long, 1.7 em. broad; petioles glabrous 2.5-7.5 em. long; stipules lanceolate, glabrous, caducous; inflorescence cymose, few-flowered, bracts ovate-acute, transparent, glabrous, caducous, ca. 3 mm. long, staminate tepals 4, outer 2 ovate-acute, denticulate, glabrous, 1.4-1.8 em. long, 1-1.2 em. broad, abruptly narrowed at the base, inner 2 oblong, shorter, entire, 1 cm. long, stamens with short, aie anthers; pistillate bracteoles broadly ovate, coarsely dentate, transparent, caducous, ca. 6 mm. long, pedicels 2-2.3 cm. long; tepals 3-5, ovate- lanceolate, denticulate, 0.61 em. long, capsule obtuse at base, . ne long, largest wing broadly oblong, 12-14 mm. broad, seeds obtuse. Liebm. In Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. for 1852. 15 (1853). Fig. 1. M CO: Oaxaca: Liebmann, [rec’d.] 1859 (Prodromus Hb., pote Bot., Geneva); Cordillera, Galeotti, 193 (General Hb., Conserv ori a yeneva); Jurgensen, 807 (Hb. Boissier, Geneva; Hb. Lemann, Cambri Niv.), Conrris. Gray Hers. CLXYV. B. nemoralis . . |B. falciloba Fig. 1, Begonia SOME MEXICAN BEGONIAS 93 The basis for the illustrations of B. falciloba is the photograph of the Liebmann material preserved in Geneva. For the privi- lege of photographing these and other authentic specimens of Begonia we are especially grateful to the courtesies extended to the junior author by Dr. Charles Baehni, Director. For use of the facilities at the Botany School, Cambridge, we are indebted to the Director, Dr. F. T. Brooks and to Dr. J. G. Hawkes of the Imperial Institute of Plant Breeding. BrGon1a nemoralis, spec. nov., herbacea verisimiliter dioica, tuberosa; eaule lineato, patenti-villoso, foliis denticulato-ciliatis utrinque pilosis, transverse ovato-attenuatis vel ovatis, basi cordatis vel angulatis, 13-19 em. longis, 8.5-13 cm. latis; petiolis lineatis, patenti-villosis, 5-10 cm. longis; stipulis fimbriato-ciliatis, extus pilosis, cuneatis, 1 em. longis, 0.5 cm. latis (in basi); inflorescentiis axillaribus, cymosis, bracteis mox deciduis, pedicellis masculinis tenuibus, villosis, 2 cm. longis vel minus, tepalis 4, duobus exterioribus ovatis, brevi-acuminatis, ciliato-serratis, extus pilosis, + 1.3 em. longis, + 0.65 cm. latis, duobus interioribus anguste vel late ellipticis, obtusis,—1.2 cm. longis, 0.38-0.42 cm. latis, extus glabris; staminibus numerosis, filamentis in parte superior columnae adherentibus, antheris brevibus, obovatis; pedicellis femineis 1.4-3 em. longis, tepalis 3-5, ovato-acutis vel -acuminatis, extus villosis, una (vel duo) excepta cum marginibus serrato-ciliatis et ea integra. vel crispata, 6-7.5 mm. longis, 5-8.5 mm. latis; stylis 3, irregulariter cristatis, brevi- connatis; capsulis 3-alatis, + 1.5 cm. longis et 1.3 cm. latis, glanduloso- villosis cum trichomatibus longis, alis ciliatis marginiformibus vel una maiori et obtusa, placentis bilamellatis, utrinque ovuliferis, seminibus obovatis, reticulatis. Fig. 1. : MEXICO: Micuoacan: dist. Coaleoman, woods by the Ixtala River, Barroloso, alt. 1200 m., Aug. 7, 1939, Hinton et al., 15063 (G, TYPE, NY, US, isorypss). lineatis villosisque), foliis utrinque remote villosis; stipulis mox jr oblongis fimbriatisque, inflorescentiis axillaribus, paucifloris, bractels bus; bracteolis verisimiliter mox deciduis; tepalis femineis Page at Ovato-acuminatis, ciliatis, exterioribus saepe extus pun + 1.5 cm. longis, 0.6 cm. latis, interioribus gradatim minoribus, stylis 3, 94 POLUNIN bifidis, apice papillatis; capsulis glanduloso-punctatis villosisque, obdel- toideis, alis 3 (vel 4 cum una rudimentaria), acutis, glanduloso-punctatis. ig. 1 ig. 1. MEXICO: Guerrero: dist. Mina, bank in oak woods, Manchon, alt. 1200 m., Sept. 2, 1936, Hinton et al., 9425 (G, Type; NY, US, isorypss). We are happy to name this very striking species for Professor Merritt Lyndon Fernald of the Gray Herbarium. palmati- 5~-7-nerviis, lobo longissimo attenuato, serrato-ciliatis, subtus moderate villosis; petiolis lineatis, villosis ad 4.5 em. longis; stipulis per- sistentibus, deltoideis vel ellipticis, lacerato-ciliatis, 6.5-7 mm. longis, 3. mm. latis; inflorescentiis axillaribus, verisimiliter unifloris; bracteis stipulis similibus, mox deciduis, pedicellis masculinis 12-22 mm. longis, sparse villosis, tepalis masculinis 4, duobus exterioribus ovato-acuminatis, ciliato-serrulatis extus villosis, 1.5-2.6 cm. longis et 1.7 em. latis, duobus interioribus ellipticis vel elliptico-lanceolatis, abrupte acutis, marginibus integris, ca. 2 cm. longis et 0.7 em. latis; staminibus numerosis filamentis in tota columna insertis, antheris parvis, obovoideis; tepalis femineis 5, exterioribus ovato-lanceolatis, extus villosis, marginibus leviter serrulatis ciliatisque, interioribus ellipticis, plus minusve integris, ca. 1.1 cm. longis, 0.8 cm. latis, stylis 3, in apice cristatis; capsulis ellipticis, 3-alatis, ala maxima triangulata, glabra vel sparse villosa ciliataque, alteris margini- formibus, capsula villosa, placentis bilamellatis utrinque ovuliferis. ig. 1. MEXICO: Micnoacan: dist. Apatzingan, forest barranca, Aguililla, alt. 800 m., Sept. 18, 1939, Hinton et al., 15186 (G, Typg; NY, US, 180- TYPES). EXPLANATION OF FIGURE For all species: sections showing leaves, x 14; flowers and fruits, x 1; separate stamens and styles, X 5. The basis for the illustration of B. falciloba is discussed under that species, the basis for each of the new species is, in each case, the type, in the Gray Herbarium. Gray HERBARIUM ADDITIONS TO THE FLORAS OF SOUTHAMPTON AND MANSEL ISLANDS, HUDSON BAY By Nicnoxtas PoLtunin Already before the end of the last century our maestro published (Fernald 1899) an interesting and almost pioneering list of the vascular plants collected by a whaling captain, George Comer, during 1893-4 on the northwest coast of Hudson Bay. This was followed by an account of the plants collected by R. Robin- THE FLORAS OF SOUTHAMPTON AND MANSEL ISLANDS 95 son during the expedition of Commander Donald B. MacMillan in the proximal parts of Baffin Island in the summer of 1922 (Fernald 1923). In between lies the considerable Southampton Island, some of whose approximately 20,000 square miles have been investigated in more detail (Raup 1936; Polunin 1938a, 1940, MS.a). The first recorded botanical exploration of Southampton Island was carried out by Sir W. E. Parry (cf. 1824) and certain of his officers (Edwards, Fisher, Hooper, Lyon) in 1821 and concerned only parts of the northern coastal regions of the island. During brief landings forty-eight species of vascular plants were collected (cf. Polunin 1938a, 1940), of which twenty- eight were recorded by the elder Hooker (1825a) from the gather- ings of Parry and Edwards. In 1824 Lyon revisited the region with his own expedition (Lyon 1825; Hooker 1825b) and gathered plants ‘upon a few low islands which were met with in, or near, the position assigned to Southampton Island”; these records, owing to the uncertainty of the locality or localities of collection, ought probably to be ignored. Thereafter, except for a single specimen taken by Dr. L. E. Borden in 1904, it appears that no botanical werk was attempted on Southampton Island until 1922, when Therkel Mathiassen and Jacob Olsen of the Danish Fifth Thule Expedition collected some plants as recorded by Grgntved (1936). In 1928 the island was visited for the first time by a trained botanist, the late Dr. M. O. Malte (then Chief Botanist of the National Museum of Canada), who informed the Writer that he had obtained about eighty species in the single day é had ashore near the Hudson’s Bay Company’s trading post in South Bay. These, according to the present writer’s computa- tion, included no less than thirty-seven species and subsidiary forms not previously known from the island. Two summers later Dr. G. M. Sutton made a collection which added a further twenty-six to the species and forms hitherto gathered on the island. In 1933 Southampton Island and some closely adjacent smaller islands were visited by the Norcross-Bartlett Expedition, a few plants (including some interesting additions) being col- lected by J. B. Angel. The following year, and again in 1936, the present writer visited South Bay for brief periods during Canadian Eastern Arctic Expeditions, making primary aoe Surveys of the chief plant communities and also collections an hotes which resulted in further additions to the known flora. Meanwhile Messrs. T. H. Manning, P. D. Baird, and G. W. 96 POLUNIN Rowley had also been collecting plants industriously in various parts of Southampton Island and on one of its adjacent islets. In the gatherings of the above-mentioned fifteen collectors, from Southampton Island or the immediately adjacent smaller islands that seem properly to belong to it phytogeographically, the present writer has found represented no less than one hundred and fifty-one species and twenty subsidiary forms of vascular plants (Polunin 1938a), another species being added later (Polunin 1940); again in 1946 he spent some days on the island during the second half of August and, especially during a trek inland from near the head of South Bay (MS.b), made additions to the known flora which it is one of the objects of this contribu- tion to record. The most noteworthy of these additions (which are all from the general region of Coral Harbour) are as follows, the order and nomenclature here and in the list given below from Mansel Island being in general those of the author’s “ Botany of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, Part I, Pteridophyta and Spermato- phyta” (1940): Purppsia ALGIDA (Soland. apud Phipps) R. Br. Several typical gather- ings of this were obtained around snow-patches, both near the coast in the vicinity of the airfield at Coral Harbour and up to about 15 miles inland. In addition there were found some Puccinellia-like specimens that seem needful of critical study. Phippsia algida is well known from almost all parts of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including three of the smaller Islands of district “9. Islands in Hudson, etc., Bays” (Polunin 1940, p. 63, sub. syn. Catabrosa algida). Long expected on Southampton Island (ef. Polunin 1938a, p. 94). Poa aupina L., forma BReviroia (Gaudin) Polunin. No. 17723: about 8 miles north of the airfield, Coral Harbour. Only the typical form of this familiar species, which is widespread in the southern half of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, has hitherto been recorded from Southampton Island, although f. brevifolia is already known from Akpatok and Mansel Islands in district 9 (Polunin 1940, p. 76). Festuca BAFFINENSIS Polunin. Nos. 17236, 17265, 17428, 17446, 17461: limestone terrain around the airfield and near the sea. As with the Mansel Island specimens (see below), this material has for the most part dense and dark (but not “very”), ovoid (but not “broadly’’) panicles, and densely tomentose (but not “very”), stoutish culms that make it seem nearer to F.. baffinensis than to F. brachyphylla Schultes (cf. Fernald 1935, p. 251). The anthers, moreover, are barely 0.5 mm. long. No. 17398, also from limestone terrain near the coast, lacks the dark colour of the glumes and upper portions of the pales and in appearance approaches F. brachyphylla f. flavida Polunin, which latter, however, has the culms and anthers of F. brachyphylla. F. baffinensis is an addition to the THE FLORAS OF SOUTHAMPTON AND MANSEL ISLANDS 97 recorded flora of district 9 of the Eastern Arctic (Polunin 1940, p. 93, and cf. below). More or less typical F. brachyphylla was found on the granitic terrain inland. ERIOPHORUM SPISSUM Fernald. Three gatherings of this were made on granitic terrain north of the airfield, in sheltered, marshy depressions where the vegetation looked relatively stable. The species is plentiful in most of the southern half of the Canadian Eastern Arctic but has not previously been recorded from any part of district 9 (cf. Polunin 1940, pp. 101-2). Carex suPINA Wahlenb. Nos. 17598 and 17630: dry sandy ridges about ten and twelve miles from the coast, north of the airfield. New to district 9, and indeed previously recorded in the Canadian Eastern Arctic only from central and southern Baffin and the west coast of Hudson Bay (ibid. p. 121). REX GLACIALIS Mackenzie. Locally plentiful on calcareous gravel inland of the airfield: widespread in the Canadian Eastern Arctic and already recorded from Akpatok and Coats Islands in district 9 (ibid. p. 121). Carex Witiiamsii Britton. Nos. 17655 and 17662: sheltered depres- sions about the banks of the Kirchoffer River some miles north of the airfield. Not previously recorded from the arctic archipelago but fairly widespread in the mainland regions of the extreme south of the Canadian Eastern Arctic (ibid. p. 124). Koenicia istanpica L. A single collection of this was gathered be- tween moss tussocks on the humous bed of a dark marshy depression some miles inland, north of the airfield. The species is widespread in the Canadian Eastern Arctic but in district 9 has so far been reported only from Mansel Island (ibid. p. 175). Long expected on Southampton Island (cf. Polunin 1938a, p. 94 : é Lycunis APETALA L. forma palea, nova forma.—Calcye vivente omnino viridi vel albido-virescente, siccato pallido venis quam superficie inter eas vix fuscioribus, sicut pilis haud purpureis. : : Occasional patches of this striking though apparently mmor — were found on limestone terrain near the coast, where the typical form was plentiful. They gave the impression of being genetic rather than nutri- tional. Coral Harbour, Southampton Island, 17 August, 1946, Polunin No. 17465 TYPE. 98 POLUNIN and probably belongs also to this species. Apart from this Rankin Inlet specimen on which the definite report of this species from the Canadian Eastern Arctic alone rested, tentative, queried suggestions exist from various parts of Baffin Island (Polunin 1940, p. 189). ARENARIA HuMIFUSA Wahlenb. This characteristic and now familiar (ibid. p. 199). ARENARIA SAJANENSIS Willd. apud Schlechtend. Collected on six occasions around snow-patches near the coast and in sheltered, sandy depressions inland about the Kirchoffer River: in the latter situations so floriferous and rampant as to be superficially reminiscent of A. marcescens Fernald (1919, p. 15, and ef. 1933, pl. 255). A. sajanensis is already known to be widespread in the southern half of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including two of the other islands of district 9 (Polunin 1940, p. 204). Sacina carEsprrosa (J. Vahl) Lange. A few individuals of this fre- quently overlooked dwarf were detected on limestone terrain near the coast, and again inland although unfortunately no note was there kept of the substratum. In spite of being easily overlooked, the species is known to be widespread in the southern half of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, (-6) mm. latis, apice rotundatis, plus minusve marcescentibus et dein obscure brunneis vel cinereis, supra et subtus plerumque glabris sed marginibus plerumque pilis albis elongatis grosse ciliatis vel non nunquam pilis minoribus furcatis vel stellatis intermixtis vel eis omnino substitutis; caulibus solitariis brevissimis et maxima ex parte a foliis occultatis, scapi- formibus, validis, rigidis, viridibus, plerumque cum sili uis glabris; inflorescentia simplici, racemosa vel raro subumbellata; pedicellis angulo 30°-60° formantibus, floriferis 2 mm. longis, fructiferis ad 6 mm. longis; sepalis viridescentibus, late obovatis, ca. 1.3x2 mm.; petalis pallide flavis, unguiculatis, ca. 2 x 3.5 mm., lamina suborbiculari; antheris parvis; liquis maturis ad lentibus, laevibus, ovatis vel late ovatis, 3-4 x 4-6.5 mm., stylo brevi sed distincto, infra 0.5 mm. longo stigmate capitato incluso; seminibus plerumque 6 in loculo, atrobrunneis, maturis 1.4 mm. longis, testa minute punctata. THE FLORAS OF SOUTHAMPTON AND MANSEL ISLANDS 99 Coral Harbour, Southampton Island: gravelly ledge at side of slightly sheltered depression in limestone ‘barrens’, fruiting, 17 August, 1946, Polunin No. 17415 TYPE. Also No. 17430, flowering, from bed of same depression, same date, and No. 17581, flowering, from a late-snow patch at the foot of a granitic ‘step-up’, 18 August, 1946. Some of the dimen- sional and other data not available from the type were obtained from co-type material or the flowering specimens. This attractive little Draba has puzzled the writer for more than a decade, but, now that he has observed it more carefully in the field (his first specimen was “a doubtful scrap gathered in a hurry in semi-darkness” (Polunin 1938a, p. 100)), it is felt to have nothing to do with D. crassifolia Graham, to which it was at first tentatively referred (with a query—cf. also 1940, pp. 239-40), but from all known phases of which D. Fernaldiana is immedi- ately distinguished by its ‘close’ habit and stout axis, its coarser leaf-ciliation, and the shape and dimensions of its floral parts and fruits; in every respect it seems more closely related to the D. fladnizensis complex. (ef. ibid. p. 239). In 1946 plentiful material of D. Fernaldiana in both flowering and fruiting stages was obtained, whence with field notes the above description was prepared. It gives the writer great pleasure to name this ap- parently undescribed but highly characteristic and altogether charming little plant after Professor Fernald who has done so much to elucidate this notoriously difficult genus in Eastern North America (cf. especially Fernald 1934); may he enjoy many many years of happy and productive ‘retirement’ in the Gray Herbarium! ARABIS ARENICOLA (Richardson) Gelert var. PUBESCENS (Watson) Gelert. Although most of the Coral Harbour material of this species has the laminae glabrous even if the petioles may bear marginal strigosities, No. 17309 from limestone terrain near the sea and two plants in NO- 17698 from well inland have the laminae plentifully beset with coarse, branched hairs and so belong to var. pubescens, which has not previously been recorded from district 9 (Polunin 1940, p. 247). : NSIA LaPpoNica L. Encountered several times inland, to the north of the airfield. Fairly plentiful in many parts of the southern half a the Canadian Eastern Arctic but in district 9 hitherto reported only rom tok and Coats Islands (ibid. p. 318). aol cf. COMPACTA “700 Si 17545 and 17694: dry sandy (acidic?) terrain well inland, to the north of the airfield. Known to fairly widespread, if uncommon, in the southern half of the Canadian Ein: Arctic at least in the east, but not previously teeorded Tress. © part of district 9 (ibid. p. 353). This material is not wholly typical but, a8 was suggested by Mr. A. E. Porsild, seems better placed here than 1 100 POLUNIN A. canescens (Lange) Malte, to which the writer had first thought it might be referable. In any case it constitutes an addition to the known flora of district 9 (ibid. pp. 350 and 353). ANTENNARIA Fernaldiana, species nova.—Planta nana, perennis, florifera 2-5 em. alta, fructifera haud ultra 10 cm. alta, simplex vel ramosa cum stolonibus paucis brevibus foliaceis e rhizomate centrali obliquo reliquiis atro-brunneis foliorum vestito divergentibus; radicibus elongatis, gracillimis, mollibus, flexuosis, plerumque simplicibus; foliis basilaribus plus minusve dense rosulatis, patentibus vel paulo adscenden- tibus, plerumque spathulatis, muticis vel mucronatis, ca. 1.5-3.5 mm latis et 4-9 (-12) mm. longis, utrinque lanato-canescentibus; foliis caulinis 5-10, subaequaliter inter se distantibus, linearibus vel lineari-oblanceolatis, (4-) 7-13 mm. longis, maximum 1.4 mm. latis, plerumque minus villosis quam foliis radicalibus ergo quam foliis basilaribus viridioribus, parte terminali plerumque obtusa, glabra, 2-3 mm. longa, scariosa, basem versus saturate brunnea, superne pallide brunnea excepta; caule florifera longis, 1-2 mm. latis, exterioribus ex sicco plus minusve recurvatis, ob- longis vel spathulatis vel obovatis, apice plerumque obtuso erosoque, basi extus viridibus plus minusve lanatis, centro saturate viridibus, dimidia parte apicali striata, glabra, saturate olivacea vel livida (atro-cinerea vel cypselis ca. 16-lobatis; corollis siccis brunnescentibus vel purpureo- brunneis; stylo sicco apice brunneo, plerumque breviter exserto, stigmati- bus vix divergentibus; receptaculo profunde excavato; achaeniis laevibus, brunnescentibus, maturis siccisque ca. 1.0-1.5 mm. lon is. Inland of Coral Harbour, Southampton Island: dryish, lichen-rich sandy heath about twelve miles inland, north of the airfield, 20 August, 1946, Polunin No. 17728 TYPE. Also within a few miles were gathered in similar situations on the same or immediately following days Nos. 17607, 17609, 17621, 17663, 17664, 17674, 17692, and 17738, all of which appear to belong to this species, and from some of which the above description was partly drawn. In nos. 17609, 17621, 17674, and 17738 occurred plants (separated as ‘‘a”) that appeared to have hermaphrodite florets, but with the fruits apparently mature the state was too advanced for this etermi as the writer was due to leave again for the Arctic. These specimens appeared to have lighter-coloured phyllaries and larger and more divergent corolla lobes, and may yet represent another species. _Here again it gives the writer warm satisfaction to name for his old Chief this charming little plant belonging to a group in which he whom we are honoring has done such distinguished work. Antennaria Fernaldiana is apparently allied to A. pyg maca Fernald and A. canescens (Lange) Malte, being, however, THE FLORAS OF SOUTHAMPTON AND MANSEL ISLANDS 101 immediately distinguished from A. pygmaea by the conspicu- ously whitish-tipped, imbricated phyllaries and often glabrate leaves of that species (Fernald 1914, p. 130; Malte 1934, p. 109), and from A. canescens by its less spreading and usually mono- cephalous habit and its much wider phyllaries (the middle and inner ones in A. canescens are ‘Jinear-lanceolate, long-attenuate”’ —see Malte l. c.). Among plants which the writer has seen, A. Fernaldiana seems to be nearest to specimens of an undescribed species shown to him by Mr. A. E. Porsild from the better part of 2,000 miles away on the Canol Road; these, however, were more frequently pleiocephalous, less compact, and had larger but proportionately narrower leaves and usually lighter-colored, pinkish corolla tubes. TARAXACUM PHYMATocARPUM J. Vahl. Nos. 17605, 17616, 17624, 17641, all from sandy banks and ridges about ten to twelve miles north of the airfield: showing considerable variation in the shape of the leaves. On only one scape there remained a single fruit, which was strongly tuberculate especially above; but its minutely puberulent lower half was a surprising character. This interesting species is widespread in the insular regions of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, especially in the north, but in conformity with its general infrequency in the south has not previously been reported from any part of district 9 (Polunin 1940, -p. 369). In addition to the above reports of entities new to the flora of Southampton Island, many further species which were previously thought to be rare on the island were found to be relatively plentiful, at all vents locally, while not a few the knowledge of whose existence there rested upon a single report were amply confirmed in 1946 when indeed only a very small proportion of the plants hitherto recorded from Southampton Island were not found again. To the previously known one hundred and fifty- one species and twenty subsidiary entities reported in 1938 from Southampton Island should be added the subsequently dis- tinguished Antennaria Tansley? (Polunin 1940, p- 358) and now the above sixteen species and three subsidiary forms. The comparative ease with which additions can still be made suggests that there are many more to come, as in most other arctic lands. eh mie In Hudson Bay to the southeast of Southampton Island, about thirty-five miles off the west coast of Ungava (northernmost Quebec), lies the less extensive but still substantial Mansel Island. Like most of the southern portion of Southampton Island it is of low, flat or rolling limestone and rather poorly 102 POLUNIN vegetated. So far as is known, Mansel Island was first investi- gated botanically by Dr. Robert Bell in the summer of 1884. In the botanical appendix to Bell’s report (1884), comprising the “List by Professor Macoun of the plants collected . . .”, the records are unfortunately obscured by the ‘lumping’ together, as if they constituted a single locality, of ‘Mansfield, Digge’s and Nottingham Islands, at the western end of the straits” (sic). However, the majority of the records are cited individu- ally for Mansel Island in one or another part of Macoun’s “Catalogue of Canadian Plants”, while Bell’s collection, which is disseminated through the National Herbarium of Canada, has been revised by the present writer, who finds represented therein a total of twenty-eight species and two subsidiary entities of vascular plants. No other scientist is known to have visited Mansel Island until August, 1936, when Mr. Douglas Leechman of the National Museum of Canada, during the Eastern Arctic Expedition of that year, effected a landing for a few hours on the north end of the island. During this brief visit Mr. Leechman gathered speci- mens of thirty species and three subsidiary forms of vascular plants, of which no less than fourteen species and two subsidiary forms were additional to those collected by Bell. As a result of these two collections, and manuscript reports of three additional species by Malte and Ostenfeld, the present writer was able to record (1938b) forty-five species and four subsidiary forms of vascular plants from the island. These were al®Spermatophyta; but it was prophesied that Pteridophyta would in time be found on the island, and already this prophesy has been fulfilled (see below). In the summer of 1946 Mr. and Mrs. T. H. Manning visited Mansel Island and collected plants industriously at both its south (August 16-18) and north (August 20-21) ends. Their ample and beautifully prepared series of specimens comprised about fifty species of vascular plants and included the following that had not previously been recorded from the island: EQUISETUM ARVENSE L. North end. Already known to occur prac- tically throughout the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including other parts of district “9. Islands in Southampton, etc., Bays” (Polunin 1940, p. 34). EQuiseTuM VARIEGATUM Schleich. South end. Already known to occur in most parts of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including other portions of district 9 (ibid. p. 36). Poa aupina L. North and south ends. Already known to occur in many parts of the southern half of the Canadian Eastern Aretic, including THE FLORAS OF SOUTHAMPTON AND MANSEL ISLANDS 103 other portions of district 9 (¢bid. p. 76); f. brevifolia (Gaudin) Polunin has already been recorded from the island (Polunin 1938b, p. 7). CoLpopium FULVUM (Trin.) Griseb. var. EFFUSUM (Lange) Polunin. North and south ends. Already known to occur practically throughout the southernmost portions of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including several parts of district 9, although there is no previous record of any member of this complex from Mansel Island. ° Festuca BAFFINENSIS Polunin. North and south ends. This material has dense and dark (but not “very’’), ovoid (but not “‘broadly”’) panicles, and densely tomentose (but not “very’’) culms that make it seem nearer to F. baffinensis than to F’. brachyphylla Schultes. The anthers, moreover, are mostly 0.5 mm. long although some slightly exceed this length. On the other hand the single plant in the National Herbarium of Canada collected by Bell (No. 34717) appears, in such characters as are visible, to belong to F. brachyphylla (cf. Polunin 1938b). F. baffinensis has not previously been reported from south of Cape Dorset, Baffin Island, and although it is now known to occur on Digges and Southampton Islands, the present report constitutes a slight range-extension and also, with the Southampton Island report, an addition to the known flora of district 9 of the Canadian Eastern Arctic (Polunin 1940). : Etymus ARENARIUS L. approaching var. VILLOSISSIMUS (Scribner) Polunin. North and south ends. In spite of the narrowness an length of the glumes which may attain 2 cm., it seems that these plants approach more closely the northern than the more southerly New World variety (var. villosus E. Meyer) of this species which is well known from most coastal regions of the southern half of the Canadian Eastern Arctic but has not previously been recorded from Mansel Island, although it 1s already known to be plentiful in other parts of district 9 (ibid. p. 98). ErtopHorum ancustirottum Honck. North end. Well known to occur practically throughout the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including almost all other parts of district 9 (cbid. p. 104). : Luzuna Nrva.is (Laest.) Beurl. North end; a single but unmistakable scrap. Already known to occur practically throughout the southern half of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including almost all other parts of dis- trict 9 (ibid. p. 141). ‘ Sauix HERBACEA L. North end. Already known to occur practically throughout the southern half of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including almost all other parts of district 9 (ibid. p. 156). ARENARIA PEPLOIDES L. var. pirrusA Hornem known to be generally distributed around coasts over 1938b), Evrrema Epwarpsu R. Br. North end. Already port 38 io we practically throughout the Canadian Eastern Arctic, inclu other parts of district 9 (Polunin 1940, p. 229). 104 POLUNIN SAXIFRAGA wivauis L. North and south ends. Already known to occur practically throughout the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including most the typical form, which has already been reported from Mansel Island, there occur at both the north and south ends specimens that seem to be nearer to this northern variety which is already known from most parts of the Canadian Eastern Arctic including much of the rest of district 9 (ibid. p. 267). One of the Mannings’ specimens from the south end of Mansel Island looks to me good var. propinqgua—and so, IT am now bound to admit, does Bell’s old specimen in the National Herbarium of Canada. CHRYSOSPLENIUM ALTERNIFOLIUM L. var. TETRANDRUM Lund. North and south ends. No gathering of this genus has previously been reported from Mansel Island, although the above form is well known from other parts of district 9 and indeed practically throughout the Canadian Eastern Arctic (ibid. p. 370). Although on the basis of cytological and other work it would seem preferable to accord specific rank to these northern plants “having only four stamens and smaller and more rounded leaves with fewer crenulations”, the writer reserves judgment pending further inves- tigations in the light of recent revisions. Hippuris vutcarts L. South end. Already known from numerous stations in the southern two-thirds of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, although in district 9 it has previously been reported only from Notting- ham and Southampton Islands (ibid. p. 304). MerTensia MARITIMA (L.) 8S. F. Gray var. TENELLA Th. Fr. North end. As this usual arctic variety, the species is already known from coasts almost throughout the southern two-thirds of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, although in district 9 it has previously been reported only from Nottingham and Southampton Islands (ibid. p. 324). CHRYSANTHEMUM INTEGRIFOLIUM Richardson. North end. Already known to be widespread in the insular portions of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, including most parts of district 9 (ibid. p. 362). Thus are added fifteen species and two subsidiary forms of vascular plants to the hitherto recorded flora of Mansel Island, making a total of sixty species and six subsidiary forms now known from the island. REFERENCES BELL, R. (1884): “Observations on the Geology, Mineralogy, Zoology and Botany of the Labrador Coast, Hudson’s Strait and Bay”. Geol. Surv. Canada, Report of Progress 1882-4, Part DD, pp. 1-62. Fre . L. (1899): “Some Plants from the Northwest Shore of Hudson:Bay”. Ottawa Naturalist, XIII, pp. 47-9. (1914): “Some Antennarias of Northeastern America”. Rhodora, aan auf American Representatives of Arenaria sajanensis”’. Rhodora, XXI, pp. 12-17. THE FLORAS OF SOUTHAMPTON AND MANSEL ISLANDS 105 (1923): “Baffin Land esti hey a3 by the MacMillan Expedition, 1922”. Rhodora, XXV, p (1933): “Recent Dances A eats Newfoundland Flora”. Rhodora, XXXV, pp. 1 et seq. (several instalments (1934) : ape in Temperate Northeastern America’’. Rhodora, VI, pp. 241 et seg. (several instalmen (1935): “Critical Plants of the an Great Lakes Region of Ontario and een Rhodora, XXXVII _ 197 et seq. (several instal- ments). and Wiegand, K. M. (1920): “Studies of some boreal American Ceras- tiums of the Section Orthodon”. _Rhodora, XXII, pp. 169-79. Grontvep, J. (1936): “ Vascular - Plants from Arctic North America”. Report of the eis Due Expedition 1 921-24, Il, 1, pp. 1-93 and map. Hooker, W. J: (1825a): ‘Botanical Appendix 4 in “Appendix to Captain Parry’s joath al of a Second Voyage for the eit of a North-West Passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific > London, pp. 381-430 and illustrations. gett “Botanical Appendix”. . . in G. F. Lyon q. 2. London, Liron, G. F. (1825): “A Brief Narrative of an Unsuccessful Attempt to reach Repulse Bay, through Sir T Thomas Rowe’ S ‘Welcome’ , in His Majesty’s Ship Griper, in the year MDCCCXXIV”. London, pp. Xvi + 198 and illustrations. ‘ Matte, is ay Plas “Antennaria of North America”. Rhodora, XXX art W. i ‘(ag04): i sJearsiad of a Second Voyage for the Discovery of orth-West Passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific; Beslnee | in “gees 1821-22-25, in His Majesty’ 3 Ships Fury and Hela”. Lon- don, pp. xxx + 571 and illustratio PoLUNIN, 9 edt (1938a) : ‘‘ The Flore of Southampton Island, Hudson Bay”. Journal of Botany, LX XVI, p (1938b) : ‘Taaeulat Plants from Mantel (Mansfield) Island, N. W. T. Canadian Field-Naturalist, LII, pp. 5-9. (1940): “Botany of the Can adian Piastern Arctic, Part 1, Pteridophyta oe Spermatophyta”. Consie: Department re eine and onset a ustrat ional Museum Bulletin No. 92, pp. Vi + Part III, Vegetation and Eco logy”. Canada: Department of Mines and Resources, National Museum Bulletin No. 104, ee 350 and illustrations (i a me Press). x (MS. =e is pitt Unfolding”. ‘London, Hutchinson ani ». (in the — = sxiek M. (1936 Bhi hyta and Spermatophyta of Southamp- n Islan Mem y of ar Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, XU, Part TI 2. 17-30. McGitu University, MONTREAL. 106 FOSTER STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE,—IV By RosBert C. FosTer This short paper records the extension of Sphenostigma sub- genus Husphenostigma from South to North America, with the description of a new species, discusses the nomenclature of Moraea pavonia (L. f.) Ker and describes a new genus of South American irids, a segregate from Cypella. Aside from the mate- rial in the Gray Herbarium, specimens have been seen from the United States National Herbarium, the New York Botanical Garden and the Chicago Natural History Museum. To the administrative officers of these institutions I am indebted for their kindness in lending me this material. 1. A New MExIcaN SPHENOSTIGMA Among some miscellaneous specimens of Mexican Iridaceae, sent to me for determination by the Chicago Natural History Museum, there was one which proved to be an undescribed species of Sphenostigma. SpHENostigmaA Conzattii, spec. nov. Bulbus anguste ovoideus, 1.7- 2.3 cm. altus, 1-1.5 cm. latus, tunicae atrobrunneae, sursum in collo mir (3-5 cm.) prolongatae. Folia basalia 2-5, 9-25 cm. longa, 0.25-1 m. lata, lineari-filiformia, glabra, apice acerosa; folium caulinum uni- cum, basem spatharum amplecte ens, 5-9 cm. longum, lamina lineari- filiformis. Caulis simplex, teres, glaber, 21-25 em. longus. Spathae pauciflorae (ad 4 ?), exterior quam interiorem longior, 3-4.5 cm. longae. Pedicelli filiformes, glabri, quam spathas breviores, apice paullum curvati, flores subnutantes. Ovarium glabrum, oblongum vel subturbinatum, 2-3 mm. longum. Tepala perinaequalia, alba (fide Conzatti); tepala exteriora ir rer ad 1.8 cm. longa, 7 mm. lata, subobtusa; interiora ad 7 onga, lamina suborbicularis 4 mm. longa, apiculo longo (2-3 mm.). Filamenta libera, ad 4 mm. longa; antherae ca. 6 mm. longae. Stylus 1 em. longus; styli rami ca. 2 mm. longi, profunde retusi. Capsula immatura oblonga, 7 mm. longa; semina non visa.— MEXICO: Oaxaca: Camino Montelobos, de Nopalera & Huitzo, 2000 m. alt., June 23, 1907, Conzatti, no. 1904 (Typs, F). This new species, named for the collector, Professor Conzatti, is quite unlike any other North American species of the genus. Superficially, in its vegetative aspect, it resembles S. longi- spathum var. filiforme R. C. Foster in its very narrow basal leaves, and in the terminal cauline leaf immediately subtending the spathes and appearing to be a continuation of the stem. In S. Conzattii, however, the basal leaves are more numerous and ‘STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE,—IV 107 the bulb-tunics are prolonged upward in a long collar around the base of the stem. The technical characters of the style are close to those of S. Hintonii R. C. Foster. From all other North American species, however, it can be distinguished at once by the fact that its white flowers have the inner and outer tepals markedly dissimilar in size and shape. From the point just mentioned, it is clear that S. Conzatti belongs in the subgenus Eusphenostigma; it is thus the first member of that subgenus to be known outside of South America. This fact necessitates an amendment of my recent revision of the North American species of Sphenostigma.! The key must be altered as follows: a. Outer and inner tepals very dissimilar in size and shape (sub- genus Eusphenostigma). are S. Conzattit a, Outer and inner tepals subequal (subgenus Cardiostigma). The remainder of the key can then follow, without change. 2. THe NoMENCLATURE OF MORAEA PAVONIA Confusion and misunderstanding have attended Moraea pavonia (L. f.) Ker since its original (and wholly inadequate) description as Iris pavonia L. f., based on specimens collected by Thunberg. N. E. Brown, in Trans. Linn. Soe. xviii. 38 (1928), has noted that there is no specimen of I. pavonia in the Linnaean Herbarium, and that consequently the specimens in Thunberg’s own herbarium must serve as the standard of reference. Brown noted, too, that of the three sheets labeled J. pavonia in Thun- berg’s herbarium, two are Homeria elegans (Jacq.) Sweet, while the third contains a mixture of two species of Moraea. One of these, from which Thunberg’s figure of J. pavonia was drawn, Diss. Irid. t. 1 (1782), is true Moraea pavoma. The other, match- ing the figure of M. pavonia in Bot. Mag. xxxi. t. 1247 (1809), is probably what has since been described as M. tulbaghensis L. Bol. in 8. Afr. Gard. xxii. 276 (1932). The differences between M. pavonia (sensu stricto) and M. tul- baghensis have not been pointed out in sufficient detail. As Dr. Bolus noted, the inner perianth-segments of the latter species have obtuse lateral lobes so that they are more OF less tricuspl- date. In M. pavonia, however, these segments are entire an lanceolate, or even, as in Thunberg’s figure, somewhat oblanceo- late. Iris pavonia, as described by Thunberg, was reported to have nectaries at the bases of the outer tepals. This detail was 1 See Contrib. Gray Herb. clv. 9-17 (1945). 108 FOSTER presumably taken from the other Moraea-element involved, for Jacquin, Coll. Suppl. 8 (1796), describing what he took to be J. pavonia, reported that the nectaries were absent in his plants. The greatest point of difference lies in the style-arms and style- crests. In M. pavonia, the style-arms are less markedly petaloid, and the style-crests are short, obtusely rounded and not petaloid, In the other species, the style-arms are petaloid, and the style- crests are large, conspicuous, more or less lanceolate, acute and petaloid, as in most species of Moraea. With the rediscovery of true M. pavonia by Prof. T. T. Barnard (see S. Afr. Gard. xxii. 276 (1932)), the examination of the Thunbergian material by Dr. N. E. Brown, and the segregation and description of M. tulbaghensis by Dr. Louisa Bolus, most of the confusion surrounding M. pavonia has been cleared away. It is, therefore, unfortunate that the binomial Moraea pavonia (L. f.) Ker (1804) is a later homonym of M. pavonia (L. f.) Thunb. Diss. Moraea, 14 (1787), the latter being the American plant now known as Tigridia pavonia (L. f.) DC. So far as I can discover, there is no synonym available which can be taken up and used for the South African species. Although Baker, Handbk. Irid. 59 (1892) and Fl. Cap. vi. 24 (1896), treated M. villosa (Ker) Ker as a variety of M. pavonia, I cannot agree, and regard it as a distinct species. Certainly, with its tricuspidate inner perianth-segments and petaloid style-crests it can hardly be conspecific with true M. pavonia. A second variety, var. lutea (Ker) Baker, likewise has tricuspidate inner perianth- segments and petaloid style-crests, so that I agree with Dr. N. E. Brown who treated it as distinct, naming it Moraea Bellendent (Sweet) N. E. Br. in Kew Bull. 1929: 139. Curiously enough, the same combination had already appeared in Fl. Cap. vi. 556, in the index, where it was incorrectly attributed to Sweet and was printed in italics, indicating that it was a synonym. A new combination accidentally made in an index, in synonymy, 1s certainly not valid and could not bar Brown’s transfer. As a result, M. pavonia (L. f.) Ker is left without a synonym and must be renamed: Morar neopavonia, nom. nov. [ris pavonia L. f. Suppl. 98 (1781); Andr. Bot. Rep. vi. t. 364 (1804); but not Jacq. Hort. Schoenbr. i. t. 10 (1797). Vieusseuxia pavonia (L. f.) DC. in Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. ii. 138 (1803), at least as to basonym, but possibly not as to plant (see N. E. Brown in Kew Bull. 1929: 139). Moraea pavonia (L. f.) Ker in Koen. & ie Bot. i. 240 (1804), not M. pavonia (L. f.) Thunb. Diss. Mor. STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE,—IV 109 3. A New GENUS FROM SOUTH AMERICA For some time, the appearance of certain plants usually classed as Cypella has caused me misgivings. Now that detailed study of their floral structures has been made, it is clear that three closely related species are involved and that these species not only do not belong in Cypella but cannot be placed in that genus by any key known to me. Of these three species, one appears to be undescribed and the others seem, from their inadequate original descriptions, to have been described as species of Cypella. How- ever, since no authentic material of these two is now available to me, and since a photograph of the type of one shows no flowers, I shall, for the moment, make no transfers. The new genus, Anomalostylus, will, for the present, be described as a monotype, although ultimately, either by transfers or by the description of further novelties, it will contain three species. In general appearance, the flower of Anomalostylus has a clear similarity to that of Cypella Herberti (Lindl.) Herb. The style, however, is so unlike that of Cypella that it is difficult to see how these plants could ever have been assigned to that genus. Most of the species in Cypella have short or moderately short style- arms with the stamens obviously opposite the style-arms, and the transverse stigmatic areas exceeded by two (in some cases, aP- parently three) style-crests. In any case, stamen, style-arm, stigma and style-crests lie on the same radius. This is true, too, in such species as C. linearis (HBK.) Baker, in which the style- arms are very long, and in C. Rosei R. C. Foster, in which the style-arms are obsolete or nearly so. In Anomalostylus, on the contrary, while there are two stigmatic tongues above the apex of each stamen, there are no true style-arms, unless the three apical lobes of the style, which are alternate with the stamens, be considered as style-arms. The anomalous situation then arises of having stigmas at the base of style-arms, while style-crests are suppressed. : If what is actually meant by the expression “stamens opposite the style-arms” is expanded, this anomaly becomes more ap- parent than real. In Iris, Cypella, M astigostyla, Alophia, Tigridia and Cardenanthus, in all of which the stamens can be seen ae e opposite the style-arms, there are three visible vascular gee 8, one in each style-arm (although this sometumes divides a aj the base). The style of Anomalostylus also shows, ultimately; three distinct vascular strands, and these are opposie the — just as is true of the other genera mentioned. In other words, 110 FOSTER instead of referring to stamens as opposite or alternate with style-arms, we should refer to them as being opposite or alternate with vascular strands. Since the first version refers to a condi- tion far more easily and quickly determinable, I shall, in general, continue to use it. Nevertheless, the use of the second expression as synonymous with it makes possible the retention of Anomalo- stylus where it plainly belongs, in the Cypella-complex of genera. If this interpretation be correct, an explanation of the three apical lobes must be given. From ‘their position, they undoubt- edly represent tissue which develops into style-crests in the other genera mentioned. The absence of true style-crests in Anomalostylus may be due to fusion of crests or to a suppression of the fissure between adjacent crests. The result would be the same in appearance, probably, in either case. More is involved, however, than fusion or lack of fission; there are further morpho- logical developments which add to the differences between Cypella and Anomalostylus. At each sinus above the anther- apex, the two short stigmatic tongues can be seen, each showing a densely puberulous-papillate upper surface. This puberulence extends upward as a slight ridge just below the inner edge of the lobe, forming a small open channel from each stigmatic tongue to the retuse apex of each stylar lobe. At each retuse apex there is a ridge extending longitudinally down the inner surface of the style. In one unusually favorable example studied, this ridge seemed to be hollow, containing a channel, like the hollow ridge down the adaxial side of the style-arms in Iris. This channel, in Tris, is that in which germinated pollen-tubes grow down the style to the ovary.2 It is possible that a similar function is per- formed by the ridge in Anomalostylus, but this must be considered only a tentative hypothesis until living material can be studied and serial sections made of the style. Anomalostylus, gen. nov. Planta bulbosa, caulescens; bulbus incom- plete notus. Folia basalia plura, rigida, lineari-ensiformia; folia caulina pauca, basi vaginantia. Inflorescentia terminalis, flores longe pedicellati, spathae herbaceae. Flores crateriformes, tepala basi connata sed non in tubum coalita, tepalorum seriei duae dissimil ares et inaequales. Fila- menta ad basin breve coalita, deinde libera; antherae adaxialiter inter loculos styli alas amplexantes, cum styli lobis apicalibus alternae. Stylus sursum ampliatus, valde trialatus, styli rami veri nulli; styli cristae verae nullae, sed stylus apice in lobis tribus retusis cum antheris alternis termi- nans; linguae stigmatosae duae supra apices antherarum ad sinus inter styli lo apsula seminaque igno 2 See Sawyer in Bot. Gaz. Ixiv. 159-164 (1917). STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE,—IV 111 Typr-speciges: A. crateriformis. ANOMALOSTYLUS crateriformis, spec. nov. Bulbus imperfectus, proba- biliter magnus (vide Regnell, III, no. 1214). Folia basalia plura, ad 80 em. longa et 1.8 cm. lata, linearia, glabra, acuta, striata, venulis numerosis tenuibus et nervis medianis quam ceteros magne prominentibus; folia caulina 2-4, infimum 12-42 cm. longum, vaginans, superiora in ordine reducta. Caulis 1-3-ramosus, teres, glaber, axis et rami in spathis pluri- floribus terminantes. Spathae herbaceae, subnaviculatae, exterior striata, carinata, abrupte acuta, 3.5-4.5 cm. longa, interior sublongior, truncata; pedicelli glabri, anthesin quam spatham interiorem breviores, demum elongati. Ovarium oblongo-clavatum, glabrum, ad 9 mm. longum. Flores verisimiliter lutei; tepala exteriora obovata, ad 3.5 em. longa et 2.2 em. lata, sine differentia notabile inter laminam et unguem, pars basalis intus longitudinaliter 8-9-cristata et sparse puberula, apice retusa cum apiculo perbreve obtuso penicillato; tepala interiora ad 2.5 cm. longa et 1 cm. lata, unguis spathulato-naviculatus caeruleo- vel purpureo-suffusus et -striatus, in sicco quam tepala exteriora tenebrior, glanduloso-ciliatus et intus glanduloso-pubescens, erectus vel subpatens, apice subinflexus, lamina perreflexa lutea, basi macula lata pubescente U-formata et mediano maculis 2 orbicularibus vel ovalibus pubescentibus ornata, apice subob- tusa et breviter penicillata. Filamenta basin 1 mm. coalita, 5-6 mm. longa; antherae 7-11 mm. longae, apices sub styli sinus 1-2 mm. Stylus paene e basi sursum ampliatus, 1.4-1.5 em. longus, lobi humiles rotundati vel subdeltoidei retusi 1.5 mm. alti et ad basin 3-4 mm. lati—BRAZIL: Parand: Serrinha, ad marg. viae ferreae, Oct. 14, 1909, Dusén, no. 8705 302 (G), distrib. as Trimezia martinicensis. PARAGUAY: in the campo Estancie Primera, January, 1932, Jérgensen, no. 4537 in part (as to NY). It seems strange to me that so widely distributed a plant should have gone undescribed for so long, but I find nothing with which it can certainly be identified. It becomes increasingly Strange since two species of this genus were collected over 4 century ago. They were painted by Larrafiaga and are repro- duced in his Escritos, Atlas, i. tt. XII and XVIII (1927). Of these, t. XII almost certainly gives a beautifully exact representa- tion of the flower of A. crateriformis, with a recognizable but rather crude detail of the style. If Larrafiaga’s drawing of the bulb is anywhere nearly accurate, the bulb is, as I have suggested, quite large. Gray HERBARIUM. 112 LOUIS-MARIE LA TAXONOMIE DOIT-ELLE S’EXPERIMENTALISER? Par Pere Lovis-MarIbp, 0. C. R. La science moderne, depuis vingt ans surtout, équipe ses chercheurs,—je veux dire, non seulement, qu’elle leur fournit un équipement adéquat mais qu’elle les groupe en équipe, avant de les lancer 3 la solution des grands problémes; tel, entre bien d’autres, le centenaire probléme de la distinction du genre et de Vespéce, qui faisait déja gémir le vénérable T homas 4 Kempis au XVe siecle, tout comme celui de la distinction des espéces qui invitait les philosophes d’alors & se prendre aux cheveux! Au- jourd’hui, la crise des espéces est descendue en sciences expéri- mentales. ‘One of the most vexing problems to modern biolo- gists is the species problem,” redisent en un lointain écho ceux de ’équipe Clausen-Keck-Hiesey.! On espére pourtant parvenir, un jour, 4 la sérénité des sciences spéculatives. Pour trouver les bases définitives de l’espéce et des autwes catégories naturelles de la biosphére, on préconise une méthode “‘narallaxe,’’ qui appelle X son aide et conjugue les sciences voisines. Puisque la vie est a ce point complexe, on se propose prudemment de V’étudier sous ses divers aspects, ‘from morphological, distributional, ecological, cytological and genetical angles . . .”? | Cette coopération des sciences affines, dans un travail de resynthése nécessaire aprés tant d’années d’analyse unidiscipli- naire ne projetant que d’étroits faisceaux de lumiére 4 travers nos ignorances, s’imposait et il n’est pas surprenant qu’elle rencontre tant de faveur dans les milieux scientifiques. Les sciences biologiques, 4 leur tour, cessérent de s’exclure pour s’hybrider bravement A l’exemple de leurs objets dans la nature. De ces relations pratiques, naquit une pléiade de scientistes se préfixant de: cyto-, éco-, socio-, mathématico-, chimio-, physico-, etc., pour ne parler que des spécialistes en sciences pures; cer- taines associations firent fortune, comme celles des phyto-socio- logues, des zoo- et phyto-biométriciens, des bio-écologistes, des cyto-généticiens, cyto-géographes et cyto-taxonomistes. és Experimental Taxonomists s’assurérent d’un rapide prestige, e2 adoptant tous ces états et quelques autres, leurs méthodes étant statistiques, autant que faire se peut et un peu plus, expérimen- tales au sens le plus large, ayant pour objets tout ce qui tom sous l’observation et l’expérimentation, dont parle Claude 1 Jens Clausen, David D. Keck and William M. Hiesey. 1935—Annual Report of Plant Biology, Carnegie Institution of Washington, 1934-35, pp. 201-206. LA TAXONOMIE DOIT-ELLE S’EXPERIMENTALISER? 113 Bernard dans sa classique Introduction.2 Le Field Botanist, lexplorateur herborisant, si bien personnifié par M. L. Fernald, qui s’oppose au compilateur livresque, au remueur d’exsiccata, au systématiste A la portiére ou au volant, devait se revétir de toutes les doublures de la botanique descriptive: étre, en tout cas, géographe, écologiste (s. 1.), phyto-économiste et folkloriste. En 1927, on recontrait, méme 4 Harvard, des hommes de science d’une certaine éminence, souffrant encore d’un exclu- sivisme ironiquement extravagant. A un cours de physiologie, trés achalandé en premiére lecon, le professeur avoua, en maniére de préface, qu’un étudiant lui ayant demandé, en traversant le campus, jusqu’ow s’étendait la Physiologie, il n’avait pas eu a chercher bien loin pour définir l’objet de cette science; il avait tiré de dessous son bras les deux bouquins qui s’y trouvaient fort 4 point, et de lui en donner les deux titres-limites: ‘‘Cela va de la Structure de Vatome & \’Intelligence du singe.” Seulement cela. Quelques jours plus tard, notre professeur se rendit coupable d’une petitesse A l’égarde de la Taxonomie et de son plus noble outil, ’herbier. Ayant dt rappeler que c’était d’un spécimen de solanacée, tacheté de mosaique et conservé en herbier depuis vettes, que sont les physiologistes! que d’accusations contre ces pauvres agronomes qui ne font que répandre les mauvaises pures certifiées !8 Les équipes Babcock-Hall et Clausen-Keck-Hiesey, de la C ce coup fait aussi celle de G. L. Stebbins, Jr., un autre ancien éléve de Fernald—ont beau iqu Principes et les problémes, et dont les travaux, Inst. W: Nos. 34-35, constituen Carnegie consign serva ; “q wealth of new information, ob- tional as well as experimental.” 3 La botanique descriptive, en tout cas, savait mettre en relief les gr gees qu'elle avait depuis toujours rendus 4 la science, 4 l'industrie Pee green’ Les anci u cours de ‘Botany 7” a Harvard, =" a a a . souviennent encore du itant récit—tous ceux du abe son on du Laheudoe et de tout le secteur de l'Ungava, aidomapea arti es dans Hamilton Inlet, 4 Terreneuve am wecatov ni tifique; OF Prétentions de la Puissan da, on eut recours a Sian ae e ce fut la Botanique systématique que l’on invita pour faire Physiologie ni la bactériologie! Voici les péripéties aa rae mg page 114.) Maniére de Fernald. ( se saraistiat 114 LOUIS-MARIE Cette jactance et cette partialité enfantine, chez des sciences qui avaient et qui ont encore tant de progrés 4 faire, ne sont heureusement plus de mise. Une vue plus éclairée de la difficulté de leurs problémes a forcé les sciences biologiques 4 se donner la main et 4 ne mépriser aucun moyen 4 leur disposition. Il ne faudrait pourtant pas confondre cette coopération entre les sciences, qui est trés désirable, avec un mélange de doctrines mal digérées et d’outils hétéroclites, de forces insuffisamment coordonnées, qui n’est pas désirable du tout. Chaque discipline scientifique doit conserver ses vertus propres et son outillage nécessaire, dans ce travail d’équipe; le grand instrument de la taxonomie est l’herbarium.—Pour L. H. Bailey, ‘“‘a happy com- bination of horticulturist and highly competent systematist,” Vherbier devra étre comme ses syllabus et ses encyclopédies, une collection d’espéces cultivées et de leurs innombrables “formes mineures,”’ jordanons ou mendélions, étiquetées invariablement variétés, quand elles ne sont pas nommées par un bindéme, ainsi que de vraies espéces.—Pour Edgar Anderson, qui est génético- biométricien—et cela ne le définit que partiellement—la collec- tion de plantes est plus qu’un outil, c’est un laboratoire servant & une foule de sciences.—Un de mes amis, qui a étudié et visité, durant une douzaine d’années, l’Est américain boréal-arctique, s’est mué récemment en un botaniste météorologiste; grace & d’innombrables coupes en travers les tiges ligneuses de ses récoltes, il espére reconstituer le climat de ces lieux, durant le dernier quart de siécle. Chacun veut étre le bienfaiteur, l’ami, l’héte ou le parasite de l’herbier! Premier acte:—Le gouvernement de Terreneuve Te a Harvard demandant on dor?—Oui.— rendre immédia relevé floristique d'un malheureux paléo-zoologi qu’on prit en fautes 4 plus d’un endroit, Fernald remit un volumineux mémoire, plein de l’autorité de la Botanique descriptive & son mieux, appuy ant victorieusement Jes arcane terreneuviennes. —La Cours supréme 4 ts. — ipereomagcgs! — entendu les partis, donna iis a cause & la petite Terre- Id, ‘‘envoyez-les nous: c’est passionnant et . . . rémunérateur!”’ (grand rideau— applaudissements). LA TAXONOMIE DOIT-ELLE S’EXPERIMENTALISER! 115 On prédit pour l’herbier le plus glorieux avenir, s’il veut bien se reconnaitre les obligations suivantes 1. L’Herbarium demeurera une magnifique collection des espéces existantes et les étiquettes de chaque récolte resteront des documents historiques, floristiques, écologiques, géographi- ques, etc., de toute premiére valeur. 2. Il doit conserver précieusement les types, ces piéces 4 convic- tion légitimant la naissance des nouvelles entités et pouvant servir plus tard A prouver leur invalidité. Ce sont parfois des phénotypes géographiquement et morphologiquement extrémes. 3. Dans Vherbier, doit se trouver toute la gamme des varia- tions somatiques hé éditaires et acquises, constitutives ou plas- tiques. Oui, si on les rencontre en nature; mais si on les pro- voque en parcelles? 4. Il doit recevoir toutes les collections massives oi se module le dynamisme d’une population, d’un clone, des ramifications dun rhizome ou d’une souche retigeant plusieurs années consécu- tives, dans le temps et l’espace. Physiologistes et phyto-socio- logistes ont besoin de pareilles données. 5. L’Herbarium de demain devrait aussi encaisser, pour le bénéfice de l’agriculture et de l’horticulture, des séries d’individus homologables, récoltés 4 des moments précis et permettant de comparer l’efficacité des méthodes culturales, des rotations, des engrais, des herbicides, insecticides et fongicides. Les techniciens de ces‘cultures scientifiques réclament ces générations de témoins. 6. Les généticiens, travaillant au démélage des types naturelles et 4 la recombinaison artificielle de ces mémes types, désirent placer en herbier les plantes marquant les points de départ et @arrivée de leurs travaux, ainsi que les progrés intermédiaires, fixant aissi les phénotypes de chaque génération: tout cela est capital pour bien comprendre le mécanisme des transmissions héréditaires. é ; 7. De méme, les taxonomistes écologistes aimeraient bien garder au sec leurs “transplants” affichant la modifiabilité de leurs caractéres distinctifs sous des conditions de milieu diffé- rentes, afin de pouvoir comparer plus tard les dérangements enre- gistrés ainsi dans leurs courbes de croissance. : 8. Les cyto-botanistes voudront retrouver en ogee les organes des plantes qui auront servi & l’établissement de leurs nombres chromosomiens spécifiques; on voudra méme pea en vie ces types cytologiques. Rien n’empéche évidemment de . 1946. ‘F. R. Fosberg,—The Herbarium. Scientific Monthly. pp. 429-434, Dec. 116 LOUIS-MARIE coller sur la feuille d’herbier une enveloppe contenant les lamelles portant ces coupes de mitoses historiques. 9, Les morphologistes et les physiologistes y accumuleront les anomalies et les monstruosités. Les phylogénistes, grace A elles, tAcheront de répérer les homologies sous les adaptations détra- quées et le jeu de l’évolution jusque dans leur lointaine généalogie. 10. Que de services, l’herbarium pourra rendre & l’entomologie et la phyto-pathologie en récoltant, en plus des spécimens en santé, des individus malades, parasités et partiellement dé- VOTER v0), Malheureusement, quelle Babel ne deviendra pas Vherbier classique, si l’on céde inconsidérément a toutes les demandes de ces derniéres-nées de la Botanique, qui découvrent, tout d’un coup, quel trésor est I’herbier avec ses exsiccatae, témoignant de leurs travaux plus fidélement que la photo, le dessin et ’impri- merie. On peut regrouper sans les confondre plus qu’il ne faut, les collections d’une cité ou d’une université,—comme celles d’Harvard actuellement,—pour des motifs d’utilité, d’économie et de prestige. Mais A pousser trop loin ces concentrations, on se prépare fatalement une crise d’engorgement, comme celles qu’on redoute dans certaines bibliothéques multimillionnaires. Au reste, ces grandes centrales universitaires de livres reconnaissent existence des bibliothéques départementales, ot les spécialistes peuvent trouver rapidement les publications qui les intéressent. Il faut se conduire de la sorte pour le grand Herbarium public, qui doit rester un instrument de la systématique des flores naturelles de la terre; les artéfacts, produits en éprouvette, parcelle ou agriculture, méritent d’étre conservés, mais dans des herbiers spéciaux et sous une documentation spéciale; sur une étiquette d’herbier cytologique, on ne cherchera pas les mémes précisions que sur celles d’un herbier de biométriciens ou de génétistes. Sil fallait faire entrer dans nos herbiers classiques tous les jordanons et mendélions, réalisés par hybridation ou autrement en parcelle, et les distinguer d’un nom latin, la liste mondiale des entités reconnues se verrait décupler, passant facilement de 500,000 A plus de cing millions. Cette constellation de phénotypes, au contraire, fera trés bien dans une collection génétique, od on aura des coéfficients spéciaux 4 inscrire au génotype développé de chaque mutant qui le nommeront mieux pour les initiés que le plus encombrant quadrinéme latin; les herborisants n’ont pas besoin de connaitre ces types qu’ils ne rencontreront pas dans la nature. Il faudra donner le méme LA TAXONOMIE DOIT-ELLE S’EXPERIMENTALISER? 117 conseil A toutes les autres phytologies dont les points de vue spéciaux s’éloignent trop de 1’étude qualitative des flores nor- males. Ces sciences sont les bienvenues toutes les fois qu’elles désirent puiser 4 cette source profonde qu’est Vherbier classique, mais qu’elles se créent des herbiers particuliers pour conserver leurs récoltes trés spéciales. Le premier pas en Taxonomie expérimentale est l’étude des spécimens dherbier, disposés en collection suivant les aires géographiques de leur espéce; les vari- ations qui s’y rencontrent de l’E. 41’O. et du N. au S. se trouvent toutes classées. Eric Hultén s’est surtout appuyé sur des données d’herbiers dans sa grande étude des biota arctiques et boréaux’; la loi de Vavilov aurait pu se formuler uniquement en se basant sur le relevé des distributions géographiques mentionnées en herbier. C’est le seul exclusivisme que doit se permettre la Taxonomie classique pour ne pas perdre tout caractére. Elle ne refuse pas, pour autant, l’aide que lui offrent les autres membres de |’équipe des sciences qui travaillent 4 asseoir, sur une méme base, l’espéce dans la nature et |’espéce d’herbier. La taxonomie expérimentale ne vise pas A décupler le nombre des espéces et des autres entités sous-spécifiques, mais 4 ne publier la naissance que de celles qui ont vraiment droit de vivre et pouvoir de se maintenir. On est bien forcé d’admettre que, ‘dans son acception usuelle; la seule qui soit convenable pour décrire une flore ou classer un herbier, l’espéce n’est qu’un nom sous lequel on trouve des groupe- ments tras divers.’”® Le linnéon, qui peut étre un écotype, un écospecies ou méme. un coenospecies, se définit par des particu- larités constantes surtout morphologiques, “dont le nombre est déterminé,” écrit encore G. Roberty, “uniquement par le juste souci qu’ont les descripteurs de flore ou les conservateurs WVherbier, d’obtenir des groupements d’amplitude a peu _prés égale.” Ainsi entendu, l’espéce existe surtout, sinon unique- ment, dans le cerveau humain. Mais on nie de moins en moins "existence d’espéces vraies, dans la nature, qui sont des sortes de climax morphologiques dans une mosaique , qui se maintiennent aussi longtemps que les gamétes d’un type he peuvent se féconder qu’entre elles. Le partage cependant est difficile entre ce qui appartient, dans chaque cenire a equilt Vhérédité et la nature, d’une part, ou 4 la nurture et |’ambiance, sii: ultén, Eric,—Outline of the history of arctic and boreal biota during the quater- ¥ cemeaigronugs pepglpnenndirer sur Ja nomenclature des groupements systé- matiques de rang inférieur & I’espéce. Candollea X: 293-344. 118 LOUIS-MARIE dautre part. Puis, l’herborisation a ses limites. La récolte sera toujours arrachée de son milieu et rapportée de trés loin, parfois; tuée, tronconnée et fragmentée, écrasée et tant bien que mal séchée, assez décomposée, elle nous parvient avec des caractéres incomplets et des titres passablement avariés. Le jugement porté sur son identité sera, de ce chef, toujours faillible et souvent entaché d’erreurs inévitables. Voici le moment de collaborer et d’emprunter a la cyto-géné- tique quelques unes de ses méthodes, que les savants russes em- ploient en génétique végétale appliquée, depuis plus d’un quart de siécle, avec le succés que l’on sait. On en connait les grandes phases: 1—Détermination des aires géographiques de chaque genre et distribution de toutes les espéces indigénes existantes. 2—Culture en parcelles expérimentales des types récoltés. 3— Hybridation des espéces ou variétés surtout géographiquement distantes. 4—Refonte des “blocs héréditaires.”’ 5—Polyploidie. 6—Caractéres liés au sexe. 7—Mécanisme des mutations. 8— Chiméres et ‘‘hyl rides” de greffe. 9—Effets de l’inogamie et de Vexogamie (heterosis). 10—La caryosystématique. 11—Le probléme de l’origine des plantes cultivées. 12—La vernalisa- tion, etc. C’est en se servant de ces méthodes que la Taxonomie expéri- mentale s’efforce de définir les espéces, de fagon objective.— Pourquoi un prochain Congrés international de Botanique ne promulguerait-il pas une loi décrétant que tout type nouveau, avant d’étre officiellement lancé, devra subir un ‘test de valeur”, durant: lequel seront établis son caryotype et son génotype, Sa formule héréditaire distinctive? Cet examen, impliquant culture pure et croisée en parcelles, reconnaissance du nombre chromo- somien et des génomes, en présence, prendra le temps nécessaire, plusieurs années s’il le faut. L’explorateur botanique devra rap- porter, de ses herborisations, des spécimens vivants (graines, racines, bulbes, rhizomes, etc.) des types critiques qu’il désire publier comme entités nouvelles; il devra les soumettre 4 l’or- ganisme (laboratoire ou station expérimentale) accrédité par le Congrés international de Botanique et en attendre le rapport avant d’en faire quoique ce soit de systematiquement nouveau. Cet examen préliminaire officiel devrait étre aussi obligatoire a la publication valide d’une espéce que la diagnose latine et la présentation d’une récolte-type. II serait facile d’intéresser, a la création de cet organisme officiel, quelque société philan- thropique. Des équipes particuliéres de taxonomistes expél- mentaux obtiennent déja des octrois A cette fin. LA TAXONOMIE DOIT-ELLE S’EXPERIMENTALISER? 119 Il y a encore tellement & faire de ce cdté, ot la classification moderne trouvera son salut. A peine a-t-on calculé les nombres chromosomiens du sixiéme des espéces végétales décrites. Le mécanisme de l’hérédité dans les grandes familles (v. g. graminées et cypéracées) A genres et A espéces indigénes nombreux ne sera pas de sitét élucidé. On se jette plutét vers les céréales et les plantes ayant fait fortune en industries; on joue avec la vigueur de leurs hybrides. Sur une centaine de références, que j’ai fait relever sans tri par un de mes étudiants, concernant la génétique appliquée des seules graminées, le partage se fit ainsi: —40%, trauvaux d’hybridation intergénérique et interspécifique. —95%, travaux sur les céréales (Triticum 37, Hordeum 25, Secale 9, Avena 8, Zea Mais 8, Sorghum 6) —Dactylis 2, Festuca et Poa 2, Agrostis, Bromus et Phleum 1; Calamagrostis, Trisetum, Danthonia, Deschampsia, ete. O. Les petites dimensions des fleurs et la structure compacte de l’épillet de ces graminées indigénes rendront toujours la tech- nique de l’hybridation délicate, de méme que le contréle de la fructification et la récolte par catégories des individus, qui naissent parfois de pseudo-fécondation, par viviparité ou apo- myxie: ’ovule bouture, quand ce n’est pas tout l’épillet et ses bractées (paraxénie?). Cela est plus particuliérement fréquent chez les plantes de la flore arctique ou dans certain genre souffrant de polyploidie avancée.® L’allélomorphie des principaux carac- téres sur quoi reposent les déterminations génériques et spéci- fiques est encore bien peu étudiée expérimentalement. Quand saurons-nous, d’expérience, si la pilosité du callus des fleurs chez les Calamagrostis ancylatherae obéit 4 un systéme d’alléles multi- » ples ou A une interaction poly-génique? Quels rapports exacts existent entre: _ 1—Calamagrostis nebula, avec sa couronne de longues soles isodynames; 2—C'. montanensis, 4 couronne dense de soles plus ean : 3—C. perplexa et C. Fernaldii, 4 couronne brisée en 2 grosse touffes latérales; ales; 4—C. purpurascens et C. Lepageana, dont les — — sont réunies par un cordon de poils trés courts tiré sous la ner médiane du lemma; 7 Louis-Marie, R. P.—Problémes de biologie végétale. 78-81, 1941. ypes of * Tinney, Fred W. and O. S. Aamodt—The progeny = of 64 sory “ seed-development in Poa pratensis L. Journal of Heredity 31: 456-464. K 120 - LOUIS-MARIE 5—C. lacustris et C. Porteri, 4 touffes de poils plus courts ou plus rares, largement séparées; 6—C. Pickeringii, 4 touffes rudimentaires sur callus glabre. A défaut d’experimentation, l’observation du comportement de ces caractéres importants, qui se retrouvent parfaitement, conservés en herbier, depuis longtemps, permet de reconnaitre certaines liaisons relativement solides, v. g., chez Agropyron, celle des Holopyron, entre rhizome—désarticulation sous glumes de tout l’épillet—anthére 3-6 mm. long. et celle des Goulardia, entre rhizome absent—fleurs se désarticulant une & une—anthére 1-3 mm. +; des allélomorphes 4 dominant absolu ou 4 dominant relatif (qui se délaie), & récessif longuement aristé et a dominant sans aréte; dans Calamagrostis, la s.-section des Orthoatherae, avec ses longues soies et son aréte non tordue peu ou pas genou- illée semble bien dominer, héréditairement, sur ces points, et géographiquement, les espéces endémiques ou plus cantonnées des Ancylatherae. Mais, partout|’exception se rencontre, préchant la sagesse aux bAtisseurs de cadres et brisant comme 4 plaisir ces beaux ensembles des “‘liaisons’, v. g. Agropyron ungavense, Ce Goulardia & rhizome d’Holopyre; Calamagrostis nebula, cette ancylathérée avec les longues soies isodynames de |’autre s.-sec- tion, ot se trouve le trés commun C. canadensis, etc.—Dans un grand nombre de cas cependant, avouons-le, la seule observation ne nous dira rien qui vaille et dans tous les cas l’expérimentation s’impose, comme critére additionnel de certitude. st-ce A dire qu’il faille abandonner ce qu’il y a de bon, de clair et de reposant dans les méthodes actuelles de la Botanique descriptive, pour se jeter 4 corps perdu dans les symboles mono- grammiques ou algébriques les moins encourageants? G. Roberty, aprés nous avoir fait l’éloge de la nomenclature sym- bolique, “qui éliminerait 4 la fois les dilemmes taxonomiques et synonymiques dont la biologie systématique est empoisonnée”’, nous en donne les inconvénients. Dans son Gossypiorum revi- sionis tentamen (IV)®, il mitige immédiatement ce qu’il semblait _préconiser quelques pages précédement. Pour bien indiquer la pesée des caractéres présents, il faudrait décrire ainsi le spécimen 19-103). L’exemple que je donne de G. peruvianum Sprucei copticum le tra Tentamen IV et lui servant d’ on. Dans le traité, 4 P 382, Roberty se content ticum var, nov.—Mi b- : : Var. specierum Sprucei Rob. et peruviani typici; notatissimos characteres omnes congrega- vee demonstrans. Cultum in Aegypto. Typus: toudri, cult. Giza 1924, Simpson C. METHODS APPLIED TO FLORA SURVEY 121 du cotonnier suivant: ‘‘Gossypium peruvianum (+) Sprucei (PSoo) de formule Py + Sio-+ Ms + Vi, se rattache 4 notre variété (PSoo) copticum. Sa pureté variétale est de 1/100 3x9+3 x 10 + 2(10 — 2) + 2(10 — 1)] = 0,91. Pureté sat- isfaisante et l’individu sera définitivement classé: G. peruvianum Cav. (subsp. Sprucei Rob.) var. copticum Rob. par le rassembleur que nous sommes; G. Sprucei copticum—ou méme G. copticum— par un diviseur.’’ Cela n’est pas trop cabalistique et peut se comprendre avec un brin de pratique. Sous un coéfficient de pureté variétale moins satisfaisant, le type aurait pu étre rangé dans un Proles coptoides: c’est V’équivalent de nos formae, & laquelle Roberty donnera aussi le nom de race; le nom de race dans Hultén et autres est donné A la sous-espéce. Lorsqu’on aura standardisé, en Taxonomie, le contenu des cadres, il faudra en faire autant pour leurs noms; ce sera autrement facile! InstiTuT pD’OKa, La Trappe, P. Q., CANADA. SOME METHODS APPLIED TO A STATE FLORA SURVEY By Joun M. Foae, JR. For several years, with the assistance of a number of his col- leagues and the cooperation of several institutions in the state, the writer has been engaged in a study of the plant life of Pennsyl- vania with a view to publishing a comprehensive account of its flora. In the course of this work a number of procedures have been devised which, it is thought, may be of interest to botanists in other sections of the country who are devoting their attention to floristic studies of a local or regional character. It is therefore the intention of this article to set forth some of the methods and practices which have been developed in connection with the present study and to call attention to certain criteria which are at the same time sufficiently broad in its scope to be of value not only to systematic botanists but to students in allied fields such as forestry, conservation, geology and economic entomology. Although a number of county and sectional floras ae 7. peared in recent years, there has been no work dealing wit i plants of the entire state since the publication of T. C. Porter’s Flora of Pennsylvania in 1903. There has, however, been a con- siderable amount of field work in progress throughout the state 122 FOGG and, in addition to the rather considerable amount of material at the University of Pennsylvania, large and important collections are housed in a number of other herbaria, notably the Philadel- phia Academy of Natural Sciences, the Carnegie Museum, the Pennsylvania State Museum at Harrisburg, and the Department of Botany at State College. The authorities of all these institu- tions have kindly placed their collections at our disposal and it is a pleasure to acknowledge here our indebtedness to those who have so graciously participated in this undertaking. With such a wealth of material available to us, a number of practical problems presented themselves for immediate solution. These were concerned mainly with the preparation, identifica- tion, recording, and mapping of the countless thousands of specimens which were to pass through our hands. Since we planned to borrow, for example, all of the Pennsylvania specimens from the Carnegie Museum, it was essential not only that these be carefully verified as to the identification of each individual sheet, but also that the significant information contained on the collector’s label should be fully recorded in a form which should be made as permanent as possible. Every botanist who has had occasion to refer to a local or regional flora has experienced the sense of frustration in being unable to locate the basis of citation for a particular species or variety. Mistakes in identification or locality reference are perhaps inevitable in a floristic treatment of any considerable scope. It is, however, highly desirable that there should be some way of tracing such errors back to their source and of securing information concerning the individual specimens from which they arose. A persistent effort has therefore been made in the present work to record in a lasting manner all pertinent data relating to every specimen regarded as worthy of admission to the Flora, so that in years to come it may be possible for a student to relocate and examine any specimen which served as a basis for a citation. Herparium Practice. The herbarium of the University of Pennsylvania contains more than 250,000 specimens, of whic approximately half were collected in Pennsylvania. All of the sheets of a given species are arranged by state according to the geographic sequence adopted at the Gray Herbarium and, to expedite the present study, all sheets collected within the state of Pennsylvania are contained in green species covers. Within each cover the specimens are arranged by county in a sequence which is geographic rather than alphabetical. In general the METHODS APPLIED TO FLORA SURVEY 123 order of counties runs from north to south and east to west across the state. This arrangement of counties, while somewhat inconvenient for those not familiar with the geography of the state, is soon learned by those working with the Flora and has the advantage that it brings together specimens of the same species from the same region. By leafing through a green cover or set of covers, it is possible to see at a glance whether a given species is widely distributed or whether it is restricted to a certain section of the state. ? Tur Recorp Carp. For the purpose of recording in perma- nent form salient facts concerning the specimens in our own herbarium, as well as those borrowed from other institutions, we have selected a white card 914 x 1434 inches, which is composed of 100% rag paper. On its two sides are printed the names of the sixty-seven Pennsylvania counties. The sequence of these counties conforms to the arrangement of the specimens in the herbarium. That is, the first county on the front side of the card is Wayne, since that county occupies the northeastern corner of the state. The last county on the reverse side is Greene, which is located in the southeastern corner. Here again with a little use one becomes familiar with the geographic sequence and as data gleaned from the collections are filled in on the card, it becomes possible at a glance to determine whether a given species 1s unI- formly distributed throughout the state or is restricted to a certain section or tier of counties. : Recorpine. It goes without saying that the real and lasting value of any floristic work depends upon critical determination of the taxonomic entities involved. Granted that the specimens of a given species have been carefully studied and correctly identified, the next step is that of entering on the appropriate record card the significant information given by the collector on his label. This information falls into the following four cate- gories: 1) The exact locality at which the specimen was collected. 2) The name of the collector. 3) The collector’s serial number, or, if this does not appear on the label, the date on which the specimen was collected. 4) The source of the specimen; that is, the herbarium OF herbaria in which the specimen or specimens of a given number are known to be deposited. _ It would be impossible to overemphasize the need for — information concerning the localities at which plants are collected. 124 FOGG It is well known that many botanists, especially those of the last century, were content to place on their labels only the most general statements concerning their collecting grounds. We frequently encounter specimens on which the only mention of locality is the name of a county. Many others bear on their labels some such legend as “‘along Loyalsock Creek,” “ Pocono Plateau,” or ‘“‘Blue Mts.’”’ In a detailed compilation it is ob- viously better to disregard such specimens altogether than to attempt to guess at their place of origin and thus to perpetuate an ambiguity which may lead to erroneous conclusions. In an age when we are sharpening our focus in an attempt to ascertain those factors which determine the distribution of a given species, the inclusion of inaccurate locality data may completely obscure this relationship. Those of us who are intimately connected with the present study have learned to depend entirely upon the topographic quadrangles of the U. 8. Geological Survey. Working in the field with these sheets, it is usually possible to ascertain one’s location within a few yards and to record, at least to a tenth of a mile, the distance and direction from the nearest permanent settlement (village, town, city) in the same county. In the case, therefore, of two collections from approximately the same locality we invariably select for recording the plant collected by the man who is known to be painstakingly accurate in his effort to designate the spots which he visits. The use of a collector’s serial number has become such a stand- ard practice that again in the case of the same species collected from a given locality, preference in recording is given to that sheet which bears such a number. There are several reasons for this, chief among which is the fact that the specimen bearing a serial number possesses for all time a more positive individual identity than one which merely bears a date. : The last information to be entered on the card in each entry is a symbol indicating the location of the specimen or specimens examined. Thus the letter ““P” indicates that the specimen is in the University of Pennsylvania Herbarium; “A” indicates the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; “H’” the State Museum at Harrisburg; “S’” the herbarium of State College; and “C” the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh. In many cases duplicates of the same number are in two or more of these her- baria and this information is conveyed by use of the appropriate symbols. This device has already proved immensely useful in METHODS APPLIED TO FLORA SURVEY 125 enabling us to borrow again such sheets as we wished to restudy, for obviously the appearance of a revision of a genus or species frequently requires the reéxamination of material already recorded and mapped. It should prove increasingly useful in future years if the present work is ever revised and it becomes imperative to determine the actual location of the specimens used as a basis for citation in our study. After a series of specimens of a given species has been carefully checked as to identification and geographic data, the information is then ready to be entered on the record card referred to above. Because of the size and stiffness of the record cards it was early deemed inadvisable to run them through the roller of an ordinary typewriter. This is especially true since new records are con- stantly being added to the cards. We therefore utilize an Elliott- Fisher flat-bed typewriter in which the card lies flat and the machine moves back and forth across its surface. An experienced operator soon learns to insert under the appropriate county the desired information concerning each specimen which has been approved for recording. Care has been taken to secure a carbon base silk ribbon, thus insuring to the highest attainable degree a permanent record. There is a space in the upper left-hand corner on the front of the card for the name of the species or variety and the citation of authorship. Under each county it is possible to record the information concerning six specimens belonging to that species. Since we are engaged in studying material from five herbaria, it frequently happens that we ultimately see more than six sheets of a given species from the same county. In this case we use & second or even a third card for this species even though the spaces under all of the counties on the first card may not be filled. It is important to note, however, that when it comes to placing these records on the maps in the form of dots, we restrict our- selves, for the present at least, to only six localities In & single county. To add to the map all of the locations of a certain species from a well collected county such as Bucks or Schuylkill would give a totally false impression of the abundance of that species through its area of occurrence. As each sheet is recorded it is marked with a rubber stamp which reads, “Recorded U. of Pa. Catalogue of Pa. Plants. This statement is placed just above the collector’s label in the lower right-hand corner of the specimen. Here again W® use & stamp pad with a carbon base ink to insure 4 lasting impression. 126 FOGG Since not all specimens of a given species are deemed worthy of recording, the placing of this statement on these sheets which are utilized will enormously facilitate the ease with which the basis of any record may be relocated in the future. Many times in working over the records utilized by Porter in his Flora have we wished that there were some means of knowing just which specimens he had before him as he compiled his list of occurrences by counties. CHAMAEDAPHNE CALYCULATA (L.) MOENCH ye eEnSboRS 2 MI NE; ADAMS 3700 P ORSON, 1 MI W; FOGG 10945 WAYMART JENNINGS & GRESS AU 2 20 Pp 4 MI S; GLOWENKE 161 UAITE. OAK FOND; ag ESS&JENNINGS AU 24 20C subieeutaes © ARAT, & " ‘e “Lowey 132 P THOMPSONS eM FENDER 1878 P DIMOCK; BROWN be SE bo 07 A Lackawanna MADISONVILLE, 2 MI NW; GLOWENKE 46 P MOOSIC LAKE; GLOWENKE 1138 P VIC, OF SCRANTON; JENNINGS AU 26 20 C Fig. 1. Reproduction of upper left-hand corner of record card for Chamae- devine calyculata. As an example of the manner in which information is recorded we have selected the Number 1 card of Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench, a bog species characteristic of those counties lying north of the glacial moraines. Figure 1 is a reproduction of the upper left-hand corner of this card; it illustrates the kind of impression made by the typing machine as well as the manner in which the essential data concerning each specimen are arranged and recorded under the first three counties. It will be noted that the name of the locality appears first and is followed by the distance and direction from it of the spot at which the specimen was found. If, in future distribution of my duplicates, I were t0 send specimens of my Orson collection (Fogg no. 10945) to Harrisburg and the Carnegie Museum, the letters ‘“H”’ and “C” METHODS APPLIED TO FLORA SURVEY 127 would be added to the ‘‘P”’ to show that duplicates might be seen in those two institutions. The significant. features of the recording procedure just described are that it permits the accumulation on a single set of cards of important facts concerning approximately 2,500 species and varieties of higher plants known to occur within the bound- aries of the state, and at the same time enables present and future students to ascertain how each specimen admitted to the list can be relocated. Also, the data contained on the card or cards of an individual species enable us to place corresponding dots on an accompanying outline map of the state. Since it is intended in the final work to include a range map for each species, some explanation concerning the type of map and the technique of entering the dots is in order. Tue Map. During the course of our studies we have prepared an outline map of the state of Pennsylvania (See Figure 3) on which appear: 1) The lines of latitude and longitude, 2) The counties, 3) The principal rivers and their tributaries, 4) The southern boundary within the state of the Wisconsin Glaciation, 5) The southern boundary of the Jerseyan Glaciation, 6) The Appalachian Plateau Front, 7) The Blue Mountain Front, 8) The Fall Line. It therefore shows certain physical features which influence the occurrence of many species of plants within the state. For example, certain species occur only north of the Wisconsin Moraine in the northeastern and northwestern corners of the state; others are most abundant in the Valley and Ridge Province which lies between the two mountain fronts; while still others are restricted to the low-lying ground along. the Delaware River east of the Fall Line. The map is printed on a card of the same size and material as that used for the records and for every species in the file there 1s an accompanying map on which the entries on the record card are represented by carefully placed dots. Mapping. The task of locating on the outline map the dots corresponding to each entry on the record card is regarded as one of the most significant phases of our entire undertaking, second in importance only to accurate identification of the plants them- selves. In our efforts to insure the highest degree of accuracy ™ the placing of the dots, two methods have been developed which Possess sufficient merit to warrant attention here. In the early years of the project, when ah whe Bet Mg locate many thousands of dots as quickly as possible, we Pre- 128 FOGG pared a set of transparent overlay maps on which appear the names of the towns, villages, etc., at which specimens have been collected. At the exact spot where the town is located a small hole is drilled through the cellophane. It is thus possible, by placing the transparent map directly over the outline map, to make a pencil mark at the proper place. If the specimen was collected at some distance from a given town, the mapper uses a perforated transparent templet which is ruled with lines to show the compass points and with concentric circles which are a mile apart on the scale of the outline map. Wherever a direction line intersects a circle there is a small hole which permits the placing of a dot at the exact spot where the specimen was collected. The second method involves the use of latitude and longitude in identifying localities and required the preparation of a card catalogue of all the localities in the state from which collections have been seen and to which new cards are added as new stations come to our attention. Each card bears the name of a town or locality and an exact statement of its latitude and longitude as determined from the topographic quadrangle. In this way it is possible to have in the file not only the names of cities, towns and villages, but also such localities as Pymatuning Swamp, Bear Meadows, Tannersville Bog and other favorite collecting grounds. A sample taken at random from the 8,000 cards in the file will serve as an illustration: Sinnemahoning 40° 19’ 78° 05’ (also Sinnamahoning) CAMERON Driftwood (N3) “Cameron” is the name of the county in which Sinnemahoning -is located. “Driftwood” is the name of the topographic sheet, of which ‘“‘N3” is the symbol which enables us to locate it quickly. Since the main parallels and meridians appear on the map an since the four margins are marked off in minutes of latitude and longitude, it is a simple matter with the use of a scale or protractor to locate any point for which reference data are given. 4H€ small templet described above may then be used to locate a spot some distance removed from a fixed point. My colleague, Dr. E. T. Wherry, in addition to undertaking the treatment of several plant groups of which he has special knowledge, has taken over the task of verifying all geographic data used in the Flora. He has spent many hours checking obscure references and is largely responsible for the compilation of the index of localities. METHODS APPLIED TO FLORA SURVEY 129 As each locality is found and dotted in on the map, a short dash (about 14 inch in length) is made in blue pencil beside the entry on the record card. Occasionally it happens that we are unable to locate a station given by the collector. In that case a zero instead of a line is placed beside that entry on the card, indicating that there is no corresponding dot on the map. If, wae fe Pe fe ei WISCONSIN MORAINE JERSEYAN MORAINE APPALACHIAN PLATEAU FRONT MOUNTAIN FRONT FALL LINE ooweeeo™ “1eb* Aes a Sort A Fig. 2. Reproduction of upper right-hand corner of map for Chamae- daphne calyculata. however, there are localities under that particular county on the second card of that species, one of these will be selected as the basis for a dot, thus insuring the maximum number of six dots per county on the map. A blue pencil mark for these symbols was selected because such marks will not show when the cards are photographed (Witness Fig. 1, in which these symbols are indistinguishable). If 1t ever becomes desirable to have the entire series of cards photographed 130 FOGG on microfilm, they will therefore not be marred by signs which are of interest primarily to the mapper. After all of the entries on a given record card have been entered on the map in the form of small, carefully placed penciled dots, these dots are then ready to be inked in. This is done by means of a small drawing compass or bow pen of the sort used in mechanical drawing. The drawing point is filled with India ink and the fixed tip of the compass is placed on the penciled dot. A circle one-eighth of an inch in diameter is then described. At a later operation these circles are filled in with India ink, mak- ing solid circular black dots. It may, of course, be objected that on the scale of the map each circle is approximately three miles in diameter. The important consideration, however, is that the center of the circle is the point at which the specimen was col- lected and that in the case of a species which follows some physiographic feature, such as the Fall Line or a terminal mo- raine, it is possible to see whether the plant occurred to one side or the other or was located directly on this particular line. Figure 2 shows a portion of the outline map of Chamaedaphne calyculata on which the localities listed on Figure 1, plus those from adjoining counties, appear as dots. Such a map may be reduced to one by three inches, the size proposed for the Flora, and still preserve its salient features. One of the most valuable features of a local or regional flora should reside in the emphasis which is placed on the correlation between a species and its environment. Many of the authors of our older floras were content with merely listing the localities or counties in which a species was known to occur. In the present work it is planned to interpret distributional peculiarities, when they exist, in the light of such determining factors as may be recognized, whether these be climatic, physiographic or edaphic. In our attempt to gain some insight into the factors which determine the occurrence of a given species within the boundaries of the state, we have prepared a set of transparent maps, made from the same plate as the master map, on which are shown such features as (1) the various types of soils or rock outcroppings, (2) data concerning mean annual temperature, (3) data concerD- ing annual rainfall, (4) physiographic features, etc. Altho many plants are so tolerant of a wide variety of soil and climati¢ factors that they occur uniformly distributed throughout the state, certain other species thrive only when a given condition or set of conditions is provided. Figure 3 shows the know? Conrtris. Gray Hers. CLXV. Saat | 7 Pry are : wiscomam woRAime BRR IENSCYAN WORAINE vv © APPALAC attay raout AAA vi ’ Srsae H \ e., ‘ / ¥eogres eA \ mie ere . AE Fd 4 ' ~ ANG J { . “je Ey alias, i st oO cas % 37 ; om ed oF. ‘ e =f f os od ei | : i a, as Cpa Beg i if, pea es : e3 / we & { a SPY Sy Ny / P se . ° . ; a, ee Ne ‘ Cf Key Moss >” ceree ‘ af a Fig. 3. Range of Asplenium eryptolepis in Pennsylvania. . ‘. ie ime Se Ee Se ae pos sae) : eS ee 7 PB EI CRA (j xa Ve 7 Pep ee DS a jos Pessee E> Y AY 2 a TES ae : 1% Fig. 4. Outline map of neue with cae id eae map show- ing the occurrence of the Cambro-Ordovician 132 FOGG occurrence within Pennsylvania of the Wall-rue Spleenwort (Asplenium cryptolepis Fernald). This is, of course, an obvious example of a species which occurs only on calcareous soils or out- croppings, but this relationship is made more spectacular when a transparent map (Figure 4) showing the occurrence of the Cambro-Ordovician limestone is placed over the distribution map of the species. It then becomes obvious that, with the exception of a few minor limestone outcroppings too small to appear on a map of this scale, every dot conforms to the distri- bution of limestone shown on the transparency. This simple illustration will serve to demonstrate the usefulness of a pro- cedure which may be employed in a great variety of ways to determine those causes underlying the distributional peculiarities of many species of plants. It is our intention to incorporate into the survey not only information concerning the distributional vagaries of the plants of the state, but also data concerning what, for want of a better name, may be called the ‘‘biology” of the species. Considerable information derived from such closely allied fields as genetics, cytology and plant pathology is becoming increasingly of interest to the student of taxonomy and plant geography and should, we feel, find its way into regional flora studies. As a single example of such observations may be cited the light which has been shed on problems of a distributional nature by recent researches on polyploidy. Finally, it may be of interest to observe that during the course of these studies analytical keys have been prepared for practically all genera included in the Flora. These keys have been duplicated and placed in the hands of my students for daily use in classroom and herbarium. In this way many shortcomings have been detected and many valuable suggestions made for improving their working value, so that when they appear in print they will at least possess the advantage of having been tested. Very special acknowledgment is here made to Dr. J. R. Schramm, Chairman of the Department of Botany, who in the early years of the project was instrumental in securing the services of a large group of W. P. A. workers who mounted many thou- sands of sheets and carried on the routine task of recording and mapping nearly a quarter of a million specimens. It was due to Dr. Schramm’s ingenuity and inventiveness that several of the methods herein described were developed. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA REVISIONS IN THE CRUCIFERAE 133 GENERIC REVISIONS IN THE CRUCIFERAE: SIBARA By Reep C. RoLiins Sibara is a relatively small genus of North American Cruciferae. Most of the species are restricted in distribution, often to inac- cessible areas of the southwestern deserts of the continent. Asa result of their inaccessibility, several members of the genus are very poorly represented in herbaria. Attempts to assess the extent of natural variation in such species are frustrating and often futile. The most widespread species, S. virginica, extends from Virginia westward to central and southern California. Probably the most restricted species is S. filzfolia which has been collected only on Santa Cruz Island, California. The species of Sibara are all annual or biennial herbs. Some of them, at least, go through their life cycle very quickly. Plants of several species have been grown from seed to maturity in less than three months. Sibara is undoubtedly related to Arabis from which it was initially separated by Greene.’ In a previous paper? presenting a study of Arabis, I have stressed the important differences and similarities of these two genera. In the aggre- gate, the characters pointed to there set Sibara apart as a separate assemblage of species from Arabis proper. Whether this group of species, which appears to be intrarelated, should receive generic rank or be placed in Arabis as a subgenus was difficult to decide. However, after repeated study of the problem, I am still convinced that phylogeny in the Cruciferae as a whole is best served by keeping Sibara separate as a genus, even though it is not as discrete as one would like to have it. By so doing one rightly casts doubt upon any suggestions of there being close genetical relationship between the species of the two genera. There are two seemingly intrarelated groups of species In Sibara. Those species with winged seeds and runcinately di- vided leaves appear to be more closely related to each other than to members of the other group. The species having the meg characteristics are S. virginica, S. mexicana, S. runcinata and Viereckii. The center of the distributional area of this group az species is northeastern Mexico and adjacent Texas. The wer? group of species includes the rest of those in the genus. ° species of this group have wingless seeds and pectinate FOHBES. Their distributional center is in Baja Califorma, Mexico. ! Pittonia 3: 10-12. 1896. ? Rhodora 43: 292-293. 1941. 134 ROLLINS Only two species of Sibara have been examined for chromosome number, S. deserti and S. Viereckii. The chromosomes in root- tip smears are very minute in both species and appear to be fairly uniform in size. S. desert? has 2n = 26 ; S. Viereckii, 2n = 28 Material upon which the present paper is based has been pro- vided by many herbaria. Specimens are cited in accordance with the usual custom of using capital letters as symbols repre- senting the institutions to which they belong. Cooperation has been received from the following herbaria: California Academy of Sciences (CAS); Natural History Chicago Museum (CM); Dudley Herbarium of Stanford University (DS); Gray Her- barium of Harvard University (G); Missouri Botanical Garden (M); New York Botanical Garden (NY); Pomona College (P); Rocky Mountain Herbarium of the University of Wyoming (RM); University of California (UC); United States National Herbarium (US). Srpara Greene, Pittonia 3: 10. (1896). or branched trichomes; leaves pectinate to runcinate-pinnatifid, the upper cauline rarely almost entire, glaucous; inflorescence racemose, lax; flowers pair slightly saccate; petals white to pink or purplish, spatulate to nearly oblong, entire to rarely denticulate at base (constricted in middle in S. valves nerveless to nerved below; seeds oblong to nearly orbicular, winged or wingless, uniseriate; cotyledons accumbent to incumbent. TyPE- Srectes—S. angelorum (S. Wats.) Greene. ARTIFICIAL Kry To THE SPECIES Seeds winged; foliage runcinate-pinnatifid, leaf-lobes oblong to obovate; siliques divaricate.....................°........ B. B. Cauline leaves not auriculate; styles less than 1 mm. long OM ANRRNEY WOME ee C. C. Mature siliques 1.5-2 mm. wide; seeds 1-1.5 mm. broad; hirsute at least below.............. 1. 8S. virginica. C. Mature siliques a 1 mm. small, about mm. broad; whole plant glabrous... . . 2 exicana B. Cauline leaves auriculate; styles We MU Se oi ck ee ae tk D. Ca leavi ttate, lobed to deeply lobed but carcely pinnatifid; auricles large, 3-5 mm. long; tans, aiedain aves tk Oe ee E. * I wish to thank Miss Mary E. Riner for making this determination on this species. REVISIONS IN THE CRUCIFERAE 135 E. Petals 3-5 mm. long; siliques 1.5-2.5 cm. long. 3. _S. Viereckii. E. Petals 6-8 mm. long; siliques 3-5 cm. long. 3a. 8S. Viereckii, var. Endlichii. D. Cauline leaves nonsagittate or only barely so, pinnatifid; auricles small, 1-2 mm. long; siliques nearly sessile S. runcinata. A. Seeds Wingless ; foliage pectinate; leaf-lobes narrowly linear (except t nt in _— and S. rosulata) ; siliques Bearicate, "spreading or reflexed..... .. a); s4:c epee ee F, ¥. Mature siliques divaricately aeceteae to widely sprea ding, 2-5 cm. long (rarely 1.5 cm.); styles yee? eer in a , G. Siliques widely spreading, nearly arcuate, 1.5-2mm. wide ...... H. H. Petals entire; yee arcuate to pendent; leaf-seg- mm. Wide. ots 1° O08 H. Petals markedly ental near the middle; siliques = es wt te agri scarcely arcuate; leaf-segments Ce oS base ae eed le SP a Dee eis S. pectinata. G. Siliques. divadioately ascending, straight, less than 1.5 Wide... os eds a ele eins ee ee J; Podicols 6-12 mm. long: basal — caducous; styles unexpanded toward the apex..........- 5. 8S. filifolia. J. Pedicels 2-3 mm. long; basal lei persistent; styles expanded Serna the abet. cis a 10. 8S. rosulata. F. Mature siliques a to reflexed, less — 2 em. long; styles thick (not markedly so in S. deserti).........-.6-+0+++555 K. K. chysmacien less aa 4 —_ eee styles club-shaped and : expanded near the apex.......s0«. 5+ cs 08s aees+ cme ee ree? . L. Siliques flattened saraliel to septum, sparsely pubes- cent; pedicels slender; leaves and stems sparsely pubescent; plants of the Death. Valley region of i 9. S. deserti. L. Siliques terete, a pedicels thick, approaching ili siliques in diamete ter; leaves and stems brous; plants of Baja California, Mexico. .....-- 11. S. Brandegeana. K. Pedicels 5-10 mm. long; styles narrowing from ae ss ete ole 6 4) Se ew Oo 9 0 ee 6 Rw 68 6 wie 0 6 chee e 44 ere 6 1. S. virernica (L.) Rollins. Annual or biennial; stems one to several, decumbent to ascending, branched above, hirsute ‘below with simple of Tarely forked trichomes, glabrous to sparsely pubescent.—Rhodora 43: 481 (1941); Cardamine virginica L. Sp. Pl. 656 (1753); Arabis vee Poir. Encycl. Suppl. 1: 413 (1810); Cardamine ludoviciana Hoo k. doa Bot. 1: 191 (1834); Arabis ludoviciana C. A. Mey. in Fisch. & Mey. In Sem. Hort. Petrop. 9: 60 (1843); Planodes virginicum Greene, Leaflets Bot. Obs. 2: 221. (1912). A complete description with citation of specimens has nn given by Hopkins‘ under Arabis virginica (L.) Poir., and n not be repeated here. Most of the specimens cited ‘by him in this work have been verified as to identity by personal exami- nation, * Rhodora 39: 80-84. (1937). 136 ROLLINS Several attempts have been made to count the chromosomes of Szbara virginica, but they were found to be so minute that the technical difficulties preventing accurate observations were never mastered. In growing S. virginica for this purpose, along with a number of Arabis species and other crucifers, one could not but be impressed by the great difference in appearance and behavior exhibited by the young seedlings and rosettes of Arabis and those of S. virginica. To say that they were utterly different is to put it mildly. The young rosette of S. virginica resembled that of some species of Lepidiwm far more than any species of Arabis, even A. lyrata its supposed near relative. 2. S. mexicana (S. Wats.) Rollins. Slender annual or biennial, gla- brous; stems weak, decumbent, branched above, about 2 or 3 dm. high; basal leaves and lower parts of plant unknown; cauline leaves petiolate, lyrately pinnatifid with entire or toothed segments, 3—4 em. long, glabrous; inflorescence racemose, elongated in fruit; flowers minute; sepals glabrous, oblong, nonsaccate; petals white, narrowly oblong, 1-2 mm. long; pedicels slender, divaricate, unexpanded at apex, 2-3 mm. long; siliques ascending, only slightly flattened parallel to septum, 12-18 mm. long, slightly more than 1 mm. wide, valves very faintly nerved below or nerveless; style slightly less than 1 mm. long, slender; seeds orbicular, fairly plump, narrowly winged, less than 1 mm. broad; cotyledons accumbent.— Rhodora 43: 480 (1941); Arabis mexicana 8. Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 17: 319 (1882).—Mexico: Guanajuato, 1880, A. Dugés (M, TYPE). S. mexicana is known only from the type collection. That this species is perfectly distinct from all other known species can hardly be challenged, but further knowledge concerning it awaits exploration in the area where it is found. S. mexicana is nearest related to S. virginica, having similar siliques, seeds, flowers and foliage. 3. 8. Vierecxn (Schulz) Rollins. One- or usually several-stemmed annual or biennial, branched above; stems hirsute below with simple trichomes, glabrous above, 1.5-6 dm. high; basal leaves runcinate-pin- natifid, with acutely lobed divisions, sparsely pubescent with simple trichomes, petiolate, 4-10 em. long ; cauline sessile, auriculate, clasping, deeply and irregularly lobed but hardly pinnatifid except the lowermost, sparsely pubescent to glabrous, upper rarely almost entire; inflorescence greatly elongated in fruit, loosely racemose; sepals sparsely pilose to glabrous, oblong to slightly broader, about 2.5 mm. long; petals spatulate, slender-clawed, white, 3.5-4.5 mm. long; pedicels divaricate, pilose rarely glabrous, unexpanded at apex, 4-8 mm. long; siliques glabrous, divaricate, 1.5-4.5 em. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, nerveless to faintly nerv' below, slightly stipitate; style 2-4 mm. long; seeds oblong, narrowly winged, about 2 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide; cotyledons accumbent.— REVISIONS IN THE CRUCIFERAE 137 Rhodora 43: 481 (1941); Arabis Viereckii O. E. Schulz, Notizblatt 11: ° 398 (1932).—Trxas: Laredo, Feb. 1919, Hanson 348 (G, US); Combe Station, Cameron County, March, 1926, Runyon 33 (G, US); woodland N. E. of Resaca Park, Brownsville, Cameron County, March, 1944, Runyon 3778 (DS); Raymondsville, March, 1925, Runyon 702 (US); Barreda, Cameron County, Feb. 1933, Runyon 1459 (US); April, 1941, Runyon 2522 (DS); 2 miles south of Barreda, Cameron County, March, 1944, Runyon 3977 (DS); Donna, Hidalgo County, Feb. 1924, Runyon 611 (US); 1 mile east of Sullivan City, Hidalgo County, March 31, 1941, C. iL. & A. A. Lundell 9818 (DS); ca. 8 miles east of Rio Grande City, Starr County, April 5, 1941, C. L. & A. A. Lundell 9989 (DS). Mexico: Nuevo Le6n: Hacienda el Carrizo, Feb. 1906, Pringle 10207 (G, NY, US). 3a. S. Viereckm var. Enpuicuu (Schulz) Rollins, Rhodora 43: 479 (1941); Arabis Endlichii O. E. Schulz, Notizblatt 11: 390 (1932).— Mexico: Sierra de Parras, Coahuila, March, 1905, Purpus 1028 (CM, G). S. Viereckii is a close relative of S. runcinata, differing from it only in having sessile, sagittate, auriculate and sometimes nearly entire cauline leaves. In S. runcinata the cauline leaves are Seinately. dissected and the auricles are much smaller. Both species are known only limitedly from Texas and Mexico, hence an adequate statement of their complete range variation 1s impossible at this time. Being rapid growing annuals, they show marked responses to environmental influences. Plants ! which _ grew under unfavorable conditions are much dwarfed in size when compared to those grown under favorable circumstances. A number of plants of typical S. Viereckii have been grown from seeds supplied by Mr. Robert Runyon of Brownsville, Texas, his number 3778. Root-tip preparations of several of these plants were studied to determine the chromosome number present. The chromosomes were found to be very small, but could be readily counted after the root-tips were prefixed in paradichlorobenzene. The number 2n = 28 was repeatedly observed 4. 8. RuNcrnata (S. Wats.) Rollins. Annual or biennial; stems one OF few, branched or rarely simple, densely hirsute below with rather long white simple trichomes, glabrous above, 1.5-9. dm. high; basal leaves : simple acerose trichomes, 4-12 em. long, 1-2 em. wide; cauline similar but with small gen petals white to pinkish, spatulate, 4-5 mm. long; pedicels divarieale widely spreading, pubescent, remote, unexpanded at apex, re 3 siliques flattened parallel to septum, slightly stipitate, 1.5~4 cm. ace der; mm. wide, nerveless or faintly nerved below; style 9-4 mm. long, slender; 138 ROLLINS seeds broadly oblong, winged, 2-3 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. broad; cotyledons accumbent.—Rhodora 43: 481 (1941). KEY TO THE VARIETIES Siliques 2.5-4 em. long, styles 3-4 mm. long; seeds narrowly WH a Oe ee. ees Pal ees 4a. var. typica. Siliques 1.5-2.5 cm. long, styles about 2 mm. long; seeds more WE NR ik. cr bs le esis 4b. var. brachycarpa. 4a. Var. typica. Arabis runcinata 8. Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 17: 319 (1882), not A. runcinata Lam. Encyel. 1: 222 (1783).—Mexico: near San Luis Potosi, 1876, J. G. Schaffner 155 (G, Type); near Tehuacan, state of Puebla, Dec. 1895, Pringle 6292 (G, NY, US). 4b. Var. brachycarpa, var. nov. Herba annua; siliquis 1.5-2.5 em. longis; stylo ca. 2 mm. longo; seminibus alatis.—Trxas: Cotulla, La Salle County, March, 1917, E. J. Palmer 11314 (RM, type); Laredo, March, 1907, Reverchon 3715 (M); Laredo, 1932, M. E. Jones s. n. (G). Var. typica is a larger plant throughout except it is usually not taller. Its leaves, stems and siliques particularly are larger than those of var. brachycarpa. The two entities are also widely separated geographically insofar as our present knowledge of the species is concerned. Further exploration of the region adjoining the known stations for these plants should bring the ranges of the varieties closer together. The leaves and habit of S. runcinata resemble certain species of Sisymbrium, but the winged seeds, accumbent cotyledons, flattened siliques and unexpanded pedicels certainly ally it with S. virginica. Actually the closest relative of S. runcinata is S. Viereckit, but both species belong in the same group as S, vir- ginica and S. mexicana. 5. S. FrniFotia Greene. Single-stemmed annual, slender, glabrous and glaucous, branched above, 1.5-3 dm. high; basal leaves absent or caducous; cauline pinnate with narrowly linear segments, 2-4 cm. long, petiolate, segments 5-10 mm. long; inflorescence loosely racemose, rachis somewhat gyrate; sepals oblong, glabrous, scarious-margined; petals spatulate, broadening from base to apex, pink to purplish, 3-5 mm. long, entire; pedicels slender, divaricate, 6-12 mm. long, unexpanded at apex; siliques slender, flattened parallel to septum, divaricate, 2.5-4 cm. long, less than 1 mm. wide, valves faintly nerved below; style about 1 mm. long, slender; Cauirornia: Santa Cruz Island, April, 1888. 7. S. Brandegee (G); plant grown from seed obtained on Santa Cruz Island, Greene (UC, TYPE). This insular species is not well known, but its specific distinct- ness must go unchallenged. It is related to S. pectinata and S. REVISIONS IN THE CRUCIFERAE 139 angelorum, but is amply distinct in many ways. In having incumbent cotyledons, it is similar to S. lara and S. Brandegeana. 6. S. pectrnaTa Greene. Single-stemmed annual, glabrous and glau- cous, branched above, 1-4 dm. high; basal leaves absent or caducous; cauline petiolate, pinnate with narrowly linear, entire segments, 3-6 cm. long; segments 5-15 mm. long, less than 0.5 mm. wide; inflorescence very lax; sepals narrowly ovate to broadly oblong, scarious-margined, non- saccate, obtuse, glabrous, 2-3 mm. long; petals pink to purplish, spatulate, constricted near the middle and notched at apex, 5-6 mm. long; pedicels widely spreading, 8-15 mm. long; siliques straight, flattened, widely spreading, 2.5-4.5 em. long, about 1.5 mm. wide, valves faintly nerved below; style about 2 mm. long; seeds oblong, wingless, about 1.5 mm. long, about 1 mm. wide; cotyledons accumbent.—Pittonia 3: 11 (1896); Arabis pectinata Greene, op. cit. 1: 287 (1889).—Basa CALIFORNIA: Cedros Island, March, 1911, Rose 16180 (G, NY, US); March, 1889, Palmer 717 (G, NY, US); March—June 1897, Anthony 287 (DS, G, NY, US); Cedros Island, Aug. 16, 1932, J. T. Howell 10688a (CAS); San Bartolomé Bay, March, 1889, Lt. Pond (UC, Type); March, 1911, Rose 16198 (NY, US); Arroyo del Rosarito, 30 miles south of Punta Prieta, March, 1935, Harbison 11782 (DS). Though collected first on the mainland of Baja California, most of the material of this species has been obtained from near- by Cedros Island. S. pectinata is nearest in its relationship to S. angelorum. The chief distinctive character is the rather marked constriction of the petal found in S. pectinata, otherwise the two species are very similar. Further knowledge of variation and geographic range may show that S. pectinata should not have more than varietal rank under S. angelorum, but for the present, such a treatment is hardly warranted. 7. 8. ANcELoRvM (S. Wats.) Greene. Single-stemmed annual, branched above only, 3-7 dm. high, glabrous and glaucous; basal leaves absent or caducous; cauline petiolate, glaucous, glabrate, pinnate with linear seg- ments, 4~7 em. long, segments 0.75-1.5 mm. broad, 1-2 em. long, entire to rarely one- or two-lobed; inflorescence very lax; sepals narrowly ovate, Scarious-margined, glabrous, 2.5-3.5 mm. long; petals spatulate, gradually broadening from base to apex, entire, sometimes slightly narrowed near the middle, pink to purplish, 4.5-5.5 mm. long; pedicels widely spreading to somewhat arched downward, 1-1.5 cm. long; siliques slightly curved downward, flat, 2.5-4.5 em. long, about 1.5 mm. wide, valves nerved below; style slender, 1-1.5 mm. long; seeds oblong, wingless, about 1.5 mm. long, about 1 mm. wide; cotyledons accumbent.—Pittonia 3: 11 140 ROLLINS US, isotypes); 8 miles north of San Juanico, March, 1939, Gentry 4816 in part (G). S. angelorum is apparently a shade-tolerant plant with limited distribution in the central portion of the Baja California penin- sula. Greene made it the type species of Sibara. 8. 8. taxa (S. Wats.) Greene. Single-stemmed annual with many long weak and lax branches arising along the main axis, glabrous and glaucous, 4-7 dm. high; strictly basal leaves absent or caducous; cauline petiolate, pinnate with linear segments, 3-5 cm. long, segments 1-2 cm. long, nearly 1 mm. wide; inflorescence loosely racemose; sepals oblong to narrowly ovate, scarious-margined, glabrous; petals oblong to broadly spatulate, entire, often slightly narrowed near middle, purplish, 4-6 mm. long; flower- reflexed, sparsely pubescent or glabrous, unexpanded at apex, 5-10 mm. long; siliques pendent to reflexed, slightly flattened parallel to septum, 1-1.5 em. long, about 1.5 mm. wide, valves nerveless; style thick, narrow- ing from replum to stigma ; Seeds wingless, oblong, about 1 mm. long, uniseriate; cotyledons incumbent.—Pittonia 3: 11 (1896); Nasturtium ? laxum 8. Wats. Proc. Amer, Acad. 24: 39 (1889). —Mexico: Basa Cau FORNIA: 25 miles north of Punta Prieta, April, 1931, Wiggins 5357 (CAS, DS); 22 miles south of Pozo Aleman, March, 1935, Wiggins 7853 (DS); sandy plains, Los Angeles Bay, Dec. 1887, Edward Palmer 598 (G, TYPE, NY, US); Lagoon Head, March, 1889, Palmer 815 (CAS, G, NY, US); 5 miles southeast of Mesquital Springs, near Santa Rosalia, Jan. 1929, Reed 6267 (G); 8 miles north of San Juanico, March, 1939, Gentry 4315 in part (DS). Watson® suggested that this plant might possibly be a Thely- podium. It would certainly require a stretch of the imagination to actually place it there. Now that more material is available for study, S. laza is unmistakably related to S. deserti and S. rosulata on the one hand, and to S. angelorum on the other. 9. 8. deserti (M. E. Jones), comb. nov. Single-stemmed annual, branched or unbranched above, 1-3 dm. high, sparsely pubescent with lower pinnate, upper tending to be entire; inflorescence loosely racemose, rachis somewhat gyrate ; Sepals oblong, pubescent, scarious-margined, about 2 mm. long; petals white, spatulate, slightly notched at apex, some- times minutely denticulate at base, 2-3 mm. long; pedicels widely spread- ing to descending, sparsely pubescent, unexpanded at apex, 3-4 mm. long; Siliques flattened parallel to septum, linear, sparsely pubescent, often somewhat curved, slightly descending to loosely reflexed, 1-1.5 cm. long, 5 loc. cit, REVISIONS IN THE CRUCIFERAE 141 valves nerved below; style rather stout, 1-1.5 mm. long; seeds oblong, wingless, ca. 1 mm. long; cotyledons accumbent.—Thelypodium deserti M. E. Jones, Contr. West. Bot. No. 12: 1 (1908); Arabis deserti Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pacific States 2: 305 (1944).—Death Valley region of Nevada and California. Nevapa: Amargosa Desert, Nye County, April 27, 1907, M. E. Jones s. n. (P, type; DS, isotype). Cazirornta: north end of Death Valley, near road to Ubehebe Crater, Inyo County, March 25, 1947, Ferris & Wiggins 11258 (DS); Emigrant Canyon, Panamint Mts., Inyo County, Barneby 2868a (CAS). The foliage and habit of S. deserti recall S. virginica and S. mexicana, but on technical grounds it is more closely related to S. axa. Payson (in a letter to Mrs. Ferris) some years ago sug- gested that Thelypodium deserti of M. E. Jones was probably to be associated with species of Sibara. In my opinion this is the correct disposition, although, as Jones® points out, it resembles in a general way Streptanthella longirostris (Streptanthus longirostris). The latter species most certainly has a different relationship, however, and should either remain as a monotype, or if incor- porated in a larger genus, then it should be shifted toward Thelypodium. Root-tips of several seedlings of S. deserti have been smeared for chromosome counting. The chromosome number in all instances was found to be 2n = 26. Seeds from Ferris and Wiggins no. 11258 were used to produce the seedlings. 10. S. rosulata, sp. nov. Herba annua; caulibus ramosis glabris vel Sparse pubescentibus 1-3 dm. altis; foliis basilaribus petiolatis rosulatis integris; seminibus oblongis ca. 1 mm. longis; cotyledonibus accum- bentibus. ual; stems one or rarely few, terete, slightly gyrate, divaricately branches filiform, subtended by entire or subentire leaves; leaves dimor- Phic, basal leaves rosulate, deeply pinnately lobed, persistent, glabrous to sparsely pubescent with simple or branched trichomes, petiolate, 3-5 cm. long, lobes 1-2 mm. wide, 4-8 mm. long, lower cauline leaves somewhat lobed, upper entire and linear; inflorescence loosely racemose; sepais non- Saccate, very sparsely pubescent to glabrous, scarious-margined, oblong, 1.5-2 mm. long, petals white, narrowly spatulate, obscurely emarginate * op. cit. 2, 142 ROLLINS at apex, 2.5-3 mm. long; paired stamens very slightly longer than single stamens; siliques linear, divaricately ascending, widely spaced on the rachis, glabrous, flattened parallel to septum, 1-nerved to middle or above, 1.5-3 em. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide; styles club-shaped, 2-3 mm. long; stigma entire; fruiting pedicels divaricately ascending, glabrous, 2-3 mm. long; seeds wingless, oblong, ca. 1 mm. long; cotyledons accumbent.— Death Valley region of southeastern CaLiroRNIA: mouth of Emigrant Canyon, Panamint Mts., Inyo County, Ferris, Scott & Bacigalupi 3990 (DS); same locality, R. C. Barneby 2868 (CAS); south end of Panamint Valley, Inyo County, Train 515 (DS, US); west side of Townes Pass, Panamint Mts., Hastwood & Howell 7693 (CAS); Titus Canyon, east side of Death Valley, T 13 8, R 45 E, Inyo County, elev. 3300 ft., March 26, 1947, David D. Keck & Roxana S. Ferris 5804 (DS, TyPE); Nevares Peak, Funeral Mts., Death Valley, Gilman 1248 (US); Nevares Canyon, Death Valley, Abrams 13779 (DS); Grotto Canyon, Death Valley, Epling, Robison & Haines s. n. (CAS). Until the recent collections of Sibara from Death Valley made by Mrs. Roxana Ferris, Dr. David D. Keck and Dr. Ira L Wiggins, it had been supposed that a single species, S. deserti, was present in this area of California. The material previously studied did not agree in several details with the type series of S. deserti, but it was presumed that the latter represented an unusual population of the species as a whole. However, with another extensive collection (Ferris and Wiggins 11 258) of typical S. deserti available for study, a new interpretation of the tota material of Szbara from the Death Valley region is indicated. It now seems reasonably certain that the type series of S. deserti represents a species distinct from the bulk of known material from the area in question rather than an unusual population of the same species. S. rosulata and S. deserti are closely related, but differ in @ number of important characters. The pubescence of S. deserti is minute, highly branched and is rather abundant on the leaves stems, pedicels and siliques. The pubescence of S. rosulata is much coarser and is simple or merely forked rather than highly .branched. It is very sparse on the leaves and lower stems and practically absent elsewhere on the plants. The siliques in particular are wholly glabrous. S. rosulata, as the name suggests, has a rosulate cluster of persistent leaves at the base of the stem, but such leaves are early shed by S. deserti. In the latter species the pedicels are loosely reflexed, making the short siliques pendu- lous, while in S. rosulata the straight, longer siliques and shorter pedicels are divaricately ascending. S. deserti tends to have REVISIONS IN THE CRUCIFERAE 143 pinnatifid cauline leaves, whereas in S. rosulata they tend to be entire even toward the basal portion of the stem. Brandegeanum O. E. Schulz, Pflanzenreich 418: 163 (1924). —Mexico: Basa Carirornia: Lagoon Head, March 6-15, 1889, Edward Palmer 821 (US, typr, G, UC, isotypes); San Bartolomé Bay, March, 1911, Rose 16227 (G, NY, US); San Quintin, April, 1936, Epling & Stewart s. n. (DS, NY); near Calmallf, C. R. Orcutt s. n. (UC). S. Brandegeana is not as well placed in Szbara as are the other species, even though its foliage is highly pectinate and most of its other characters simulate those of the other species. In this species, the siliques are terete and the pedicels are very thick like some species of Sisymbrium. However, I do not see how the Species can be removed from its present, disposition on good grounds. SPECIES EXCLUDED FROM SIBARA 1. S. Palmeri (Wats.) Greene in Pittonia 3: 12 (1896) = Dryopetalon Palmeri (Wats.) O. E. Schulz in Notizbl. 10: 561 (1929). Duptey Herparium or STaNnrorp UNIVERSITY STANFORD, CALIFORNIA ~ INDEX New scientific names are printed in full-face type ee emintha, 60 Acera a Seine 26 Acrostichum lepidopteris, 79 eagee to the Floras of Southamp- and Mansel Islands, Hudson Bay, 4 Adenostoma fasciculatum, 58; sparsi- i 58 olium, Adiantum subg. Euadiantum, 70; clavatum, 75; dolabriforme, cr elegantulum, We 41,: Wi 5: Adolphia, 5 | ei peal 120; ungavense, 120 Agrostis, 119 Nam Alophia, 109 Ammobrom Amsinckia, ' 61, sect. Microcarpae, 61; sect. Muricat atae, 61; sect. Tessel- otropa, 60 Allspice, : , 30, a) 37, 38, The Technical s ctabilis, 61; vernicosa, 6 Andes, New Ferns fr rom the North- ern, "69 Avomalostylus, 109, 110; crateri- formis, 1 fener roti, 100, 101; com- pacta, 99; Fernaldiana ana, 100, 101; Pyemaca, or 101; Tansleyi, 101 Apetalae, 56 ge ‘Apocyn Pocynophyllum, 1 Arabis, 57, 133, 136; arenicola, var. ubescens, 99; » ster 141; End- chii, 137; filifo “, 138; ludovici- pe 135; ‘lyra ; iain, i 20; pectinata, ‘bo; 135; Vice gee virginica, 35; 60 umifusa, 98; marcescens, ei peploides. var. ‘diffusa 103; Sajanensis, 98’ : ; Asclepiadaceae, 13, 60 Asclepias, 60, subg. Acerates, 18, 0 subg. Asclepiodella, 18; subg. ea ae 18; subg. Buasclepias, 1 s 18; hirtella, 18, 20: mf lalla: A “18: incarnata, ‘19, 20, 22, 25, subsp. 8; variegata, 18; verticillata, 18, 19, 21; viridiflora, 18, 19; viridis, 18, D} Asplenium cryptolepis, 131, 132. Astragalus, 58 Audibertia, 60 Avena, 119 alea, 11; canescens, 9; nudiflora ee. rosea, 9; prino phylla, 10; rosea, 9 Azaleas, 9 Bailey, L. H., The Gouane Palm of Hei, = pl. 2 9 ear sect. Begoniastrum, sub- sect. i repbieck ia: 90; falciloba, 90-94; Fernaldiana, 91 1-93; mi- choacana, 91, 92, 94; nemoralis, 91-93 onias, Some Mexican, 90 Berriochloa, 51 Bignoniaceae, sores 2h osperma, 61 Bicohartactis. 62 (145) 146 Bloomeria, 56 Boraginaceae, 59, 61 Brazil, olypodium lepidopteris and its ora ea n, Brevoor British ied: oy New Legu- minous Trees of, 2 Brodiaea, 56 Bend 119, sect. Bromopsis, 44—47, 50, 51, 53, 54; sect. Ceratochloa, 43, 44, 46, 47, 49-54; arizonicus, 43; auleticus, 48; carinatus, 4 51, 53, 54, and its Phytogeographie Implications, The Origin of the Complex of, mee 2 adele: 44, 46, 47, 51, ginatus, 5 46; ciliatus, 44; eusires OAT, 49, 51: grandis, 47; laciniatus, 48, 4 laevipes, : ee 48; Picainates 44-51, 53, 54, x laevipes, 45, 46; Oreuttianus, 47; pitensis, 49-51, 53, mar; inatus, 50, 53; Porteri X vulgaris, 47; stamineus, Sa 51; ees 47; uruguayensis, 48; vulga aig ie Zelew "Vancheria, Sehleicheri rth America, Bulbochaete 65 utterflyweed, 15 Cactaceae, 59 amagrostis, 119, subsect. Ancyla- aay 119, 120; subsect. Ortho- ry 19; montanensis, 119; in 119, 120: perplexa, 119; Pickeringii, 120; Po orteri, 120; purpurascens, a Endemism in the Flora of, Rico 56 yeadenia, 62 ceae, 59 anbya, 57 apetainne, 59 angelorum, 139; ne eset 138; 1 a 135; virgini Cardenan thus, 109 Carex glacialis, 97; Williamsii, 97 POLL QQ supina, 97; Caryophyllaceae, 56 Caryo yen foliis lanceolatis, etc., 33; ento, 37, 38 Castillej a, 61 INDEX Catabrosa ate 96 dia seloola og 97; Beeringia- 97, 98 n Ga coin a, 58 se maedaphne calyculata, 126, 129, 130 Chloro galum, 56 Chorizanthe, 56 hristmas berry, 58 hrysanthemum integrifolium, 104 Chrysosplenium alternifolium, var. tetran Clarkia, 59 Clusia, 70 Cneorid , Fat sme i 4 7, 8; Ekmanii, 5, 7 Collinsia, 61 C m fulvum, var. effusum, 103 Comarostaphylis C of Remca carinatus and its Phytogeographic Implications, The Origin of the, 42 ompositae, 5, "61, 62 Conferva amphibia y. lucida, 62 ne 6 61 Cotyledon, 57 asec toate 57 Croc Cpndteran. 57, 133; Sibara, Generic Revisions in the, 133 Cyanea Fernaldii, 42 ao. fe 60 Herberti, 106, 109, “109; Bice, 109; ieee 8 111; Rosei, 109 Dactylis, 119 Danthonia, 119 Darli ingtonia pt eer 58 Iphinium, 56 Dendromecon, 57 a a, es apensia ae Dichelostemma, 56 Dicksonia, 70 Dracaena, 41; 8; fa Drape Deseo Palmeri, 143 INDEX 147 Eastwood, Alice, eee in the Flora of California, sa sen Echeveria, 57 108, var. villosissi- mus, 103, var. villosus, 6 "ea in the Flora of California, Epilobium, 59 Ptesctum arvense, 102; variegatum, Ericaceae, 60 Eriodictyon, 61 Eriogonum, 56 phorum angustifolium, 103; ssum, 97 Bschscholzia, 57 a, 61 wl Sa micrantha, if Pimenta, 30, 37, var. ova lifolia, Euphorbiaceae, 58 Eutrema Edwardsii Biationcs, 30-32; ee: or Ferns, 55; from the Northern Andes, New, 69 Festuca, 119; baffinensis, 96, 103; br. ach yphylia, 96, 97, 103, f. flavida, 96 = of California, Endemism in the, Pont of Southampton and Mansel ° erate Hudson Bay, Additions Fogg, John M., Jr. -, Some Methods Applied to a " State Flora Survey, Forms of Rhododendron roseum, Two Foster, Robert C., Studies in the Tri ridaceae, IV, 106 eni: Fremontia, 59 oe Revisions in the Cruciferae: Ge moran n eae, 60 Genus fro from South America, A New, weversnhy, N =e e - “Historical Factor” in Plan Ceeeniaccan 58 Gilia, 60 Gilmania, 56 Godetia, 59 Gomphocarpus, 60 Goniophlebium crassimargo, 79; hir- sutissimum, 80, var. angustius, 80; lepidopteris, 79 Gormania, 57 peer as copticum, 121; peruvia- m Sprucei pi erp 120, subsp. icum, 121; Spru- cei copticum Gouane, 5; Palin + Haiti, The, 5 Goulardia Gramineae, 5: as Stipeae, 51, 53 Grossulariaceae yale bbe, 6B Haiti, The Gouane sg of, 6 Haitiella, 7; E > 6, 7,8, pL 2 Hasseanthus, 5 Hawaiian Tslan Hawaiian Plant tudies 16, Pleomele Fernaldii (haliaccecs. A New Species from e, Haeatias Plant Studies re I esaaeroae Fer mean ag nse Sig w Spe- stating ro e Hawaiian coe 39 5 s, 104 : a oo Geog- e, 0 Homeria, a 107 6 , 5 Hordeum, hg Hosac Hudson <— Additions to the Floras Southampton and Mansel Is- janda Hydrophyllaceae, 61 Hypericum concinnum, 59 Hypolepis crassa, 69, 70, pl. 4 Ionopsis utricularioides, 30 Iridaceae, 106; —IV, Studies in the, 106 148 Iris, 109, 110; pavonia, 107, 108; versicolor, 43 Jepsonia, 57 Konigia islandica, 97 Labiatae, 60 Leguminosae, 58 peeing Trees of British Guiana, Two New, 25 Lemmonia, 1. Lennoaceae, gee lepidopteri, 79 Lepidium gona . New an Lge the Hawaiian Islands. Hawaiian Plant Studies 16, Pleomele Fernaldii, 39 Lilium, 56 Limnanthaceae, 58 Limnanthes Lindsaea ee 74; (?) spath- ta, Lin Se Lindsayoideee, 75 Linum Ethoonoek 55 Lloyd, F. E., and G. Taylor, Some Ne ew Species ‘of Utricularia, 82 Loasaceae, 59 Lobeliaceae, 42, 59 Long-leaved pimento, 33 Lotus, 58 Loui is-Marie, Pére, La Taxonomie doit-elle 2 5 Rapeetiebbalioct?, 112 srachusresil aly; Mansel eat Hudson Bay, Addi- tions to the Floras of Southampton an 80 : adia, Malach 59 ee arginaria rufula, Mastigostyla, 109 Maxon, William R., New Ferns from the neon Andes, 69 Mecone patie be $7 INDEX Melastomaceae, 5 Mentzelia, Merrill, E. D., The Technical Name of Allspice 3 Mertensia iD var. tenella, 104 Methods Applied to a State Flora Su urvey, Some, Mexican Begonias, Some, Microsisymbrium atonketieas f. randegeanum, ogi Milkweeds, 12, 20, Mimulus, 61, sect. en 60 d e, 60 Moraea, 107, 08; =) oO - ae Fess ta lal = S —y 08, var. lutea, 108; tulbaghensis, 107, 108; villosa, 108 Muilla, 56 Myrcia, 30, 31; Pimento, 37 Myrocarpus, 28 Myrsine, sag He 30, 31; dioica, 31, 32, 36-38; a a, 30, 3 , 37, var. a, 33, 37, ag ea 33, 7, var. longifolia, 37; bal Ay 37; gist oleh , od Name of ag The Technical, 30 Nassella, Rocuatat laxum, 140 6 , 5 Nemophila, 61; aurita, 61; racemosa, New Ferns from the Northern Andes, ca, meri AG Trees of British Golo Two, 25; Namenclatars of Moraea ca € . North’ America, Vaucheria Schlei- cheri in : Notes on the “Historical Factor” in Plant Geography, 12 Ocotea, 56 Odontosoria, 75 Odontostomum, INDEX 149 Oedogonium, 65 Poa, 119; alpina, 102, f. brevifolia, 96, Oenothera, 59 Oleaceae, 60 Polemoniaceae, 60 Oreobroma, 56 Polunin, Nicholas Additions to the —— of the Complex of Brom Floras of Southamp nand Mansel rinatus and its Phytogeographic Islands, Hudson as) Sonsiton titan The, Polygonaceae, 56 Orthocarpus, 61 Polygonum, Oryzopsis asperifolia, 43; racemosa, Polypodium subg. Eupolypodium, 71-73; apiculatum, 73; ass . eres Mactan 8 73, 74; balaonense, 76; bombyci- Oxytheca num, 76; ii, 72; crassimargo, 79; hirsutissimum, 78, u- Paeonia, 56 mile, 71; lanosum, 82; lepidopteris, Palm, 5 9; of Haiti, The Gouane, 6 76-80, 82, and its * Palmaceae, Tribe Thrinaceae, 7 Brazil, 76, var. rufulum, 79; Palmerella, 5 . tare, 71, 72, pl. 6; m, Papaver, 57 77, 78; moniliforme, 74; monoi- Papaveraceae, 56 f arishella, 59 i pag ad he “forma” us, “forma” Pentachaeta, 61 us, 79; sepultum, 79; Stuebelii, Phacelia, 61 73; tholenia: 80; trichomanoldes Phalacroseris, 62 ‘ 72; vexillare, 80; Philadelphus, 57 -ortulaca ae, 5 Phippsia algida, 96 rimula suffrutescens, 60 Phleum, 119 Primulaceae, 60 Pholisma, teridophyta, 102 Pholistoma, 61 Puccinellia, 96 Photinia, Puya, 70 7 58 hytogeographic Implications, The arian of plex of Bromus Raillardella, 62 Origin of the ag ks Revisions in the Cruciferae: Sibara, a an Pickeringi aa 30, 3l, 33; aromatica, vE Pitcher Paneds — pane 9, 41, 42, , » ew Species from the Hawaiian Islan ii tudies 16, 39; Forbesii, 41; lanaiensis, 41 eae, 60 Generic, Rehder, Alfred, Two New Forms of Rhododendron roseum, 9 ceae, Rhamnus, 59 Rhododendron, subg. Anthodendron, 1; subg. Eurhododendron, 11; alabamense, 10; albi . can , a 11; ferrugineum, C., Generic Revisions in the Cruciferae: Ts 133 Romneya, 57 150 Rosaceae, 58 Rubiaceae, 59 Rutaceae, 58 Sagina caespitosa, 98 St. John, Harold, cian Fernaldii (Liliaceae), A New Species ae the Hawaiian islands Hawai Plant Studies 1 Salix oo 103 Salvi Panavith, is ie o New Legu- minous Trees of British Guiana, 25 — rostratus, 30 Sarco Sasi 57; Hirculus, var. 104; nivalis, 104 faciiagaccae, 7 pro- Schubert, Bernice Lyman B. ah and, Some Mexican Bego- s, 90 Seaieisteracets, 60, 61 Secale, Sedella, 57 Sedu m, 57 Sequoia, 55; ya aaa 55 Shibalidanni, Short-leaved amie 33 Sibara angelorum, 134, 135, 139, 140; 3; de- Brandegeana, 135, 139, 14 serti, 134, 140-142; filifolia, 133, 135, 138; laxa, 135, 139-141; mexicana, 133, 134, 136, 138, 138 Palmeri, 143; pectinata, 134, 1 38, 139; rosulata, 135, 140, 141- 143; runcinata, 133, 135, 137, var hycarpa, 138, var. typica 138; —— 133-— var. End- 138, v: lath is , 137; virginica, 133-136, eudaicea, 5 oe pee rium, 138; Brandegeanum, Smith, Lyman B. and Bernice G. Schubert, Some Mexican Begonias, Solan Sena Nethods Applied to ud State Flora Survey, 121; Mexican Be- gonias, 90; New Species of Utrieu- laria, 82 Sorghum, 119 Southampton and Mansel Islands ludson Bay, Additions. to the Floras of, 94 partina maritima, 53; Townsendii, 53 Species from the Hawaiian Islands. INDEX Hawaiian Plant Studies 16, Pleo- 8 Fernaldii Lg A New, nate » 50m w, 82 See entities | a 75; patane 75; cla- rs icsirhaiial 106, 107; A New —— an, - subg. ‘Catdicationia: 107; henostigma, ubg. uspne ? 107: Santetti, 106, 107; Hintonii, 107; longispathum, var. filiforme, Spiranthes pudica, 30 a ort, Wall-rue, 132 Pag ia, Sta ats urease Some Methods emai 21 Stebbins, G aes. Jr., The Origin of the Complex of Bromus carina- tus and its Phytogeographic Im- Stipidium Streptanthella longirostris, 141 ee acer 57; longirostris, 141 Stropholirio Studies in the Iridaceae,—IV, 106 7 Tounateae, 28; guianensis, 28; leiocalycina, 28, Sweetia, 25, 27; "dasycarpa, 27, 28; elegans, 27; nitens, 28; panamen- sis, 27, 28; praeclara, 25 Swertia, ’60 Syrmatium, 58 Tar-weeds, 62 Taraxacum phymatocarpum, 101 Taxonomie doit-elle s’Expérimental- — ‘s F. E. and, Some tes vot "tricular 82 Pitch Name of Allspice, The, 30 og pa 140, 141; deserti, 141 Thrina Thuja. Gocidestalic, 2 oe 109; pavoniy — rhs ; taxifolia, Tracyi Trees of ober a Two New 2a ecg INDEX Tri a martinicensis, 111 , 119 Triticum, 119; aestivum, 46 Tropidocarpum, sheet heed i of Rhododendron fina: zona Trees of ‘British ‘Gites Umbellularia, 55, 56 Utricularia, Some New Species of, 2; biloba, 83-85: capensis, 85, 87; Dei ghtonii, 89, 90; exilis, 85, 86; Fernaldiana, 87, 88, 90; dro- ee” 85-88, 90; paradoxa, 83-85, 90; peltata, 85, 86, 89; re- supina ata, a, 83-85; omasii, 88, 90; tribracteata, 88; vulgaris, 83, 84; Welwitschii, 85, 86 Vacciniaceae, 60 Valerianaceae, 59 Vancouveria, 56 Vanda multiflora, 30 151 a 62, 64, 65; ogg in No rth America, ili, Vauchceieeans: 64 Ven a Sp cirids 61 Verbenaceae, 60 Vieu hse gta 108 Viola, 59 Wall-rue Spleenwort, 132 Weatherby, C. A., Polypodium lepi- dopteris ‘and its Relatives in Bra- il, 76 oodson, Robert E., Jr “», Notes on the ‘Historical Factor” in Plant Geography, 12 . Xylococcus, 60 ee ih 59 119 Zea Mai Zombia, 8 ERRATA Page 97, line 14, for 121 read 118. Page 97, line 30, for calcye read calyce. Page 99, line 12, for coarser read coarse. Page 99, line 17, for every respect read many respects. Page 102, line 38, for Southampton read Hudson. Page 103, line 34, for almost read various. Page 104, line 16, for 370 read 270. 5 Page 104, line 19, for crenulations read crenations. q Page 104, line 23 et seq. for Nottingham et seq. read Southamp- ton, Walrus and Coats. Page 104, line 42, for 47 read 147. Page 105, line 24, for North read Arctic. OU taped a estg FROM THE GRAY - aes SWE F HARVARD UNIVERSIT No. CLXVI 1. Studies in the Iridaceae,—V.....---. ee eee eee eee eee 3 - 2. Studies in the Flora of Bolivia,—II........++--++-+:- 28 By Rosert C. Foster aa : PUBLISHED ae THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF RV ARIY UNIVERSITY Sys - MBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A. Se CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY No. CLXVI i; Studies in the Iridaceae,—-V.o5 oc ee 3 2. Studies in the Flora of Bolivia, eT RRS eS 28 By RosBert C. Foster PUBLISHED BY THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF ee genes UNIVERSITY CAMBRIDGE, MASS., nv .9 1948. ISSUED uN 22% 1. STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE,—V. Some New or Notreworrny SPEcIEs OF HESPERANTHA In 1939, before the outbreak of the war, material of Hesperantha was secured from several of the larger European herbaria. As work progressed, it became apparent that a more satisfactory treatment could be given if material were secured from the South African herbaria. Consequently, study was suspended until the end of the war. Before it became possible to borrow from South Africa, it became necessary to return an important part of the specimens, including many types. As a result, it seems to me unwise to attempt a monographic treatment at present, and I give here the descriptions of several novelties, as well as notes on other species. In addition to the few specimens available in the Gray Herbarium (G), material has been seen from the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew (K), the Berlin Museum (B), and the Conservatoire Botanique, Genéve (Gen). I am indebted to the late Sir Arthur W. Hill, the late Professor L. Diels and Professor B. P. G. Hochreutiner for their kindness in making this material available to me. HEspERANTHA AcuTA (Lichtenst.) Ker, Irid. Gen. 91 (1827). Ixia acuta Lichtenst. in Roem. & Schult. Syst. Veg. i. 383 (1817). Corm unknown. Basal leaves 3, mostly incomplete on the type, but the uppermost long-sheathing, to 21 em. long, 2 mm. wide, linear-at- tenuate, acute, glabrous, the midrib thickened and the margins incurved; cauline leaf 7 cm. long, sheathing for half its length. Stem simple, terete, glabrous, 30 em. tall, the inflorescence a lax, distichous, flexuose, 3-5- flowered spike. Outer spathes to 1.2 cm. long, lanceolate-ovate, acute, herbaceous, the inner spathes to 1 em. long, scarious, bicarinate, somewhat bifid at the apex. Ovary narrowly ellipsoid, to 4 mm. long. Perianth- tube to 1.2 em. long, exceeding the outer spathe, slender, ampliate at the apex, straight; tepals subequal, to 1 em. long, the outer 3 mm. wide, the inner 4 mm. wide, oblanceolate, acute, flaring almost at right angles to the tube, the outer series reddish-brown (at least on the exterior), the inner pale. Anthers to 7 mm. long; filaments 3 mm. long. Style about as long as the perianth-tube; style-arms 5 mm. long, much shorter than the anther-apex. Capsule and seeds not seen. : CAPE PROV-.: “In Karroo ad pedem montis Roggeveldsberg”, Lichten- stein (TPE, B). In the original description, it is stated that the inflorescence is secund, and if that is based on Lichtenstein’s observations on 4 FOSTER living plants it is undoubtedly correct. As prepared, however, the type shows a rather distichous spike. This detailed descrip- tion has been given because it seems to me that H. acuta is a distinct species which has not been recognized in the past, possibly because of inadequate descriptions, or possibly because the type had not been sufficiently studied by previous workers on the genus. H. Bacumannu Baker in Bull. Herb. Boiss. (II) i. 863 (1901). H., angusta of authors, as to most specimens cited. Corm ovoid to subglobose, to 1.2 cm. high and 1 em. wide, the firm tunics subimbricate, apically short-cusped, the bases smoothly and regularly V-notched. Basal leaves 2-3, to 32 cm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, basally sheathing, linear, acute, glabrous, the midrib and edges rather prominent; cauline leaves 1-2, very long-sheathing, to 22 cm. long. Stem 1—4-branched, to 40 em. tall, terete, glabrous, the main axis with a lax, distichous, 2-6-flowered spike, the branches 1-2-flowered. Outer spathes to 2.8 cm. long, submembranaceous, few-nerved, apically retuse; inner spathes to 2.5 em. long, scarious, bicarinate, somewhat bifid. Ovary subturbinate, to 8 mm. long. Perianth-tube to 8 mm. long, strongly curved at the apex, the flower pointing downward in anthesis; tepals subequal, to 2.4 em. long and 7 mm. wide, strongly reflexed, white, oblanceolate to oblong-ovate, from subacute to minutely emarginate at the apex. Anthers 4-7 mm. long; filaments about as long as the anthers. Style equal to or slightly exceeding the perianth-tube ; style-arms to 1.4 em. long, from shorter to longer than the anther-apex. Capsule ovoid to turbinate, rounded-trigonal, to 1.2 em. long; seeds about 2 mm. long, sub- globose, alate, brown. CAPE PROV.: Lirrtz NamaguaLanp: veld between Bitterfontein and Stinkfontein, Sept. 10, 1911, Pearson, no. 6562 (B); Khamiesberg, 1911, Pearson, no. 6666 (B); Khamiesberg, Karkams, among bushes, Oct. 11, 1911, Pearson, no. 6561 (K); near Ookiep, 1878, Morris in Herb. H. Bolus, no. 5787 (K); Richtersveld Distr., Kubus, Main Kloof, 300 m. alt., Aug. 29, 1925, Marloth, no. 12369 (B); near Klipfontein, 3000 ft. alt., August, 1883, Bolus in Herb. Norm., no. 693 (G, K, Gen); CLANWILLIAM the Olifantsrivier near Villa Brakfontein, August, Ecklon & Zeyher, Irid. no. 231 (G, B, Gen); Olifants River Valley, August, 1925, Lavis (K); 4 miles north of Citrusdal, Sept. 5, 1933, Salter, no. 3609 (K); near Clan- william, Sept. 15, 1933, Salter, no. 3681 (K); near Olifant Rivier, 133 m. alt., Aug. 24, 1893, Schlechter, no. 4999 (G, K, Gen); Koude Berg, 2400 ft. alt., Aug. 28, 1896, Schlechter, no. 8726 (K, B, Gen); Carvrnta Div.: Siidabfall der westlichen Hantams-Berge, 1050 m. alt., Sept. 16, 1900, Diels, no. 739 (B); Hantam Mts., 1869, Dr. Meyer, no. 16 (B); MALMES- Bury Dtv.: near Hopefield, at Zwartland, August, 1885, Bachmann, no. STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 5 Marloth, no. 10470 (B); Ceres, 1000 m. alt., October, 1903, Marloth, no. 3321 (B); Worcrster Drv.: Hex River Kloof, 1000-2000 ft. alt., Drége, no. 525 in part (B); same locality, Drége (K, Gen); Humansporp Drv.: between Zuurbron and Gamtoos River drift, 400 ft. alt., September, 1928 This species has been dealt with in some detail, partly because the original description was rather inadequate, and partly because most of the material passing as H. angusta (Jacq.) Ker actually belongs here. In fact, I have seen no material which can safely be assigned to H. angusta. As shown in Jacquin’s beautiful plate, Icones, ii, t. 279, that species has a conic corm, broadest at the flat base, with strongly imbricate tunics, these tunics broken from the base upward into broad strips whose bases are highly serrate. Even if no other differences were apparent, the differ- ences in the corms would keep the two species apart. Although I have not seen the type of H. Bachmannii, an isotype has been available, as well as an excellent photograph of the type, for which I am indebted to Professor Hochreutiner. concentric (?). Basal leaves 3, to 20 em. long, 4-5 mm. wide, linear to subfalcate, acute, glabrous, more or less glaucous, the midrib and edges the apex. Ovary about 5 mm, long. Perianth-tube straight, to 1.2 em. long; tepals subequal, the outer series to 2 cm. long, 5-6 mm. wide, lance- ovate to obovate, subacute, white, drying reddish-purple on the exterior; inner tepals nearly as long and slightly wider, obovate, acute, white. Anthers 5-8 mm. long, about half the length of the inner tepals; filaments ca. 3mm. long. Style 8-10 mm. long; style-arms to 1.5 cm. long, equaling or exceeding the anther-apex. Immature capsule turbinate; seeds not seen CAPE PROV.: Somsnser Easr Drv.: Boschberg, 4000 ft. alt., Novem- ber, MacOwan, no. 61 in part (rypz, K); AutwaL Norra Drv.: Ruigte- fontein, August-September, 1929, J. Thode, no. A 1868 (K). 6 FOSTER Baker’s choice of an epithet for his variety was somewhat unfortunate, since the label of the type has on it the following note: “Fl. albi exsicco purpurasc.” F urthermore, Baker’s first impression of this plant was correct, when, in 1892, Handbk. Irid. 151, he suggested that it “‘is very likely a distinct species.” It differs from H. candida Baker in flower-color, the number of flowers usually found in an inflorescence, in branching, longer perianth-tube, leaves thicker in texture, and in style-arms which are often much longer than the anther-apex. These differences seem to warrant specific rank for the plant. H. Bolusii, spec. noy. plerumque brevior; inflorescentia spica laxa, flexuosa, disticha, 2-4-fl. Spatha exterior ad 1.1 em. longa, herbacea, 6-8-nervata, spatha interior mm. longus; tepala subaequalia, ad 1.4 em. longa, 6 mm. lata, ovato- obovata, apice obtusa, alba. Filamenta filiformia, 3 mm. longa; antherae ad 6 mm. longae, sagittatae. Stylus 7 mm. longus; styli rami 9 mm. longi. Capsula turbinata, 6 mm. longa, papyracea; semina subglobosa, 1 mm. CAPE PROV.: Lirtte NaMaquaLanp: Nababeep, 3200 ft. alt., Sep- car 1883, Bolus in Herb, Norm., no, 694 (rrp, G; isotypes, K, B, en). This species is undoubtedly closest to H. flexuosa Klatt, but differs in its larger, concolorous flowers, with a longer perianth- tube, this often exceeding the spathes by as much as 4 mm., and in its much longer style-arms. H. bracteolata, spec. nov. Cormus disruptus sed manifeste ovoideo-globosus, 7 mm. altus, ca. 6 mm. diametro, tunicae concentricae, apice brevicuspidatae, cretaceo- brunneae. Folia basalia 3, vaginantia, falcata, attenuata, apice obtusa, 5-9 em. longa, 1-1.5 mm. lata; folia caulina nulla. Caulis simplex, teres, glaber, 8-12 em. longus, 1-2-f., bracteolis duabus minutis, pallide branacea, interior membranacea, bicarinata, leviter bifida. Ovarium turbinato-oblongum, ad 3 mm. longum. Perianthii tubus rectus, ad ’ mm. longus, apice leviter ampliatus; tepala subaequalia, exteriora ad 1.4 STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 7 em. longa, 2 mm. lata, anguste oblanceolata vel elliptica, acuta, interiora ad-1.2 cm. longa, 3-3.5 mm. lata. Antherae 4 mm. longae; filamenta 2 mm. longa. Stylus quam tubus 1-1.5 mm. brevior; styli rami ca. 4 mm. longi. Capsula seminaque non visa. CAPE PROV.: Suruertanp Div.: Roggeveld, Farm Uitkyk, Sneuw- krans, top of the mountain, 1700 m. alt., October, 1920, Marloth, no. 9907 (Typx, B). According to the collector’s label, the flowers are blue, but they dry a light red-purple. Its small size, few flowers, and the minute bracteoles on the stem, replacing cauline leaves, serve to distinguish this species rather well from its relatives in the flexuosa-group. The type bears an unpublished binomial given by Schlechter, but since he incorrectly assigned the plant to Getssorhiza, and since the minute bracteoles on the stem are a development not seen by me in any other species, I have not taken up Schlechter’s unpublished specific epithet. H. BREVICAULIS (Baker) Lewis in Journ. 8. Afr. Bot. vii. 30 (1941). Acidanthera brevicaulis Baker in FI. Cap. vi. 132 (1896). Plant 22 cm. tall. Corm unknown. Leaves 4, basal, superposed, inner spathe 2 cm. long, somewhat hyaline-membra- nous. Ovary 4-5 mm. long, turbinate. Perianth-tube ca. 3.5 em. long, cylindrical; tepals subequal, ca. 2.5 cm. long, 7 mm. wide, oblanceolate to obovate, subacute, pink (fide Galpin). Anthers linear, sagittate, 1 cm. long; filaments 7-8 mm. long. Style ca. 3 em. long; style-arms ca. 2 em. long. Capsule and seeds unknown. TRANSVAAL: Barserton Disrr.: Devil’s Bridge, Makwonga Range, near Barberton, 5000 ft. alt., March, 1891, Galpin, no. 1252 (ryPx, K). Although Miss Lewis (1. c.) had not seen the type of Acidan- thera brevicaulis, and made the transfer on the basis of the original description, she was correct in doing so. The same conclusion had been reached by me before her publication appeared, and by the late Dr. N. E. Brown before me. On the type, Dr. Brown noted (in pencil), “Style-branches very long = Hesperantha ; and (in ink) made the combination H. brevicaulis, a combination which he did not live to publish. H. Bunru L. Bol. in Journ. Bot. Ixix. 13 (1931). Corm subglobose, basally somewhat flattened, 1.5 em. wide, 1 em. high, the tunics imbricate, apically short-cusped, basally V-notched, dull brown-black. Basal leaves 3, 14-21 em. long, 4-5 mm. wide, linear, 8 FOSTER Anthers to 9 mm. long; filaments 3-4 mm. long. Style 7-8 mm. long; style-arms to 7 mm. long, about half to two-thirds as long as the anther- apex. Capsule and seeds not seen. CAPE PROV.: Catvinta Drv.: Nieuwoudtville, Aug. 10, 1931, Buhr (Nat. Bot. Gards. 373/31) (K). The original description cited a specimen collected by Mr. Buhr at Nieuwoudtville, but stated that the description was drawn up “from a living plant which flowered in Miss Stanford’s garden, September, 1929.” Consequently, the specimen cited here cannot be regarded as type-material, but is probably a topotype. In its general aspects, the species is related to H. inflexa but differs in its color and in the long perianth-tube. It is possible that Meyer, no. 17, from the Hantam Mts. (B), may belong here. H. suupirera Baker in Journ. Bot. xiv. 183 (1876). : Corm unknown. Plant about 50-60 cm. high. Basal leaves 2, equal- ing or exceeding the stem, linear, long-acute, glabrous, flaccid, 54-60 cm. long, 7-8 mm. wide; cauline leaves 2, lax, each with a bulbil at the base of the sheath, the midrib and several other nerves prominent, the margins t; tepals subequal, the outer 2.5 em. long, 7 mm. wide, the inner 2.3 em. long, 7 mm. wide, oblong-ovate, obtuse, white. Anthers 1.2 cm. long; filaments 7 mm. long, rather broad, flat. Style ca. 6 mm. long; style-arms ca, 2 em. long, exceeding the anther-apex. Capsule and seeds CAPE PROV.: Somerser East Div: in rimis scopulorum ad cata- ractas Mtis. Boschberg, MacOwan, no. 2215 (TyPE, K), _Baker, in a later treatment, Handbk. Irid. 152 (1892), did not give a description of this species, suggesting that it was but a variety of H. angusta. In FI. Cap. vi. 65 (1896), he gave it STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 9 separate treatment, cautiously adding “Perhaps only a form of H. angusta, grown in damp shade.” I am inclined to think it deserves specific rank. H. cucutzata Klatt, Erganz. 59 (1882); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 149 (1892); Baker in FI. Cap. vi. 60 (1896). H. montana Klatt, Ergiinz. 59 (1882); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 148 (1892); Baker in FI. Cap. vi. 58 (1896). Corm ovoid-globose, to 1.5 em, high, 1 cm. wide, the tunics imbricate, V-notched at the base, firm, castaneous. Basal leaves 4, closely super- the blade bent away from the stem at an acute angle. Stem simple or 1-2-branched from the base or the axil of the cauline leaf, to 11 em. long, terete, glabrous, the main axis with a lax, 2-3-flowered, distichous spike, the branches 1-2-flowered. Outer spathes to 1.5 em. long, oblong-ovate, abruptly and often obscurely acute, herbaceous, firm-textured; inner spathes about 2 mm. shorter, mostly scarious, bicarinate, bifid at the apex. Ovary narrowly ellipsoid, 2.5 mm. long. Perianth-tube to 7-10 mm, long, straight, somewhat ampliate at the throat ; outer tepals to 1.5, or exceptionally to 1.8, em. long, from 3 to 7-8 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse, reddish-purple; inner tepals about 2 mm. shorter than the outer and 1-2 mm. wider, lighter in color, possibly white. Anthers 6-7 mm. long; filaments 4-5 mm. long. Style a little longer than the perianth-tube, or equaling it; style-arms to 1.2 em. long, equaling or slightly exceeding the anther-apex. Capsule more or less turbinate, to 1.2 cm. long; mature seeds not seen. CAPE PROV.: Carvinia Div.: Hantam Mts., in 1869, Dr. Meyer, no. 9 (Type, B), no. 18 in part (B), and no. 21 (type of H. montana, B). The two species, H. cucullata and H. montana, were described on the same page by Klatt. Although the type of H. montana now has neither flowers nor corm, what is left appears identical in most respects with the type of H. cucullata. In view of the more complete preservation of the latter, with flowers and the remnants of a corm, it seems advisable to retain that name, making H. montana a synonym. The original description differentiated the two by flower-color, a point followed by Baker, H. cucullata being reported as uniformly lilac and H. montana as bicolored. The present condition of the type of H - cucullata Suggests to me that it, too, may have been somewhat bicolored. H. piscotor N. E. Br, in Kew Bull. 1931: 451. : Corm small, ovoid-globose, 8 mm. high, 6 mm. wide, the tunies con- centric, castaneous, apically short-cusped, with a short columnar base. Basal leaves 2-3, 8-20 cm. long, 1.5-3 mm. wide, linear-attenuate, acute, 10 FOSTER simple, lax, distichous, flexuose, 5-8-flowered spike, the branch few- outer, to 1.7 cm. long, oblong-ovate, acute or obtuse, herbaceous, 9-11- veined, the inner more or less bifid at the apex, hyaline-membranous; bicarinate. Ovary ellipsoid, 3-4 mm. long. Perianth-tube to 1.2 em. long, straight, slightly ampliate at the top; tepals 1.2-1.8 em. long, 4-5 mm. wide, subequal, oblanceolate to obovate, more or less obtuse or sub- acute, the outer series red or red-brown on the exterior, the inner series pale yellow or white. Anthers to 6 mm. long; filaments 3-4 mm. long. Style to 1.1 em. long, shorter than the perianth-tube; style-arms to 6-8 mm. long, shorter than the anther-apex. Capsule turbinate, to 9 mm. long, thin-walled; seeds globose, light brown, 0.5-1 mm. in diameter. CAPE PROV.: Worcester Div.: between Osplaats and Tunnel Sidings, 2000-3000 ft. alt., August, 1915, F. A. Rogers, no. 16740 (rypx, K); Brandt Vlei, near Worcester, Apr. 26, 1928, Hutchinson, no. 133 in with H. pilosa, it seems to me to have a closer resemblance to H. falcata. In differs from that species, however, in having the corm-tunics entire and concentric, instead of imbricate and irregularly serrate at the base. The leaves of H. discolor are not markedly faleate and are, for the most part, erect or suberect. H. erecta (Baker) Benth. ex Baker, Handbk. Irid. 150 (1892); Baker in Fl. Cap. vi. 61 (1896). Geissorhiza erecta Baker in Journ. Bot. xiv. 238 (1876); Baker in Journ. Linn. Soe. Bot. xvi, 93 (1877); Klatt, Ergiinz. 58 (1882). Corm subglobose, ca. 1 em. high, the tunics apparently concentric, crustaceous, brown. Basal leaves 2, to 13 em. long, 2-3 mm. wide, linear, glabrous, the midrib and edges thickened; cauline leaf similar to the basal leaves and somewhat shorter. Stem simple or branched, to 20 em. long, terete, glabrous; inflorescence a lax, distichous, 5-7-flowered spike. Spathes subequal, but the inner 1-2 mm. shorter than the outer, to 1-1.3 ? the outer spathe, straight, ampliate at the apex, 7-8 mm. long; tepals subequal, the outer a little longer than the inner, to 1,2 cm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse at the apex, pale red, concolorous (fide Baker). Filaments ca. 3 mm. long; anthers to 7 mm. long, nearly as long as the apex of the inner tepals, Style about 6 mm. long; style-arms 6-7 mm. long. Capsule and seeds unknown. CAPE PROV.: Van Ruynsporr Duv.: north of the Olifantsrivier, be- low 1000 ft. alt., August, Drége, no, 8468 (TrPx, K; isotype, Gen). STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE ll The transfer of Geissorhiza erecta to Hesperantha is usually credited to Bentham in Gen. PI. iii. 703 (1883), but the transfer was incomplete. The actual phrasing was as follows: “(exel. G. erecta, . . . ad Hesperantham referendis).”” The first use of the binomial, Hesperantha erecta, appears to be that of Baker, as cited above. There is a strong possibility that H. erecta and H. discolor are conspecific, although probably varietally distinct. The two specimens of H. erecta which have been available are badly dis- colored, and the corm on the type has been broken. From its remnants, however, it appears like that of H. discolor. The two species are similar in leaves, general dimensions, and in flower- size. In fact, the low-branched stem and reported uniformly pale red color of H. erecta seem to be the only points of difference from the simple-stemmed bicolored H. discolor. In the absence of good and complete material, their separate status is retained for the present. H. riprosa Baker, Handbk. Irid. 149 (1892); Baker in Fl. Cap. vi. 61 (1896). Corm more or less globose but flat-based, 1 em. high, 1.2 em. wide, the tunics concentric, apically produced into fibres 1.5-5.5 em. long. Basal leaves 3, the lowermost a 4 em. sheathing cataphyll, the 2 produced leaves to 15 cm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, basally rather long-sheathing, linear- attenuate, obtusely rounded at the apex, the midrib and incurved margins Spathe to 1.2 em. long, as long as or longer than the perianth-tube, oblong- Ovate, abruptly acute or retuse at the apex, the inner spathe nearly as long as the outer, or sometimes longer, scarious, bicarinate, slightly bifid at the apex. Ovary to 2 mm. long, narrowly ellipsoidal. Perianth-tube to 7 mm. long, straight, slightly ampliate at the apex; tepals subequal, the inner slightly shorter than the outer, to 1.2 cm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, obo- vate, acute, concolorous, reddish-purple (?). Anthers 5 mm. long; fila- ments ca. 3 mm. long. Style about 7 mm. long; style-arms 6 mm. long, nearly equaling the anther-apex. Capsule and seeds not seen. CAPE PROV.: Catepon Drv.: Kleinriviersberg, August, 1000-3000 ft. alt., Zeyher, no. 3960 (isotype, B); Zwartberg, 1000-2000 ft. alt., August, Ecklon & Zeyher, Irid. no. 238 (B) and 239 (B). The last collection cited, Ecklon & Zeyher, no. 239, has leaves which are much shorter, broader and more falcate than those of the type-number. H. Fistutosa Baker in Bull. Herb. Boiss. (II) iv. 1004 (1904). a Corm ovoid-conic, usually broadest at the flat base, 1.5 cm. wide, 1. 12 FOSTER em. high, the tunics closely imbricate, the basal edges irregularly serrate, apically short-cusped. Basal leaves 3, the lowermost a scarious sheath up to 2.5 cm. long, the produced leaves suberect to spreading, to 20 em. long, 2.5 mm. wide, terete, fistulose, glabrous, many-nerved, acute : cauline leaves 1-2, 1.5-8 em. long, almost completely sheathing. Stem simple, terete, glabrous, to 38 em. long (usually much shorter), much exceeding the leaves, the inflorescence a semi-compact, secund, 6-9- flowered spike. Outer spathe to 5 mm. long, oblong, abruptly acute or obtuse, sometimes slightly retuse, green, with a scarious tip; inner spathe as long, scarious, bicarinate, bifid at the apex. Ovary 2 mm. long. Perianth-tube curved from the base, to 4 mm. long, exceeding the spathes; tepals subequal, to 6 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, oblong-ovate, obtuse, the outer series red-brown on the exterior, the inner series white or yellowish, Anthers 3 mm. long; filaments 2.5 mm. long. Style about 3 mm. long, shorter than the perianth-tube; style-arms 2 mm. long. Mature capsule and seeds not seen. CAPE PROV.: Piquerserc Div.: hills near Porterville, 900 ft. alt., Aug. 18, 1894, Schlechter, no. 4885 (TyPE, Gen, not seen; photo, G; iso- types, Gen, B); near Porterville, 450 ft. alt., Aug. 4, 1897, Schlechter, no. 10731 (B). It is possible that this species, which is close to H. graminifolia, should be united with it as a well-marked variety. It differs, however, in having the spathes about the same length, instead of the inner much longer than the outer, in the fistulose terete leaves, and in having a different flower-color, at least so far as the outer tepals are concerned. These characters, it seems to me, warrant the retention of specific status. H. riava Lewis in 8. Afr. Gard. xxiii. 255, and Fig. A, 266 (1933). Plant about 7 em. tall. Corm ovoid-conic, 1.5-2 em. high, 1-1.5 em. wide, the tunics imbricate, crustaceous, dark brown, the inner coats punctate. Basal leaves 3, the lowermost a scarious subterranean cata- phyll 2.5-3 em. long, the produced leaves 5-7 em. long, 4-9 mm. wide, long-sheathing, the edges thickened, the midrib prominent, the blade adaxially excised above the sheath, glabrous, glaucous, leathery in texture, obtuse; cauline leaf a linear bract, 1.5-2.5 em. long. Stem simple, 1- elliptic, apically truncate ; inner spathe shorter, bifid at the apex. Ovary oblong, 5 mm. long. Perianth-tube 2.3-2.8 em. long; tepals subequal, the filaments not over 5 mm. long. Style 2 em. long; style-arms at least 7 mm. long, reaching to the middle of the anthers. Capsule and seeds not seen CAPE PROV.: Larnespurc Div: Whitehill, July 31, 1933, R. H. Compton, no. 4276 (TYPE, in Bolus Herb., not seen; isotype, K) STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 13 In leaves and spathes, this species resembles H. humilis Baker, while the flower resembles that of the lutea-group, but with a very long perianth-tube. Within its own group of species, however, it is striking, distinct and unmistakable. H. rtexvosa Klatt, Ergiinz. 60 (1882); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 148 (1892) ; Baker in Fl. Cap. vi. 59 (1896), in part. H. namaquensis Baker, Handbk. Irid. 149 (1892); Baker in Fl. Cap. vi. 60 (1896). Plant 10-26 cm. tall. Corm small, ovoid-globose, 7-10 mm. wide, the tunics concentric, castaneous or crustaceous, apically short-cusped. Basal leaves 2-3, 5-16 cm. long, basally sheathing, abruptly narrowed above the sheath into the 1-1.5 mm. wide linear-attenuate blade, abruptly acute or obtuse, somewhat falcate, the margins slightly ciliolate for a short distance above the sheath, or glabrous, the midrib thickened; cauline leaf 3-12 cm. long, the 2.5-3.5 em. sheath somewhat ventricose at base. Stem 1-branched, terete, glabrous, the main axis with a lax, distichous, flexuose, 2-7-flowered spike, the branch 2-3-flowered. Spathes equal or subequal, to 1.3 em. long, ovate-lanceolate, thin-textured, herbaceous, 9-10-nerved, the apex abruptly acute, the inner spathe hyaline, bicarinate (the nerves green), entire or slightly retuse at the apex. Ovary ovoid to subturbinate, 2-3 mm. long. Perianth-tube 5-8 mm. long, straight, ampliate at the throat; tepals subequal, 8-12 mm. long, 3-4 mm. wide, ovate to obovate, obtuse or subacute, the outer series usually reddish on the exterior, the inner series white. Stamens about as long as the tepals; anthers 5-8 mm. long; filaments 2.5-3 mm. long. Style as long as the perianth-tube; style-arms 5-7 mm. long, much shorter than the anther- apex. Capsule ovoid-ellipsoid, 4 mm. long; seeds (possibly immature) 1mm., subspherical, dark brown, wrinkled. CAPE PROV.: Lirrte Namaqua.anp: without precise data, Scully, no. 50 (type of H. namaquensis, K) ; hear Elleboogfontein, Drége, no. 2639 (Tyre, B); Cranwinuram Div.: Brackdamm, in collibus, 2000 ft. alt., Sept. 8, 1897, Schlechter, no. 11125 (K, B, Gen). On comparison of the types of H. namaquensis and H. flexuosa, no means of separating them could be found, except that the flowers of the former are said to have been white, while those of the latter are reported to have been red on the exterior of the outer tepals. In the matter of dimensions, there seems to complete intergradation in the specimens seen. H. Galpinii, spec. nov. : ; Pinite ad 25 a alta. Cormus ovoideus, tunicis atrocastaneis, duris, Spathiformia, 3-6 cm. longa. Caulis simplex, teres, glaber; inflorescentia 1-2-fl. Spathae valva exterior ad 3 cm. longa, lanceolata, acuta, herbacea 14 FOSTER sed apice membranacea; valva interior ad 1.9 em. longa, membranacea, bicarinata, apice plus minusve bifida. Ovarium 4-7 mm. longum ca. 6 mm. lata; flores rosei. Antherae ad 8 mm. longae; filamenta ad 6 mm. longa. Stylus ad 2-2.3 em. longus, vel longior; styli rami 2.5 cm. longi, antheras excedentes. Capsula seminaque ignota. PROV.: Barkiey East Div.: summit of Doodman’s Krans Mt., ca. 9650 ft. alt., Mar. 9, 1904, Galpin, no. 6850 (K, B). BASUTOLAND: valley above Buffalo River Waterfall, ca. 8200 ft. alt., Mar. 14, 1904, Galpin, no. 6856 (rypx, K; isotype, B). In habit, this species is not unlike a small specimen of H. Baurit Baker, but it has only one or two large flowers. The perianth-tube of the lower flower is always longer than the spathes; that of the upper flower may be only equal to the spathes, but in the type it is longer. H. GRaMINIFOLIA Sweet, Hort. Brit. (ed. 1) 399 (1827); Klatt in Linnaea, Xxxiv. 649 (1865-66), as to name but probably not as to plant; Baker, Handbk. Irid. 148 (1892) and in FI. Cap. vi. 59 (1896), as to name but probably not as to plant. H.. pilosa var. g. Ker in Bot. Mag. xxxi. t. 1254 (1810). Corm not seen. Basal leaves 4, the lowermost a 2-4 em. cataphyll, mostly subterranean, the 3 produced leaves 7-14 em. long, 2.5 mm. wide, usually shorter than the perianth-tube; inner spathe to 1 em. long, longer than the outer spathe, bifid or entire, subherbaceous bicarinate, usually with a greenish tinge, the inner series yellowish or white. Anthers 3.5 mm. long; the bases barely exserted from the perianth-tube; filaments 1 mm. long. Style 4 mm. long, much shorter than the perianth-tube; style-arms 3 mm. long. Capsule and seeds not seen. CAPE PROV.: Cape Dry: Kenilworth, near Capetown, 90 ft. alt., September, H. Bolus, no. 7246 (K); Wynberg, 100 ft. alt., September, 1892, Schlechter, no, 1564 (B). Since the possibility was advanced earlier that H. fistulosa and H. graminifolia might be conspecific, although varietally distinct, this description of H. graminifolia is included here to illustrate my concept of the species. H. GRANDIFLORA Lewis in Journ. 8. Afr. Bot. vii. 30 (1941 ; 2B. iF _Acidanthera Tysonii Baker, Handbk. Irid. 187 (1892); Baker in Fl. Cap. vi. 133 (1896). STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 15 Plants 25-60 em. tall. Corm small, globose (fide Baker). Basal leaves 2, superposed, long-sheathing, firm, to 50 em. long and 7 mm. wide, flowers laxly spicate. Outer spathe to 6 em. long, herbaceous, lanceolate, acute or truncate at the apex ; Inner spathe to 4.5 em. long, somewhat membranous. Ovary ovoid to turbinate, to 6 mm. long. Perianth-tube obtuse. Anthers slender, linear, to 1.2 em. long; filaments about as long as the anthers. Style about 3 em. long; style-arms 2.5 em. long, equaling the anther-apex. Capsule and seeds not seen. CAPE PROV:.: GRIQUALAND East: Macuear Dyv.: Drakensberg, on Tsitsa Footpath, 7550 ft. alt., Mar. 20, 1904, Galpin, no. 6857 (K); Mr, Currie Div.: near the cataracts on Mt. Currie, 5300 ft. alt., April, 1883, Tyson in Herb. Norm., no. 895 : Currie, has not been seen, the two collections cited here, one of H. hantamensis Schlechter in herb., spec. nov. Cormus ovoideus, 1.5 cm. altus, 1 em. latus, tunicae imbricatae, crassae, apice longicuspidatae. Folia basalia 4, superposita, longe vaginantia, falcato-recurvata, lamina adaxialiter supra vaginam incisa, textura C "APE PROV. < Gacvinsk Div - Calvinia, northern dolerite hills, 1000 m. alt., August, 1921, Marloth, no, 10262 (Tyre, B); Hantam Mts., 1869, Dr. Meyer, no. 18 in part (B). 16 FOSTER This species is closely related to H. humilis Baker, but it can easily be distinguished by the smaller, differently colored flowers, by the different shape of the tepals, and by the four falcate leaves, since H. humilis has only three. It is probable that Meyer, no. 18, in part belongs here, although the flowers seem to be somewhat larger than those of the type. H. numiuis Baker in Journ. Bot. xiv. 239 (1876); Baker in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvi. 95 (1877); Klatt, Ergiinz. 59 (1882); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 150 (1892); Baker in Fl. Cap. vi. 62 (1896). t 6-12 cm. tall, the corm conic, flat-based, 3.5 em. wide, 3 em. high, Hantam Mts., Rhenosterhoek, 1100 m. alt., September, 1921, Marloth, no. 10459 (B); SurHeRLanp Drv.: stony plain toward Waterkloof, 1430 m. alt., September, 1921, Marloth, no. 10403 (B). This description has been included partly because additional material permits some details to be added to the original descrip- tion and partly to permit comparison with related species here described, such as H. hantamensis and H. flava. sel ae (DelaR.) R. C. Foster in Contrib. Gray Herb. exxxv. 77 Iria inflera DelaR. Deser. 15 (1766). Geissorhiza infleca (DelaR.) Ker in Koen. & Sims, Ann. Bot. i. 224 (1804); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 157 (1892); Baker in Fl. Cap. vi. 73 (1896), as to name and description but not as to specimens cited the midrib subprominent; cauline leaves 3, the basal sheaths ventricose, STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 17 3 cm. long, 1.6 cm. wide, obovate-spatulate, unguiculate, retuse, golden yellow, with an apical spatulate blotch and the midvein and basal third dark purple. Anthers 1.4 em. long, linear, lavender-purple; filaments about 5mm. long. Style 3-4 mm. long; style-arms 8-9 mm. long, shorter than the anther-apex. Capsule (somewhat immature) 5 mm. long, turbinate; mature seeds not seen. PROV.: Catvinta Drv.: Hantam Mts., 1869, Dr. Meyer, no. 1 (B); N leuwoudtville, Aug. 12, 1931 Ross-Frames (K). With a very short perianth-tube and imbricate corm-tunics, this species has the aspect of a Getssorhiza, but the short style, not exserted from the perianth-tube, and the long style-arms show that it is a Hesperantha. Although the type of Ixia inflera may no longer be in existence, De la Roche’s description is quite clear and leaves no doubt that his plant is conspecific with Geissorhiza vaginata Sweet and H. M. etelerkampiae L. Bol. The type of the latter species has not been seen, but topotype material sent by the Bolus Herbarium to Kew makes the identification certain. In color, it is the most striking plant in the genus. H. InFExa var. Stanfordiae (L. Bol.), comb. nov. H. Stanfordiae L. Bol. in 8. Afr. Gard. xxl. 281 (1931). Plant to 25 em. tall. Corm subglobose, 1.2 em. wide, 1 cm. high, the tunics imbricate, apically short-cusped. Basal leaves 3, faleate, subacute, glabrous, the midrib prominent, 10-40 cm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, the bases long-sheathing; cauline leaves 2, ventricosely sheathing, 12-20 cm. long. Stem branched, main axis to 23 em. long, terete, glabrous, axis and branches 2-flowered. Outer spathe linear-oblong, subacuminate, her- baceous, to 2 em. long; inner spathe 1.7 cm. long, more or less hyaline, bicarinate, the nerves green, almost entire. Ovary 4 mm. long, sub- turbinate. Perianth-tube 2.5 mm. long, abruptly widened at the throat; tepals subequal, to 2.7 em. long, 1.2 em. wide, obovate, shortly unguicu- late, clear golden yellow. Anthers 1 cm. long, linear-sagittate, yellow; aments about 3 mm. long. Style to 4 mm. long; style-arms to 8 mm. long, shorter than the anther-apex. Capsule oblong to subturbinate, to 1.1 em. long; mature seeds not seen. 18 FOSTER CAPE PROV.: Carvinia Drv.: Nieuwoudtville, September, 1931, H. Buhr (Nat. Bot. Gards. no. 837/30) (K); Nieuwoudtville, at first gate on Lerisfontein Road, just outside of town, September, 1930, L. Bolus (Nat. Bot. Gards. no. 1580/30) (K). Although the type of H. Stanfordiae L. Bol. has not been seen, two topotypes, sent to Kew by the Bolus Herbarium, have been available. This beautiful plant seems a clear yellow fewer- flowered state of H. inflera, and accordingly is here reduced to varietal status. H. tonercouuis Baker in Bull. Herb. Boiss. (II) iv. 1004 (1904). H. matopensis L. 8. Gibbs in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvii. 471 (1906). Plant about 40 cm. tall. Corm more or less conic, the tunics thick, apically short-cusped, the basal edges irregularly frayed and serrate with 2-3 sharp cusps, to 1.2 em. high and 1 em. wide. Basal leaves 3-4, 7-30 cm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, linear, acute, glabrous, the midrib and edges thickened; cauline leaf to 6 cm. long, mostly sheathing. Stem simple, subterete, glabrous, exceeding the leaves, with a simple, rather lax, 3-6- flowered, secund spike. Outer spathes basally united around the stem for about 7 mm., this union tending to break as the flower matures, to 2.3 cm. long, ovate-lanceolate, entire or emarginate at the apex, glaucous, ca. 7-nerved; inner spathe to 2.1 em. long, 4-nerved, green-membranous, somewhat bifid at the apex. Ovary turbinate, 4-5 mm. long. Perianth- tube to 2.5 cm. long, strongly curved so that the flower opens downward; tepals strongly reflexed, the outer to 1.5 cm. long, 3 mm. wide, elliptic, long-acute, reddish-brown, the margins undulate; inner tepals to 1.3 cm. long, yellowish or white. Anthers to 8 mm. long; filaments to 5 mm. long. Style ca. 2.5 cm. long, hardly exserted from the perianth-tube; style-arms ~1.2 cm. long. Mature capsule and seeds not seen. SOUTHERN RHODESIA: Matopo Hills, sandy banks of the Malami River, 4500 ft. alt., September, 1905, L. S. Gibbs, no. 44 (type of H. mato- pensis, in Herb. Brit. Mus., not seen; photo, G). TRANSVAAL: Mod- derfontein, Oct. 11, 1898, Conrath, no. 600 (TypE, K); Klippstaapel bei Ermeloo, Oct. 18, 1888, Wilms, no. 1513 (B). NATAL: Estcourt: Cath- kin Park, Drakensberg, summit of Little Berg, 6000 ft. alt., Feb. 25, 1932, Galpin, no. 11768 (K), ; Although I have not seen the type of H. matopensis, an excel- lent photograph of it has been secured through the kindness of Dr. John Ramsbottom. It is a close habital match for Wilms, no. 1513, and, with the careful, detailed original description, leads me to place the plant, at least for the time being, in the synonymy of H. longicollis. The Natal ‘specimen cited, Galpin, no. 11768, is rather intermediate between H. longicollis and H. radiata, but appears to me to be closer to the former. STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 19 H. tonerrusa (Klatt) Baker in Gard. Chron. 1877 (I): 652; Baker in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. xvi. 96 (1877); Klatt, Ergiinz. 60 (1882); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 151 (1892); Baker in FI. Cap. vi. 64 (1896). Geissorhiza longituba Klatt in Linnaea, xxxv. 383 (1867-68). Acidanthera Huttonii Baker in Journ. Bot. xiv. 339 (1876). Plant 8-28 cm. tall. Corm ovoid-globose, the tunics apparently con- centric. Basal leaves 2-3, to 25 em. long, 4-12 mm. wide, lax, falcate, glabrous; cauline leaves 1-2, 2.5-4.5 em. long, mostly sheathing. Stem simple or 1-branched shortly above the base, terete, glabrous; inflores- membranous at the apex; inner spathe 1.2-1.8 em. long, membranous, bicarinate, bifid at the apex. Ovary 3-8 mm. long, turbinate, short- pedicellate. Perianth-tube straight, 2-2.4 cm. long, slender; outer tepals 1.8-2.1 cm. long, 7 mm. wide, ovate, acute, red-flushed on the exterior; inner tepals 1.5-1.8 em. long, 7-8 mm. wide, ovate, acute, white. Anthers to 1 em. long, three-fourths the length of the tepals; filaments to mm. long. Style to 2.2 em. long; style-arms 1-1.5 cm. long, about three-fourths the length of the anthers. Mature capsule and seeds not seen, CAPE PROV.: ALBert Drv. (?): from the north base of Stormbergen to Buffelvallei on the Gariep, 4000-5000 ft. alt., September, Ecklon & Zeyher, Irid. no. 220 (Gen, B); Murrayssure Drv.: northwest side of Koudeveld Mt., near Murraysburg, 5000 ft. alt., September, MacOwan, no. 61 in part (K, Gen); Somerser East Drv.: Bowker (type, K); near the Boschberg, MacOwan, no. 61 in part (K, Gen); ALBany Drv.: Alicedale, July 24, 1908, F. A. Rogers, no. 3586 (B). I have seen no material of Acidanthera Huttonii and have Placed it in synonymy following Miss G. J. Lewis in Journ. S. Afr. Bot. vii. 30 (1941). Miss Lewis reports that ‘“‘A specimen in the National Herbarium [Galpin, no. 2067] from the type locality, Katberg, named A. Huttoni by N. E. Brown, was examined. The material is very poor, but the flower has three long style branches arising from the throat of the perianth-tube. There is at Kew a specimen from the Leichtlin gardens, from which Baker seems to have drawn his description in the Gar- dener’s Chronicle where the transfer from Geissorhiza to H esper- antha was made. This was marked by N. E. Brown as the type- specimen, but that is impossible; the type is the Bowker collec- tion, one of the two cited by Klatt in his original description. The other specimen cited by Klatt, Cooper, no. 746, was later made the type of H. candida Baker. H. Lurea var. luculenta, var. nov. : A speciei tubi longitudine (1 cm.) et floris colore differt. 20 FOSTER CAPE PROV.: Piquersere Drv.: in collibus ad flumen Berg Rivier prope Piquetberg, 60 m. alt., Apr. 10, 1894, Schlechter, no. 5621 (Typx, G; isotypes, K, B, Gen); Matmespury Dtv.: between Moorreesburg and Piquetberg, Aug. 19, 1932, L. Bolus (Nat. Bot. Gards. no. 1825/32) (K). This variety differs from the species chiefly in the length of the perianth-tube and in the clear yellow color of the flower, al- though the specimen collected by Dr. Louisa Bolus has some darker color on the exterior of the outer tepals. There seems to be no essential difference in corm and leaves, although the leaves of the variety may be a little longer than is usual in the species. H. Marlothii, spec. nov. Cormus ovoideo-conicus, 1 em. latus et 1.2 em. altus, basi percom- planatus, tunicae imbricatae, basi leviter incisae. Folia plerumque 4, superposita, 5-10 cm. longa, 2 mm. lata, basi vaginantia, infra linearia supra teretia, attenuata, glabra, nervus primarius incrassatus. Cauli Waterkloof, 1430 m. alt., September, 1921, Marloth, no. 10412 (ree, B); : a Div.: Oorlogskloof, 2300 ft. alt., Aug. 21, 1897, Schlechter, no. - baie (Baker) R. C. Foster in Contrib. Gray Herb. exxxv. 77 Geissorhiza minima Baker in Journ. Bot. xiv. 239 (1876); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 159 (1892); Baker in Fl. Cap. vi. 75 (1896). Corm unknown. Plant about 7.5 em. hi . Basal leaves usually 3, filiform-subulate, faleate, glabrous, acute, to 6 cm. long, 0.5 mm. wide; cauline leaf to 2 em. long, sheathing at the base. Stem simple or branched, orm, glabrous; inflorescence 1-3-flowered. Outer spathe 3-4 mm. long, ovate-lanceolate, herbaceous at the base, the upper third brown-mem- STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 21 branous, obtuse, entire, shorter than the perianth-tube; inner spathe nearly as long as the outer, membranous, bicarinate. Perianth-tube to subacute, whitish, red on the exterior; inner tepals 4 mm. long, about 1 mm. wide, white. Anthers 1.5 mm. long, a little over half the length of the tepals; filaments 1.5 mm. long. Style 4.5-6 mm. long; style-arms 4mm. long. Capsule and seeds not seen. CAPE PROV.: Lirrtz NaMAQuaLANnD: mountains near Modderfontein, 4000-5000 ft. alt., Drége, no. 2632 (TYPE, K; isotypes, Gen, B). This fragile dwarf species, known only from the type-collection, was described by Baker in Geissorhiza, with the statement that the style-branches were short, the implication being that they H. Pearsonii, spec. nov. Cormus ovoideo-conicus, basi complanatus, tunicae imbricatae, basi serratae, 1.4 cm. altus, 1 em. latus. Folia basalia 4, superposita, ad 10 cm. longa, 4 mm. lata, lineari-falcata, obtusa, glabra, basi vaginantia, Supremum cum vagina ventricosa, nervus primarius margines et nervii alii 2 incrassati. Caulis simplex vel 2-ramosus e basi, 3-26 cm. altus, oblongo-turbinatum. Perianthii tubus ad 1.8 em. longus, quam tepala Pallidior (in sicco), apice ampliatus; tepala subaequalia ad 1.8-2 em. longa, 3-4 mm. lata, anguste ovata, acuta, rubro-purpurea. Stylus quam tubus subbrevior; styli rami ad 1.4 em. longi, antherarum apicem Plerumque aequans. Antherae ad 4 mm. longae; filamenta ad 7 mm. longa. Capsula turbinata, ad 8 mm. longa; semina complanato-globosa, m m CAPE PROV.: Lirrne NaMaquaanp: Khamsoap Ravine in the amiesberg Mts., dry stream-side, Sept. 15, 1911, Pearson, no. 6539 (TYPE, B); without definite locality or date, Schlechter, no. 11221 (B). Of the nine individuals seen, one is much larger than the others in its vegetative parts. It is possible that it was located nearer to a water-supply than the others, thus accounting for its in- creased growth. H. Penrueri Baker in Kew Bull. 1906: 26. ! Geissorhiza pauciflora Baker in Bull. Herb. Boiss. (II) iv. 1004 (1904). Hesperantha insipida Lewis in Journ. S. Afr. Bot. vii. 56 (1941). 22 FOSTER Plant 6-18 cm. tall. Corm conic to subglobose, to 7 mm. wide, 8 mm. high, basally flattened, tunics imbricate, crustaceous, dark brown, apically cusped, basally fringed or serrate. Basal leaves 2, 2.5-11 cm. long, 1-3 mm. wide, linear, acute, recurved, glabrous, edges and midrib thickened, 4 other nerves prominent; cauline leaf 4-10 cm. long, long-sheathing, the sheath somewhat ventricose at the base. Stem simple, terete, glabrous, 1894, Penther, no. 686 (tyPE, K); Bosch Kloof, 800 ft. alt., Aug.9, 1896, Schlechter, no. 8459 (K, B, Gen); PraurrBerc Drv.: near Porterville, 320 m. alt., Aug. 19, 1894, Schlechter, no. 4891 (type-number of Geissorhiza pauciflora, K, B, Gen); Porterville, 600 ft. alt., Aug. 5, 1897, Schlechter, no. 10742 (K, B, Gen). Because of the presence of H. pauciflora (Baker) Lewis, based on Tritonia pauciflora Baker, it is impossible to transfer G. pauci- flora Baker to Hesperantha. For that reason, Miss Lewis re- named this species H. insipida. Comparison of the types of G. pauciflora and H. Pentheri shows them to be conspecific, and the latter name has precedence over H. insipida. H. Perrriana (A. Rich.) Baker, var. Volkensii (Harms), comb. nov. H. Volkensit Harms in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xix (Beibl. 47). 28 (1894). After studying a considerable series of specimens purporting to be H. Volkensii (including an isotype, Volkens, no. 783) and H. Petitiana, I have reached the conclusion that the two are far too close to be maintained as separate species. In fact, if there were not apparently a tendency for material from Abyssinia to have rather smaller flowers and shorter anthers than material from Uganda, Nyassaland, and Tanganyika, I should hesitate to retain H. Volkensii even in varietal status. H. puberula Schlechter in herb., spec. nov. Cormus ovoideus, ca. 8 mm. latus, 1 cm. altus, tunicae crustaceae, pallide brunneae, apice cuspidatae, concentricae. Folia quasi basalia, superposita, infimum cataphyllum scariosum ad 4 em. longum, alia pro- ducta, ad 18 em. longa, 1-2 mm. lata, linearia, acuta, plurinervata, STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 23 margines et nervii primarii crassi et dense pubescentes. Caulis simplex, teres, glaber, 7-22 cm. longus; inflorescentia 1-4-fl., spica laxa, disticha plerumque 2-fl. Spathae subaequales, ad 1.1 cm. longae, interior parum brevior, exterior oblongo-ovata, herbacea, apice obtusa, retusa, interior riu deum. Perianthii tubus ad 7 mm. longus, rectus; tepala concoloria, atropurpurea, exteriora ad 1.6 mm. longa, 3 mm. lata, elliptico-ovata, i 6mm non visa. CAPE PROV.: Caxvinia Drv.: Onder-Bokkeveld, Oorlogskloof, 2200 ft. alt., Aug. 21, 1897 , Schlechter, no. 10952 (TYPE, B; isotypes, K, Gen). Clearly related to H. pilosa (L. f.) Ker, this species differs from it chiefly in its flower-color and -size, and its long perianth- be. H. rupestris N. E. Br. in herb., spec. nov. : Cormus ignotus. Planta 44-50 em. alta. Folia basalia 2, 22-47 cm. longa, 2 mm. lata, linearia, glabra, acuta, nervus primarius marginesque incrassati; folia caulin ovoideum. Perianthii abun 7 mm. longus, rectus; tepala subaequalia, ad 1.4 cm. longa, 2.5-3 mm. lata, elliptica, subacuta, exteriora rubro- purpurea striata et suffusa, interiora alba. Antherae ca. 6 mm. longae ; filamenta 3 mm. longa. Stylus ca. 6 mm. longus, quam tubus brevior; styli rami ca. 1 em. longi, antherarum apices paene aequantes. Capsula matura seminaque non visa. TRANSVAAL: among rocks at Waterval Boven, Mar. 29, 1929, Mrs. M. Moss in Herb. Moss, no. 17314 (rypx, K). H. sabiensis N. E. Br. in herb., spec. nov. : Cormus ignotus. Folia plus minusve 4-5, basalia vel arcte superposita, et 3 caulina, ad 25 em. longa, 3 mm. lata, glabra, lineari-attenuata, acuta, nervo primario conspicuo, basi bulbillifera. Caulis simplex, teres, glaber, folia excedens, 4-f1, Spathae valva exterior ca. 1.8 em. longa, anguste tubus apice valde curvatus, ad 2 cm. longus; tepala subaequalia, ad 1.6 cm. longa, 4.5 mm. lata, lanceolato-ovata, obtusa vel haud retusa, alba (?). Antherae 7 mm. longae; filamenta 7 mm. longa. Stylus perianthii tubum subaequans; styli rami ca. 1.3 em. longi. Capsula seminaque non visa. 24 FOSTER TRANSVAAL: LypEensurG Distr.: Sabie, July, 1917, Cunliffe in Herb. Moss, no. 4311 (Typx, K). ; The affinities of this species are with H. bulbifera, but the latter has a tube shorter than the tepals, and fewer broad lax leaves, while this species has the tube longer than the tepals and more numerous narrow leaves. mm. longae; filamenta 3.5-5 mm. longa. Stylus 3.5-5.5 mm. longus, quam tubus brevior; styli rami ad 6-7 mm. longi, antheras aequantes vel excedentes. Capsula seminaque non visa. CAPE PROV.: Cranwiuiam Div.: Vogelfontein, 1200 ft. alt., Aug. 19, 1896, Schlechter, no. 8521 (ryPE, K; isotypes, B, Gen). Superficially, this species suggests H. Pentheri, but that has several conspicuous nerves in the leaves instead of one, and its corm-tunics are imbricate, not concentric, with very ragged bases. The color of the flower of H. semipatula is doubtful, but it is probably white, with the outer tepals at least faintly purple- flushed on the exterior. STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 25 In appearance, this plant is not unlike the Nyassaland plants of H. Petitiana var. Volkensii, but with laxer leaves and flexuose rhachis. H. spicata (Burm. f.) N. E. Br. in Kew Bull. 1929: 136. Izia spicata Burm. f. Prodr. 1* (1768). Corm ovoid-conic, flat-based, to 2 cm. wide, 2 em. high; tunics imbricate, finely and irregularly serrate at the base, shiny chestnut-brown. Basal leaves 3, the lowest a semi-membranous bluntly pointed sheath 1.3-4 em, long, the others ensiform to subfalcate, obtusely rounded at the apex, firm-textured, glabrous, the midrib prominent, the edges with a pellucid short-ciliolate fringe, to 19 cm. long, but usually much shorter, 5 mm. wide; cauline leaves 2, 2.5-12 cm. long. Stem simple, terete, glabrous, becoming purple-tinged below the inflorescence, to 38 cm. long, bearing a semi-lax, secund, 4-7-flowered spike. Outer spathe to 8 mm. long, broadly ovate, green, 10-nerved; inner spathe 7 mm. long, hyaline, bi- carinate (the nerves green), bifid at the apex. Ovary more or less trigonal, 2.5mm. long. Perianth-tube nearly 5 mm. long, curved from the base; outer tepals to 6 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, ovate-oblong, reddish on the exterior; inner tepals about 4 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, light yellow or white. Anthers 4 mm. long; filaments 2.5 mm. long. Style 3 mm. long, shorter than the perianth-tube; style-arms about 4 mm. long, much shorter than CAPE PROV.: without definite locality, Burmann f. (Type, Gen); Ma.messury Drv.: Enkelde Valei near Hopefield, mid-August, 1887, Bachmann, no. 1977 (B); Tutpacu Div.?: Kluitjes Kraal, near Ceres Road, 650 ft. alt., August, 1888, Tyson in Herb. Austr.-Afr., no. 1540 n). The typical variety, with straight-edges rather than undulate- edged leaves, is apparently much less frequent than the following variety. H. spicara var. cinnamomea (L. f.), comb. nov. Ixia cinnamomea L. f. Suppl. 92 (1781). : Hesperantha cinnamomea (L. f.) Ker in Koen. & Sims, Ann. Bot. i. 225 (1804), and all subsequent authors, at least as to name. The variety differs from the species chiefly in its often shorter and undulate-edged leaves, a character in which there is a certain amount of intergradation with the species. CAPE PROV-.: without definite locality, Dr. Pappe (K); P1qguETBERG Div.: near Piquetberg Road, 400 ft. alt., Aug. 17, 1894, Schlechter, no. no. 385 (B); between Moorreesburg and Piquetberg, Aug. 19, 1932, L. Bolus (Nat. Bot. Gards. no. 1826/32); Caper Drv.: Rosebank, near Cape- town, 1877, H. Bolus, no. 3768 (K); east base of Lion’s Head, Capetown, Aug. 24, 1900, Diels, no. 68 (B); Green Point, Aug. 19, 1846, Prior (K): Table Mt., 600 ft. alt., September, 1908, R. Diimmer, no. 44C (G). 26 FOSTER With the exception of Dr. Pappe’s specimens, no material without definite locality has been cited, although several have been seen. The exception has been made because on that sheet N. E. Brown made the following note: “Compared with the type [of Ix1a spicata] in Burm’s. Herb. now in Geneva, July, 1928. Burm’s. plant is this sp! but it is a spec. with entire (not wavy) lvs. which are broadly linear and longer than these, about 4 in. long and 3-3% lines broad. It is a cultivated specimen.” Although I have not seen the type nor a photograph of the type of Ixia cinnamomea, I have been much aided by a note made by N. E. Brown on H. Bolus, no. 3768, indicating that he had compared it with the type of I. cinnamomea. H. trifolia, spec. nov. Planta 10-24 em. alta. Cormus conicus vel subglobosus, basi com- planatus, ad 1.3 em. altus, 1.3 em. latus; tunicae imbricatae, apice breve cuspidatae, basi irregulariter serratae, durae, atrobrunneae. Folia ia 3, 5-18 cm. longa, 5-8 mm. lata, tenuia, falcata, glauca, obtusa vel subapiculata, margines nervus primarius et nervii alii 2 conspicui; folia caulina 1-2, 5-9 cm. longa, 6-8 mm. lata, semivaginantia, vagina subventricosa. Caulis 1-2-ramosus, ad 16 cm. longus sed plerumque ca. 10 cm., teres, glaber; inflorescentia spica laxa, disticha, flexuosa, 1-6-f1. Spathae valva exterior ad 1.5 em. longa, ovato-lanceolata vel oblongo- longa, 4~4.5 mm. lata, ovata vel obovata, obtusa, exteriora extus rubro- vel pallide rubro-suffusa, interiora alba, parum retusa. Antherae ad 6.5 mm. longae; filamenta 5 mm. longa. Stylus 7-8 mm. longus; styli rami ad 1.2 em. longi. Capsula immatura ad 6 mm. longa; semina non visa. CAPE PROV.: Cranwituram Dtv.: Bull Hoek, 600 ft. alt., Aug. 2, 1896, Schlechter, no. 8378 (TrPE, B; isotypes, K, Gen); Olifants River Valley, 6 miles from Clanwilliam, Aug. 20, 1932, L. Bolus (Nat. Bot. Gards. no. 1918/32) (K). This species is much like H. cucullata in general aspect, but the corm-tunics are imbricate and basally frayed and irregularly serrate-fringed, the leaves are three in number, and the blades of the cauline leaves are not turned at a sharp angle from the stem. H. Tugwellae, spec. nov. Cormus conicus, ad 1.2 em. altus, 1.5 em. latus, tunicae concentricae. Folia basalia 3, ad 20 cm. longa, 3-4 mm. lata, linearia, subfaleata, acuta, glabra, nervus primarius et margines incrassati; folia caulina 1-2, 4-9. cm. longa, longe vaginantia. Caulis simplex, teres, glaber, ad 20 cm. longus; inflorescentia spica laxa, disticha, 1-8-fl. Spathae valva exterior STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE 27 ad 2 cm. longa, lanceolato-ovata, herbacea, apice membranacea, obtusa vel subretusa; spathae valva interior ad 1.7 em. longs, membranacea, bi- carinata, apice subbifida. Ovarium subturbinatum, ad 4.5 mm. longum. no. 2690 (K). Related to H. lutea, H. Tugwellae differs in the following points: the corm-tunics are imbricate but the segments are not markedly frayed at the base, the leaves are rather longer, less thick-textured, and few-veined, the spathes are longer and the perianth-tube much exceeds the spathes. H. Wipert Beauv. in Bull. Herb. Boiss. (II) v. 990 (1905), cum ie. Corm not seen (stated to be small). Basal leaves probably about 3, cm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide, very lax, forming a tangled mat; cauline 20-25 cm. long. Stem simple, terete, glabrous, 28-46 cm. long, with a very lax 3-4-flowered distichous spike. Outer spathes to 2.5 em. long, barely or not at all united around the stem at their base; inner spathes 1.2-1.5 em. long, membranous, bicarinate, slightly bifid at the apex. Ovary subturbinate, 3 mm. long. Perianth-tube to 2.3 em. long, strongly style-arms 10-12 mm. long. Mature capsule and seeds not seen. : TRANSVAAL: mountains near Johannesburg, August, 1905, Widmer (TYPR, Gen, not seen; photo, G); Koedoes-poort, Pretoria, Aug. 1, 1905, L. Reck in Herb. Burtt-Davy, no. 926 (K). think, quite distinct from H. longicollis. The latter has more humerous, more approximate and smaller flowers, with shorter and not tangled leaves, and the outer spathes well-united around the stem at their bases. 28 FOSTER 2. STUDIES IN THE FLORA OF BOLIVIA,—II. Tridaceae, Part 2. This postponed study of the Bolivian species of Sisyrinchium is, of necessity, unsatisfactory in several respects. Like John- ston, in his excellent treatment of the species of northern Argen- tina, Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil (see Journ. Arn. Arb. xix. 376-401 [1938]), I have found it necessary to evade the question of the vaginatum-complex. Binomials have been used for species which are “good”, if sometimes too broadly conceived, but until certain European types can be restudied, uncertainty must exist as to the correct application of such names as S. vaginatum, S, micranthum and S. junceum. S. Marchio, as treated here, will almost certainly be divided when the whole variable complex can be studied. Again, S. azureum seems a valid species, but until Philippi’s type can be restudied, the possibility of an incor- rect application of the name must remain. In the case of S. Marchio and S. azureum, I have followed Johnston’s concepts, as shown by specimens so annotated by him. It may be, too, that additional material of species now poorly represented will show that in some instances specific lines have been drawn too narrowly. To Mr. E. P. Killip, who lent all Bolivian material in the United States National Herbarium (US), I am much indebted. To go through extensive South American collections, removing only Bolivian sheets, is a time-consuming task, and I deeply appreciate his kindness in undertaking it. SISYRINCHIUM L. More or less caespitose perennial or annual herbs, the rhizomes usually short or obsolete. Leaves mostly in an obvious basal cluster, but this sometimes lacking and the cauline leaves then more numerous and well- developed. Spathes terminal on simple or branched stems, sometimes appearing lateral when a terminal cauline leaf is present, one- to several- flowered. Perianth-tube absent but tepals basally united, the flowers rotate. Filaments from partially to almost completely united, the tube variously glandular or villous or glabrous; anthers from small and approxi- mate to large and divergent. Style at least as long as the stamen-tube; style-arms from minute to very long, slender, linear, alternate with the stamens. Fruit a trilocular capsule with numerous seeds. STUDIES IN THE FLORA OF BOLIVIA 29 Key a. Inflorescence clearly terminal, i. e., not heat by a leafy bract appearing as a continuation of the s . Plants dwarf, nearly or meg acaulescent, or produced ms some times present 1 i inflorescence usually much exceeded by the basal tat ce. Stem very short (0.5-3 cm.), but sees: ovary glabrous capsules subglobose; outer spathe not much longer fen She inet oo ae oi hypsophilum. rulous sam al oblong; ier athe much en than the ; inner. .2. S. Tvanit. b. Plants nya obvi sacar a and 3 inflorescence not the inner spat athe Se are RE os Fe. . 8. micranthum. g. hoe iebios) filaments completely united, basally Wandular. 6 eee ee 4. S. azureum. g. Hoots eens: filaments less than half-united, n Agra 5 eh ls Se eee 5. S. Mandonii. an obvious cluster. h. Cauline leaves reduced almost to spathiform bracts . vaginatum h. — leaves with obvious, although sometimes ) DINNER ee ee ee 3 S. Marchio d. Ca uline waves abewnt. . 3. 3s oe ee . tinctorium OS rad asa continuation of the 1, Stem broadly win 4-10 mm. cased leaves to 9 mm. id. é wie 9. S. macrocephalum. OS Bee) Eee eae ed ae ee kb ee oe ee ae ae aw aE Darina bracts shorter than or age) equal to the longest aes fibrous remains of old leaves at ms few or none; leaves not ee. ey k. Terminal bract much exceeding the longest spathe; fibrous remains of old leaves at base of a ? usually dense; leaves pruinose............ S. rigidifolium. 1. Leaves filiform, appearing, or actually, terete. L Plants about 5-10 emohigh. 3. ur Aves, 12. S. brevipes. |. Plants about 15-50 em. high. m. — Fiery shorter than the inner; filaments dilated. oe n. meee glabrous; filaments glabrous. . it 13. S. trinerve. llow-villous Be eee a m. Outer spathe longer than the inner; filaments dilated at or shove the middie. .6 5.35 ie S, junceum. 30 FOSTER 1, Sisyrincuium hypsophilum I. M. Johnst. in herb., spec. nov. Planta plus minusve caespitosa, rhizoma paene vel totius obsoletum. Folia omnia basalia, 2-5 cm. longa, 1-1.5 mm. lata, linearia, subacuta, 4-8-nervata, pruinosa, margines vix scabrido-ciliolati, non nisi raro ad apices. Caulis simplex, 0.5-3 cm. longus, 1 mm. latus, ancipitus, pruino- sus. Spathae manifeste terminales, plerumque 14-23 mm. longae, supra bases lineari-attenuatae, exterior quam interior sublongior, interdum sub- brevior, pruinosae, 2-fl., pedicelli filiformes, glabri, spathas subaequantes vel parum excedentes. Ovarium subglobosum vel ellipsoideum, glabrum, 1-1.5 mm. longum. Flores coerulei, glabri, anthesin plus minusve nu- tantes, tepala subaequalia, ad 9 mm. longa, 2.7 mm. lata, oblonga, 5- nervata, obtusa et breviter mucronulata. Filamenta tota coalita in tubo immatura subglobosa, ca. 3.5 mm. diametro; semina matura non visa. Known only from southern Bolivia. Tara: Avites: Puna Patanca, 3800 m. alt., Mar. 25, 1904, Fiebrig, no. 3181 (TYPE, G; isotype, US). This minute species suggests S. Ivanii and S. brevipes at first glance, but differs from the latter in having pruinose leaves, stems and spathes, and from the former in having a longer, wholly glabrous stamen-column and nearly globose capsules. The isotype at Washington does not clearly show the pruinosity, but the abundant material on the type-sheet shows it un- mistakably. 2. S. Ivanii, spec. nov. Planta caespitosa; rhizoma obsoletum. Folia omnia basalia, 2-20 cm. longa, 0.5-2.5 mm. lata, linearia, acuta, margines breviter scabrido- ciliolati supra bases vaginantes, folia aliter glabra laeviaque. Caulis saepe nullus, vel perbrevis, vel, si productus, 8-30 em. longus, simplex, vel Taro ramosus, ancipitus, margines scabriduli. Spathae terminales, inae- quales, carinatae, exterior ad 5 em. longa, margines basim circum spat interiorem 4-5.5 mm. coaliti, foliacea, pars superior scabrido-ciliolata; spatha interior ad 2.5 em. longa, pluriflora; pedicelli teretes glabri quam spatha interior breviores. Ovarium ellipsoideum vel turbinatum, ad 2 mm. longum, sparse puberulum vel glanduloso-puberulum. Flores STUDIES IN THE FLORA OF BOLIVIA 31 BOLIVIA: La Paz: omasvyos: viciniis Achacache, Amapusa, Gualata, efias; in graminosis, etc., 3950-4100 m. alt., Jan.-Mart. 1858, Mandon, no. 1213 (G); Isla del Sol (Titicaca), Yumani, 3850 m. alt., Mar. 17, 1921, Asplund, no, 6358 (US). murILLo: La Paz, 3800 m. alt., Jan. 18, 1907, Buchtien, no. 812 (US); near La Paz, April, 1919, Bro. Claude-Joseph, no. 1116 (US); La Paz, in den Bergen, 3750 m. alt., Jan. 18, 1907, Buchtien, no. 817 (US); same locality, Jan. 23. 1907, Buchtien, no. 816 in part (US, no. 1157771, mixed with S. brevipes and Phaiophleps acaulis); same locality and altitude, February, 1910, Buchtien, no. 816 in part (US, no. 1044959, mixed with Oenothera nana); La Paz, auf einer Hochebene, 4000 m. alt., Mar. 15, 1931, Buchtien, no. 8814 (Typx, US). : LINARES: Lagunillas, 3800 m. alt., March, 1933, Cardenas, no, 442 (US). PERU: Junin: Rio Blanco, 15000 ft. alt., Mar. 20-25, 1923, Macbride, no. 2967 (US); vicinity of Oroya, 11,000-14,000 ft., 1919, Kalenborn, no. 103 (G). . This species has an interesting dimorphy of flowering-habit. Many plants bear flowers and capsules concealed by the bases of the leaves and lack produced stems. This is particularly true of early-season blooms, but a few plants show both the concealed capsules and produced stems. Still others, such as Cardenas, no. 442, and Macbride, no. 2967, show no basal flowers or capsules. It is possible that the time of flowering and the amount of water available at that time may have much to do with this dimorphy. Data are scanty, but Dr. Cardenas noted on the label of his branched no. 442 that it was found in swampy grass. All speci- mens, regardless of their method of flowering, have the same type of spathes, staminal column, and amount of glandularity at the base of the column. ‘ Most of the material seen of this species had been determined as S. chilense Hook., but the present species differs in the disparity between outer and inner spathes, in a somewhat shorter staminal column, with rather sparse glandularity at the base only of the column, and in the usually dwarf size and unbranched habit of growth. It seems to occupy a definite geographic area in western Bolivia and the adjacent region in Pert. : I had intended to name this plant for Dr. I. M. Johnston, in recognition of his work on the genus, but the existence of S. Johnstonii, from Guatemala, named for Dr. J. R. Johnston, pre- vented that. I have, however, reached the same end with a different specific epithet. 3. S. MickanTHUM Cav. Diss. ii. 345, t. 191, fig. 2 (1788). Plants slender, weedy, tufted annuals. Basal leaves few to many in & tuft, to 20 em. long and 4 mm. wide, usually shorter and narrower, linear, acute, glabrous; cauline leaves 1 to several, the upper ones reduced. 32 FOSTER Stem simple or 1- to several-branched, geniculate when branched, narrowly ancipitous, glabrous, to 26 cm. tall. Spathes clearly terminal, unequal, the outer usually much longer than the inner, to 4.5 cm. long, but usually about 3-3.5 cm. long, the margins basally united around the inner spathe for several millimeters, the margins of the upper portion scabrid-ciliolate, several-flowered ; pedicels filiform, terete, glabrous, equal to or shorter than the inner spathe. Ovary globose, 1.5 mm. in diameter, glabrous. Flowers white or yellowish, the bases of the tepals darker, usually with a broad, inverted, V-shaped, reddish or purplish band below the middle, forming a star-shaped “eye’’ in the center of the flower, to 9 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, externally puberulous, oblong-obovate or spatulate, apiculate. Filaments 1.5-2 mm. long, united for two-thirds to three-quarters of their length, the united portion swollen, flask-shaped, densely glandular, at least on the lower half; anthers ascending or slightly divergent, ca. 0.5 mm. long. Capsules globose, to 4 mm. in diameter; seeds dull black, globose to subpyriform, foveolate, ca. 0.6-0.8 mm. long, the micropylar pit not especially prominent. Widespread throughout Central and South America; adventive in a number of the Pacific island groups. La Paz: Larecasa: Hacienda Simaco, sobre el camino a Tipuani, 1400 m. alt., January, 1920, Buchtien, no. 5362 (G, US). Yungas, 1898, Bang, no. 623 (G, US); nor runeas: Milluguaya, 1300 m. alt., December, 1917, Buchtien, no. 4297 (US); Polo-Polo, bei Coroico, 1100 m. alt., Oct.-Nov. 1912, Buchtien, no. 3684 (US). sur yuNGas: Sirupaya, bei Yanacachi, Steinbach, no. 8138 (US, G). Tarisa: Bermejo, 1400 m. alt., Nov. 15, ae Fiebrig, no. 2057 (G). Without locality or date: Bang, no. 2578 It is possible that portions of this wide-ranging species may be varietally separated, for there seem to be some differences in capsule-size and seed-size, but until (or unless) an accurate determination is available of what Cavanilles actually had, I prefer to treat it broadly. 4. S. azureum Phil. Fl. Atac. 50 (1860); Johnston in Journ. Arnold Arb. xix. 396 (1938). Plants perennial, somewhat caespitose, the rhizome obsolete, roots coarse but not tuberous-fasciculate. Basal leaves to 22 em. long, but usually shorter, 2-2.5 mm. wide, linear, acute, the margins scabrid- serrate, otherwise glabrous; cauline leaves similar to the basal leaves. Stems erect or somewhat geniculate, simple or branched from the middle or above the middle, to 45 em. long, ancipitous, the edges scabrid-serrate. Spathes obviously terminal, equal or subequal, to 1.7 em. long, the outer lanceolate, acute, with the basal margins united around the inner spathe for 4-5 mm., the line of union coarsely ciliolate, the inner spathe more STUDIES IN THE FLORA OF BOLIVIA 33 nearly ovate, obtuse, margins and apex scarious, both spathes otherwise herbaceous, markedly ribbed, carinate, the keels scabrid-ciliolate, several- flowered, the slender, sparsely pubescent, subancipitous pedicels from shorter to longer than the spathes at anthesis. Ovary subglobose to turbinate, pubescent or glandular-pubescent, 1.5-2 mm. long. Flowers blue, puberulent on both faces, the tepals subequal, to 1.1 em. long and 3-4 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse or retuse, from mucronulate to long- apiculate. Filaments completely united, glandular on the lower third, occasionally glandular nearly to the middle, 4-5 mm. long; anthers oblong- ovoid, 0.8-1 mm. long. Style as long as the column, the style-arms barely, if at all, visible. Capsule glabrous or glabrate, oblong to subglobose, to 7 mm. long; seeds flattened-globose, 1 mm. in diameter, black, reticulate- foveolate, the micropylar pit prominent. Bolivia, northwestern Argentina, Peri and Chile. Paz: LARECAJA: Sorata, 8000 ft. alt., February, 1886, Rusby, no. 694 (G, US); vie. Sorata, 2600-2800 m. alt., Jan.—Mar. 1858, Mandon, no. 1211 (G). muRILLo: base of Mt. Illimani, valley of Rio Palea, 2360 m. alt., Bro. Julio, no. 6, (US); Obrajes, 3400 m. alt., May, 1919, Buchtien, no. 4546 (US). CocHABAMBA: vic. Cochabamba, 1891, Bang, no. 999 (G, US); Cochabamba, 2550 m. alt., Feb. 1942, Cardenas, no. 2282 (G); Cochabamba, 1930, Bro. Julio, no. II, 39 (US). mizquE: Mizque, 2000 m. alt., January, 1947, Cardenas, no. 3862 (G). Tarisa: Tolomosa, ca. 1900 m. alt., Jan. 17, 1902, R. E. Fries, no. 1068a (US); Tucumilla bei Tarija, Jan. 16, 1904, Fiebrig, no. 3298 (G, US); Tambo, 62 km. north- east of Tarija on road to Villa Montes, 2000 m. alt., Feb. 6, 1937, J. West, no. 8280 (G). Although there are some discrepancies between the original description and that given here, I am following Johnston (I. c.) in the application of the name to a well-marked group of plants. 5. 8. Manponm Baker in Journ. Bot. xiv. 269 (1876); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 128 (1892); Woodson & Schery in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. xxxii. 39 (1945). Plants perennial, the rhizomes obsolete, roots fibrous and slender or tuberous-fasciculate, the short tubers densely short-villous. Basal leaves few to many, surrounded at the base by a short dense collar of fibrous remnants of old leaf-bases, to 30 em. long, 3 mm. wide, linear, glabrous but with the margins short-scabridulous ; cauline leaves 1 to several, to 20 cm. long, 3 mm. wide, none terminal on the stem. Stem 1-several- branched, rarely simple, obscurely ancipitous, the ridges scabridulous, at least below the nodes, somewhat papillose above, otherwise glabrous, to about 35-40 em. long, the spathes clearly terminal. Spathes 3-4-flowered, subequal, to 2.4 em. long, herbaceous, carinate, the keels scabridulous, the outer spathe lanceolate, acuminate, acute, the margins united at the A around the inner spathe for 4-5 mm., the inner spathe ovate, obtuse, with a brown scarious margin, the angular, filiform, sparsely puberulent or glabrous pedicels somewhat exceeding the spathes at anthesis. Ovary 34 FOSTER oblong or ellipsoid, to 4-5 mm. long, glabrous. Flowers yellow, veined wi rown, glabrous, the tepals subequal, to 1.5 cm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, obovate, mucronulate. Filaments to 4 mm. long, united at the base for about 1.5 mm., glabrous, the united portion not dilated; anthers linear, to 3 mm. long, versatile, divergent. Style slightly longer than the stamen-column; style-arms ca. 3 mm. long, spreading. Capsule oblong, to 1.3 cm. long, glabrous; seeds subglobose, ca. 1.5 mm. in diameter, black, slightly foveolate, with a broad, deep, micropylar pit. Bolivia and Panamé; reported by Baker for Colombia, but no material from that country has been seen by me. La Paz: tarecasa: Lancha (?) de Cochipata, in scopulosis montis Illampd, 3300 m. alt., Jan—May, 1860, Mandon, no. 1217 (ryPx, not seen; isotype, G, in large part); Ingenio del Oro, 10000 ft. alt., March, 1886, Rusby, no. 697 (US); Mapiri, 8000 ft. alt., April, 1886, Rusby, no. 698 (US). The single Bolivian sheet of this species in the Gray Herbarium has six specimens on it. Four of these are obviously conspecific and agree with Baker’s original description. The other two are probably present as a result of a mixture with Mandon, no. 1216; at least, they are conspecific with it. Unfortunately, all four of the specimens of S. Mandonii are in fruit, as are the other sheets seen. Consequently, it has been necessary to draw floral details from Baker’s description and from a Panamd specimen, Woodson & Schery, no. 427 (G). I have tried to find some means of dis- tinguishing the Panam4 material from the Bolivian and have been completely unable to do so. 6. S. vacrnatum Spreng. Syst. i. 166 (1825); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 129 (1892); see also Beauverd in Bull. Herb. Boiss. (II) v. 1082 (1905), in the leaves none or few, greatly reduced in size if present. Stems to 40 cm. Santa Cruz: near Comarapa, 2500-3300 m. alt., Oct. 26, 1928, Stein- bach, no. 8333 (G). STUDIES IN THE FLORA OF BOLIVIA 35 The name S. vaginatum, used here in its broadest sense, is applied to a complex of variations occurring throughout a large area. Until European types can be studied, it is impossible to fix the real application of S. vaginatum and other binomials applied to members of this complex. 7. 8S. Marcutio (Vell.) Steud. Nomencl. (ed. 2) ii. 596 (1841). Souza Marchio Vell. F). Flum. 273 (1825), and Icones, vii. t. 1 (1827), Plants perennial, caespitose, the rhizomes short or obsolete. Basal cauline leaves numerous, basally sheathing, to 20 em. long and 1 em. wide, often rather closely imbricate, broadly linear-falcate, glabrous, acute, the blade often incurved toward the stem. Stem simple or branched, the branching usually above the middle, geniculate, rather broadly ancipitous, united portion glabrous, not dilated ; anthers linear, to 4 mm. long, divergent. Style as long as the stamen-tube; style-arms linear, divergent, to 3mm. long. Capsule more or less globose, sometimes ovoid, to 1 em. long; seeds flattened-globose, 1.5 mm. in diameter, black, shallowly reticulate-foveolate, the micropylar pit absent. Widespread throughout South America, except possibly on the west coast. 623a (G, US); nor yunaas: Unduavi, 3200 m. alt., November, 1910, Buchtien, no. 2606 (G, US); Unduavi, 3400 m. alt., October, 1931, Buch- tien, no. 8297 (US); sun yuNGAS: Sirupaya bei Yanacachi, 2300 m. alt., Dec al ) 2300 m. alt., Feb. 28, 1929, Steinbach, no. 9316 (G). Tanrisa: Toldos bei to be segregated, and for that reason I have not formally placed the name in synonymy. 36 FOSTER 8. S. Tinctortum HBK. Nov. Gen. & Spec. i. 324 (1816); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 127 (1892); Woodson & Schery in Ann, Missouri Bot. Gard. xxxii. 40 (1945). Plants perennial, caespitose, often developing slender rhizomes, the roots rather coarse. a asal, 4-16 cm. long, 1-4 mm. wide, linear, glabrous, acute, erect or spreading. Stem simple, glabrous, strongly ancipitous, to 60 cm. tall, but usually much shorter, and 3 mm. wide. Spathes terminal, several-flowered, equal or subequal, or the outer as much as 1 em. longer than the inner, to 3 cm. long, herbaceous, the outer spathe lanceolate, acuminate, subacute, the inner spathe broader, obtuse, the margin hyaline, the filiform, terete, glabrous pedicels exceed- ing the spathes at anthesis. Ovary subturbinate to subglobose, glabrous, to 2-3 mm. long. Flowers yellow, veined with dark brown, glabrous, the tepals subequal, to 1.3 em. long and 4 mm. wide, elliptic-ovate, subacute. Filaments to 4-5 mm. long, glabrous, basally united for ca. 2 mm., the united portion not swollen; anthers linear, 4 mm. long, more or less divergent. Style about as long as the stamen-column, or slightly longer; style-arms to 3-4 mm. long, spreading. Capsules nodding on recurved pedicels, broadly ovoid, glabrous, to 1 cm. long; seeds globose, black, irregularly foveolate, 2 mm. in diameter, the micropylar pit broad and eep. Mexico and Central America southward, especially in the Andean area. La Paz: LARECAJA: Viciniis Sorata; Cochipata, in paludosis, 3100 m. alt., Nov. 1857, Mandon, no. 1215 (G, US). muriiio: La Paz, in Simpfen, 3800 m. alt., Jan. 12, 1907, Buchtien, no. 813 (US); La Paz, in einem Sumpfe, 3800 m. alt., Feb. 12, 1907, Buchtien, no. 8818 (US). CocHa- BAMBA: CeRcADo: Cochabamba, 2600 m. alt., 1930, Bro. Julio, no. I, 131 (US). Mandon, no. 1215, and Buchtien, no. 813, have the spathes almost equal, differing from typical S. tinctorium, in which the outer spathe is much longer than the inner. It is possible that some of the Bolivian material is varietally distinct, but on several stems of Buchtien, no. 8818, the outer spathe is longer than the inner, in one instance as much as 1 cm. longer. 9. S. MAcRocePHALUM R. Graham in Edinb. New Philos. Journ. 176 (January, 1833); Baker, Handbk. Irid. 132 (1892), as syn. of S. palma- folium L.; Macbride in Field Mus. Pub. Bot. xiii. 713 (1936), as S. palmi- folium; Johnston in Journ. Arnold Arb. xix. 383 (1938). Plants perennial, caespitose, the rhizome usually short or even obsolete, the roots coarse, thick, but apparently not tuberous-fasciculate. Basal leaves few to many in a tuft, to 50 cm. long and 9 mm. wide, linear- ensiform, acute, glabrous, the edges thin and sharp, numerous ribs prominent. Stem simple, to 80 em. long and 1 cm. wide, glabrous, broadly ancipitous, terminated by a cauline leaf 3-6 cm. long, appearing to be a continuation of the stem and subtending the pseudo-lateral, fascicled, or more or less cymose, clusters of spathes. Spathes subequal, STUDIES IN THE FLORA OF BOLIVIA 37 to 3 cm. long, herbaceous, rigid, carinate, strongly ribbed, the outer lanceolate, acerose-tipped, the inner ovate, obtuse, the apex and margins tending to white- or brown-scarious, several-flowered, the glabrous, rather flattened or angular pedicels equaling or exceeding the spathes at anthesis. Ovary turbinate, 3-4 mm. long, glabrous. Flowers yellow, veined dark brown, glabrous, tepals subequal, to 1.5 cm. long and 6-7 mm. wide, ovate to obovate, acute. Filaments glabrous, to 5 mm. long, united at the base for 1 mm.; anthers 4 mm. long, linear, divergent, coiling downward with age. Style about 3 mm. long; style-arms ca. 3 mm. long, spreading. Capsule globose or subglobose, obtusely trigonous, glabrous, to 1 em. long; seeds globose or flattened-globose, 2 mm. in diameter, black, reticulate-foveolate, the micropylar pit absent. Bolivia, Peré, Argentina, Uruguay, Paraguay and Brazil. Tarwa: Cuesta de Sama, 32 km. northwest of Tarija, on road to Villazon, rocky hillside, 2800 m. alt., Feb. 12, 1937, J. West, no, 8331 (G); Tucumilla, Pinos, 1900-2700 m. alt., December, 1903, Fiebrig, no. 2407 (G). Sanra Cruz: near Comarapa, 2800 m. alt., Oct. 20, 1928, Steinbach, no. 8334 (G). CocHaBamBa: Ayopaya, wet grassy soil, 3500 m. alt., November, 1933, Cardenas, no. 3307 (G). I have followed Johnston (I. ¢.) in using the name S. macro- cephalum for this species instead of the Linnaean S. palmifolium, in view of the doubt which still exists as to the exact identity of the Linnaean plant. It has not seemed necessary to repeat the synonymy given by Johnston. S. UNISPATHACEUM Klatt in Linnaea, xxxiv. 737 (1865-66); Baker, acuminate, ca herbaceous, several-flowered, markedly unequal, the outer lanceolate, acuminate, acute, 1.2-1.7 em. long, the inner ovate, obtuse, 2-3.2 cm. long, the filiform, angular, glabrous pedicels shorter than the spathes at anthesis. Ovary glabrous, ellipsoid, ca. 4 mm. long. Flowers yellow, veined with brown, glabrous, the tepals subequal, to ca. 1.3 cm. long and 3-4 mm. wide (?). Filaments glabrous, to 4.5-5 mm. long, united at the base for 1.5-2 mm., the united portion not dilated; anthers 3 mm. long, divergent. Style as long as the stamen-column; style-arms to 4 mm. long, spreading. Capsule glabrous, oblong, to 2 em. long; mature seeds not seen. Known only from Bolivia. La Paz: LAREcaga: viciniis Sorata et Yani, prope Cochipata, Pocara, ete., in dumosis, 3200-3500 m. alt., Feb—May, 1859, Mandon, no. 1219 (r¥PE, not seen; isotypes, G, US). Without locality or date, Bang, no. 1922 (G, US). 38 FOSTER On the five sheets available of this species, no mature flowers in good preservation have been found. From a bud-dissection and from the few remnants of flowers, the details given above have been pieced together. Although the size and shape of the flower may still be a little doubtful, there is no uncertainty as to the structure of the stamens and style. This species has, at times, been confused with S. Mandonii, but it can easily be separated by the lack of cauline leaves (except the terminal bract) and by the unequal spathes. 11. S. r1empirotium Baker, Handbk. Irid. 131 (1892); Macbride in Field Mus. Pub. Bot. xiii. 714 (1936). Plants perennial, densely caespitose, the rhizome very short or obsolete, roots coarse, densely white-pubescent, at least when young. Leaves few to many 1n a tuft, basal, surrounded by a variably dense fibrous collar of old leaf-bases, to 18 cm. long and 2 mm. wide, linear, acute, stiffly erect, finely ribbed, with two ribs prominent, densely pruinose. Stem simple, to 30 cm. tall, usually much shorter, from scarcely to markedly ancipitous, 2 mm. wide, pruinose, terminated by a spathiform cauline leaf to 6 cm. long, subtending 1 to several pseudo-lateral spathe-clusters, the outer margin of the leaf, papillose-scabrid. Spathes not pruinose, somewhat unequal, several-flowered, the outer spathe herbaceous with the margins brown-hyaline, long-acute, to 2 em. long, the inner slightly shorter and partially brown-scarious, obtuse, the flattened glabrous pedicels shorter than the spathes. Ovary ovoid to ellipsoid, to 4 mm. long, glabrous. Flowers blue, pink, or purplish (?), glabrous, the oblong-obovate tepals subequal, to 1.6 em. long and 6 mm. wide, obtuse, few-veined. Filaments glabrous, to 6 mm. long, free for over half their length, the free portions column; style-arms to 5 mm. long, spreading. Capsule oblong, somewhat trigonal, torulose, to 6-7 mm. long; seeds flattened-globose, ca. 1.5 mm. in diameter, dull black, somewhat foveolate, with a broad deep micropylar pit. Bolivia and Pert. isotypes, G, US); Isla del Sol, Yumani, 3850 m. alt., Apr. 12, 1921, Asplund, no. 6359 (US). murtiio: La Paz, auf den Bergen, 3900 m. alt., Mar. 2, 1907, Buchtien, no. 811 (US); La Paz, an einem Bergabhange, 4000 m. alt., Mar. 15, 1931, Buchtien, no. 8815 (G, US); Unduavi Valley, Bro. Julio, no. 364 (US). xnGavt: Guaqui, 3900 m. alt., Feb. 1921, Asplund, no. 6360 (US). CocrasamBa: Cochabamba, 2600 m. alt., 1930, Bro. Julio, no. II, 173 (US). Although this species is frequently misdetermined, it is ac- tually one of the easiest of the Bolivian species to recognize. Of all the Bolivian members of the group with a cauline leaf STUDIES IN THE FLORA OF BOLIVIA 39 terminating the stem and a pseudo-lateral inflorescence, S. rigidzfolium is the only species with pruinose leaves and stems. 12. S. Brevipes Baker, a Irid. 130 (1892); Macbride in Field Mus. Pub. Bot. xiii. 711 (19 Plants perennial, a ie rhizome obsolete. Basal leaves few to many in a tuft, surrounded by the fibrous remains of old leaf- bases, the bases sheathing, blades subterete or fistulose, to 7 em. long, 1 mm. wide, glabrous, finely ribbed, acute. Stems simple, arcuate, glabrous, more or less flattened, 4-10 cm. ign terminated by a cauline leaf —— as a lateral spathe-cluster. Spathes to 1. 2 em. long, obtuse, the outer slightly shorter than the inner, herbaceous, with broad white hyaline margins, several-flowered, the glabrous subterete pedicels much shorter than the spathes. Ovary glabrous, ellipsoid, 3 mm. long, not, or only in part, exserted from the spathes. Flowers yellow, the tepals subequal, to 4mm. long and 2 mm. wide, obovate, obtuse, 5-veined, glabrous. Filaments to 2-2.5 mm. long, united for about 1 mm., the united portion glabrous, not swollen; anthers ca. 1 mm. long, rather divergent. Capsule oblong, to 8 mm, long, glabrous; seeds flattened-globose, 1 mm. in diameter, foveolate, black, the micropylar pit fairly deep but not broad. ivia and Peri. La Paz: pea ge viciniis Sorata; Apachata de Gualata, etc., in apricis, 3800-4000 m. alt., Jan.—Apr. 1860, Ma ndon, no. 1221 (G). MuRILLO: La Paz, 4100 m. , May, 1910, Buchtien, no. 814 (US); La Paz, altiplanicie, 4100 m. alt., Mar. 28, 1907 and May, 1910, Buchtien, no. 814 (US); La Paz, 3750 m. alt. , Jan, 23, 1907, Buchtien, no. 816 in part (US). From the other Jad species, S. Ivanii and S. hypsophilum, S. brevipes may be distinguished by its yellow flowers, veined with rown, by the half-free filaments, with the linear anthers diver- gent, and by the style-arms, which are as long as the style. In vegetative characters, it is marked by the pseudo-lateral inflores- cence and by the more or less dense fibrous collar formed by the old — 3. VE Baker in Journ. Bot. xiv. 267 (1876) ; wer Handbk. Iria. = “(1892), Macbride in Field Mus. Pub. Bot. xiii. 714 (1936). S. Bakeri Kla (1882), nomen — vs pee . eryptocarpum ’ Rusb in Mem, Torr. Bot. Club, vi. Plants densely pee perennial, the rhizome short, slender. Leaves apparently all basal except one, nearly or actually terete, to 50 cm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, acute, glabrous, several-nerved but usually only 3 nerves visible, the bases surrounded by the fibrous remains of old leaves. Stem to 47 cm. tall, simple, terete or somewhat sulcate, glabrous, terminated by & reduced spathiform cauline leaf immediately ‘sabtending the spathes, 2-7.5 em. long. Spathes somewhat unequal, 2-3 em. long, the outer 40 FOSTER shorter than the inner, with a narrow hyaline edge, or this sometimes absent, apically membranous, obtuse or subobtuse, 2—4-flowered, the fili- form glabrous pedicels slightly shorter than the spathes. Ovary ellipsoid, glabrous, 3-4 mm. long. Flowers yellow, the tepals subequal, oblong- elliptic, about 5-veined, at least 1 cm. long, 3 mm. wide, glabrous. Fila- ments ca. 3.5 mm. long, glabrous, united for 1-1.5 mm. at the broadly conic base, free for 2-2.5 mm.; anthers linear, 3 mm. long, divergent. Style as long as the icone dine style-arms stout, 2mm. long. Cap- sule ellipsoid to oblong, subtorulose, to 9 mm. long: seeds shiny black, flattened-globose, somewhat foveolate, 1.5 mm. wide, the micropylar pit broad and moderately deep. Known certainly from Bolivia and Peri and probably from northern Argentina and Colombia. CocHABAMBA: near Cochabamba, 1891, Bang, no. 1073 (G, US, isotypes of S. cryptocarpum); Toralapa, wet grassy situations, 3600 m. alt., Jan- uary, 1946, Cardenas, no. 3656 (G). La Paz: Larecasa: near Sorata, 3000-5000 m. gee Mandon, no. 1218 (Typ, not seen; isotype, G). MU- RILLO: La Paz, in den Bergen, 3800 m. alt., Mar. 15, 1907, Buchtien, no. 815 (US); ia bee Cerro eos Calvario, 3900 m. alt., Feb. 12, 1931, Buchtien, no. 8816 (US). NoR YUNGAS: Unduavi, am Waldrande, 3300 m. alt., Feb. 12, 1907 (US), and Rasenbe: 1910 (G), Buchtien, no. 818. Without locality or date: Bang, no. 2579 (US). Even in flower, this species has great similarity to S. laterale, but it can be distinguished by the fact that the filaments in S. trinerve are only partially united, glabrous, and bear long, linear, divergent anthers. _S. laterale has the filaments almost complete- ly united, glandular and villous, bearing short, closely approxi- mate anthers. Non-flowering material is separated less easily, but in the limited number of specimens available, S. trinerve consistently has spathes with a narrow hyaline margin, and glabrous pedicels. S. laterale, in the scanty material seen, has spathes with the white hyaline margins broader and more easily ruptured, and the pedicels puberulent. From S. junceum, trinerve can be distinguished by its yellow flower-color, glabrous ovary, partially free filaments, with the united portion not enlarged above the base, and the solitary spathe-groups sessile in the subtending bracts. In contrast, S. junceum has pink flowers, a glandular-pubescent ovary, completely united filaments, with the column dilated above the middle, and solitary spathe- clusters short-peduncled in the basal sheaths of the subtending bracts. The original description of S. cryptocarpum stated that flowers were unknown and the plant was referred to Sisyrinchium with some hesitation. On the isotype of S. cryptocarpum in the Gray STUDIES IN THE FLORA OF BOLIVIA 41 Herbarium, there was an old withered flower which was dissected with only passable results. On another isotype at Washington, there was a very young plant with all flowers in bud. A bud- dissection gave similar but clearer results and left no doubt that S. Eee Bi must become a synonym of S. trinerve. . §. LATERALE Baker in Journ. Bot. xiv. 269 (1876) ; Baker, rae tid. 122 (1892); Macbride in Field Mus. Pub. Bot. xiii. 714 4 (193 Plants perennial, caespitose, the rhizome obsolete, the thick di roots densely white-villous. Leaves numerous, all basal except one, the outer leaves 5-10 cm. long, the inner leaves to '30 em. long, 1 mm. wide, subulate-terete, sulcate, glabrous, finely ribbed, acute. Stem simple, terete, sulcate, glabrous, about 30 cm. long, terminated by a terete cauline leaf, sheathing at the base, 5-14 cm. long, subtending 2 spathe-clusters, the lower Margins of the leaf ciliolate. Spathes unequal, the outer shorter than the inner, 1.5-2.2 cm. long, finely ribbed, the hyaline margins white, the apices acute or acerose, each cluster 2-flowered, the filiform terete pedicels sparsely pubescent and exceeding the spathes by 5-8 mm. at anthesis. Ovary ellipsoid to subturbinate, to 3 mm. long, glandular- pubescent. Flowers yellow, pubescent on the exterior, especially at the base, the yer ag pte oblong-ovate, mucronulate, about 8-9 mm. long, mm. wide, 3 (-5 ?)-veined. Filaments 3-3.5 mm. long, united for 2.5-3 mm., iti for ca. 0.5 mm., densely yellow-villous and apparently sparsely glandular at the base, becoming more sparsely villous upward; anthers more or less connivent, oblong-ovoid, 1 mm. long. Style at least as long as the column; style-arms not exceeding the anthers. — capsule globose, 4 mm. in diameter, pubescent; seeds not see Known only from Bolivia ee La Paz: LARECAJA: viniates Sorata, Cerro del Iminapi, in graminosis, 2650-2800 m. alt., Feb.Apr. 1858, Mandon, no. 1220 (Type, not seen; isotypes, G, US). The differences between S. laterale and S. trinerve have been sufficiently discussed under that species. It seems possible, from the description, that S. pictum Kranzl. in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. xiii. 119 (1914), is a synonym of S. laterale, at no material has been available to me. If this is correct, the range is extended to SANTA CRUZ: VALLE GRANDE: Mt. Pampalarga, above Valle Grande, ca. 2550 m. alt., March, 1911, Herzog, II, 1844 tie of S. pictum, not seen). 15. S. sunceum E. Mey. in Presl, Rel. Haenk. i. 118 (1827); Baker, Handbk. Trid. 123 (1892); Macbride in Field Mus. Pub. Bot. xiii. 712 (1936). Plants perennial, loosely caespitose, the coarse roots pubescent, at least when young. Leaves few to several in a tuft, flaccid, to 30 em. long and 1-1.5 mm. wide, terete or subterete, glabrous, finely ‘ribbed, acute, long- 42 FOSTER sheathing at the base. Stems simple, often several in a tuft, 10-50 cm. tall, terete, glabrous, terminated by a cauline leaf appearing as a continua- tion of the stem, 4-15 cm. long, sheathing at the base. Spathe-clusters solitary, short-peduncled, the peduncle mostly concealed by the base of the cauline leaf, pseudo-lateral, spathes unequal, the outer longer, to 4 cm. long, acute, ‘herbaceous but with a broad hyaline margin, the inner spathe a few millimete rs shorter, obtuse, partly herbaceous, the hyaline margin broader, several-flowered, the slender, more or less terete, glabrous pedicels from shorter than to greatly exceeding the spathes at anthesis. Ovary subglobose to ovoid, glandular-pubescent, 2-4 mm. long. Flowers rose- pink, rather nutant, glabrous: outer tepals to 1.3 cm. long and ca. 3-4 mm. wide, elliptic, acute, mucronulate, ayia: inner tepals similar but 2-3 mm. ' shorter. Filaments united, to 5 mm. long, glabrous, swollen above the middle and narrowed again at the — anthers linear, 3 mm. long, rather approximate. Style to 8 mm. long, conspicuously exceeding the anthers; style-arms ca. 0.4 mm. long. Capsule oblong, obscurely tri- gonous, ‘glabrous or glabrate, to 13 cm. long; immature seeds dark brown, angled from pressure. Bolivia, Pert, Argentina and Chile. La Paz: LARECAJA: vic. Sorata, Anilaya, Lacatia, etc., in scopulosis graminosis, 3200-4500 m. alt., Jan—Apr. 1860, Mandon, no. 1222 (G, US). pacases: General Campero, 4200 m. alt., Mar. 4, 1921, Asplund, no. 6357 (US). inGAvi: Guaqui, 3900 m. alt., Feb. 21, 1921, Asplund, no. 6 (US). CocHaBampa: vic. Cochabamba, 1891, Bang, no. 1075 (G, US). Porosf: trnares: Lagunillas, 3800 m. alt., March, 1933, Cardenas, no. 418 (US). Without locality or date: Bang, no. 1864 (G, US). Study of the material indicates that probably two or more species are being included under this name. The Bolivian speci- mens agree with the larger proportion of Chilean material treated as S. junceum, and until the exact application of the name can be fixed, I shall apply the name as used here. STUDIES IN THE FLORA OF BOLIVIA INDEX New scientific names are printed in full-face type Acidanthera brevicaulis, 7; Huttonii, 19; Tysonii, 14 sariger 7, 17, 19, 21; erecta, 10, nha XA, 16; ‘lon: gituba, 19; : paiieifiors, 21, ; tanaka 1 sen Ig naps ge a el a 19.21. 22: a, 3, 4; angusta, 4, 5 8, 9: ; brevicaulis, 7; B yas bulbifers, 8, 24; candida, 6, 19, ae bicolor, 5; cinnamomea, 25; cucul- lata, 9, 56; disco ia; 1s, 13, 16; inflexa, 8, 16, 18, var. Stanfo a7; insipida, 21, 22; ongicollis, 18, 27: I longitu on 19: ae 27, var. 4 luculen ta, 19; Marlo matopensis, 18; Matshekatiplas 16, 17; minima, mak mo a 9; namaquensis, 13; earso: 21; Pentheri 21, 22, 24; Petitiana, 29° r. Volkensii, 22, "25; pilosa, 10, 23, var. 8., 14; puberula, 22; radiata, 18, 20; rupestris, 23; 23; semipatula, 24; similis, 94; spicata, 25, var. cinnamom 25; Stanfordiae, 17, 18; trifolia, 26; gwellae, 26, 27; Volkensii, 22: Widmeri, 27 Ixia — 3; cinnamomea, 25, 26; inflexa, 16, 17; spicata, 25, 26 Oenothera nana, 31 Phaiophleps acaulis, 31 ge ngnerardig 28; greg var. mino 35; azure 32; Bakeri, 39. 730 : chilense 31; ; hypso- unispathaceum, 37; vagi 34, 35, subsp. restioides, 34 28, Souza Marchio, Tritonia pauciflora, 22 Reprinted from Rxopora, Vol. 50, July-September, 1948 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY pe: CLXVII STUDIES OF AMERICAN TYPES IN BRITISH HERBARIA ‘By M. L. Fernaup AND BERNICE G. ScHUBERT : Pages 149-176 and plates 1097-1102... ..-------+--- 700 ye! 2 July, 1948 -. Pages 181-208 and nee PA0G IER. os ere es eee 16 August, Pages 217-233 and plates 1112-1117... -.- ..2222:- 1.17 September, 19: ot ene SARI BOTs | : 60¥ ANS. & ic : di ‘ * SANS ELVEN, Gow? D a ~ = 4m ; rf | of eae a es ae ieee ee RDEN LIBRA Reprinted from RxHopora, Vol. 50, July-September, 1948 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY CLXVII STUDIES OF AMERICAN TYPES IN BRITISH HERBARIA By M. L. FerNaLD AND BERNICE G. ScHUBERT Dates oF IssUE Pages 149-176 and plates 1097-1102. ....-----------77°° yg" 2 July, 1948 Pages 181-208 tT eee ee 6 August, 1 ages and plates 1103-1111 ig alae 1948 Pages 217-233 and plates 1112-1117.....---------77"" CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CLXVII STUDIES OF AMERICAN TYPES IN BRITISH HERBARIA M. L. FERNALD AND BERNICE G. SCHUBERT (Plates 1097-1117) PartI. Preratory Notes By Dr. ScHUBERT In the early spring of 1945, when the work on the new edition of Gray’s Manual had progressed to the point where only prob- lems remained, Professor Fernald spoke occasionally of the necessity of having photographs of many of the type-specimens in British herbaria. In May of that year, shortly after V-E Day, he suggested that perhaps I could go to Britain when the war ended; and in August, during the two-day holiday pro- claimed after V-J Day, he began to form a definite plan. In the winter of 1945-46, after being assured in correspondence with botanical colleagues at the British Museum (Natural History) and at Kew that their specimens might be returned from war- time sanctuaries and in working order by May, although other conditions might not be favorable, the likelihood of the project seemed less remote. The passage of three years since the beginning of preparations have now made the difficulties of the period from March, 1946, to the end of October, when I finally embarked on the Queen Elizabeth, seem much less enormous. A pleasant haze has settled over what seemed at the time very grim circumstances, surely not to be forgotten so soon. ‘The really. 150 Rhodora [JuLy outstanding recollection now is of the help very generously given us by friends! of the Gray Herbarium and by the members of the staff. The strictly technical problems of camera and equipment had of necessity to be worked out in great detail because the possi- bility of buying anything at all abroad was not to be considered. With the aid and ingenuity of Dr. Ian D. Clement, then a gradu- ate student very recently returned from service in Britain, this particular set of problems was worked out with sufficient care so that, with only minor modifications after arrival at the British Museum, the work was carried out as planned with no loss of negatives. The equipment, though simple, was designed with several considerations in mind, among them need for the least possible weight and probable lack of special lighting equipment and dark-room. We decided that the most portable case for carrying all the equipment would be a standard size student’s laundry-case, which, after the camera, a Voigtlander Avus, 214 X 314, was our first acquisition. With the inside measure- ments of the case at hand Dr. Clement proceeded to design a copying stand which could be used at one limit to photograph whole specimens (at 4 natural size) and at the other to photo- graph details at natural size. Built, in the University work- shop, the extendable vertical rack was attached to the base by bolts and wing-nuts and the two portions of the rack were similarly joined, but the whole stand could be separated and packed with enough room left for film, film-holders, change-bag, notes, etc. The completely full case, with sufficient equipment for taking approximately one thousand specialized photographs (including all needs except lights), weighed 38 pounds, a not impossible load and one with sufficient padding in the form of “ab-coat” and kleenex to withstand the rigors of travel. While the camera-stand was being constructed my occupa- tions were many: trying to procure passage, finding film in quantity, copying descriptions of all the species to be studied and, in general, getting ready for a trip which might begin in May of 1946 or a year from then. A passport was not received until late in June and then the ‘Particularly the financial aid from Miss Edith Scamman, Mr. Walter D. Edmonds and Mr. Philip Wrenn 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 151 vicious circle of ‘“‘no visa, no passage; no passage, No visa”? was run around for about two months until the British Consul, by this time probably a little tired of my frequent calls, said if all haste were made I could probably get passage on the Queen Elizabeth and if I did he would assume the responsibility of giving mea visa. Finally on the 28th of October, with too much luggage and a full sheaf of documents, I embarked on the beauti- fully refinished Cunarder in a state of complete exhaustion and great uncertainty. I do not know what I expected that distracted me to the point of leaving one piece of baggage in Customs at Southampton and the case with all my notes on the train at Waterloo Station (both of which, thanks to British efficiency, were very soon recovered) but my equilibrium returned promptly on reaching the British Museum in South Kensington. The complete friendliness with which I was received by the Keeper of the Botany Department and his staff was very reas- suring and the amount of help given me, particularly by Dr. George Taylor, immeasurable. For some weeks before my ar- rival Dr. Taylor, the Deputy Keeper, and his assistant, Mr. L. H. J. Williams, had worked from lists sent earlier, to get out a large number of the specimens I needed (since the Herbarium was not yet rearranged in actual working order). This meant a great saving in time and made it possible to start photographing immediately. As Dr. Clement and I had expected, an unforeseen problem arose at once—the herbarium-sheets at the British Museum are considerably larger than the standard size in American herbaria. This required certain rearrangements but there was enough lee- way in the rack so that the difficulty was satisfactorily overcome. The matter of lighting which had somewhat concerned us offered no particular problem and three (or sometimes only two) ordinary desk-lamps provided sufficient light. some 400 photographs of about 300 specimens in addition to the Walter Herbarium, photographed in its entirety and described in detail later in this paper. In the problems of photography particularly, Mr. James A. Crabbe of the technical staff was especially helpful and encouraging. é In many historical and bibliographical as well as taxonomic 152 Rhodora [JuLy questions Mr. A. H. G. Alston took particular pains to assist me. He also arranged a visit to the Chelsea Physic Garden, once in the charge of Philip Miller, many of whose types I was studying. Both space and time prohibit my writing in any more detail of my stay at the British Museum. Although the larger amount of material needed was there, important types were also at Kew and in the middle of December I started working there, although, because of the acute housing shortage, I continued to live in South Kensington (on the tiny but well protected street on which Mr. Winston Churchill resides). At Kew (where in contrast to the British Museum there was essentially no war-damage) I felt very much at home and it was obvious that the basic plans for the Gray Herbarium building were adapted from this splendid herbarium. The Keeper, Dr. Turrill, Mr. Sandwith in charge of American plants, Mr. Summer- hayes in charge of Orchidaceae, and many others helped me to make rapid progress and do as much as possible in my limited time. The technical problems, solved in South Kensington, were no longer of any consequence. At Kew, in addition to studies of the North American types, it was also possible to photograph, though not study, types in many Central and South American genera in which my colleagues and I had special interest. In all I made just over 100 photographs at Kew and settled several bibliographical questions. Before Christmas too, I made a hurried trip to Cambridge to see some of Lindley’s material (all preserved there but the Orchidaceae). Through the kindness of Dr. F. T. Brooks of the Botany School and the cordial assistance of Dr. J. G. Hawkes of the Imperial Institute of Genetics and Plant Breeding, my stay was made most interesting and profitable. A short visit with Mrs, Agnes Arber, who has done outstanding work, especially on the Monocots, was a very pleasant occasion in Cambridge too, planned for me by Mr. W. T. Stearn of the Royal Horticultural Society. By the first of January, 1947, the period allotted for the proj- ect had passed but some summer vacation-time not used in 1946, made possible a short trip to Geneva and then a few days in London to study at the herbarium of the Linnean Society before departure. My purpose in Geneva was chiefly to photograph DeCandolle’s 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 153 types in Begonia and Desmodium, kept separately there, in the order of the Prodromus. In a very short two weeks it was possible only to photograph the specimens (about 200), take very brief notes and make a firm resolve to return really to study more of the fascinating material and to become better acquainted with Geneva, a particularly interesting city historically (to say nothing of its very numerous wonderful book-shops). My stay in Geneva was made especially pleasant by the help of Dr. Baehni, Director of the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques, and the Secretary-librarian, Mlle. Nelly Dubugnon, who wrote innumerable notes in French, to ensure my not getting lost, and performed many other kind services. It was most interesting also to meet in Geneva Dr. Hochreutiner, former director of the Conservatoire, a most gracious gentleman, and Dr. J. C. Willis of “Age and Area” fame, then putting the final touches on a new work. Returning to London in the last week of January, it was necessary to close off some unfinished bits at the British Museum, collect my negatives, which the officers of the Museum had kindly arranged to have developed for me, and to spend a few days at the Linnean Society of London. The devoted Assistant- Secretary of the Society, Mr. Spencer Savage, made working there a most interesting and stimulating experience, and the privilege of working on the herbarium as well as Linnaeus’ own books, with his annotations, was a very great one. My departure from London was made at the time of the beginning of one of the most severe winters there recorded. The low temperatures, plus the restrictions in use of electricity and fuel imposed soon thereafter, would have made photography impossible; so, although my time was all too short, an extension then would not have greatly helped. It is quite impossible here to express adequately the real significance of this short journey to a few of the older, historical botanical collections abroad. Those who helped, here named and unnamed, both botanists and others of whom there were very many, have made a positive contribution to the accuracy and authenticity of the new edition of Gray’s Manual. To all these friends this brief note is a small token of my appreciation and the gratitude of the senior author, Professor Fernald, and myself. 154 Rhodora [Juny Part II. Some Linnaran SpEctrs (PLatEs 1097-1102) PTERIS ATROPURPUREA L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1076 (1753). The specimen so marked in the Linnaean Herbarium is the plant currently interpreted as that species. The first sentence in the Linnaean description might or might not refer to this plant. The Grono- vian diagnosis seems to refer to Pellaca glabella Mett., but the Gronovian collection is not available. Since Linnaeus’s speci- men, annotated by him, is the pubescent plant, P. atropurpurea of authors generally, it is best not to disturb the present concept. Linnaeus’s “stipes nitidus” does not hold for this plant. PoTAMOGETON PusILLUS L. = P. panormitanus Bivona-Ber- nardi, var. major G. Fischer. As pointed out in Ruopora xiii. 246 (1940) Dandy and Taylor indicated (in Journ. Bot. Ixxvi. 91 (1938)) that the rypxr of Potamogeton pusillus L. Sp. Pl. i. 127 (1753) has been regularly misinterpreted and that it is actually the later published P. panormitanus Biv. Nuove Piante ined. Barone Ant. Biv.-Bern. pub. del Figlio Andrea, 6 (1838). They did not make any differentiation between the two varieties of P. panormitanus which in America, at least, are very definite: var. major G. Fischer, Berichte Bayer. Bot. Gesells. xi. 109 (1907), and var. minor Biv. l.¢c. The former, with the larger or primary leaves 1-3 mm. wide, was illustrated in Fernald, Mem. Gray Herb. iii. pls. ix, xxix, fig. 7, xxxiii, fig. 4 and xxxix, fig. 10 (1932). The latter, with the larger leaves only 0.3-1 mm. wide and relatively short, was illustrated (Fernald 1. ¢.) in plates x, xxix, fig. 8 and xxxili, fig. 5. Until it could be determined which panormitanus var. major; this necessitates the new combination: - P. PUSILLUS L., var. minor (Biv.) comb. nov. P. panormi- fanus Biv. var. minor 1. c.: Gussoni, Fl. Sic. Syn. i. 207 (1842); G. Fischer 1. ¢. ANDROPOGON Iscuarmum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1047 (1753). The plant which Linnaeus labeled “11 Ischaemum”’ is A. Gerardi Vitm. cultivated and probably escaped in southern France. A. Ischaemum, as described and generally understood, is a wholly 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 155 different species, native to central and southeastern Europe, Asia and Africa and is the plant to which all the references cited by Linnaeus apply. The identity of A. Gerardi was discussed in Rwopora xlv. 255 et seq. (1943). CYPERUS ALTERNIFOLIUS L. Mant. 28 (1767), ‘Habitat in Virginia.” Cited by C. B. Clarke in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxi. 130 (1884) in his paper On Indian Species of Cyperus with the range given as ‘Madagascar’. There seems to be no question about the identity of the plant, which is not known in America. Juncus nNoposus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, 466 (1762). The material under this name is as mixed as were Linnaeus’s bibliographical citations. The two specimens marked by Linnaeus as J. nodosus are (1) characteristic J. scirpoides Michx. (specimen no. 449.16) and (2) the little stoloniferous northern plant which regularly passes as J. nodosus (specimen no. 449.17). By some of. the early authors J. nodosus was taken up in the sense of J. scirpoides and the latter cited as a synonym. Since, however, the brief diagnosis applies better to the second plant (no. 449.17), which for more than a century has been regularly treated as J. nodosus, it would be superfluous to interpret the species as intended primarily for J. scirpoides. Tue Type or CELTIS OCCIDENTALIS L., our PLATES 1097, 1098. —Celtis occidentalis, one of the most variable and taxonomically difficult of species, was defined by Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. ii. 1044 (1758), as follows: occidentalis. 3. CELTIS foliis oblique ovatis serratis acuminatis. Celtis procera, foliis ovato-lanceolatis serratis, fructu pullo. Gron. virg.195. __ Lotus arbor virginiana, fructu rubro. Raj. hist. 1917. integerrima, ceterum serrata, nuda, nervoso- venosa, latere postico duplo minore. It will at once be noted that in the four-line new description by Linnaeus he obviously had two quite different plants confused: (1) “Folia tenera, ovato-lanceolata, parum pubescentia”’; (2) “adulta lato-ovata, acuminata, acumine & basi integerrima, ceterum serrata, nuda, nervoso-venosa, latere postico duplo minore”’. Furthermore, the quotation from Ray said “fructu rubro”’; that 156 Rhodora [JuLy from Gronovius, which obviously coincided with the first part of the longer Linnaean description with “foliis ovato-lanceolatis”, had ‘“fructu pullo”. Recent interpretation of C. occidentalis and its varieties started with Sargent in Bot. Gaz. Ixvii. 217, 218 (1919). There Sargent gave the following definitions. Ceitis occipenTALis L.—“‘On what is usually snag the type of this att ies the leaves are broadly ovate, acute or short-acuminate oe leav me forms of this variety look very distinct, but trees with leaves ‘ehertantiate between these and those of the typical form are common. The fruit varies as in the type from subglobose to obovoid, and there seems little difference in the length of the pedicels, which are ie paps than the petioles. The leaves are usually glabrous, but on some of Bush’s Missouri specimens the midribs and veins are pilose on the lower surface and the petioles are pubescent, as in the variety crass, ‘Var ssirouia Gray, Man. ed. 2, 397. 1856.—C. crassifolia Lamarck, et Meth. 4: 138. 1797. —Differing from the type in its usually narrower, acuminate, thicker leaves, often more coarsely orate. or nearly ater seabrate on the upper surface ae pilose below along the midribs an “In this form the Setidlee are usually villose-pubescent, but occa- si sale are quite glabrous; the pedicels are slightly villose, and the branchlets are S pateets or pubescent.” At the same time Sargent took up for the tree of the southern Coastal Plain, which extends northward abundantly to the James River and inland northward in the Mississippi basin, the name C. nies Willd. of which, we a on his page 222, high, with somewhat pendulous branches and slender, glabrous us, red- brown branchlets. e leaves are thin, usually oblong:-lancelat long-pointed and mee pry at apex, unsymmetrically rounded or furnished with a few teeth usually ep the a green on both aces, — “igri or occasionally cabra above. The fruit range-red Sargent recognized (p. 223) C. laevigata, var. Smalli (Beadle) 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 157 Sarg., in which the leaves of the fertile branchlets are constantly serrate, as well as some other variations of this often red-fruited species from farther to the southwest. In his Manual (ed. 2) 318, 319 (1922), Sargent placed C. occidentalis with “fruit dark purple” under a heading “fruit on pedicels much longer than the petioles’? and his fig. 289 thus illustrated it; while C. laevigata came under the general heading “fruit on pedicels shorter or only slightly longer than the petioles” the fruit being described as orange-color or yellow. The artist, however, showed the fruiting pedicels two or three times as long as the subtending petioles! When the material which Linnaeus had before him is checked it is significant that the specimen, our PLATE 1097, Fi. 1, which he personally marked as species “3 K C. occidentalis”, the specimen, collected by Kalm and now numbered in the Linnaean Herbarium 1209.4, has the fruiting pedicel scarcely as long as the petiole. This is the specimen which supplied the second portion of the Linnaean description, “adulta lato-ovata”’, etc. The citation from Ray with “fructu rubro” is not good for a species with purple-black fruit and may be passed as not typifying C. occidentalis. The Gronovian account of “Celtis procera, foliis ovato- lanceolatis serratis, fructu pullo” is supported by a beautiful sheet in the Gronovian herbarium at the British Museum (our PLATE 1098, ric. 1) which is clearly of C. laevigata, var. Smallit, a very characteristic tree which reaches its northern limit in Clayton’s territory. This tree, with very thin oblong- or ovate- lanceolate, long-attenuate leaves, formed the basis of the first portion of the Linnaean description ‘Folia tenera, ovato-lanceo- lata”. In the Linnaean Herbarium, but not bearing Linnaeus’s identifications, there is a branch (1209.5) in anthesis (with one flower) the sheet bearing in Gronovius’s hand ‘‘Celtis fol. ovato- lanceolatis”, etc., but with the “fructu atro purpurascato sub- dulci”. Since this specimen was not marked by Linnaeus and since most of its elongate leaves have the tips broken, it is of secondary importance, but the long-attenuate tips of the two unbroken upper leaves are readily matched by those of modern specimens of C. laevigata, var. Smallii. The Gronovian “fructu atro peresraneto! certainly was not deduced from the single 158 Rhodora [Jouny flower. At any rate, this specimen, without Linnaeus’s identi- fication, cannot be taken as the type of Celtis occidentalis. Since the one specimen which bears Linnaeus’s identification and is certainly the basis of the description of the adult branch, while the far handsomer Clayton specimen of the tree “‘folia tenera, ovato-lanceolaia’’ and the unidentified fragment in the Linnaean Herbarium are characteristic C. laevigata, var. Smallit, it seems only right to treat the first (1209.4) as the TyPE of Celtis occidentalis. This decision coincides with that of Mr. Savage in a letter to us, under date of 30 May, 1947, which refers unequivocally to ““The type-specimen of Celtis occidentalis L. in Hb. Linn. no. 1209.4’. At the time the junior author made the photographs of Celtis in the Linnaean Herbarium the severe winter of 1946-47 was coming on in London and the resulting numbness of fingers made it impossible to ascertain clearly whether the leaves of 1209.4 were smooth or scabrous. This point is now settled for us in Mr. Savage’s letter, written when the weather in London was “almost unbearably hot”, Mr. Savage stating explicitly that “the leaves of this specimen are scabrous”. The type of Celtis occidentalis is, then, as already surmised, identical with C. crassifolia Lam., Eneycl. Méth. iv. 138 (1796), Lamarck’s TYPE shown as our PLATE 1097, Fic. 2. The thin- and smooth-leaved tree or shrub which has recently been passing as true C. occidentalis must be called C. occidentalis, var. pumila (Pursh) Gray, Man. ed. 2: 397 (1856), for this was based on C. pumila Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 200 (1814). This interpretation of Celtis pumila needs explanation, since, by the treatments of Sargent, Rehder and their followers, C. pumila is supposed to be the shrub or small tree of exposed or very bleak habitats with the leaves of the fertile branchlets entire or esseD- tially so and the small and spherical fruits bright red or reddish to brown and with relatively small stones, whereas the fruit of the serrate-leaved and mostly taller C. occidentalis is larger, slightly longer than broad to spherical, and varying in the different trends from orange or amber-color to purple-black, the stones positively larger than in so-called C. pumila. The gene ally accepted but erroneous interpretation is well stated in the key and description in Rehder, Man. Cult. Trees and Shrubs, ed. 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 159 2: 184, 185 (1940). His C. pumila there comes under the first capital A of his key, ‘‘Leaves entire or occasionally with few teeth . . . : stone pitted’’, while C. occidentalis comes under AA . “Leaves serrate’. His C. pumila has its fruit described as “purple or tan-color’. Deam’s Flora of Indiana (1940), based upon a very close field-study of the plants of his region, thus separates C. occidentalis and the traditional C. pumila. In his key on page 392 the following is given for C. occidentalis: Margins of leaves of fruiting branchlets and shoots sharply serrate all around ¥ the base; leaf blades of an oe to broadly ovate type, oblique at base, sometimes strongly so, those of fruiting branchlets 5-15 cm long; pedicels of fruit much aie than the petioles; nutlets 8 mm long; small or large trees. This opposed to Margins of leaves of Frere branchlets usually entire, or some with a few teeth on one side or with a few teeth on both sides but never serrate on either side to the base; mar, of leaves of vege gins serrate nearly all around but n rrate to peor of fruit shorter or only slightly poner. than the petioles: nutlets 5-6 mm long, this definition dived both C. laevigata and C. pumila. The latter is separated by Deam as follows: Leaves mostly of an ovate-lanceolate type, sometimes os ate to b ovate or rarely erase oer pee generally pros 7 ellow gree beneath, sees smooth get exizemely ariable in siz e usually about half the maxim ; brane y more or less pu t icels shorter or longer than the petioles; mature fruit (collected in October) a dark ¢ red; trees usually 1-2.5 m high, but some igh and up tol => diameter near the base; of a dry sandy, senvaity or Gcoky habi Deam’s very detailed description is ¥ " pumila as nowadays generally interpreted. Unfortunately, however, recent authors seem not to have paid very close attention to Pursh’s own ac- count. Otherwise they would not emphasize the entire leaves and the small and spherical purple or tan-color or cherry-red drupe. Asa matter of fact, wherever the senior author has seen the entire-leaved so-called C. pumila its small spherical fruits have always been red to red-orange when ripe. Pursh’s brief account was as follows: pumila. 3. C. foliis ovatis aaoeeere cane a jionbastantum pubese oes ntibus, pedunculis sub- trifloris, fructu solitari 160 Rhodora [JoLy On the banks of rivers: Maryland and Virginia. b . May. v.v. A small straggling bush; berries ovate, black. The small to medium-sized tree or shrub with relatively thin and smooth serrate leaves, which has passed as true C. occi talis, is obviously what Pursh described. Fortunately Pursh’s own material (the Type), with his own identification clearly written, is preserved in the Pursh herbarium at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. We are indebted to the generous interest of Mr. Bayard Long for a photograph of it, x 5/;(PLATE 1098, rics. 2 and 3) and to Dr. Francis W. Pennell for a transcript of the label, Dr. Pennell remarking that Pursh’s labels are the most complete of any on old collections preserved at the Academy. Pursh collected this specimen “in 1806 on his Virginia trip made for Dr. B. S. Barton’’. he shrub or small tree of usually exposed habitats which has erroneously been passing as Celtis pumila is C. tenuifolia Nutt. Gen. N. Am. Pl. i. 202 (1818). Although Nuttall thought his new species might be the C. pumila of Pursh, he definitely ex- pressed doubt. His new name was not, then, a superfluous substitute but that of the shrub which erroneously passes as C. pumila. Here is Nuttall’s description: 3. tenuifolia. C. pumila, Pursh 1. p. 200? A low bush, in the tains of Virgini moun flowering at the height of 2 feet. Leaves irginia nearly as broad as long, now and then without serratures, often cordate- ovate, very little acuminated and almost perfectly smooth on both sides. Berries solitary, brown and glaucous. The extreme with leaves thicker, more pubescent, and harshly scabrous above is: C. Tenuirouia Nutt., var. georgiana (Small), comb. nov: C. georgiana Small in Bull, Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 439 (1897). _€: ROT var. georgiana (Small) Sargent in Bot. Gaz. Ixvii. 227 In some cases, as in the work of Deam, we find Celtis pumila ascribed to “(Muhl.) Pursh’”’; in others called C. occidentalis, vat- pumila Muhl. The evident basis for such citations is the nomen nudum “C. occidentalis, B, pumila dwarf Pens. fl. Maio.” of Muhl. Cat. 95 (1813). Without any differentiation, the word “dwarf” being a mere translation of “pumila”, Muhlenberg’s name must be treated as a nomen nudum. 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 161 Another name which may sometime have to be taken up is that of Persoon, Syn. i. 292 (1805), his C. occidentalis ‘‘6.? tenuifolia, fol. tenuioribus minus acuminatis, dentib. majoribus basi magis rotundatis; vid. Enc. bot. 1. c. p. 137 et 188. Crese. in Ludoviscana; colitur in H. P. An distincta?’. This is based on C. occidentalis ‘‘8. eadem? folits tenuioribus minis acumi- natis”’ of Lam. Encycl. Méth. iv. 137 (1796). Lamarck further saying (p. 138): L’arbre 8, dont je ne connois ni les fleurs ni les fruits, est originaire de la Louisiane, & cultivé également au jardin des plantes. Il a les feuilles moins acuminées, plus minces, dentées plus grossiérement, un peu plus arondies 4 la base. La gelée a d’ailleurs beaucoup de prise sur lui, & le fait ordinairement périr tous les ans jusqu’ 4 la racine, au moins dans notre climat. N’est-il qu’une simple variété du } } is, ou bien doit-il former une espéce particuliére? (V. v. 5. Flor. & 6. Fr.) It is not improbable that this variety may prove to be C. laevigata Willd., var. Smailii (Beadle) Sarg. 1. c. 223 (1919). Until this matter is settled Sargent’s varietal name should stand. An early varietal name for typical Celtis laevigata Willd., the name to be taken up if entire-leaved typical C. laevigata is treated as a variety of C. occidentalis (a course for which there is logical argument, in view of the frequent overlapping of characters) is C. occidentalis L., var. integrifolia Nutt. Gen. i. 202 (1818). This varietal name was unjustifiably cited in the synonymy of C. mississippiensis Bosc ex Spach (1841) as “C. integrifolia, Nutt.” by Gray, Man. ed. 2: 397 (1856), thus unfortunately saddling upon Nuttall a binomial which he apparently did not make, Nuttall having used only the varietal combination. The only legitimately published C. integrifolia seems to be that of m. Encye. Meth. iv. 140 (1796), with “foliis ovato-subrotundis’’ and coming from Senegal. Obviously this has nothing to do With C. laevigata, although Index Kewensis, with uncanny lack of understanding, refers it to the synonymy of the narrow-leaved American C. mississippiensis Bose ex Spach (1841), a synonym of C. laevigata Willd. (1811). Even if the round-leaved C. imegrifolia Lam. (1796) of Senegal were forced into the narrow- leaved C. mississippiensis of 1841 or C. laevigata of 1811 (reduced by Ind. Kew. to C. mississippiensis), it is not clear on what basis this indispensable but too often misleading work was com- 162 Rhodora [(JuLy piled. Celtis was obviously as puzzling to its editors as to those who have to hunt for its morphological characters. Another name for entire-leaved typical C. laevigata Willd. (1811) is C. longifolia Nutt. N. Am. Sylva, i. 134, t. xl (1842), described in detail, beautifully illustrated and based on “C. occidentalis 6. integrifolia, Nutr. Gen. Am. vol. 1. p. 202. (not of LAMARCK.),” Nuttall giving the tree a new name because of the earlier C. integrifolia Lam. (1796). Nuttall’s C. longifolia has not made its way into Index Kewensis, presumably because it was thought to be the same as C. longifolia Raf. Atl. Journ. i. 177 (1833), a tree of “Texas & Arkanzas”’, which, from the description, “Fol. distichis, elongato oblongis acum. basi obliq. truncatis, equal. serratis” etc. was presumably C. laevigata, var. Smallit. This discussion of nomenclatural and taxonomic problems is only typical of much which must be cleared before the exact names and identities of our plants (and especially the ligneous ones) can be finally settled. To the problem of evaluating the often fluctuating morphological characters is added the interpre- tation of authors of the past. The present authors do not deceive themselves into thinking that the problems of eastern American Celtis are finally settled. They may have done something to clear away some of the obstacles. Saticornra viratnica L. Sp. Pl. i. 4 (1753) as virginia. S. herbacea, ®. virginica (L.) L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2: i. 5 (1762). S. ambigua Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 2 (1803). Although Linnaeus confused the characteristic Atlantic North American perennial with a quite different plant of Europe, his brief diagnosis and his quoted description were both based on Virginian material from Clayton, described in Gronovius, Fl. Virg. ii. 129 (1743). The Gronovian account was clear and tc the point: SALICORNIA caulium ramorumque articulis apice bicornibus. cornia erecta ramosa, caule ad imum nudo, plerumque rubente. Clayt. n. 527 & 667. Linnaeus wrote virginia. 3. SALICORNIA articulis apice compressis emarginatis Salicornia caulium ramorumque articulis apice bicornibus. Gron. virg. 129. Habitat in Virginia, & ad Salinas Saxoniae. O 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 163 In Species Plantarum, ed. 2, i. 5 (1762) Linnaeus corrected the spelling of the name but reduced the Virginian species to varietal rank under the annual S. herbacea L. as S. herbacea 6. virginica, giving merely the description from Gronovius but adding the comment: “‘Virginica 6. ad Salinas Saxoniae frequentissima, vix ac ne viz distincta est species; articuli in salsis enim magis emargi- nati evadunt.”’ Even though Linnaeus confused the quite different plant of Saxony with the plant described by Gronovius from Clayton specimens and erroneously inferred that the Clayton specimens were annual, the collection of Clayton, preserved in the Gro- novian Herbarium at the British Museum of Natural History, must stand as the tyre of Salicornia virginica, especially since Linnaeus had no material in his own herbarium. This Clayton sheet, bearing the brief diagnoses above quoted from Gronovius and the nos. 572 and 667 (the former evidently misquoted by Gronovius as 527), consists of three branches, two of them forking from below the middle and with very prominent 2- horned scales (“caulium ramorumque articulis apice bicorni- bus”), the third a long and simple stem with few simple branches at summit (“erecta ramosa, caule ad imum nudo”). This material is very readily matched by specimens of S. ambigua Michx., a species which Clayton would have had great difficulty in avoiding along the coastal sands of Virginia. PotygaLa cruciata L., var. aquilonia, var. nov., TAB. 1100, planta 0.5-2.5 dm. alta, simplex vel divergenter ramosa, foliae latis quam longis, 2.5-4 mm. longis in apice subulato, 0.5-1 mm ongo; seminibus ellipsoideo-obovoideis rugulosis.—Southern mountains of Alabama and Tennessee. Typx from inner edge of salt-marsh, Stratford, Connecticut, August 30, 1896, HZ. H. Eames in Herb. Gray. In general, botanists have interpreted the more northern var. aquilonia as true Polygala cruciata, and the wide-ranging southern P. cuspidata Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Journ. Bot. i. 194 (1834), not DC. (1824), has been treated as a fairly distinct and larger 164 Rhodora (JuLy variety, P. cruciata, var. cuspidata (Hook. & Arn.) Wood, Class-bk. ed. of 1861: 296 (1861) or var. ramosior Nash ex Robinson in Gray, Syn. Fl. i. 458 (1897). Small, furthermore, . considered the latter a distinct species, P. ramosior (Nash) Small, Man. 771 (1933). The Linnaean Polygala cruciata, Sp. Pl. 706 (1753), was based on two references, one of which, Gron. Virg. 80, contains a cita- tion to a Clayton specimen, no. 157. This specimen, now in the British Museum, was examined and photographed. It consists of two depauperate plants with all the tendencies of the southern variety, although not quite approaching most such material in the size of its parts. Its leaves are linear-spatulate and its nodes numerous (for its size). On the same sheet with the Clayton collection is mounted a collection, also somewhat de- pauperate, from Maine. The latter plants show equally well the characteristics of var. aquilonia, with divergent branches and spatulate to narrowly oblanceolate leaves. The two collections could hardly be considered the same and _ better developed material makes clear that the tendencies here displayed, when fully developed, characterize real varieties. The Clayton material, immature though it is, unquestionably represents the more southern branch of the species, typical P. cruciata. Although in eastern Virginia typical Polygala cruciata and var. aquilonia obviously merge, the material from Florida to eastern Texas, thence northward into eastern North Carolina (and largely eastern Virginia) seems to be well distinguished from the more northern series. The following characters may be noted: P. cructata (typical), our PLATE 1099. P. cuspidata Hook. & Arn. in Hook. 94 ; (Hook. & Arn.) Var. AQUILONIA, PLATE 1100. Plant 0.5-2.5 dm. high, simple or divergently eee the primary axis with 3-5 (+6) leaf-bearing nodes; —_ stent ts 1.5-2 mm. long; wings about as wide as long, 2.5-4 mm. long, with subulate tip 0.5-1 mm. long; seed ellipsoid-obovoid, coarsely rugulose. 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 165 True southern Polygala cruciata seems never to occur in sub- saline habitats but to prefer wet pineland or pine-barren or boggy savannas, Chapman, FI. So. U. 8. 84 (1860) assigning it to ‘“‘Pine-barren swamps’’ and Small, Fl. to “Low pinelands and swamps”. The 41 collections in the Gray Herbarium which have clear indication of habitat give the following score: moist pineland, pine-barren swamps or flat pineland, 14; savanna, sphagnous swale or sphagnous bog, 15; swamp, 3; meadow, 5; and moist soil, river-swamp, low ground and grass-palmetto land, 1 each. On the other hand the generally more northern or inland var. aquilonia is a plant of usually less saturatedly wet habitats and from Delaware northward it is partial to the outer coastal or coastwise region, even the upper borders of salt- marshes. Thus, in their report on the Flora of the Boston District, Knowlton and Deane recorded it in RHoporA xxi. 81 (1919) as “not reported from western towns, but occasional throughout the towns nearer the coast”. In fact, of the 90 collections from Massachusetts before us the farthest inland is from Westford, only about 25 miles from the sea. Similarly, the Connecticut Botanical Society’s Catalogue of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of Connecticut says: “Occasional or frequent near the coast, but rare or wanting inland”. For the whole of New York state House could say only “In sandy swamps and depressions and the borders of salt marshes. Frequent or common on Long Island and Staten Island”, not far inland. Again, Stone, reporting on the Plants of Southern New Jersey, says: “Common in damp ground in the Pine Barrens and locally in the Middle, Coast and Cape May districts, occurring at a few stations north of our limits, but all within the coastal plain’. From the 70 collections before us from New England, which have the habitat clearly indicated, we get the following score: border of salt-marsh or sea-shore, 10; sandy, gravelly or peaty pond- margin, 31; meadow or low field, 13; cranberry-bog or boggy swale, 8; grassy swamp, damp sandy soil or sandy swamp, 2 each; dry field and damp woods, 1 each. Farther inland (as in the case of many other coastwise species) var. aquilonia occurs near the Great Lakes, thence southward along the mountains to northern Alabama: swamps near Hender- son, Henderson Co., North Carolina [between Blue Ridge and 166 Rhodora [Juny. Pisgah Ridge], Biltmore Herb. no. 731%; Pine Knot, McCreary Co., Kentucky [Pine Mts. to Cumberland Plateau], H. J. Rogers, no. 39; 6 miles east of Crossville, alt. 2300 ft., Cumber- land Co., Tennessee (Cumberland Mts.), Svenson, no. 4181; Sand Mountain, Jackson Co., Alabama, August 29, 1938, Lillian V. Porter. Extending locally inland from the Gulf States true P. cruciata reaches south-central Tennessee: Coffee Co., alt. 1100 ft., Svenson, no. 4258; Van Buren Co., Svenson, no. 9391; Grundy Co., Svenson, no. 8930. From Blake’s synonymy in the North American Flora it might be thought that Polygala missurica Raf. New Fl. iv. 89 (1838) should be taken up for the inland phase of P. cruciata, var. aquilonia; but it is probable that there was some misinterpreta- tion of Rafinesque’s plant. On his pp. 87 and 88 Rafinesque subdivided Polygala into 10 subgenera, with subgenus “5. Sexiua R. stamens 6 sessile, corolla bilabiate cristate, type P. verticillata and all whorled species, chiefly annuals”. His P. missurica was described as follows: “966. PotyGata (Sexilia) missurica Raf. stem branched diffuse 4gone, leaves quaternate and opposite broad lanceolate smooth, base acute, end mucronate; spikes terminal oblong imbricate—in the prairies of Missouri and Illinois, 3 to 4 inches high, leaves larger and broader than in others, flowers white, not in filiform spikes. Annual”, Since subgenus Serilia was typified by Polygala verticillata and the only additional species definitely named by Rafinesque in this place was his P. missurica with lanceolate (not oblanceolate nor spatulate) leaves and white flowers and since the ordinarily green- to bronze- or purple-flowered P. cruciata has never been recorded from Missouri (at least not recorded by Palmer & Steyermark), it would seem that Rafinesque was describing a white-flowered, lanceolate-leaved variety of P. verticillata with “spikes .. . oblong”. Just such a plant is P. verticillata, var. sphenostachya Pennell in Bartonia, xiii, 9 and 12 (1931) which is represented by specimens before us from “sandy prairie’, Havana, Illinois, Gleason; ‘sterile prairie”, Stark Co., Illinois, V. H. Chase, no. 198; “prairies” Leeds, North Dakota, Lunell; “common on prairies”, Black Hills, Forwood; and by material from Missouri. At least P. missurica can hardly be P. cruciata. Ordinarily the racemes of var. aquilonia are greenish, reddish or purple-tinged. Very rarely an albino occurs. This is nnn ee ee ee re 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 167 Var. AQUILONIA, forma alba (Oakes), comb. nov. P. cruciata b. alba Oakes in Hovey’s Mag. vii. 185 (1841). HypEeRIcuM cALYcINuM L. Mant. 106 (1767). The habitat of this species was cited with doubt by Linnaeus as in America septentrionali. The species is, however, native in the Old World and the type-specimen is matched by a large amount of herbarium-material. Hypericum prouiricum L. |. ¢., our PLATE 1101, rigs. 1-3. The material under this name in the Linnaean Herbarium was discussed in some detail by Svenson in Ruopora, xlii. 9 (1940). Svenson’s decision that sheet no. 20 must be taken as the TYPE of H. prolificum L. is correct, as is his statement that sheets 22 (our rig. 4), 23 and 24 represent H. prolificum in the sense of American authors generally, not Linnaeus (except in very small part, the Gronovian reference). In the original account Linnaeus included two very different plants: prolifi- 31. HYPERICUM floribus trigynis, caule tetragono cum. fruticoso, foliis lanceolato-linearibus, flori- bus primordialibus sessilibus. 4 Hypericum floribus semitrigynis, staminibus corol- la breuioribus, caule fruticoso semperuirente. Gruan. virg. 112. ; Habitat in America septentrionali. R. | Caules recti, purpurascentes. Folia saepius reuoluta, unde angusta Rosmarini. Foliola _ ramulorum primordia, ex alis plurima. Panicula parua, terminalis. Flores primae secundaeque dichotomiae sessiles; reliqui terminales, neulati, numero rarius vlira 7. Stamina petalis non longiora. That the quotation from Gronovius (misprinted ‘“Gruan.”), Fi. Virg. ed. 2: 112 (1762) and the further notes given by Grono- vlus referred to the plant familiarly known as H. prolificum (our rig. 4) has already been noted by Gray and others. The difficulty is, that the plant described in detail (our Fics. 1-3) Folia saepius reuoluta, unde angusta Rosmarini. Foliola ramu- lorum primordia, ex alis plurima... Stamina petalis non congiora”, is the one which Linnaeus had in his herbarium as Proliferum.’ with an additional memorandum of some of the characters given in his description. His published specific name Prolificum was, obviously, from the axillary fascicles (“Foliola - +. ex alis plurima’’), 168 Rhodora [JuLy The relationship of sheet no. 20 seems, from examination of the inflorescence and the comparative length of stamens and petals to be, as Svenson indicated, possibly with what we have considered true H. prolificum rather than with H. densiflorum. The extreme variation in leaf-characters, however, seems to us to indicate a differentiation more basic than the mere aberrancy from H. prolificwum which Svenson considers it. In the vast amount of herbarium-material available we have not been able to find anything which can be identified unquestionably with the Linnaean sheet number 20. The only name which we have found in the literature which is possibly applicable to H. pro- lificum sensu Gray, Man. (and current authors) is H. spaTHU- LATUM (Spach) Steud. Nomencl. ed. 2, i. 789 (1840), based on Myriandra spathulata Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. v. 440 (1836)!. Spach’s description was detailed and he cited as its basis material at Paris received from Leconte as H. prolificum. Asa Gray, looking up the Spach type, made the unpublished memorandum that it was H. prolificum (in his sense). This name of course invalidates H. spathulatum Keller in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. lviii. 195 (1923), based on one of Harper’s numbers from Georgia which we have not seen. Fraxinus americana L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1057 (1753), as pointed out by the senior author in Journ. Arn. Arb. xxvii. 390, 391 (1946), was based by Linnaeus primarily on the Gronovian account and Catesby’s plate. The Catesby plant is clearly of the southern Water Ash, Fraxinus caroliniana Mill. (1768) and the quotation from Gronovius was altered by the addition of “petiolis tereti- bus”, a phrase which Gronovius did not use. Since the latter character is a distinctive one of the Water Ash and not of the White Ash, universally known as F, americana, it was naturally inferred that the Clayton specimen cited by Gronovius was of the same species as Catesby’s. It was, however, pointed out that Linnaeus had in his own herbarium as F. americana ® ‘ Unfortunately Index Kewensis cites Myriandra spathulata and other species fully by Spach in his extended treatment of the Hypericaceae in his Histoire with for Spach’s series of monographs published in his Histoire Naturelle des Végétaux (see Pritzel, Thesaurus, entry 8805). The publication of most of the species should date from the latter work, 1948] Fernald & Schubert,—Studies in the British Herbaria 169 mature leaf of characteristic White Ash. The argument was used that only by accepting this specimen as the type could the name F. americana be retained in its long-established sense. It now proves, happily, that the Clayton sheet, described by Gronovius, consists of a very young branchlet of undeveloped leaves and a mature leaf of perfectly typical F. americana, the leaflets rounded at base and definitely whitened beneath. This mature leaf is so like the leaf in the Linnaean Herbarium that it is difficult to believe that the two were from different branchlets. The ground for maintaining Ff’. americana in its traditional sense is thus vastly strengthened. CHELONE GLABRA L. Sp. Pl. ii. 611 (1753). The uppermost leaves on the type-specimen are not measurably reduced in size as implied in Pennell’s key (Scrophulariaceae of E. Temp. N. Am. 187 (1935)). Although there is some variation in leaf-size in the large number of specimens in the Gray Herbarium some modification in the key, which allows for no variation, is necessary. Cassine Peragua L.—In 1900 Loesener! discussed in some detail the status of the name Cassine L. and reviewed Linnaeus’s disposition of C. Peragua through several of his works. He concluded that C. Peragua is a nomen nudum. Obviously, he has confused his terms, because the name was perfectly validly published. It is, however, an outstanding example of a nomen ambiguum as well as of a nomen confusum! In the Linnaean Herbarium there are two specimens of Ameri- can shrubs under the name Cassine Peragua. One of them (numbered 380.2) bears the name “‘Peragua”’ in Linnaeus’s hand as well as an inscription by Sir James Edward Smith: “Viburnum cassinoides HB. diversum a V. cassia. HL. Viburnum laeviga- tum, Ait. Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 1. 1492”. This plant is a vigorous sprout with narrowly elliptic and acuminate leaves, those of the leading shoot abundantly crenate-dentate. It is easily matched by narrow-leaved specimens of Viburnum cassinoides L. The second specimen (numbered 380.3 and pinned to 380.2), also marked “‘Peragua’”’ by Linnaeus, is @ characterisftic sterile shoot with obovate, remotely dentate leaves of Viburnum obovatum Walt. Fl. Carol. 116 (1788). This identification has ; 2 : and in Monog. Acct Non Sea Abin aime Ecop-Carl, Deutchen. Akad, Natur Ixxviii. 496 (1901). 170 Rhodora (JuLy been many times noted in the literature and there seems no good reason to doubt it; particularly since the Linnaean specimen can be well matched by a small specimen of leaves and flowers in Walter’s Herbarium which agrees well with his description of V. obovatum, although labeled simply “Viburnum”. As Loesener showed, Linnaeus’s own concept of Cassine Peragua was not clear. First mention of the plant by Linnaeus was in his Materia Medica, 50 [genus no. 153] (1749) where, under Cassine of Hort. Cliff. 72 he took up CassINE vera perquam similis arbuscula, phillyreae il antagonistis. Pluk. mant. 40. t. 371. f. 3? Loc: a , 228, pl. 1115; Virgini Carolina 1 res 186 Cassine, 169, 170; capensis, 170; Peragua, 169-171; vera perquam, etc., 170 Celtis, — 162; eerie 158, pl. 1097; rgiana tegrifolia, 161, 182; Tnevigata, 156, ret 159, 161, 162, var. Smallii, 158, 161, 162; ovis 162; Bate occiden talis s, 155-161, 156, var. crassifo lia folia, 162, v ee 161, B, i 60 ; pumila, 1098, var. georgiana, 160; tenuifolia, 160, Ch a nudicaulis, Chrysanthe pred Se 220; helenii folio, etc., Chrysospleni 199, 200; america- num, 199; oppositifolium, 199, 200 - pone a americana, sect Cirsiu caro. , 229, 1. 115; faceidum, 220, pl 1115; Rorridulum, 228 228; p » 228; Smallii, 228; seach ; virginianum, Cleistes, 191 Clematis canadensis, 186; holosericea, Cnicus spinosissimus, 228 Collinsonia canadensis, var. vchina, 223 Linaria, sobaeditolia: 302, Cucubalus polypetalus, 197, 198, pl. 1105 Cascnis rus eerie: 155 a ipedium acaule, 231; album, 230, 231; Calceolus, 231; reginae, = 231, —9 Constance 3023; Core; P. R. Stewart Even with this amount of cytological evidence it is unwise to attempt any far-reaching generalizations, for experience else- where in the family has shown that there is no way of knowing what numbers the other entities may reveal. Two or three facts, however, deserve comment. The first is the absence of the number 11, the most common complement throughout the remainder of the genus. The second is that P. platycarpa, the 10 CONSTANCE only perennial counted, has 9 pairs; all other perennial species of Phacelia have 11, except one which has 10. The cytological evidence, then, reémphasizes the remoteness of Cosmanthus from other species of the genus. The 5 pairs shown by P. maculata and P. dubia var. dubia represent the smallest chromosome number known in the family. The arithmetical possibilities of synthesizing P. ranunculacea, with 14 pairs, from P. maculata or P. dubia and some 9-paired species are very attractive, but it is difficult to see whence one could derive the morphological characteristics that make P. ranunculacea so distinctive a plant. Chromosome-number is by no means an infallible taxonomic tool, and in this group the chromosomal data are largely negative. As is so often the case, the differential numbers are confined generally to those species best-marked morphologically; where the morphological distinctions are difficult to ascertain, the chromosome numbers are usually identical! Nevertheless, in dealing with a series of “intergrading” populations, it is reassur- ing to know that one does not have to consider the possibility of polyploidy. GEOGRAPHICAL DiIsTRIBUTION The linear sequence of species in the ensuing taxonomic treat- ment coincides, very roughly, with a south-to-north trend in distribution. The first two species, the only perennials, are of the Mexican and Guatemalan highlands, the next three are Texan or Oklahoman and, like the following three, perhaps fundamentally Ozarkian, and six are more or less Appalachian. The collective distributions thus suggest a northward migration from Mexico probably quite independent of the route of any of the other groups of Phacelia, which now occur to the westward of Cosmanthus. Only P, congesta Hook. and a few of its relatives appear to overlap the distribution of Cosmanthus, and they show no close affinity with it either morphologically or cyto- logically. Ecologically, the members of Cosmanthus appear to be closely associated with the deciduous hardwood forests, where they commonly occur in openings, glades, and forest edges, but human activities have made it possible for some species to spread into secondary habitats. The known distribution of all the Species and varieties is represented in a series of outline maps (figs. 2-7). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS In this study I have been fortunate in having materials, help, and information from many friends, colleagues, and correspond- A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 11 ents. Herbarium material has been placed at my disposal by the following institutions; the designating symbols are essentially those recommended by Lanjouw (1938, 1939): BRU Brown University DUKE Duke University F hicago Natural History Museum GA University of Georgia GH ray Herbarium, Harvard University oyal Botanic Gardens, Kew KSA Kansas State Agricultural College University of Kentucky | MEXU sInstituto de Biologia, México, D. F. MO Missouri Botanical Garden NY New York Botanical Garden OKL Bebb Herbarium, University of Oklahoma : PA The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ania University of California \ US Department of Botany, United States National Museum WVA West Virginia University I have also had the privilege of examining specimens in the private herbaria of Dr. E. Lucy Braun, University of Cincinnati ; Mr. Ira W. Clokey, whose herbarium is deposited with the Uni- versity of California; and Mr. Francis W. Hunnewell. I am particularly indebted, however, to my associates at the Gray erbarium, both staff and students, for their interest, their helpful comments and suggestions, and their patience. Taxonomic TREATMENT Phacelia subgen. Cosmanthus (Nolte ex A. DC.), comb. nov. Cosmanthus Nolte ex A. DC. Prodr. 9: 296. 1845, as a genus, excluding § Gymnobythus. Phacelia § Cosmanthus A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 320. 1875. t Rather low and often delicate perennial, biennial, or annual Age — herbs with alternate, variously toothed to pinnate leaves, an Ww 12 CONSTANCE laterally, divided into two locules by the intrusion of the two narrow parietal placentae, which are, however, not grown together. Ovules 2-14 to each placenta, the seeds finely reticulate to alveolate and even rugose in some species, but not transversely corrugated. Basic chromo- some number apparently n = Species 14, from the highlands of Guatemala and Mexico north and east into the eastern half of the United ra primarily by way of the Appalachian and Ozarkian mountain system Kary TO THE SPECIES A. — lobes minutely crenulate to entire; corolla tubular- anulate to rotate-campanula 3B, Conia broadly Sapanuiess to rotate-campa: anulate; sta- ns 3-10 mm. long; style 3-15 mm. long; capsule C. Branches age edicels and the summit of the ovary i conspicuously hairy D. Inflorescence variously pobeasant: but not glandular. E. Pubescence of conspicuously flattened hairs; distal —_ ot the an pendages free; Mexican or Guate- ee pets athe Gi eee gig Seek ialca a platycarpa. oe 8 = ® oe g i 3 = Soa i ot 3 a= ro) ¢ ~) m ra! = ae pai erect, short in comparison with ge : PEePaE eeiUSEA sink ME LCL eas » Lsie P. strictiflora. FF, Basal ‘ieaven not conspicuously rosulate, ies pinn: fruiting pedicels spreading- asce aire = reflexed, slender G. ogee of the stems, caepedonclah, and pedi- cena tiae: prin lobes spreading in ier thesis. H. gree! coe soe or nearly all phen’ Si AAe eee ee ee ee ae ee Ee Pe e I. Cauline leaves dentate or shallowly obed; coe a to each peer: seeds usually 10-15..........-- P. patulifiora. Il. are hea Poe ay lobed to pinna ati gra easels 440 each placenta; G. Poaceae of iby stems, peduncles, and pedi- Recs wi viemoneg alyx lobes erect or J. ‘Cnitte Sheves’ ss war or shallowly lobed; ovules 6-12 to each placenta.......- 4, P. patuliflora. JJ. Cauline leaves deeply lobed or pinnatifid; ota. riate KK. Lobes of the cauline leaves oblong to. oblong-obovate, obtuse; corolla 7 minutely crenulate............-++++ . P. maculata. A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 13 DD. Inflorescence beset with stalked capitate glands. (See also no. 4.) L. Cauline leaves all petiolate; gg 10-15 mm raserg pedicels recurved or pendent in fruit; . long, bik. areolate and finely aie olate M. Calyx lobes sd spare pate! to ovate, 5-6 mm. broad; caps a mm. n diameter; ovules 8-10 to each lane sea dla 'g Wgig aeek tae gocs 2. P. pulcherrima. - MM. eur lobes linear, 0. 5-1. 5 mm. broad; capsule in dia: meter; ovules o each pate. i SIR NGIS ase cat rea ae pee Be P. haneaenty frit; on mm, 4 he E ely en wate ye ee ee P. dubia. CC. re pret pedicels and the summit of the ovary glabrous (or with a very few stiff - vs poe otetiara vee 9. P. glabra. BB. — tubular-eampanulaie; stamens mm. long; m. long; capsule ay y Getanied ie te gobose-ovold ORE. EOS ies ee 12. P. ranunculacea, AA. Corolla lobes fimbriate or coarsely denticulate; corolla subrota N. Corolla lobes wh gitar pilose on the back; ovules aes NN. C usually 4 4 to each placenta.....-.: eee ree 7 P. gilioides. picdViay . Pubescence of stems a nd at pe bb closely appressed ; obes of cauline leaves mostly acute; corolla bluish- lavender; seeds 1.5-3 mm. ee areolate and finely eiveclnte .. <5 ois cievis CE te ee 13. P. Purshii. auline leaves ct Tot obtuse; corolla white, ‘yarely Sirdar tings seeds 3-3.5 mm. long, finely’ paery Seo ae 8 ee Sa ee Bee ee alae Ook SOR RM eee RNC ee WR REN emer ear mee 1. Phacelia platycarpa (Cay.) Spreng. Syst. 1: 584. pas Convolvulus platycarpos Cav. Icon. 5: 155, pl. 482. 179 Polemonium pimpinelloides Willd. ex Roem. & Schult. at 4:793. 1819. Polemonium achilleaefolium Willd. ex Roem. & Schult. Syst. 4:793. 1819. Eutoca pimpinelloides Spreng. Syst. 1: 569. 1825. Eutoca mexicana Benth, Trans. Linn. Soc. 17: 277. 1884. Eutoca Andrieuzii A. DC. Prodr. 9: 294. 1845. Cosmanthus mexicanus A. DC. Prodr. 9: 297. 1845. Butoca gracilis Mart. & Galeotti, Bull. Acad. Brux. 12*: 276. 1845. Eutoca Ortgiesiana Heer ex Regel, Gartenfl. 10: 309, pl. 337. 1861. Nemophila Ortgiesiana Roezl ex Regel, loc. cit. (Nomen.) Phacelia pimpinelloides A, Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 321. | 1875. P vee pubescens Peter, E. & P. Pflanzenfam. 4°: 64. 1893, non Poir. 4, P. fimbriata. P hacen patuliflora var. mexicana Brand; Engler, Pflanzenr. 47: 66. 1913. Perennial from a stout taproot, 5-40 cm. high, branching from the base, the branches prostrate to spreading-ascending; stems and inflorescence pubescent with conspicuously flattened hairs : basal leaves densely rosu- late, petiolate, linear to oblanceolate or oblong, 3-15 em. one 0.8-6 cm. broad, pinnate with 4-8 pairs: of oblong to obovate, entire to innatifid, © ® pulcherrima ° P. platycarpa var platycarpa R platycarpa var bursifolia @ P platycarpa var. madrensis Fig. 2. Distribution of P. platycarpa and P. pulcherrima. (Based on Goode’s Series of Base Maps, map No. 112. Copyright by the University of Chicago. Used by permission) ial HAONVLSNOO A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 15 distinct leaflets, or the terminal confluent, the cauline leaves usually petiolate, like the basal but reduced upwards, pinnate to merely toothed, strigulose to hirsute on both surfaces; inflorescence of simple or paired terminal 6—25-flowered cymes, the mature pedicels spreading-ascending to spreading-reflexed, 5-30 mm. long; calyx lobes linear-lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, 3-6 mm. long, 1-2.5 mm. broad, usually unequal, acute or acutish, hairy; corolla pinkish-lavender to pale blue or white with rose-colored veins, rotate-campanulate, 7-15 mm. broad, the lobes oval to orbicular, entire, pilose on the back; gland flaps free at the tip, puberu- lent; stamens about as long as the corolla, 4-6 mm. long, the anthers oblong, 0.8-1.2 mm. long, the filaments villous on their lower 14; style included in flower, when mature 3-6 mm. long, cleft about 24, hirsutulous below the middle, the summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule obose, 4-6 mm. in diameter; ovules 8-10 to each placenta; seeds 9-15, ovoid-angled, 1.5-3 mm. long, brown, areolate and finely alveolate. Pubescence of the — and peduncles appressed, t ieoresndnce cancecent. <5. 225s. ee a. sl platycarpa. Pubescence of the Paicls got peduncles spreading, the inflorescence villous-hirsu Leaflets crowded, niatly tiie pubescence shaggy-villous Bi iebhe << ponies cae bit pos i Ch eR ee b. var. bursifolia. gatie a lathe remote, toothed or lobed; pubescence greg 20S) SON Bere Se ele ee oe 6 ee Se es ae Oe a ee ee eee var. madrensis. la. Phacelia platycarpa var. platycarpa Type Locaury: “Habitat iuxta Chalma oppidum mexicanum,” Cavanilles. Disrrisution: Nuevo Leén to Sonora, throughout montane Mexico to Guatemala, at elevations of 6,000—15,000 feet. EPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: MEXICO. Nuzvo Le6én. Cerro Potosf, : Sel 2246 o GH), Schneider 937 (F, GH, MO, ek CHIHUAHUA. l Chico, 1929, Lyonnet 338 (GH, io NY, iis); Bead de Pach, Pringle 7583 (F, MO). Méx1co. Monte de Rio Frio, Meria 2680 (F, GH, MO, NY, PA, UC, US); 33 miles E. of Mexico City, Hitheock & Stanford 7021 (GH, MO, NY, UC); Mexico City—Oaxaca, Karwinski (type collection of ‘P. pubescens Peter, F & GH: photos); La Gavia, 16 CONSTANCE Pringle 4165 (F, GH, MEXU, MO, NY, PA, UC, US); Tancitaro, Leaven- worth 265 (F, GH, MO, NY); Zitacuaro—Zirahuato, Hinton 11,961 (F, GH, MO, NY, TEX, US); Zitdcuaro, Hinton 11,862 (F, GH, MO, NY, TEX, US). Guerrero. Limon Mt., Rusby 359 (US). Pussia. Huau- chinango, 22 April 1893, Salazar (MEXU, US). Oaxaca. Cerro San Felipe, Nelson 1048 (US), 1083 (US), Andrieux 217 (K: isotype of Eutoca Andrieuxii DC., F: photo). Curapas. Ventana, Matuda 4553 (GH, MO, NY); Mt. Male, Matuda 4611 (GH, MO, NY). GUATEMALA. Hurnvurrenanco. Chémal, Standley 81,135 (F), 50,312 (F); Chiantla, Standley 65,591 (F). Cuimaurenanco. Santa Elena, Skutch 451 (US), 47,189 (F). The type material of Convolvulus platycarpos Cav. (“habitat iuxta Chalma oppidum mexicanum’’) and Eutoca Ortgiesiana Heer (“in einer Sendung mexikanische Saimereien’’) have been figured, and I have seen types or isotypes of Eutoca mexicana Benth. (“in the neighbourhood of the mines of Tlalpuxahua, and between that place and the city of Mexico”), E. Andrieuxit A. DC. (“in editioribus montis Mexicana San Felipe locis humidis’’), and E. gracilis Mart. & Galeotti (‘au bord des ruisseaux du pic d’Orizaba, de 9,500 4 12,000 pieds”). The type of Phacelia pubescens Peter (‘““Guatemala, Mexico’’) is Negative no. 20,280 of the Field Museum series. There is no question that all of these names are applicable to P. platycarpa var. platycarpa as inter- preted here. Polemonium pimpinelloides Willd. and P. achilleae- folium (both “‘in Mexico”) were treated by Gray as synonyms 0 this entity, and there is no evidence available to dispute that ref- erence. I have seen none of the three collections cited by Bran as the basis of his Phacelia patuliflora var. mexicana, and the de- scription is decidedly anomalous. From the distribution cited (Jalisco, Hidalgo, and México), however, there seems to be little doubt that the entity should be referred here. Despite its broad range and great variability, there appears to be little or no regional differentiation in this population. Seeds planted in the late autumn of 1946 germinated and grew profusely in a lath house in Berkeley in the late spring and summer of 1947. In these, the flowers were white with maroon veining, but from the descriptions, the species must vary widely in flower color. 1b. Phacelia platycarpa var. bursifolia (Willd.), comb. nov. Polemonium bursifolium Willd. ex Roem. & Schult. Syst. 4: 793. 1819. Eutoca bursifolia Spreng. Syst. 1: 569. 1825. A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 17 Eutoca acaulis Mart. & Galeotti, Bull. Acad. Brux. 12?: 276. 1845. Polemonium acaule Schiede ex Mart. & Galeotti, op. cit. 277. (Nomen.) Phacelia rupicola Rob. & Fern. Proc. Amer. Acad. 30: 119. 1894. Phacelia acaulis Brand; Engler, Pflanzenr. 4*!: 67. 1913. Acaulescent or nearly so, 5-15-cm. high, shaggy-villous throughout with soft spreading flattened hairs up to 3 or 4 mm. long; leaves pinnate or pinnatifid, the leaflets or lobes crowded, entire or with one or two teeth near the tip. Type Locauity: “In Mexico,” Humboldt & Bonpland. DisrrisuTion: High mountains, Strawberry Valley (Chihuahua) to Orizaba, Popocatepetl, Ixtaccihuatl, and Toluca (Vera Cruz and México) at or near timberline (10,000-14,500 feet). REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: MEXICO. Cuimuanua. Strawberry Valley, Hartman 686 (GH: type of P. rupicola Rob. & Fern., F, NY, UC, US). Vera Cruz. Orizaba, Rose & Hay 5776 (US), March 1908, Purpus (UC), Nelson 288 (US). México. Ixtaccihuatl, Purpus 193 (MO—part, UC—part, US—part), Heilprin & Baker (PA); Popecatepetl, Barkley, Rowell & Webster 2340 (TEX, UC); Toluca, Hinton 432 (K, US), Kar- winski (F & GH: photos). Notable principally for its shaggy-villous pubescence, this evidently overlaps P. platycarpa var. platycarpa altitudinally, since the two have been mixed in the same collection, notably by Purpus. The type of only P. rupicola (‘on cliffs in a pine forest. of Strawberry Valley, Chihuahua”) has been seen, but specimens at the University of California have been annotated as P, acaulis (‘Dans les endroits humides du pic d’Orizaba, & 12,800 pieds”) by Brand. The distributional pattern is remark- able, but I am unable to detect any significant morphological ona between the Chihuahuan and the central Mexican plants. lc. Phacelia platycarpa var. madrensis (Greenm.), comb. nov. Phacelia madrensis Greenm. Proc. Amer. Acad. 39: 85. 1903 spreading flattened hairs up to 1 or 2 mm. long; leaves pinnate, at least below, the lobes and leaflets rather remote, coarsely toothed or lobed. Tyre Locauiry: Sierra Madre, near Colonia Garcia, Chihuahua, Town- send & Barber 100 (GH: type, F, MO). Known only from this collection. ___ As stated by Greenman, this differs from the typical phase of the species by “the spreading not appressed pubescence, and from var. bursifolia by “the foliar characters” and “the shorter pubescence.” The supposed characters in calyx and glands 18 CONSTANCE and its retention in varietal status indicates doubt as to its proper disposition until more material has been collected. Both this and the preceding variety, however, agree in the great majority of their characters with var. platycarpa, and it is be- lieved that the joining of the three into a single species best indicates their relationship. 3: P. pulcherrima, s sp. n Herba perennis (?), 6-12 dm. alta, ramosa, ramosis adscendentibus, caulibus hirsutulis, pilis complanatis ‘patentibus; inflorescentia patenti- hirsutula glanduloso-villosaque: folia strigosa ad strigulosa glanduloso- villosaque, basalia vel caulina inferiora petiolata, oblongo-ovala, 9-15 cm. longa, 6-8 cm. lata, pinnata, foliolis 2 vel 4, obovatis, brevis dentatis, distinctis, basi rotundati-cuneatis, terminale magnissimum, basi cordatum 3- vel 5-lobum, folia superiora petiolata, obovata, usque trilobata; inflorescentia scorpoidea, cymis terminalibus solitariis vel geminatis, 10-20-floris; pedicelli maturi recurvati vel declinati, ne mm. ne calycis lobae ovato-lanceolatae ovataeve, 10-16 mm. longa latae, subaequali, acutae, hirsutulae vel hirsutae slassduiloeh -Pillossbaiis corolla violacea rotato-campanulata 10-15 mm. lata, lobis oe ularis integris glabris; appendiculae omnino adnatae; stamina circa longa corolla vix longiora, antheris 1.5 mm. longis, filamentis sub Ba re villosis; stylus anthesus corolla subequalus, maturus 10-12 mm. longus, ad ‘partitus, basi hirtulosus, ovario apice hirsuto; capsula matura globosa 10-12 mm. lata; ovula 8-10 ad quamque placentam; semina circa 12-16 irregulari-ovoidea, 2.5-3 mm. longa, nigra, areolata minutis- sime alveolataque. Type Locaity: On mountains near Miquihuana, altitude, 7,000-9,000 feet, Tamaulipas, Mexico, 10 June 1898, EZ. W. Nelson 4495 (type: US 1492795; US 332531, GH). Known only from this collection. Despite the fact that it has been collected but once, a half- century ago, and that the specimens are incomplete, this is a strikingly distinct species. Its relationship is undoubtedly with P. platycarpa, but its glandular pubescence and the remarkable size of all its parts make it sharply distinct. 3. Phacelia strictiflora (Engelm. & Gray) A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 321, 1875. Eutoca strictiflora Engelm. & Gray, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. 5:45. 1845. Annual, 5-30 em. high, simple and erect or branching at base and the shallowly lobed to deeply pinnately lobed with 1-6 pairs of obtuse or acute teeth or lobes, sparsely hirsutulous on the margins and upper A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 19 surface, the lower surface glabrate, to densely strigose on both surfaces; cauline leaves sessile, orbicular to linear-oblong, shallowly dentate to deeply pinnately lobed with 2-6 pairs of obtuse or acute teeth or lobes; inflorescence of simple terminal 3—20-flowered cymes, the mature pedicels strictly ascending (to somewhat spreading), 2-10 mm. long; calyx lobes linear to oblanceolate, 5-15 mm. long, 0.5-4 mm. broad, obtuse or acute, subequal pubescent, the calyces of the lower flowers often markedly accrescent; corolla purplish-lavender, rotate-campanulate, 8-20 mm. broad, the lobes obovate, finely crenulate, pilose on the back; gland flaps wholly adnate, puberulent; stamens included, 5-7 mm. long, the anthers oblong, 1.5-2 mm. long, the filaments villous on their lower 34; style included in flower, when mature 5-12 mm. long, cleft about 14, hirsutulous on the lower 14 or 24, the summit of the ovary densely hirsute; mature capsule globose-ovoid, 3-6 mm. in diameter; ovules 8-14 to each placenta; ds 10-20, ovoid-angled, ca. 2 mm. long, black, areolate and finely alveolate. Foliage dull, not succulent; basal rosette usually early-withering, the basal leaves hirsutulous or hirsute beneath, lobed or divided; cauline leaves narrower, lobed to nearly pinnatifid; lower calyces about equaling those above in fruit. ; tems spreading-hirsute, the inflorescence loosely hirsute; linear-lanceolate to linear. : Branches stout; cauline leaves crowded, linear-oblong, deeply saliently lobed, the lobes acute......---- b. var. connexa. Branches slender; cauline leaves rather remote, oval- i oe nearly pinnatifid, the lobes usually obtuse.c. var. Robbinsi. eeee ee hes Oe Ele ee 2 ee ee ee ee eee ee 3a. Phacelia strictiflora var. strictiflora Tyre Locaurry: “Shady soil on the banks of the Brazos near San Felipe, Texas,” 1843, Lindheimer II-279. Disrrisution: Central eastern Texas, in sandy soil of fallow fields and 3b. Phacelia strictiflora var. connexa, var. nov. A var. strictiflora differt: caulibus adpresse ascendenterque hirsutulis, 20 CONSTANCE inflorescentiis canescentibus, foliis lineari-oblongis, lobis angustioribus gracilioribus et plerumque acutis, lobis calycis lineari Type LOcALITy: Sandy soil of roadsides, fallow fields, ‘and openings in oak woods, 5 miles NW of Grapevine, Tarrant County, Texas, 14 April 1948, Constance 8252 (UC: ty Disr TRIBUTION: Northeastern Texas and adjacent Oklahoma, in sandy soil, especially of fallow fields. EPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: OKLAHOMA. Muskogee Co.: Agency Hill, Bebb 3095 (OKL-part). Cleveland Co.: E of Noble, 4 May 1935, S. S. Goodman (GH, OKL, NY). Bryan ae Brown, Mrs. W. L. Ducker 389 (OKL). TEXAS. Grayson Co.: Denis n, Constance & Lundell 3254. Wise Co.: Denton—Decatur road, Lundell "é Lundell 8455 (GH, SMU). Dallas Co.: Dallas, Reverchon (Curtiss 2131) (F, GH, MO, NY, PA, US), Bush 637 (GH, MO, NY, US); Carrolton, Constance 3251. Tarrant Co.: Lake Worth, O. L. Killian 6798 (NY, TEX, US). Van Zandt Co.: Grand Saline, 13 March, M. J. Land (NY, "TEX). Henderson Co.: Athens, McVaugh 8382 (UC). Anderson Co.: 17 miles SE Athens, Lundell & Lundell 11,114 sc UC). Limestone Co.: 7 ot Parker, Constance & Cory 3. 244. Houston Co.: Grapeland, Palmer 13,195 (MO, US). Bell Co.: Lake Polk, Wolf 2779 (US). Harris Co.: Hockley, 1889, Thurow (US). 3c. Phacelia strictiflora var. Robbinsii, var. nov. A var. strictiflora differt: caulibus et pedicellis gracilioribus, caulibus adpresse hirsutulis, inflorescentiis canescentibus, foliis subpinnatifidis, lobis calycis linearibus vel lineari-lanceolatis. Type LocaLity: Open, grazed pasture 10 miles north of Tishomingo near Wapanucka road junction, Johnston County, Oklahoma, 29 May 1948, G. T. Robbins 3063 (UC: type). DISTRIBUTION: Western Alabama and Mississippi to eastern Oklahoma and adjacent Texas. REPRESENTATIVE speciMENS: ALABAMA. Greene Co.: Miller, Clausen & Clausen 5724 (CLOKEY, NY). MISSISSIPPI. Lowndes Co.: Columbus, Spillman (GH, NY). OKLAHOMA. Mayes Co.: Pryor Creek, Bebb 2720 (OKL). Creek Co.: Sapulpa, eens 1924, C. B. Williams (PA). Muskogee Co.: —————., Bebb 5090 (GH , OKL); Muskogee, Carleton 52 (KSA, US). Haskell Co.: Stigler, 12 April 1908, Brainerd (GH). Pittsburg Co.: ————,, May 1935, J. E. McClary (OKL-part). Johnston Co.: Tishomingo, Robbins 3027 (UC), McCurtain Co.: Beaver Bend State Park, 6 Pre 1941, H. R. Griffith (OKL). Choctaw Co.: lt neta, orth (NY, PA). Atoka Co.: Limestone Gap, 23 April 1877, ' Butler (GH, MO, PA, US). TEXAS. Grayson Co.: Denison, 27 April 1931, K. Waltz (TEX), 7 April 1896, T. V. Mowwok (US). 3d. Phacelia strictiflora var. Lundelliana, var. Nov. A var. strictiflora differt: foliis clare viridibus, succulentis, sparsim hirsutulis —— rosulis basalibus persistentibus, foliis leviter dentatis, caulibus adpresse hirsutulis, calycibus inferioribus in fructu valde auctis, lobis plerumque obtusis, corollis purpurei-coeruleis. A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 21 Typr LocALItTy: Sandy soil of fallow field, 3 miles NNW of the center of Abilene, Taylor County, Texas, 12 April 1948, Constance & Cory 3249 (US: type). DistRiBpuTION: Western Oklahoma and northern “West” Texas, in sandy soils. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: OKLAHOMA. Blaine Co.: Geary, 26 April 1937, J. Englemann (OKL). Oklahoma Co.: Spencer, Waterfall 1954 (OKL). Canadian Co.: Devil’s Canyon, Hopkins 1404 (OKL). Caddo Co.: Devil’s Canyon, Goodman 2089 (GH, NY, OKL, US); Hinton, Demaree 12,330 (GH, MO, NY, OKL, PA, US); Fort Cobb-Andarko, Hopkins, Nelson & Nelson 234 (MO, OKL, SMU, TEX, UC). Custer Co.: Weatherford, Waterfall 451 (GH, OKL). Grady Co.: Chickasha, 20 May 1926, Mrs. G. McNair (MO, US). Kiowa Co.: Snyder, 0. Baldock 211 (TEX). Stephens Co.: Duncan Lake, L. W. (OKL). TEXAS. Wichita Co.: Big Wichita, 1880, J. Ball (GH). Clay Co.: Henrietta, McBryde 251 (F). Tarrant Co.: Lake Worth, 4 April 1928, Ruth 1512 (F, US). Hood Co.; Falls Creek, Reverchon 1241 (F, K, MO, US). Eastland Co.: Rising Star, 16 April 1931, B. @. Joyce (TEX). Jones Co.: Anson, Constance & Cory 8250. Taylor Co.: Abilene, Tol- stead 7522 (GH, SMU). Navarro Co.: Dawson, Reverchon 3893 (GH, MO, NY, US). McLennan Co.: Waco, Ricker 3366 (US). This is one of the two notably complex species in the subgenus. The types of both Phacelia strictiflora and P. patuliflora were collected ‘“‘on the Brazos near San Felipe,” where the two species overlap in range and were at first thought to be subject to con- siderable “contamination” by reciprocal exchange of genes. Field work seems to show, however, that these two species belong to two quite distinct genetic systems. 5 The following attempted explanation of the polymorphism found in P. strictiflora must be recognized as largely circum- stantial and highly conjectural... No breeding studies have been attempted and genetic data, when available, may necessitate modification of this proposed scheme. I assume that var. Lundelliana represents the “pure” or “original” form of ‘Pz strictiflora, relatively unaffected by genes from other species. 't occurs over a wide area and is extremely uniform, and it does not share much of its range with any other species of the sub- genus. Morphologically, it stands at one end of the series of variations exhibited by the species population. In one of his exsiccatae, Reverchon designated this as “P. strictiflora var., mistaking var. connexa for typical P. strictiflora, but gave 1t no infraspecific name. The range of var. Robbinsit coincides with the zone of overlap between P. strictiflora and P. hirsuta Nutt., and the slenderness of the branches and pedicels and the dissec- i Phacelia strictiflora ° var. ® var. © var. ® var. Lundelliana Robbinsii connexa Strictiflora Kee Range of P hirsuta Fig. 3. Distribution of P. strictiflora. GONV.LSNOO A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 23 tion of the cauline leaves are attributed to the influence of the latter species. Perhaps it was the existence of this phase that led Gray to remark (as quoted in Lindheimer’s hand on sheet 217,098, MO): “Ph. patuliflora & Ph. strictiflora run all into P. hirsuta Nutt.” In his critical discussion (1944) of P. hirsuta, P. fallax [P. maculata], and P. gilioides, Fernald confused var. Robbinsii with P. gilioides; bis illustration of the seed of P. gilioides (op. cit., pl. 815, f. 6) is actually referrable to P. stricti- flora. Although both var. Robbinsii and P. gilioides have an appressed pubescence, a more or less canescent inflorescence, and somewhat erose corolla lobes, the former is clearly distin- guished by its pronounced basal rosette, usually scapose appear- ance, and much shorter and strictly erect fruiting pedicels. Phacelia strictiflora var. connexa is intermediate in most respects between vars. Robbinsii and strictiflora. The numerous cauline leaves, mostly about as large as the basal, are saliently pinnately lobed, and the pubescence is somewhat coarser than in the preceding. Its characters likewise suggest the influence of P. hirsuta, but the case is less clear than with var. Robbinsit. Finally, the phase to which the type of P. strictiflora belongs shows the influence of P. hirsuta in the frequently decumbent branches and longer pedicels, and its coarser and longer spreading pubescence. On the other hand, it is as difficult to separate cleanly from var. connexa as that variety is from var. Robbins. cerned (fig. 3) appears to lend itself to such an interpretation. It should again be emphasized, however, that: the cytological data are inconclusive (P. hirsuta and P. strictiflora each having 9 pairs of chromosomes), and that no genetical evidence has been procured. igs lia patuliflora (Engelm. & Gray) A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 2321. 1875. 3 aia patuliflora Engelm. & Gray, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist. 5: 45. 1845. Phacelia hispida Buckl. Proc. Acad. Soc. Phila. 1861: 463. 1862, non A. Gray 1878. ) to finely strigulose, the inflorescence loosely hirsute to strigulose 24 CONSTANCE oval, occasionally orbicular, 2-10 cm. long, 1-4 em. broad, pinnately lobed, pinnatifid, or pinnate, with 1-7 pairs of smaller lobes or remote leaflets at base and a much larger terminal leaflet, all coarsely dentate or lobed with obtuse or acute teeth or lobes, the terminal leaflet often trilobed, strigulose to hirsute on both surfaces; cauline leaves mostly sessile, oblong to orbicular, coarsely dentate with 3-6 pairs of obtuse or acute teeth or lobes; inflorescence of simple terminal 5-30-flowered cymes, the mature pedicels widely spreading to weakly ascending or reflexed, 3-20 mm. long; calyx lobes narrowly oblong or lanceolate to obovate, 5-12 mm. long, 1-4 mm. broad, obtuse or acute, unequal or subequal, hirsute on the margins and strigulose to glabrate on both surfaces, spreading to ascend- ing in fruit; corolla lavender to purplish-violet, usually with a conspicuous white center, broadly campanulate to rotate-campanulate, 8-20 mm. broad, the lobes obovate, finely crenulate, sparsely pilose on the back; gland flaps wholly adnate, puberulent; stamens included, 5-8 mm. long, the anthers oblong, 1-1.5 mm. long, the filaments villous on the lower 3; style included in flower, 5-8 mm. long in fruit, cleft about 24, hirsute below the middle, the summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule globose, 4-6 mm. in diameter; ovules 6-12 to each placenta; seeds 10-15, ovoid-angled, ca. 2 mm. long, brown, areolate and finely alveolate. Branches decumbent; calyx lobes obtuse; fruiting pedicels spreading to reflexed; corolla pale lavender to violet. ...a. var. patuliflora. Branches rather Stiffly ascending; calyx lobes acute; fruiting ese pedicels spreading-ascending; corolla bluish-lavender....b. var. teucriifolia. 4a. Phacelia patulifiora var. patuliflora oe LocaLity: “woods near San Felipe, Texas,” 1843, Lindheimer DisTRIBUTION: Central and southeastern Texas and adjacent Mexico, chiefly on sandy soil of river terraces, and on alluvial soil of the Rio Grande valley and plain Houston, Bush 9 (MO, NY, US). Fort Bend Co.: Richmond, Palmer 4946 (F, MO, US). Brazoria Co.: Columbia, Bush 448 (MO, NY, US). S). Aransas Co.: v P Fimbriata ® P. patuliflora patulifiora © RP patuliflora teucriifolia ‘Fig. 4. Distribution of P. patuliflora, P. laxa, P. glabra, and P. fimbriata. SOHINVWSOO SONASANS VITAOVHd AO NOISIAGU V 26 CONSTANCE GH, MO, Lundell 3229. Brooks Co.: Encino, Constance & Lundell 3231. Jim Hogg Co.: Hebronville, Hanson 342 (GH, KSA, MO, NY, TEX, Us). Cameron Co.: San Benito, Constance & Lundell 3233, 3234; Brazos de Santiago, Nealley 120 (F, US). TAMAULIPAS. “circa Matamoras,” Berlandier 3190 (GH, NY, PA). NUEVO LEON. Monterrey, Canby, Sargent & Trelease 167 (US). Phacelia patuliflora as maintained here is a variable and per- haps synthetic species. If the broad gamut of morphological variations and combinations exhibited by the species population could be arranged in a linear series, P. laa Small would stand at one end of the series, and P. patuliflora var. teucriifolia at the other. Thus, P. patuliflora has few if any characters which can- not be distinguished in one or the other of the assumed parents, but these characters are combined in a baffling variety of ways. Material from southern Texas and adjacent Mexico (Tracy 9190, Berlandier 3190, Lundell & Lundell 10,749) has the appressed pubescence of var. teucriifolia combined with the diffuse habit, blunt calyx lobes, and spreading pedicels of P. laxa. Collections from farther west (Wolf 1561, Jones 29,195, 29,199) possess the ascending branches and pedicels characteristic of var. teucrii- folia, but their pubescence is spreading or loosely ascending. The geographical relationships of the three entities correspon roughly with the morphological sequence (fig. 4), and all have 9 pairs of chromosomes. Again, as in the case of P. strictiflora, no genetic evidence for or against the proposed hypothesis is as yet available The type specimen of P. patuliflora combines the diffuse habit and spreading pubescence (but much denser) of P. lara with the sessile cauline leaves and large corolla of var. teucriifolia. A little nearer both in range and morphology to var. teucriifolia than the type of P. patuliflora is P. hispida Buckl. (“‘Austin, Texas’’), but it is best retained within var. patuliflora. | 4b. Phacelia patuliflora var. teucriifolia (Johnst.), comb. nov. Phacelia teueriifolia Johnst. Jour. Arnold Arb. 24: 98. 1943. Type Locatity: Mizquiz, Coahuila, 12 April 1936, Marsh 2120. Disrrripution: Fort Worth and the Edwards Plateau region of Texas south to Coahulia, in the alluvial soil of draws and river bottoms. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: TEXAS. Tarrant Co.: Fort Worth, 22 April 1914, Ruth 459 (NY, US), 1 May 1920, 459 (F, KSA). Coleman Ses : » Revere (GH, San Saba Co.: Richland Springs, Fisher 103 (F). Tom Green Co.: San Angelo, Reverchon 3896 A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 27 (MO, NY). Irion Co.: Mertzon, Warnock 536 (Tex, US). Menard Co.: Menard, Constance & Cory 3248. Val Verde Co.: Pandale, McVaugh 7709 (UC). COAHUILA. Miizquiz, March 2120 (GH: type of P. teucrii- folia Johnst., F), 2135 (F, GH). An inhabitant of alluvial soil in the Edwards Plateau, on the Trinity River as far north as Fort Worth, and south into Coa- huila, this may have been the “original” form of P. patuliflora. On the basis of the Mexican material, primarily, Johnston regarded this as a distinct species related to P. strictiflora. Whatever its primitive status, var. teucriifolia is now inseparably mixed into the species complex of P. patuliflora. 5. Phacelia laxa Small, Bull. Torrey Club 25: 141. 1898. Phacelia prostrata Brand; Engler, Pflanzenr. 4%: 68. 1913. Annual, 5-45 cm. tall, branching from the base, the branches succulent and brittle, diffuse, prostrate to ascending; stems sparsely hirsute with long spreading stiff hairs, the inflorescence hirsute to glabrate; basal leaves neither conspicuously rosulate nor persistent, petiolate, truncate at base, oblong-oval to oval, 2-8 cm. long, 1.2-3.5 em. broad, pinnate or pinnatifid with 1 or 2 pairs of smaller remote leaflets or lobes at base and a much larger terminal leaflet or lobe, all shallowly dentate with usually obtuse teeth and the terminal leaflet usually trilobed, sparsely strigulose on both surfaces; cauline leaves mostly petiolate, oval to orbicular, shal- lowly dentate or the larger occasionally lobed with 2-4 pairs of obtuse teeth or lobes; inflorescence of simple terminal 8-20-flowered cymes, the mature pedicels widely spreading, 5-20 mm. long; calyx lobes oblanceolate to obovate, 5-9 mm. long, 1-4 mm. broad, obtuse, unequal, hirsute on the margins and sparsely strigulose to glabrate on both surfaces, spreading in fruit; corolla pale bluish-lavender with a whitish center, broadly campanu- late, 8-12 mm. broad, the lobes oval to orbicular (about 14 as long as the tube), very finely crenulate, sparsely pilose on the back; gland flaps wholly adnate, glabrous; stamens included, 5 mm. long, the anthers oblong, 1 mm. long, the filaments sparsely villous below the middle; style included in flower, cleft 14 to 24, 3-5 mm. long in fruit, sparsely hirsutu- lous below the middle, the summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule globose, 3-5 mm. in diameter; ovules usually 4 to each placenta; seeds 4-8, ovoid-angled, 2-2.5 mm. long, brown, areolate and finely alveolate. Type Locauiry: “along Neueces Bay, Neueces County, Texas,” Heller 1446. _ Disrrrsution: Southeastern Texas near the Gulf of Mexico, and inland along the rivers, in moist heavy soil of shaded alluvial thickets. SPECIMENS EXAMINED: TEXAS, ? Kendall Co.: Edge Falls, 26 March 1938, Parks (UC). Gonzales Co. —————, 22 April 1938, H. F. Owen (GH, UC). Jackson Co.: Ganado, Palmer 9022 (PA, US), Constance & Lundell 3214. Victoria Co.: Victoria, Lindheimer I11-479 (type collection 28 CONSTANCE of P. prostrata Brand, F, GH, MO, PA, UC), Constance & Lundell 3216. San Patricio Co.: Sinton, Constance & Lundell 3220. Nueces Co.: Nueces Bay, Heller 1446 (NY: type of P. laxa Small, GH, K, MO, PA, UC, US); Calallen, Constance & Lundell 3222. Jim Wells Co.: Constance 8223. This is exceedingly difficult to separate from P. patuliflora in the herbarium, as might be expected if my assumption as to the synthetic character and the ancestry of the latter species is correct. Since all the characters of P. laxa, except perhaps the low number of ovules, have been diffused into P. patulzflora, its distinctness rests solely upon a combination of characters, none of which is clearly distinguishing in itself. In the field, however, it is easily recognized by its small pale flowers, petiolate cauline leaves, sparse pubescence, and preference for shaded alluvial situations. I regard it as a species restricted rather closely to this type of habitat, and presume that it has been very nearly “swamped out” by the competition offered by its own recom- bination products with P. patuliflora var. teucriifolia. Mac- bride has pointed out that Brand overlooked the publication of P. laza Small, and so described the same entity as P. prostrata (“bei Victoria am Guadalupe River’’). 6. Phacelia hirsuta Nutt. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. N.S. 5: 191. 1837. Phacelia parviflora var. hirsuta A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 321. 1875. the branches erect or ascending; stems densely hirsute with stiff spreading hairs, the inflorescence hirsutulous and spreading-hirsute; basal leaves flowered cymes, the mature pedicels spreading-ascending to spreading, 3-15 mm. long; calyx lobes linear to oblanceolate, 5-10 mm. long, 1-3 mm. broad, unequal, obtuse, strigose and strigulose on both surfaces, spreading long, the filaments densely villous on their lower 24; style included in flower, when mature 5-6 mm. long, cleft 14 to 14, hirsutulous at base, the A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 29 summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule subglobose, 3.5-4 mm. in diameter; ovules usually 4 to each placenta; seeds 6-8, ovoid-angled, ca. 2 mm. long, brown, areolate and finely alveolate. Type Loca.ity: “In sylvan prairies; common from the Cadron to the garrison at Belle Point, Arkansas,” Nuttall. DistriputTion: Southern Missouri and southeastern Kansas, south to Louisiana and northeastern Texas, in borders and openings of deciduous woods, REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: MISSOURI. Oregon Co.: Alton, Steyer- mark 5155 (F, MO). Howell Co.: Lanton, Steyermark 5153 (F, MO). Webster Co.: Fordland, Steyermark 19,256 (MO). McDonald Co.: Pine- ville, Palmer 39,288 (US). KANSAS. Cherokee Co.: —————,, Hitchcock 1087 (GH—part, KSA—part, MO, NY, US—part). Neosha Co.: Thayer, June 1890, H. Darnell (KSA). ARKANSAS. “Arkansas,” Nuttall (type collection of P. hirsuta Nutt., GH, PA). Clay Co.: Corning May 1884, Letterman (F, MO, NY, PA, US—part). Carroll Co.: Eureka Springs, Palmer 5626 (MO, TENN). Drew Co.: Monticello, Demaree 21,122 (MO, NY, TEX). Hot Spring Co.: Magnet Cove, Demaree 14,880 (DUKE, F, GH, MO, NY, OKL, TENN, TULA, UC, WVA). SIANA. Iberia Parish: Saline Island, Langlois 105 (NY, PENN, US). Rapides Parish: Alexandria, Hale 200 (PA). Calcasieu Parish: Lake Charles, Benke 5541 (F, US). OKLAHOMA. Creek Co.: Sapulpa, Bush 917 (K, MO, NY). Muskogee Co.: Webbers Falls, Goodman 2137 (GH, MO, NY, OKL). McCurtain Co.: ————— Litlle & Olmstead 1563 (OKL, US). Johnston Co.: Tishomingo, Robbins 2407 (UC). TEXAS. “Texas,” Drummond III-299 (GH, K, NY, PA). Lamar Co.: Arthur Small & Wherry 11,795 (NY). Chambers Co.: —————, 7-10 April 1936, Tharp (NY, TEX). _ This well marked species, characterized by its long and spread- ing pubescence, is in serious danger of being confused only with P. gilioides and P. maculata, both of which have closely appressed hairs and a canescent inflorescence. Some apparent shade forms with atypically shallowly lobed cauline leaves have been Mecorrectly cited as evidence for the occurrence of P. patuliflora in Arkansas. The suggested relationship of P. hirsuta to P. strictiflora and to P. gilioides is detailed in the accounts of those Species. Brand’s description of this species as “planta biennis 18 quite inexplicable; both in the field and under cultivation, P. hirsuta behaves as an orthodox annual. Gor purshii e P. hirsuta oP. gilioides © Pmaculata \ Fig. 5. Distribution of P. hirsuta, P. gilioides, P. maculata, and P. Purshit. 0€ HONVLSNOO A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 31 7. Phacelia gilioides Brand; Engler, Pflanzenr. 4*': 63. 1913. Annual, 10-40 em. high, simple or usually branching at or above the base, the branches erect or ascending; stems thinly strigose with stiff afflexed hairs, the inflorescence densely strigulose and strigose, canescent; basal leaves petiolate, oblong, 1.5-5 cm. long, 0.8-3 em. broad, pinnate to pinnatifid with 2-5 pairs of oblong to orbicular, entire or toothed, usually petiolulate leaflets or lobes and a larger entire or trilobed terminal leaflet or lobe, the cauline leaves short-petiolate to sessile and somewhat clasping, oblong to orbicular, pinnatifid or deeply pinnately lobed with 2-4 pairs of linear-lanceolate to oblong, usually acute lobes, strigose on both surfaces; inflorescence of simple terminal and axillary 8-25-flowered cymes, the mature pedicels loosely ascending to spreading, 5-15 mm. long; calyx lobes lanceolate to oblong, 5-8 mm. long, 0.5-2 mm. broad, subequal, acute or obtuse, hirsute-ciliate with stiff pustular-based hairs and strigu- lose on both surfaces, ascending in anthesis, ascending to spreading in fruit; corolla deep lavender, rotate-campanulate, 8-15 mm. broad, the lobes orbicular, fimbriate to denticulate, pilose on the back; gland flaps wholly adnate, glabrous; stamens usually included, 4-6 mm. long, the anthers oblong, about 1 mm. long, the filaments densely villous on their lower 4/5; style included in flower, when mature 5-7 mm. long, cleft 14 to 16, hirsutulous on the lower 14, the summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule subglobose, 3-4 mm. in diameter; ovules usually 4 to each placenta; seeds 6-8, ovoid-angled, 1.5-2 mm. long, dark brown, areolate and finely alveolate. Type Locauiry: “Missouri: Corn-Creek in Ozarkgebirge,” Hoffman. Disrrisution: Central and southern Missouri to adjacent Kansas and aig and probably Arkansas, in deciduous woods and on limestone ns. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: KANSAS. Cherokee (0s as Hitchcock 1087 (GH—part, KSA—part, US—part). Labette Co.: Oswego, OURI. Pi Eagle Rock, Bush 219 (F, GH, MO, UC, US, WVA), 180 (KSA, MO, UC, US, WVA). McDonald Co.: Noel, Bush 5617 (GH, MO, US). OKLA- HOMA. Le Flore Co.: Page, Stevens 1377 (GH, OKL, US). Phacelia gilioides differs from P. hirsuta by its closely appressed pubescence and the canescence of the inflorescence (as pointed out by Fernald), and from P. Purshii by the pubescent corolla lobes, more numerous ovules, and usually smaller seeds. It cannot be referred to either P. hirsuta or P. Purshit, although it 18 usually more like the former in general appearance. The fact 32 CONSTANCE that the geographical range of P. gilioides overlaps that of P. hirsuta on the southwest and that of P. Purshw on the east (fig. 5) suggests the possible explanation that P. gilioides is the result of hybridization between these two species. Neither cytological nor genetical data are as yet available to test this hypothesis, but it should afford an interesting problem for someone situated in the Missouri region. If this interpretation is borne out by further evidence, it will be an addition to those few species which are known to have been derived from others still living. Despite their frequently close resemblance, P. hirsuta and P. gilioides appear to have been mixed under the same number only by Hitchcock in his exsiccatae from south- eastern Kansas. The second of the two collections cited by Brand in the original description is a representative of P. hirsuta. 8. Phacelia maculata Wood, Amer. Bot. & Flor. 244. 1870. Phacelia fallax Fernald, Rhodora 46: 51, pl. 814, f. 1-4. 1944. Annual, 10-40 em. high, simple or usually branching at or above the base, the branches erect or ascending; stems strigose with rather stiff afflexed hairs; the inflorescence strigulose and strigose, canescent; basal leaves petiolate, oblong to oblong-oval, 1.5-5 cm. long, 0.8-2 em. broad, pinnate or pinnatifid with 1-3 pairs of oval to orbicular, toothed or entire, often petiolulate leaflets or lobes and a much larger trilobed obovate- cuneate terminal leaflet or lobe, the cauline leaves short-petiolate to sessile, oblong-oval to orbicular, pinnately lobed with 2 or 3 pairs 0 oblong to oblong-obovate obtuse lobes, strigose on both surfaces; inflores- cence of simple terminal 8-25-flowered cymes, the mature pedicels ascend- ing to spreading-ascending, 4-10 mm. long; calyx lobes linear-oblong, 5-8 mm. long, about 1 mm. broad, obtuse, subequal, hirsute-ciliate with stiff pustular-based hairs and strigulose on both surfaces, ding in anthesis; corolla deep lavender, rotate-campanulate, 7-11 mm. broad, the lobes orbicular, minutely crenulate, pilose on the back; gland flaps wholly adnate, glabrous; stamens usually included, 5-6 mm. long, the anthers oblong, 0.8-1.25 mm. long, the filaments densely villous on their lower 4/5; style included in flower, when mature 4-5 mm. long, cleft about 12, hirsutulous on the lower 4, the summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule subglobose, 3-4 mm. in diameter; ovules usually 4 to each pla- centa; seeds 6-8, ovoid-angled, ca. 2 mm. long, brown, areolate and finely alveolate. Type Locauity: “Stone Mountain, Georgia, and westward,” Wood. Disrrisution: Mountains of northern Georgia to adjacent South Carolina and Alabama, on granitic rocks. REPRESENTATIVE specimens: SOUTH CAROLINA. Lancaster C0.: Forty-Acre Rock, D. Huntley 210 (DUKE); Greenville Co.: 14 miles north of Travelers Rest, McVaugh 8645 (UC). GEORGIA. Clarke Co.: Athens, 14 April 1930, Pyron (DUKE, GH), Cronquist 4371 (GA, GH): A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 33 Gwinnet Co.: Thompsons Mills, Allard 206 (US). DeKalb Co.: Stone Mt., Biltmore Herb. 4263 (GH, MO, PA, UC, US), May 1869, Canby (GH, MO, UC), 20 May 1897, Eggert (MO, US), Palmer 39,909 (GH, MO, US), Curtiss 6458 (GH: type of P. fallax Fern., F, KSA, MO, UC, US). Rockdale Co.: Big Haynes Creek, Pyron & McVaugh 2552 (GA). ALA- BAMA. Randolph Co.: Blake’s Ferry, McVaugh 8605 (UC). Fernald (1944) has ably assembled characters to distinguish P. maculata (as P. fallax) from P. hirsuta, but he apparently did not realize that an even more critical problem is to separate P. maculata from P. gilioides. Although the admittedly weak characters employed in the present key are the best I can find to distinguish them, I hesitated to consider them conspecific even before I was aware of the unusual chromosome number in the Appalachian species. Phacelia maculata is known only from granitic ‘“‘flatrocks’ in the southern Appalachians, and P. gilioides apparently grows mostly on or near limestone “barrens” in the Ozark region. Because of the suggestions made above as to the possible hybrid origin of P. gilioides, it is interesting to find so much difficulty in distinguishing that species from P. maculata. Although P. Purshii and P. maculata occur in approx- imately the same area, P. hirsuta is not known from anywhere near, and I cannot visualize any other species which might re- place it as a potential ancestor of P. maculata. While P. gilioides is variable, pretty well bridging the morphological gap between P. Purshii and P. hirsuta and making it awkward to describe and key, P. maculata is extremely uniform and hence easier to recognize than my key would suggest. McVaugh has been criticized by Fernald because the former’s association of this species (as P. hirsuta) with granitic outcrops (1943) does not take into account a collection purportedly from Giles County, Virginia. This record, based on a single printed label of Canby’s in the Gray Herbarium, is doubtless an error. According to his labels, Canby collected both on Stone Mountain, Georgia, and in Giles County, Virginia, in May, 1869. Canby specimens of P. maculata in other herbaria all bear a Georgia label. Furthermore, the only collections thus far seen from outside Georgia are from South Carolina or Alabama. 9. Phacelia glabra Nutt. Trans, Amer. Philos. Soc. N. 8. 5: 192. 1837. Cosmanthus nemophiloides Kunth, Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. 12. 1846. Annual, 540 em. high, simple and erect or usually branched from near the base, the branches erect or ascending, slightly succulent; stems and orescence rarely with a few scattered stiff afflexed hairs; basal leaves petiolate, oblong to oblong-oval, 1.5-4 em. long, 0.5-1.5 em. broad, pinnate 34 CONSTANCE or — with 2-4 pairs of oval to orbicular entire or toothed leaflets s and a larger 3- or 5-lobed terminal leaflet or lobe, most of the satan’ leaves sessile and clasping, oval to broadly ovate, deeply pinnately lobed with 1-5 pairs of lanceolate to oblong, acute or obtuse lobes, strongly hirsute-ciliate and sometimes sparsely strigulose on one or both surfaces; inflorescence of simple terminal or axillary 5-15-flowered cymes, the mature pedicels spreading-ascending or spreading, 6-12 mm. long; calyx- lobes narrowly oblong to oval, 2-4 mm. long, 0.5-2 mm. broad, usually unequal, obtuse, hirsute-ciliate, the surfaces usually glabrous, erect or ascending in fruit; corolla deep bluish-lavender with a whitish center and 2 purple spots on the proximal end of each lobe, rotate-campanulate, 5-12 mm. broad, the lobes orbicular, entire, sparsely pilose on the back; gland flaps wholly adnate, glabrous; stamens about as long as the corolla, 3-5 mm. long, the anthers oblong, about 0.8 mm. long, the filaments densely villous on their lower 14; style included in flower, when mature 3-5 mm. long, cleft about 14, glabrous, the summit of the ovary glabrous, or with a very few stiff hairs; mature capsule globose, 3-4 mm. in diameter; ovules usually 4 to each placenta ; seeds 4-8, ovoid-angled, ca. 2 mm. long, brown, areolate and finely alveolate. E Locality: “In humid and elevated woods on the margins of pitotich near the Dardenelles settlement, Arkansas river,”’ Nuttall. ution: Arkansas and adjacent Oklahoma south to Louisiana a od sa eh af as Texas, in sandy loam of prairies or at the edge of deciduous woods. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: ARKANSAS. “Red River,” Nuitall (GH, K, NY, PA). White Co.: Bald Knob, Demaree 17,126 (F, MO, OK1). "Bradley Co.: Warren, Demaree 18,947 (CLOKEY, GH, MO, NY, TULA). Pulaski Co.: Little Rock, Demaree 17,185 (CLOKEY, "MO, NY). Nevada Co.: Prescott, Bush 254 (MO, NY, Us). ? LO OUISIANA. “Wet prairies, Louisiana, Georgia,” Leavenworth (NY). * OKLAHOMA. Haskell Co.: Stigler, B. Osborn 1510R (US). Le Flore Co.: Talihina, Robbins 2352 (UC). Choctaw Co.: Hugo, Constance & Lundell 3235. TEXAS. Kaufman Co.: Terrell, Reverchon ses (GH, MO, US). San MO, PA), Hall 673 (F, oe a NY, PA, US). Austin Co.: San Felipe, Constance & Lundell 3 This is a quite distinct — perhaps because of its unique chromosome number, which may have protected it from inter- breeding with any of its aa. It has been collected rather seldom and probably has a broader range than the available collections indicate. In some herbaria it has been hidden under the name “P. dubia,” a species with which it has little in common anor small flowers. Cosmanthus nemophiloides Kunth ( “Tex- as’) appears to be the same, the phrase “placentis piovulatis” A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 35 being in — since no biovulate species of this group are known from Texa: 10. Phacelia dubia (L.) me Rep. Ark. Geol. Surv. 1888.4: 205. 1891. Polemonium dubium L. Sp. Pl. 1 753 ? Heteryta polemonioides Raf. a Repos. N. Y. 5: 353. 1808. Phacelia parviflora Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 140. 1814. Eutoca parviflora R. Br. in Richards. Bot. App. Franklin’s Journ. 764. 1823. Phacelia pusilla Buckl. Amer. Jour. Sci. 14: 172. 1843, non Torr. 1871. Cosmanthus parviflorus A. DC. Prodr. 9: 297. 5. Phacelia dubia var. interior Fernald, Rhodora 46: 5. 1944 Annual, 5-40 cm. high, usually branching from the base and the ine ascending; stems and inflorescence strigose with stiff flattened rs and beset with slender-stalked capitate glands, the inflores- snes saalensent: cotyledons usually withering by anthesis, ovate-orbicu- lar, sparsely strigulose above, glabrous beneath; basal leaves petiolate, oval to oblong, 1.5-6 cm. long: 1-5 em. broad, pinnate or pinnatifid with 1-5 pairs of oval to orbicular, entire or toothed leaflets or lobes and a larger or subequal terminal trilobed or entire leaflet or lobe, the cauline leaves oblong or lanceolate to orbicular, short-petiolate to sessile, rarely entire to deeply lobed with 1-4 pairs of lanceolate to ovate acute lobes, strigose and glandular on both surfaces; inflorescence of terminal ani axillary 8-30-flowered simple cymes, the mature pedicels spreading- ascending, or the lower spreading, 3-22 mm. long; calyx lobes linear- fihcdlats to ovate, 3-7 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, strigose on the dorsal surface, especially on the margins, obtuse or acute, often unequal; corolla blue to white, rotate-campanulate, 5-10 mm. broad, the lobes orbicular, entire, pilose on the back; gland flaps wholly adnate, glabrous, a little divergent eral stamens a little exserted, 3-5 mm. long, the anthers gahrous, the summit of the ovary Geant - mature capsule et 2-3 mm. in diameter; ovules 2-4 to each placenta; seeds 4-6, ovoid-angled, 1.5-1.75 mm. long, brown, finely reticulate. Basal leaves with 1-3 pairs of lateral and a larger usually 3- oa leaflet; cauline leaves with 1-3 pairs of other id ee eee ee eee a. var. dubia. e's ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee eee ee ee ee PF b. var. georgiana. 10a. Phacelia dubia var. dubia McVaugh, Ecol. Monogr. 13: 160. 1943. LOCALITY: “in Virginia,” Clayton. Disrrrsution: Central Pennsylvania (two stations in central New York) to Georgia and Seergice west to West Virginia and Tennessee, on shaded rocks or on alluvial so REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: NEW YORK. Onondaga Co.: Jamesville, 36 CONSTANCE 21 May, Mrs. L. L. Goodrich (US); Green Lake, November 1903, Mrs. L. L. Goodrich (NY). PENNSYLVANIA. Snyder Co.: Blue Mt., Wiegand & Wiegand 2677 (F, GH). Lancaster Co.: York Furnace—Tucquan, 11 May 1901, Heller (F, GH, US). Fulton Co.: Harrisonville, C. E. Wood, Jr. 1981 (PENN). Washington Co.: California, Banker 768 (NY). DELAWARE. New Castle Co.: Ogletown, Tatnall 3295 (GH, PENN). MARYLAND. Cecil Co.: Octoraro, 30 May 1907, Williamson (PENN). Montgomery Co.: Plummers Island, Eggleston 4314 (F, GH, MO, PA, US), Constance, Bomhard & Swallen 3019; High Island, 6 May 1896, Steele (DUKE, GH, MO, US). Washington Co.: opposite Harpers SMU, TENN, TEX, UC). D. KSA). WEST VIRGINIA. Jefferson Co.: Harpers Ferry, Pursh (type collection of P. parviflora Pursh?, K). Mineral Co.: Ridgeville, Core, Bartholomew & Myers (CLOKEY, WVA). Greenbriar Co.: White Sulphur Springs, 14-17 April 1914, Hunnewell (GH, HUNNEWELLD). Raleigh Co.: Batoff Mt., Tosh 115 (KY). VIRGINIA. “Virginia,” Clayton 556 (type of Polemoniwm dubium L., GH: photo). Stafford Co.: Falmouth, Hermann 10,545 (NY, PA). Shenandoah Co.: Woodstock, Allard 7678 (GH, MO, US); Mt. Jackson & Edinburg, Palmer 42,585 (GH, MO, NY). Dinwiddie Co.: Burgess Station, Fernald & Long 10,014 (F, GH, MO, PENN, US). Greenville Co.: Emporia, Fernald & Long 7995 (GH, NY, PENN), Fernald & Lewis 14,541 (GH, PA, SMU). Bedford Co.: —————, 18 May 1873, Curtiss (GH, MO, UC). Russell Co.: Carbo Station, Eggleston 17,635a (US). TENNESSEE. Knox Co.: Knoxville, April 1895, Ruth (MO, NY, PA, UC, US). Blount Co.: Walland, Jennison 2197 (Gray. Exsicc. 863) (F, GH, MO, OKL, PA, PENN, TENN, TEX, UC, US, WVA). Wilson Co.: Vesta, Svenson 7759 (DUKE, GH, NY, TENN). Rutherford Co.: Lavergne, Sharp & ope Co.: Nashville, April 1878, Gattinger (GH: type of P. dubia var. interior Fern., MO), Gattinger (Curtiss 2131) (F, GH, MO, NY, PENN, US), Hubbard 2131 (KSA, MO—part, NY, UC). NORTH CAROLINA. Halifax Co.: Weldon, 27 April 1897, Small (NY). Craven Co.: Newbern, Leeds 2502 (PA). Buncombe Co.: Biltmore, Biltmore Herb. 7860 (F, GH, MO, NY, PA, US). Swain Co.: Bryson City, 15 April 1937, L. Barksdale (DUKE, NY). GEORGIA. DeKalb Co.: Stone Mt., May 1869, Canby (F, NY, US). Muscogee Co.: Columbia, Boykin (GH, NY, FA). ALABAMA, “Alabama,” 1840, Buckley (type collection of P. pusilla Buckl., MO, NY). Jackson Co.: Long Island, 14 May 1935, Porter (GH). Phacelia dubia is another very distinct species, remarkable for possessing (with P. maculata) the lowest chromosome number known in the family. Phacelia parviflora Pursh (‘‘on rocks near Harper’s Ferry, on the Potowmac”) and P. pusilla Buckl. (“prairies of Alabama”) are the same. Fernald’s var. antervor A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 37 & 72 g ° ° %o ° ° O, ° ° & o ° ° pe ° ° ° rom ° ° fe} 9, 2) ° 6 ° . ° ° ie} ° fa) ° ° ° °o op? ° ° ° oo o ° 00° : : e o P dubia dubia o o o P.dubia georgiana a Fig. 6. Distribution of P. dubia. 38 CONSTANCE (‘gregarious in open shrubberies and pastures or in open grounds, Nashville’) was based upon dwarfed plants with short pedicels, which (on the basis of more material) are revealed to occur sporadically throughout the range of the species, e. g., Pennsyl- vania, Virginia, and Tennessee, although they may be especially abundant on calcareous substrata. This appears to be typically an Appalachian species which has spread onto the Coastal Plain, in southern Virginia and North Carolina. It does not occur west of the Applachians, and is wholly absent from Kansas, Arkansas, Missouri, Oklahoma, and Texas, in all of which it has been reported on the basis of misiden- tifications. The accepted name was published in the report of the geological survey of Arkansas, but the specimens attributed to this species were actually of P. hirsuta. Although widespread, P. dubia appears to have no well marked regional phases except for the following, which is asso- ciated with granitic rocks in northern Georgia and Alabama. It should be expected in similar situations in South Carolina. 10b. Phacelia dubia var. georgiana McVaugh, Ecol. Monogr. 13: 160. 1943. Type tocauity: “Echol’s Mill, 12 miles northeast of Lexington,” Oglethorpe County, Georgia, Pyron & McVaugh 2448. DistriBuTion: Granitic inca of northern Georgia and Alabama. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: GEORGIA. Oglethorpe Co.: Echol’s Mill, Pyron & McVaugh 2448 (GA: isotype of P. dubia var. georgiana MecVaugh), Columbia Co.: Heggie’s Rock, Hermann 10,107 (F, GH, MO, NY, PA, US). Hancock Co.: Sparta, Hermann 10,158 (F, GH, MO, NY, PA). Pike Co.: Concord, Pyron & McVaugh 2296 (DUKE, GA, TULA). Bibb Co.: Mason, Pyron & McVaugh 1524 (GA, US). ALA- MO, NY, US), Earle & Earle 61 (MO, NY, US). Elmore Co.: Tallassee, Harper 82 (GH, MO, NY, US). 11. Phacelia bipinnatifida Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 1: 134. 1808. Phacelia pubescens Poir. in Lam. Encyel. 5: 239. te non Peter 1893. Phacelia simplex Pers. Syn. 1: 168. 1905. (Nome Endiplus bifidus Raf. Amer. Monthl. Mag. 3: 356. "1818. Endiplus phaceloides Raf. Jour. de Phys. 99. 1819. Phacelia Endiplus Steud. Nom. ed. 2. 2:313. 1841. (Nomen.) Phacelia brevistylis Buckl. Amer. Jour. Sci. I. 45: 172. 1843 Phacelia bipinnatifida var. Plummeri Wood, Class Book 438. 1847. ee. bipinnatifida var. brevistylis A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 320. Biennial, 10-60 em. high, branching above the base, the branches ssectisiiag to erect ; dase hirsute with spreading or deflexed stiff hairs, A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 39 more densely so at base, the infil preading-hirsutulous or -hirsute and glandular-villous with small slender-stalked glands; basal leaves petiolate, triangular-ovate, 3-12 em. long and broad, pinnate with 1-3 pairs of large ovate to lanceolate leaflets, these pinnately toothed to villous on their lower 24 (stamens included and only 4-5 mm. long in some heterostylic forms); style usually a little exserted in flower, when mature 8-15 mm. long, cleft 14 to 24, hirsutulous at base, the summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule subglobose, 4-6 mm. in diameter; ovules 2 to each placenta; seeds usually 4, ovoid-angled, 3-4 mm. long, black, areolate and finely alveolate. YPE LOCALITY: “in sylvis occidentalibus montium Alleghanis et Kentucky,” Michauc. DistripuTion: Western Virginia to Georgia and Alabama, west to inois, Missouri, and northeastern Arkansas, in deciduous woods, fre- quently on limestone, REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: WEST VIRGINIA. Fayette Co.: Keeney Creek, Morton 1858 (US). Raleigh Co.: Fitzpatrick, 5 May 1940, Tosh (UC). McDowell Co.: Iaeger,- 13 June 1907, Braun (BRAUN). VIR- GINIA. Rockbridge Co.: Lexington, 1828-34, J. Hall (F). Russell Co.: Cartertown, Eggleston 17,615 (US). Lee Co.: The Cumberlands, Carr 929 (GH). NORTH CAROLINA. Caldwell Co.: Blowing Rock, Heller 259 (F, GH, MO, NY, PA, UC, US), Small & Heller 259 (F, GH, MO, NY, PA, UC, US). Madison Co.: Hot Springs, Oosting 35,239 (DUKE, GA). Swain Co.: Blowing Springs, Oosting 35,258 (DUKE, WVA). Polk Co.: Tryon, Biltmore Herb. 7876 (F, GH, NY, PA, US). TENNESSEE. Sullivan Co.: Bristol—Shady Bluff, Sharp 1455 (TENN). White Co.: W Co.: Hiawassee Gorge, April 1893, Kearney (N Co.: Sewanee, Svenson 7632 (GH, MO, UC). Cheatham Co.: Kingston Springs, Palmer 35,518 (GH MO). SOUTH CAROLINA. Oconee Co.: To Falls, House 2081 (MO, NY, US). GEORGIA. Walker Co.: Pigeon Mt., Harper 335 (K, NY, US). Dade Co.: Trenton, Hermann 10,205 (GH, NY, A, US). ALAB Madison Co.: Eason Mt., Harper 3412 (GH, NY, PA, US). Marshall Co.: Kennamer Cove, Harper 3414 (GH, PA, US). Colbert Co.: Sheffield, Harper 3320 (F, GH, NY, PA, US). Perry Co.: 40 CONSTANCE Hamburg, May 1841, Buckley (type collection of P. brevistylis Buckl., GH, K, MO). OHIO. Hamilton Co.: Fernbank, Short (GH, PA, UC). INDIANA. Cass Co.: Georgetown, Steyermark 4251 (F). Parke Co.: Clinton, Deam 27,320 (PA). Franklin Co.: Brookville, Deam 789 (US). Martin Co.: Loogootee, Palmer 39,510 (GH, MO). Posey Co.: New Harmony, Lindheimer 409 (MO). ILLINOIS. Putnam Co.: Lake Grundy Knob, 25 April 1927, Shacklette (KY). MISSOURI. St. Louis Co.: St. Louis, 29 April 1879, Eggert (MO, NY, UC, US). Carter Co.: Big Spring, Sleyermark 7782 (MO, US). Pulaski Co.: Piney River, Steyermark 7773 (MO). ARKANSAS. Independence Co.: Batesville, Demaree 17,065 (GH, KY, MO, NY, OKL, TENN). ? MISSISSIPPI. “Mississippi,” 1856, Spillman (MO). Because of its prominent glands and their associated scales, P. bipinnatifida has heretofore been placed in section Euphacelia, where its morphology and distribution make it anomalous, whereas it is thoroughly ‘“‘at home” in the subgenus Cosmanthus. Phacelia brevistylis Buckl. (“limestone rocks, Hamburg, Wilcox [Perry] County, Alabama”) and P. bipinnatifida var. Plummert Wood (Richmond, I[ndianJa”) are based on a variation with sparser pubescence, larger and less divided leaf segments, smaller flowers, and sub-included stamens and style. These variations “are not concomitant, and the distribution of forms showing 2 complete or partial combination of them is sporadic, as indicated by the location of the two type stations. There does, however; appear to be some heterostyly in the species. I am ata loss to understand Rafinesque’s description of the fruit of his genus Endiplus as, ‘“‘a double capsul, the exterior one monolocular bivalve hairy; the interior one bilocular bivalve 4-seeded, seeds one above the other.” The following year, however, he associa his two species, E. bifidus (‘Allegheny Mts. or Ohio’’) and E. phaceloides (“pres de Pittsburg, etc.”) with Phacelia bipinnatifida as probably congeneric. A strikingly distinct species in the genus, P. bipinnatifida is more likely to be confused with com- parably broad-leafed species of Hydrophyllum than with any other Phacelia. 12. Phacelia ranunculacea (Nutt.) Const. Rhodora 42: 39. 1940. Ellisia ranunculacea Nutt. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. N. 8. 5: 191. 1837. Phacelia Coville 8. Wats. ex A. Gray, Man. N. Amer. Bot. ed. 6. 360. 1890. A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 41 4 <6 area Pe i j Mh, oF hipinnatifida gore ranunculacea => x x ‘ Fig. 7. Distribution of P. bipinnatifida and P. ranunculacea. 42 CONSTANCE Annual, 5-25 em. high, simple or branching from near the base, the branches prostrate to erect; stems strigose at base with stiff afflexed hairs, the inflorescence spreading-hirsutulous and -hirsute, sparsely glandular with slender capitate glands; cotyledons persistent in anthesis, ovate to leaves petiolate, oblong to ovate, 14.5 cm. long, 0.5-2.5 cm. broad, innate with remote leaflets to pinnatifid with 1 to 3 pairs of. orbicular to oval, toothed or entire leaflets or lobes and a larger obovate trilobed terminal leaflet or lobe, the cauline leaves all petiolate, deeply lobed or pinnatifid with 1-3 pairs of orbicular to lanceolate, entire or toothed, obtuse or acute lobes, strigose on both surfaces; inflorescence weakly scorpioid, of simple terminal, often bracteate, 2-6-flowered cymes, the ure pedicels 5-12 mm. long, spreading-reflexed to pendent; calyx lobes linear-lanceolate, 5-7 mm. long, 0.5-1.5 mm. broad, subequal, acute, strigose on both surfaces and sparsely glandular at base; corolla pale violet or lavender, tubular-campanulate, 3-5 mm. long, 2-4 mm. broad, the lobes oval, entire, glabrous; gland flaps reduced to two minute ridges at the very base of the tube; stamens included, 1.5-2 mm. long, the anthers oval, about 0.3 mm. long, the filaments glabrous; style included in flower, when mature 1.5-2 mm. long, cleft about 4, glabrous, the summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule depressed-globose, 4-6 mm in diameter, markedly distended by the seeds; ovules 2 to each placenta; seeds 2-4, globose-ovoid, 2-2.5 mm. long, brown, finely reticulate. Type tocauity: “In the shady humid alluvial forests of the Arkansas, frequent,” Nuttall. Disrrisution: Region of the upper Potomac River; southern Indiana to Illinois, Missouri, eastern Tennessee, and (?) northeastern Arkansas, in shaded alluvial soil. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: MARYLAND. Montgomery Co.: Lark- Re ie ridge, Constance 3018. VIRGINIA. Arlington Co Clarendon, Allard 281 (DUKE, F, GH, KY, MO, NY, US), 4518 (GH, MO, NY, A. Knox Co.: Mt. Carmel, Deam 42,89 James (NY). Dunklin Go.: Campbell, Palmer 39,064 (GH). Stoddard Co.: Heazy, Steyermark 5074 (F, US). TENNESSEE. Montgomery Co.: Clarksville, 16 April 1917, H. Fox (PA). Shelby Co.: Memphis, 29 March 1846, Fendler (MO). ? ARKANSAS. dy humid alluvial forests of the Arkansas,” Nuttall (type collection of Elisa ranunculacea Nutt., GH & UC: photo). Several years ago, I pointed out the identity of Ellisia ranuncu- A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 43 lacea Nutt. with Phacelia Covillet S. Wats. (“Larkspur Island in the Potomac, 5 miles above Washington’). The species has yet to be rediscovered in Arkansas, but since it occurs a short distance across the state line in Missouri and Tennessee, there seems little reason to doubt that it may be detected there. Gray confused this plant with Nemophila microcalyx (Nutt.) F. & M., and Steyermark and Palmer (1935) have recently repeated this error in referring to the occurrence of ‘“‘Nemophila” in Missouri. The disrupted or bipolar distribution of the species is rather puzzling. The plant is exceedingly common in wooded alluvial bottoms along the Potomac River above the Fall Line, and is apparently rare west of the mountains. This distribution may perhaps represent the shrunken remnant of one like that of P. bipinnatifida or P. Purshii, although it has some features in common with that of Ellisia Nyctelea L. (Con- stance, 1940). The tubular-campanulate corolla, vestigial glands, glabrous stamens and style, semi-globose seeds, dis- tended capsule, and peculiar chromosome number make this species rather aberrant in Cosmanthus. Its closest affinities are certainly with Phacelia, however, and it agrees more closely with the other members of Cosmanthus than with any other plants. The alternative treatment of constituting a special group for it does not, in my opinion, offer any particular advantage. 13. Phacelia Purshii Buckl. Amer. Jour. Sci. I. 45: 171. 1843. Phacelia fimbriata sensu Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. 1: 140. 1814, non Michx. 1 Cosmanthus fimbriatus Nolte, Cat. Sem. Hort. Germ. 1838, not as to type. Cosmanthus pectinatus E. Mey. Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 5: 366. 1846. Phacelia fimbriata var. ? Boykini A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 10: 320. 87 hacelia Boykini Small, Bull. Torrey Club 25: 136. 1898. Phacelia Bicknellii Small, Bull. Torrey Club 25: 141. 1898. Polemonium ciliatum Willd. ex Brand; Engler, Pflanzenr. 4%: 62. 1913. omen. Phacelia ciliata Raf. ex Brand, op. cit. (Nomen.) Annual, 10-80 cm. high, simple or branching near the base, erect or ascending; stems strigose with stiff afflexed hairs, the inflorescence strigu- lose or strigose; basal leaves petiolate, oblong to oval, 1.5-5 cm. long, 1-2.5 em. broad, pinnate or pinnatifid with 1-3 pairs of oblong to orbicular, entire or toothed leaflets or lobes and a larger 3- or 5-lobed terminal leaflet or lobe, the cauline leaves lanceolate-oblong to ovate, sessile and clasping, deeply pinnatifid with 2-5 pairs of lanceolate to ovate, usually acute lobes, or strigulose on both surfaces; inflorescence of simple 44 CONSTANCE and axillary 10-30-flowered cymes, the mature pedicels spreading-ascend- ing or spreading, 3-22 mm. long; calyx lobes linear to oblong-spatulate, 3-7 mm. long, 0.5-1.5 mm. broad, subequal, acute or obtuse, hirsute- ciliate and usually somewhat strigose or strigulose on one or both surfaces; corolla bluish-violet with a white center, often very pale, subrotate, 5-13 mm. broad, the lobes obovate, fimbriate, glabrous or glabrate; gland flaps wholly adnate, glabrous; stamens usually exserted, 4-7 mm. long, the anthers oblong, 0.8-1.2 mm. long, the filaments densely villous on their lower 14; style included in flower, when mature 4-6 mm. long, cleft l% to %, glabrous, the summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule globose-ovoid, 2-5 mm. in diameter; ovules 2 to each placenta; seeds 2-4, ovoid-angled, 1.5-3 mm. long, brown, areolate and finely alveolate. Type Loca.ity: “in montibus Carolinae et Georgiae,”’ Buckley. DistrisuTion: Pennsylvania and Maryland south to Georgia and Alabama, and west to Illinois and eastern Missouri, in alluvial soil in deciduous woods. SENTATIVE SPECIMENS: PENNSYLVANIA. Allegheny Co.: Darlington Hollow, Shafer 181 (CLOKEY, F, MO, PENN, US). Greene Co.: Jefferson, Bell 514 (CLOKEY, GH, OKL, PENN, TENN, WVA). MARYLAND. Montgomery Co.: Plummers Island, 6 June 1897, Pollard (GH, MO, NY, US); Glen Echo, Constance 3023. D. C. Washington, 22 June 1937, Kearney (NY, TENN, US). WEST VIRGINIA. Mineral Co.: Burlington, 30 May 1938, Alexander (NY). Monongalia Co.: Dent’s Run, 4 June 1940, J. C. Myers (CLOKEY, NY). Ohio Co.: Wheeling, 26 May 1879, Mertz (F, PA, US). VIRGINIA. Fairfax Co.: Potomac River, June 1879, Chickering (F, US). Wythe Co.: Wytheville, 1 April 1876, Shriver (GH, K, US). Smyth Co.: Marion, 22 May 1892, Small (F, GH, MO—part, NY, PENN, UC—part, US), Britton, — hy 0.: ville, April 1842, Rugel (K, NY). Smith Co.: Carthage, Shanks & Sharp 451 (MO, PENN, TENN). Davidson Co.: Nashville, 12-17 May 1894, Bicknell (NY: type of P. Bicknellii Small), April-May 1879, Gattinger (Curtiss 2129) (F, GH, MO, NY, PA, PENN, US), Eggleston 4420 (GH, MO, NY, PA, US), Svenson 10,109 (DUKE, GH, MO, PA, TENN, UC). GEORGIA. “In montibus Carolinae et Georgiae,” Buckley (PA: type of P. Purshii Buckl., GH). DeKalb Co.: campus, 28 April 1936, Whi (CLOKEY). Muscogee Co.: Columbus, 1839, Boykin (GH: type of F. ALABAMA. Ma ; K, : dison Co Huntsville, 1858, Nevius (GH). Tuscaloosa Co.: Warrior River, 1 May 1919, Harper (NY, US); North River, 20 September 1932, Harper (GH, NY). OHIO. Cuyahoga Co.: Bedford, 9 June 1897, J. R. Watson F, KSA, PA, US), Ashcroft (F, MO, US). ’ Belmont Co.: Barnesville, B. 2. Laughlin 968 (GH). Hamilton Co.: Cincinnati, 14 May 1890, Lloyd (GH, MO). INDIANA. Wells Co.: Harrison Township, 24 May 1903, Deam (GH, MO, NY, OKL, US). Franklin Co.: Metamora, McCoy 8747 (DUKE, F, TEX, WVA). Montgomery Co.: Crawfordsville, 1889, A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGEBUS COSMANTHUS 45 Cooms (KSA, US). Gibson Co.: Owensville, Kriebel 3801 (DUKE). ILLINOIS. “Illinois,” Rafinesque (PA: basis for P. ciliata Raf.?). Ver- million Co.: Danville, May 1909, Gleason (GH, PENN, UC). St. Clair Co.: ——————, 6 May 1879, Eggert (GH, KSA, MO, NY, UC, US). Jackson Co.: Grand Tower, Gleason 2575 (GH). KENTUCKY. Fayette Co.: Lexington, April-May, Short (F, GH, KY, PA). Woodford Co.: Versailles, McFarland (Fl. Kentucky 92) (CLOKEY, DUKE, MO, NY, PENN, TENN, US). MISSOURI. St. Louis Co.: Allentown, 1 June 1901, Letterman (F, MO, NY, PA, TEX). Jefferson Co.: Pevely, Lode- wyks 116 (MO, US). Reynolds Co.: Piedmont, Steyermark 22,058 (F). A beautiful, distinctive, and widely distributed plant, this is probably the best known species of the group, and was the original species of Cosmanthus Nolte. It includes P. fimbriata var. ? Boykini A. Gray (“upper part of Georgia’’) as well as P. Bicknellit Small (‘‘near Nashville, Tennessee’’), despite some Serious errors in Small’s descriptions. The two epithets just cited are based upon the same, perhaps ecological (in association with limestone?), variation with smaller flowers, shorter pedicels, and smaller capsules and seeds. The presence of appresse rather than spreading hairs and areolate and alveolate rather than simply reticulate seeds, clearly shows that Gray associated Boykin’s plants with the wrong species. 14. Phacelia fimbriata Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 1: 134. 1808. Cosmanthus fimbriatus Nolte, Cat. Sem. Hort. Germ. 1838, as to name only. lobes obovate, strongly fimbriate, glabrous; gland flaps free at the tip, brous; stamens barely exserted, 4-6 mm. long, the anthers oblong, 0.8-1.2 mm. long, the filaments densely villous on their lower 14; style the summit of the ovary hirsute; mature capsule globose-ovoid, 4-6 mm. 46 CONSTANCE in diameter; ovules 2 to each placenta; seeds 2-4, ovoid-angled, 3-3.5 mm. long, brown, finely reticulate. Type LOCALITY: “in excelsis montibus Carolinae,”’ Michauz. DisrrisuTion: Mountains of the Tennessee-Virginia-North Carolina boundary, at elevations of 3,500 to 5,000 feet, in openings in deciduous oods. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS: VIRGINIA. Grayson Co.: Mt. Rogers, 29 June 1892, Britton, Britton & Vail (NY). Smyth Co.: White Top Mt., 28-29 May 1892, Small (DUKE, F, GH, MO, OKL, PA, PENN, TENN, TEX, UC, US, WVA). Washington Co.: White Top Mt., June 1892, Britton, Britton & Vail (UC, US). NORTH CAROLINA. Avery Co.: Roan Mt., 1842, Buckley (GH, MO, NY), 18 June 1879, Gray, Sargent Redfield & Canby (F, GH, PA, PENN), June 1879, Canby (F, NY, PA, US). Swain Co.: Indian Gap, 28 April 1948, Camp (US). TENNES- SEE. Carter Co.: Roan Mt., June 1870, Parry (GH, NY, US). Sevier Co.: Elkmont, Jennison 2217 (Gray. Exsicc. 862) (F, GH, MO, OKL, PA, PENN, SMU, TENN, TEX, UC, US, WVA). Although it has been badly confused with P. Purshii in the literature and in herbaria, pubescence and seed characters readily permit the recognition of P. fimbriata as a distinct species. It is remarkable for its narrow restriction to higher altitudes in the Great Smokies’ region. Dr. W. H. Camp kindly made two collections for me near Indian Gap, at an elevation of 5,200 feet. He refers to the habitat as a ‘rocky woodland with considerable slope,” and adds that the species forms dense vernal societies in several of the ‘‘beech gaps” before any of the trees expan their foliage. Out of several thousand plants with corollas white except for their “powder-blue”’ anthers, he selected seven which had “pale, lavender-blue flowers of varying intensities.” Although the dried specimens are at once reminiscent of P. Purshii, the pubescence is that of P. fimbriata. A mixup of the two species would not be at all surprising, but thus far I have seen no convincing evidence of its occurrence. LITERATURE CITED BentTHaM, G. 1835. Review of the order of Hydrophyllaceae. Trans. Linn. Soc. 17: 267-282. Branp, A. 1913. Hydrophyllaceae, in Engler, Pflanzenr. 41: 1-210. CavE, L ANCE . Chromosome numbers in the Hydrophyllaceae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 18: 205-216. . 1944. Chromosome numbers in the Hydrophyllaceae: I. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 18: 293-298. Conrris. Gray Hers. CLXVIII. Piate I. A REVISION OF PHACELIA SUBGENUS COSMANTHUS 47 1947. Chromosome numbers in the Hydrophyllaceae: III. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 18: 449-465. —. Chromosome numbers in the Hydrophyllaceae; IV. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. (In preparation.) Constance, L. 1938. The genus Eucrypta Nutt. Lloydia 1: 143-1 1939. The genus Pholistoma Lilja. Bull. Torrey Cla 66: 341-352. 1940. The genus Ellisia. Rhodora 42: 33-39. 1941. The genus Nemophila Nutt. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 19: 341-398. 1942. The genus Hydrophyllum L. Amer. Midl. Nat. 27: 710-731. Dr Canpo..e, A. 1845. Hydrophyllaceae, in Prodr. 9: 287-301. FERNALD, M. L. 1944. The plants passing as Phacelia hirsuta. Rhodora 46: 51-55. Gray, A. 1875. A conspectus of the North American Hydrophyllaceae. Proc. r. Acad. 10: 312-332. Lansouw, J. 1939, On the standardization of herbarium abbreviations. Chron. : 142-150. 1941. Index herbariorum. Chron. Bot. 6: 377-378. H, 1943. The vegetation of the granitic flatrocks of the southeastern United States. Ecol. Monogr. 13: 119-166. SMALL, 1933. Manial wae the southeastern flora 1095-1099. STEYERMAR ARK, J. A. AND E. J. PALMER 1935, An iid catalogue of the flowering plants of Missouri. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 22: 375-756. EXPLANATION OF PLATE Prare I. Seeds of Phacelia subgen. Cosmanthus, all x 244. Fig. a, P. platycarpa; fig. b, P. p aera ti we og siricifora; f fic. d, P. patuliflor P. fi . P. laza; fig. f, P. heros: fig. g, P. gilioides; gl . g ; fg. i, P. dubia; fg. A, P. bipt nnatifida; fig. |, Sewn va ae Purshii: fig. n, P. fimbri 48 CONSTANCE INDEX New scientic names are printed in full-face type ane 5; Tarren 13, 16 ety By 10, 11, 45; thus, 5, 11; fimbriatus, 43, 45; mexicanus, 13; nemophiloides, 33: parviflorus, 35; aetna tins, 43 Ellisia, 3; Nyctelea, 43; ranunculacea, ah gg 5; py bifidus, 38, 40; phace- loides, 38, 4 Eucry sarah hg 3: acaulis, 17; Andrieuxii, 13, 16; bursifolia , 16; gracilis, a ae 16; mexicana, 13, : e- siana, kOe arviflor ier patuliflora, 23, 24; ineineietiion 13; strictifiora, 18, 19 Heteryta incene, 3,5 35 Hydrophyllace Heder chyien, &, Nemophila, 3, 43; microcalyx, 43; Ortgiesiana, 13 Phacelia, 3-5, 7, 10, 40, 43; subg. Cosmanthus ve 6, 11, 40, 43, a : via, 5; acaulis, 17; Bicknellii, 43-45; bi- pinnatifida, 5-9, 13, 38, 40, 41, oes 47, pl. me “var. brevistylis, 38, Vv: Plummeri, 38, 40; Boyki ni, “B; traelatetls, 38, ve. ‘iiata, 43, 45; congesta, dubia, 6-8, 10, 13, 34-38, 47, a } var. dubia, 8-10, 35, 37, var. georgiana, 8, 35, 37, 38, var. hirsuta var. interior, 35, “36; Endiplus, 38; fallax, so 32,2333 Ae I; varaedie 17, var. madrensis, 17; simple 2 _ I, var., 21, Vat 4 Pa on 33,” Var. 3, Uy 4 pl. I; pusilla, 35, 36; ranun ulac Lundelliana, 9, 19, Robbinsii, 19, 20-23, V flora, 19, 20, 22, 3; ~ ions 26, a olisto Bec siebtate sa 5; acaule, 17; achilles folium, 13, 16; bursifo lium, 36. ‘du bium, 35, 13, 16 teucrii- , ciliatum, 43; pimpinsiloides, Reprinted from Rhodora, Vol. 51, March-May, 1949 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY CEXL® BA Part I.-Some Identities in Breweria. M. L. Fernaup and Branres G. ScHuperRt:- hice Us oe 35 Part II. Studies of Eastern American Plants. M. L. FERNALD 1. Blackberries, old and new. -............5.0.4+--- 43 2. Rhizome-characters in and minor Forms of Viola... 51 3. Some Varieties in Oenothera..:..-....--+-.--+++-- 61 4. Emendations in the Order Tubiflorae......:.-.--- 70 5. Some Northern Astereae. .....-.--- 023-22 e ee eee 93 6. Transfers and minor Variations........-.-- Peo ee 103 Dares oF IssvE . hice cy oss Siete of es 4 March, 1949 | SHE ote Be Pages 93-104 an plates 1146-1150 , 1949 Reprinted from Rhodora, Vol. 51, March-May, 1949 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY CLXIX Part I. Some Identities in Breweria. MM. L. FerNaup and Bernice G. ScHUBERT: 25-646 52 oe ee 35 Part II. Studies of Eastern American Plants. M. L. ERNALD 1. Blackberries, old and new.......-.-------- rete 43 2. Rhizome-characters in and minor Forms of Viola. . . 51 3. Some Varieties in Oenothera.....---------+++++°° 61 4. Emendations in the Order Tubiflorae......------- 70 5. Some Northern Astereae.....------::e ert? 93 6. Transfers and minor Variations.....--.----::-°--- 103 Dates or IssuE Pages 35-57 and plates 1121-1136.....--------+-.5200000"" 4 March, 1949 Pages 61-85 and ate 4137-1145. ee 6 April, 1949 Pages 93-104 and plates 1146-1150......-------+52.0200007" 9 May, 1949 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CLXIX Part I. SOME IDENTITIES IN BREWERIA M. L. FERNALD AND BERNICE G. SCHUBERT (Plates 1121-1129)! Disturbed by the fact that Breweria Pickeringit (Torr.) Gray rests upon a plant from southeastern North Carolina (Wilming- ton) which was originally described as having the central flower of each “aggregate” inflorescence sessile, whereas the plants of southern New Jersey, western Illinois and adjacent Lowa, and the Oklahoma-Texas region have them pedicelled, the senior author has borrowed from several of the larger American her- baria all the material which has passed as B. Pickeringit. The present notes summarize the results of our study of the assembled material from these strikingly disjunct areas and another region not generally included in the stated range. Before entering upon discussion of that species, however, it is important to clear the identities of some earlier described species in order that any references to them may not be misleading. BReweria aquatica (Walt.) Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. ii, 217 (1878), rests nomenclaturally on Convolvulus aquaticus Walt. Fl. Carol. 94 (1788), our pLaTe 1121, Fic. 1. It has also been called Stylisma aquatica (Walt.) Chapm. FI. So. U. S. 346 (1860) and Bonamia aquatica (Walt.) Gray, Man. ed. 5: 376 (1867). 1 The cost of engraving met through aid from Mr, BayarD Lone. 36 Rhodora [Marcu In all Gray’s work, as summarized in the Synoptical Flora, he treated Breweria aquatica as a catch-all to include all plants of temperate North America in the subgenus Stylisma which he did not merge with the very different B. humastrata (Walt.) Gray and B. Pickeringii (Torr.) Gray. Under B. humistrata (our PLATE 1122) he placed the strikingly dissimilar Convolvulus patens Desr. (PLATE 1121, Fic. 2) and C. trichosanthes Michx. (pLaTE 1123), while some specimens labelled by him as B. humistrata are of the very distinct B. angustifolia Nash (PLATE 1124). Nowadays, however, the name Breweria aquatica is generally applied to a plant with style cleft half way to base or still lower, filaments essentially glabrous, flowers mostly 3 in small corymbs, with the short bracts close to the base of the corymb, the pedicels and calyx densely villous (PLATE 1123), a plant which, we shall see, is quite unlike Walter’s type. The name C. trichosanthes Michaux, as applied by Small, covers a plant very unlike Michaux’s type (PLATE 1123, Fic. 1), for Small had a very slender plant, usually with narrower leaves, the solitary flowers long-stalked above the remote bracts, the calyx minutely tomentulose, the filaments villous (PLATE 1121). It is evident that the types of Walter’s Convolvulus aquaticus, Michaux’s C. trichosanthes, Torrey’s C. Pickeringii and some other types have entered only vaguely into recent interpreta- tions. Walter’s C. aquaticus was more fully described by him than many of his species: aquaticus 9. caule tereti prostrato; foliis, petiolis brevibus, oblongis, nervo acumi- natis, pubescentibus, alternis; pe- c toso; floribus brevibus, rubro-pur- pureis, tomentosis; stylo bipartito, capsula villosa. Fortunately the Fraser scrap-book of fragments of Walter’s plants contains definitely a “scrap” of Convolvulus aquaticus, no. 231 on p. 36 (our PLATE 1121, Fic. 1, X 44). This, so far as it goes, is identical with C. patens Desr. in Lam. Encycl. iii. 547 (1789), a portion of the Type of which is shown, X 1, in PLATE 1121, ric. 2. This type-sheet had previously been shown by 1949} Fernald and Schubert,—Some Identities in Breweria 37 Fernald in Ruopora, xlii. t. 624, fig. 1 (1940). Walter’s frag- mentary type and the fuller one of Desrousseaux are readily matched by many specimens from the southeastern United States, such as Wiegand & Manning, no. 2632 from Liberty County, Georgia, our Fic. 3, this, like many other similar collec- tions, distributed as Breweria trichosanthes sensu Small. We are, somewhat inconveniently, forced to make the following santhes sensu Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 959 (1903), not Conv. tricho- santhes Michx., basonym. Stylisma trichosanthes sensu House in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiv. 148 (1907), not Conv. trichosanthes Brewer1a Michauxii, nom. nov. Convolvulus trichosanthes Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 137 (1803), nom. illegit.; Fernald in Gray Herb. exxvii. 31, pl. 2, figs. 31 and 32 (1939). B. tricho- Santhes (Michx.) Small, Fl. Se. U. 8. 959 (1903), as to basonym only, not as to plant described. Stylisma trichosanthes (Michx.) House in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiv. 148 (1907), as to basonym only, not as to plant described. B. aquatica sensu Mo Am. 38 Rhodora [Marcu auth., not as to basonym, Convolvulus aquaticus Walt. PLatE 1123. From the synonymy given by House in his study of Stylisma, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiv., especially p. 149 (1907), under S. aquatica in his sense, 7. e. our Breweria Michauxit, one would infer that there are two names available for this species. The first, Convolvulus erianthus Willd. ex Spreng. Syst. i. 610 (1825), described “C. foliis linearibus elongatis basi attenuatis nudius- culis, . . . pedunculis elongatis 1 floris’’, etc. can hardly be our plant, which has the very pubescent elliptic-oval to oblong leaves broadly rounded to cordate at base and the peduncles mostly 3-flowered. Until the type of Willdenow’s species can be studied it would be futile to guess what he had. House also cites as belonging to this species Stylisma elliptica Raf. “Fi. Tellur. 4: 55. 1836’. Obviously House did not closely inspect Rafinesque’s account, for the species is not in Flora Telluriana (pt. 4 published in 1838) and p. 55 was occupied by generic and subgeneric segregates of Old World Veronica. In his New Fi. N. Am. pt. 4 (1838) Rafinesque described his Stylisma elliptica on p. 55. It is quite possible that Rafinesque had B. Michauzit, for his “leaves petiolate elliptical hardly pubescent, base sub- cordate, end obtuse mucronate” is rather definite for it (except “hardly pubescent’’) but “calix smooth” is not at all good for a closely pubescent calyx. This character and the “hardly pubes- cent’’ leaves immediately suggest B. humistrata, At any rate, the name cannot be taken over into Breweria because of the large- flowered Mexican B. elliptica Smith & Schubert (1939). Now coming to the amazingly disjunct series known 4s Breweria Pickeringii, it is a somewhat striking fact that the TYPE and few extant specimens of the original Convolvulus Pickeringit Torr. in M. A. Curtis in Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. i. 129 (1835) seem not to be matched by any other collection nor has anything conspecific with it been found in the type-area, the famous and much explored region of Wilmington, North Carolina. Both B. angustifolia (PLATE 1124) and true B. aquatica (PLATE 1121), misidentified as B. Pickeringii, have been collected farther up the valley of Cape Fear River; but Curtis stated that “Most of the species enumerated inhabit a circle around this place [Wilming- ton] of about two miles radius”. In 1830 the population of 1949} Fernald and Schubert,—Some Identities in Breweria 39 Wilmington was about 3000; now it is about twelve times that number, with a considerable summer increase, and its longest diameter is 5 miles. That may account for the lack of recent collections. Even the connection with the Wilmington plant (collected by Moses Ashley Curtis) of Dr. Charles Pickering is a bit obscure. The species, as Convolvulus Pickeringii, was pub- lished in the Catalogue of Plants growing spontaneously around Wilmington, North Carolina, from a manuscript received in September, 1834. In his introductory pages Mr. Curtis said (p. 86): “In preparing the Catalogue I have been kindly assisted by Dr. Torrey, whose name will at once ensure confidence in its general accuracy. To him have been communicated nearly all the doubtful and new species, and they have received numer- ous corrections and references.” There is also acknowledgment of help from Dr. James F. McRee, but nothing about Pickering. On p. 105, under Convolvulus, there is an entry “Pickeringii. Tor. (26), this indicating that Torrey was author of the name, and in the ‘Remarks on several Plants in the Catalogue” no. 26 (p. 129) is as follows: (26) Convéluulus Pickertngii. Prostrate, villous; Leaves i leaves that exceed the flowers, with linear bracts at the base of the calyx which equal the flowers, the other sessile and without bracts, The upper peduneles become 2 and 1 flowered. sandy barrens. Flowers June. : : Allied to C. patens, but clearly distinct. First noticed by Dr. Pickering, to whom it is dedicated. The original material sent to Torrey had Curtis’s comment: “Nearer C. trichosanthes, var. patens Ph. than Elliott’s C. aquatica?”. In the remark of Torrey (or perhaps Curtis) at the end of the description there is the clue to the origin of the specific name. Charles Pickering had collected the New Jersey variety Six years earlier, the label (in his own hand) of his specimen in Herb. Phil. Acad. reading: (capsule one-seeded!) 4 miles from Quaker Bridge N. J. Aug. 1828. C. Pickering 40 Rhodora [Marcu A portion of this Pickering specimen, characteristic for New Jersey, is shown in PLATE 1126, Fic. 1. That it superficially resembles Convolvulus patens; i. e. true B. aquatica (PLATE 1121, FIG. 2) is obvious, but it has elongate foliaceous bracts, shorter and blunter sepals and (when adequate material is examined) less deeply divided styles. Although the name Pickeringit was based on the New Jersey plant, the detailed description and the locality (Wilmington) of the Curtis plant (PLATE 1125) indicate that as the Type of the species. It is singular that Torrey did not enter the name on what is obviously the TypE-sheet. In DC. Prodr. ix. 450 (1845) Convolvulus Pickeringiit was called Stylisma evolvuloides Choisy, 8. angustifolia Choisy, although the specimen seen was “comm. a Gray!”’, who had collected the New Jersey plant only. Incidentally, Choisy’s 8. evolvuloides could not have been more inclusive: made up of Convolvulus humistratus and aquaticus Walt., C. patens Desr., C. tenellus Lam. and C. trichosanthes Michx.! As we interpret Breweria Pickeringii, the aggregate species (map 1) is characterized by its very narrow linear or linear- oblanceolate leaves; elongate peduncles bearing 1-3 (rarely-5) flowers, each inflorescence subtended by a pair of elongate bracts similar to the foliage-leaves, the densely pubescent broad sepals blunt or in two varieties pointed, the style shallowly cleft to barely notched or subentire. The remarkable disrup- tion of range has resulted in the local fixity of some characters, although in the aggregate these isolated varieties have the most significant characters much alike. Typical B. Pickeringit (PLATE 1125), the plant of Wilmington, North Carolina, has the pubescence of branches, pedicels and sepals densely villous; the central flower of each small corymb or the single flowers sessile; the 2 lateral flowers of the 3-flowered corymbs on pedicels only 1-4 mm. long and 2-bracted at summit, the longer of the unequal branches of the style 2-3 mm. long. Isolated from it, about 400 miles to the north, is the variety (pLaTEs 1126 and 1127) found locally in the Pine Barrens of New Jersey. Like typical Breweria Pickeringii in habit, foliage, pubescence, blunt sepals and style (except that the 2 brane may often be subequal), it has the single flower or the central one of 2-5-flowered corymbs raised above the bracts on a definite 1949] Fernald and Schubert,—Some Identities in Breweria 41 pedicel and the pedicels of the lateral flowers 0.5-1.5 em. long. This localized plant we are calling var. caesariensis. Near the fall-line, on the Savannah River, more than 250 miles southwest of Wilmington, the late Alfred Cuthbert col- lected on the sandhills near Atlanta, Georgia, a plant (PLATE 1128) which looks like Breweria Pickeringti, var. caesariensis, having the flowers all pedicelled, the lateral ones with pedicels up to 1.5 cm. long, but the sepals, instead of being blunt, are acuminate, a character suggesting B. angustifolia (PLATE 1124), il Sf ee Bo k| Eo EXPLANATION rr Aen ES i Ase Exposed after Asgqpeax7wce Hl DS AGEN Fash ay of PLEISTOCENE Kee age oe Sh Orifless & 7318K a7 eas or Wy * gestae de NS party exposed toring PLEISTOCENE, : Brandegee, 20 Oct. 1890 (UC-Type; GH). Cracca cana (Brandeg.) Rydb. N. Amer. Fl. 24: 176. 1928. Cracca californica Rydb. N. Amer. Fl. 24: 176. 1923. Mesa Verde, Cape District, Baja California, T. 8. Brandegee, 1889 (NY-Type)- 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 285 own; stems 6-9 dm. long, often branching sympodially, terete or somewhat sulcate, often purplish. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules hairs below, the leaflets often appearing silky or velvety white; petiolules 1-2.5 mm. long. Inflorescences opposite the leaves or terminal, leafless, usually long-peduncled, erect or ascending, 7-40 cm. long, exceeding the leaves, the flowering nodes 6-19, often congested; buds 4-5 at a node, apparently crowded because of the presence of bracteoles, 1 or 2 fruiting. imary bracts linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 7-9 mm. long, often decidu- Disrrisution. Rocky, open ground and oak forests, 0-1900 m., Cape Region, Distrito del Sur, Baja California, Mexico. Map 15. PECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Basa catirornta: Dist. del Sur: Trail down the Lagunas, west side, M. E. Jones 27203, 24 Sept. 1930 (POM); in oak forest on dry, rocky hills north of the meadow on Sierra de la Laguna, 5000 ft., Hammerly 389, 14 Oct. 1941 (CAS, DS); peey opening at edge of pine and oak forest, 1850 m., along trail to El Ficac oe € la Laguna, east of Todos Santos, Carter, Alexander & Kellogg 2406, h Dee. 1947 (GH, UC); Cafion San Bernardo, Brandegee, 13 Oct. 1893; no Ficus, Lysiloma, Karwinskya on crest of narrow decomposed granite ridge, 286 Rhodora [OcToBER Arroyo San Bernardo, a few miles east of Rancho San Bernardo, eastern drainage of Sierra de la Victoria, west of Miraflores, 750 m., Carter 2696, 9 Apr. 1949 (UC); Saucito, Brandegee, 14 Oct. 1893 (GH, NY, POM, UC): Sierra de San Francisquito, Brandegee 135, 20 Oct. 1890 (UC, US-30 Oct. 1890) (GH-20 Oct. 1891, prob. this number: part of one specimen appears to be the lower portion of the Type-UC); San José del Cabo, Brandegee, 17 Sept. 1890 (UC); in white granite sand with Cyrtocarpa edulis, Bursera microphylla, Jatropha and Fouquieria on plateau 9.5 km. north of Santiago, ca. 300 m., Carter 2711, 10 Apr. 1949 (UC); granite rocks in canyon, San beach, 11 mi. south of Todos Santos, Whitehead 882, 25 Mar. 1935 (DS); 17 mi. south of Todos Santos, Shreve 7230, 25 Mar. 1935 (DS, F, GH); Los Barriles, Gander 9770, 3 Nov. 1941 (CAS). Tephrosia cana is distinguished by its 7-23 leaflets, congested inflorescences, rather broad calyx-lobes, densely white calyces and bracts, bracteoles on calyces or pedicels, free vexillary stamen and hirsutulous legumes. Until the spring of 1949 the species appeared to be composed of two groups of specimens, the one of collections made from September through December, the other of three collections made in March, all from the Cape Region of Baja California. The March collections are exceedingly white- hairy, have shorter petioles, slightly fewer leaflets, somewhat larger flowers, slightly broader and more shortly acuminate calyx- lobes and narrower and shorter bracteoles than does typical Tephrosia cana, described from an October collection. This ap- parent seasonal segregation suggested that these very hairy plants might represent either a seasonal phase or another entity. In April, 1949, however, Miss Annetta Carter of the University of California very kindly made several excellent collections of Tephrosia during a trip to Baja California. Her material dispels any possibility of seasonal phases, for Carter 2711 shows within a single colony various combinations of characters which defi- nitely link the two groups and Carter 2696 is the typical form of the species. It is interesting to note that Carter 2711 was col- lected at 300 m., while the very white-hairy ““March’’ specimens are from socks and most of the remaining specimens (repre senting the typical form) are apparently from higher altitudes, up to 1850 m., suggesting altitudinal variation. Brandegee, 18 from San José del Cabo, and possibly collected at a low altitude, is, however, the typical form. 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 287 The status of the plant described by Rydberg as Cracca cali- fornica is much more uncertain. I have seen only 3 collections, each representing a single plant and all from the Cape Region of Baja California: Mesa Verde, Brandegee, 1899 (NY-Type); granitic soil, wash margin, forested hills, San Antonio, Gentry 4335, 18 Mar. 1939 (DS); on rocky roadside bank with Tecoma stans and Jatropha, rolling hills, 5.3 km. n.w. of San Antonio, 300 m., Carter 2714, 11 Apr. 1949 (UC). These three plants are similar to Tephrosia cana in habit, leaflet-number and -shape, stipules, vexillary stamen, etc. They differ strikingly, however, in the calyx, which bears only very narrow, linear bracteoles 2 mm. long (type-specimen) or lacks them completely. The calyx-lobes of the first two specimens are narrower than in T. cana, while on Carter 2714 the entire calyx is very similar in shape to that of 7. Palmeri with no evidence of bracteoles. These plants also differ from 7. cana in their much less congested inflorescences with fewer buds at a node. Carter 2714 definitely seems to combine characters of both T. cana and T. Palmeri and suggests that the possibility of a hybrid origin of these plants should be considered. Miss Carter reports that she found only the one large plant, however, and did not see either T. cana or T. Palmeri at that locality. Both occur in the Cape region, nevertheless, and future collectors in that area may well watch for additional plants of this type. Pending further evi- dence these specimens are provisionally placed here with T. cana. It may be of interest to call attention to Brandegee’s original description of Tephrosia cana in which he noted the diadelphous androecium with the “vexillary stamen free for its whole length, éven in the bud.” He appears to have been the only American author to notice this conspicuous character which sets off a group of 10 related, white-flowered species. : 14, Tephrosia Palmeri S. Wats. Tephrosia Palmeri S. Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 24: 46. 1889. “Side of alroyo in the mountains,” near Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, E. P almer 246, Oct. 1887 (GH-Type; DS, NY, US). Tephrosia Purisimae Brandeg. Proc. Cal. Acad. II. 2: 149. 1889. San Gregorio, La Purfsima and Cardén Grande, Baja California, Mexico. Material from La Purfsima and Cardé6n Grande not seen; only the speci- men from San Gregorio is among Brandegee’s collections at UC. In the 288 Rhodora [OcToBER absence of other material this should be the Type: T. S. Brandegee, 3 Feb. 1889 (UC-Type; GH, PH, US). Cracca Palmeri (S. Wats.) Rose, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 12: 270. 1909. Tephrosia hamata Brandeg; Rydb. N. Amer. Fi. 24: 177. 1923, in syn. MS. name only, not published by Brandegee. Cracca hamata Rydb. N. Amer. Fl. 24: 177. 1923. San José del Cabo, Baja California, Mexico, T. S. Brandegee, 1 Oct. 1890 (NY-Type; DS, hoary or canescent, often bluish green, often somewhat conduplicate along the midrib and upwardly reflexed, the veins pale or brownish beneath; petiolules small, 1-2 mm. long. Inflorescences sometimes opposite the leaves or merely terminal, ascending or erect, 7-45 cm. long, usually greatly exceeding the leaves and leafless; flowering nodes (4-)6-16, the buds 4-5 at a node, 3-4 of these developing, 1-2 fruiting. Primary bracts subulate, rigid, persistent (although often broken in herbarium specimens), 4- 5 mm. or less long; secondary bracts linear-setaceous, 4 mm. or less long. Pedi- cels 4-8(-10) mm. long, ascending. Dried flowers 14-18 mm. long. Calyx 5-7 mm. long, the lobes triangular, acuminate to subulate, the sinuses between usually U-shaped, the upper lobes 2.5-3.5 mm. long, the lateral 3-4 mm. long, the lowermost 3.5-4.5mm. long. Corolla apparently white or pale yellow, becoming pink or lavender in age; blade of the banner broadly oval or ovate to suborbicular, 12-15 mm. high, ca. 14 mm. wide, finely hairy on the back, the claw 2-2.5 mm. long; wings oblong, 14 18 mm. long, with a basal auricle, the claw 3-4 mm. long; keel 13-17 mm. long, with or without a small basal auricle, the claw 3-4.5 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-14 mm. long, the vexillary stamen completely free, thickened above the base with a rounded or slightly 2lobed callosity- Ovary densely white-silky, strigillose. Legume nearly straight, cylindr- cal, beaked by the upcurved style-base, 6.5-7 cm. long, 3-4 mm. in diam- eter, horizontal or ascending, amber-brown, densely strigillose to short- strigose with white hairs usually less than 0.8 mm. long, or occasi° y hirtellous or hirsutulous with ascending hairs; seeds 6-12, oblong, 4.5-5 mm. long, 1.8-2.2 mm. wide, pale brown, mottled with black. Somatic 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 289 chromosomes 22. Flowering collections from late September and Octo- ber and January to mid-May. DistrisuTion. Mountains near Guaymas, Sonora, and sandy and gravelly washes in Baja California, Mexico, from about latitude 28° southward. Map 15. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Sonora: Side of arroyo, moun- tains, Guaymas, Palmer 246, 1887 (DS, GH, NY, US). Basa Caurrornia: Arroyos, Santa Gertrudis, 600-700 ft., Purpus 103 (DS, US); canyon, 10 mi. north of Santa Rosalfa on the Gulf Coast, Reed G629 (DS); in wash 9 mi. from Santa Rosalfa on the San Ignacio road, Ferris 8631 (DS, NY, US); broad gravel wash just north of flying field, Santa Rosalfa, Ferris 8710 (DS, NY, US); Santa Rosalia, Palmer 198, 1890 (CAS, GH, US); Carmen Island, Palmer 847, 1890 (US); sandy washes, San Nicholas Bay, I. M. Johnston 3709 (CAS, GH, US); San Gregorio, Brandegee, 3 Feb. 1889 (GH, PH, UC, US), 1 Feb. 1889 (GH), 6 Apr. 1889 (UC); San Josef, Rose 16567 (NY, US); Concepcién Bay, Berry 97 (CAS); among rocks around alkali flat at Coyote Cove, Concepcién Bay, Hammerly 122 (CAS, DS, GH); sandy arroyo margin among crags, Purfsima, Gentry 4221 (DS, GH, MO); mountain east of Loreto, M. E. Jones 27195 (POM); rocks at cliff base, foothills, Rancho Primera Agua, Sierra de la Giganta, Gentry 3718 (GH, MO, US); La Paz, M. E. Jones 24274 (CAS, DS, MO, POM, UC); granitic bluffs near Gulf, north of Las Cruces, 32 km. east of La Paz, Carter 2570 (UC); San José del Cabo, Rose 16430 (NY, US), Purpus 494 (MO, US), Brandegee, 1 Oct. 1890 (DS, NY, UC, US), 29 Sept. 1890 (GH), 29 Sept. 1891 (PH); along gravelly wash banks, 15 mi. south of Rancho San Bruno, Whitehead, 1935 (DS); gravelly hillside 11 mi. north of Cabo San Lucas, Whitehead 909 (DS); 5 mi. east of Cabo San Lueas, sea level, vig 5265 (DS, UC); Cabo San Lueas, Johansen 534 (DS), Gander 9696 ). According to Rydberg, the plant he described as Cracca hamata differs from Tephrosia Palmeri in its linear-oblanceolate leaves With a recurved mucro. There are, however, so many interme- diate leaf-shapes and conditions of the mucro that there can be hardly any doubt but that these are only two phases of the same Species. In leaflet-number, calyx, fruit and pubescence the two are identical. Tephrosia Purisimae Brandegee, another Begre- Sate, was separated on the basis of a supposedly different habit, pink flowers and smaller seeds. The cotypes are, however, identical with Tephrosia Palmeri. The specimen of the type- collection of T. Palmeri (Palmer 246, 1887) in UC, with which Brandegee presumably compared his plants is not that species at all, but a fruiting specimen of *7’. tenella A. Gray, a species with glabrous styles, Isotypes in GH and DS are mixtures of T. almeri and *T. tenella. The white or ochroleucous flowers of 290 Rhodora [OcToBER T. Palmeri normally become pink or lavender in age, as do those of many species, so that this supposed difference is of no conse- quence. In 7. Palmeri, as here understood, the leaflet-number, the silvery-white, tightly appressed pubescence, the rigid stipules and the deltoid calyx-lobes are characteristic. 15. Tephrosia Rugelii Shuttlew. ex Robinson Tephrosia Rugelii Shuttlew. ex Seem , Bot. Gaz. 28: 197. 1899. “In pinetis, . Manate, Florida austr. (Manatee River, Manatee County, Florida, United States), Rugel 1 166, June 1845 (GH-Type; pee os Cracca Rugelii (Shuttlew. ex Robinson) Heller, Cat. N. Amer. Pl. ed. 2 1900. Erect or decumbent perennial herb from a woody crown and fusiform tap-root up to 6 dm. long and 2.2 cm. wide, often with 1-several fusiform = nearly cylindrical branch-roots from its upper part; stems l—many, up o 5.5 dm. long, monopodial with numerous axillary branches, some of whigh may overtop the main axis late in the season, giving the appearance of sympodial branching. Stems, petioles, rachises and petiolules strigil- lose or hirtellous to short-strigose or hirsutulous with golden or rusty hairs. Leaves 3.5-10 cm. long, nearly sessile or with petioles 0.2-2 cm. long; stipules oblanceolate to linear, acuminate, 8 mm. or less long, persistent, or those of the inflorescence deciduous; leaflets (3-)9-15(-17), obovate to elliptic-cuneate to narrowly cuneate, the e apex obtuse, retuse or, on the terminal leaflet, sometimes obcordate, mucronate, the ‘leaflets of a single leaf rather uniform in sha ape and size or the terminal slightly larger, 10-20 (-22) mm. long (including the petiolule), (3-)4-10(-14) mm. wide, yellow- ish green, strigillose or hirtellous above with fine cinereous hairs or rarely glabrous, strigillose or hirtellous to short-strigose or hirsutulous below with cinereous hairs, the margins with golden or rusty hairs; petiolules 1-1.5 mm. long. Inflorescences terminal 0 r axillary, up to 15 em. long with 1-6(-8) flowering nodes, the flowers 2-3. at a node, the lowermost and often one or more additional nodes with leaves; leaves ‘of the inflorescence often reduced upwards, eventually to a single leaflet, a linear bract with parallel stipules, a 3-toothed bract or to a lanceolate or linear, acuminate primary bract 5-8 mm. long. Pedicels 4-12 mm. long, ascending. ied flowers 12-18 mm. long, fresh flowers to 20 mm. Calyx 5-6 mm. long, strigillose and short-strigose or hirtellous and hirsutulous with rusty hairs, the lobes ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, acuminate, the upper 2- dee? png, the lateral (2.5-)3-5 mm. long, the lowermost 3-6 mm. long, about mm. wide. Corolla white (the back of the banner yellowish, faintly aa with red), becoming pink and then carmine with age and purple upon drying; blade of the banner nearly orbicular to subquadrate, 12-16 mm. high, 12-19 mm. broad, silky on the back, the claw 2.5-3 mm. long; wings obovate, 15-18 mm. long, auricled, the claw 2-3 mm. long; keel 12-14 mm. long, 6-7.5 mm. deep, the claw 2.5-3 mm. long. Stam tube 8-11 mm. long, the vexillary stamen free, distinctly knobbed on the 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 291 upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose, silky; ovules 10-12. Legume slightly downwardly falcate or straight, 2.5-4 em. long, 4.5-5.5 mm. wide, horizontal or ascending, hirsutulous or hirtellous with rusty, antrorsely-directed hairs; seeds 10-12, globose to subquadrate in outline and flattened laterally, 2.2-2.6 mm. in diameter, brown to gray, variegated with black. Somatic chromosomes 22. Flowering collections principally from mid-March through early June and sporadically through October. DistRipuTION. Well-drained or dry, open, sandy soil in pinelands, flatwoods, pine and oak barrens, peninsular Florida from St. John, Putnam and Alachua Counties south to Broward and Lee Counties. Map 10. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. UNITED STATES. Ftorina: Without defi- nite locality: Simpson 6672 (GH, US); East Florida, Reynolds (US); South Florida, west coast, Rothrock, 1887 (PENN); Kipimee Prairie, Mearnes, 1901 (US). Alachua Co.: east of Gainesville, Murrill, Mar. 1939 (FLAS), Apr. 1939 (DUKE). Brevard Co.?: Okeechobee region, Fred- holm 5983 (GH, NY, US) (probably an error for Broward Co., since Brevard is far from Okeechobee). Broward Co.: Ft. Lauderdale, M eredith, 1917 (PH). Charlotte Co.: west of Punta Gorda, Small, Mosier DeWinkeler 10915 (FLAS). Hardee Co.: Cattle-range station near Lime- stone, Kirk, 1942 (FLAS). Highlands Co.: south of Frostproof, Small & ae Clement 7512, 7512a (GH); Tampa Bay, O’Neill, 1927 (CAS, FLAS); 1928 (FLAS); Bradenton, Wheeler, 1924 (F); Bradenton, Cuthbert, 1026 (FLAS): 6 mi. east of Manatee, Oosting 172 (DUKE). Marion Co.: 3 gs, . sp : west of Bithlo on Route 50, Wood & Clement 7191 GH). Osceola Co.: Campbell Station, Kissimee, Singletory 263 (D Cc fe Boyce’s Place, Kissimee, Singletory, 1936 (DUKE). 3 Palm “soe aoe 6833 (F, GH, NY, US). Polk Co.: J. D. Smith, 1880 (US); sandy soil, Conine, Goodale soo (GH); Winter Haven, McFarlin 4797 (CAS); Bartow, Buswell, 1919 (MIAMI). Putnam Co.: 3 m1. south of Clay Co. line on U.S. Route 17, Wood & Clement 7170 (GH); Palatka, C. Williamson (PH). Sarasota Co.: Sarasota, Vanderbilt, 1941 (NY); Venice, ay Clement 7508, 7508a (GH); Osprey, B. H. Smith, 1904 (PH, D ). 292 Rhodora [OcToBER Seminole Co.: Longwood, Beardslee, 1928 (UC); Oviedo, Walker 1748 (PH, PENN). St. Johns Co.: Reynolds (US); J. D. Smith, 1879 (US); 4 mi. west of St. Augustine, West & Arnold, 1940 (FLAS). Volusia Co.: Ormond, Butts, 1943 (GH); High Banks, 2.5 mi. south of Crows Bluff (Lake Co.), R. & L. Hindery, 1941 (FLAS). Tephrosia Rugelii is an interesting species which stands apart from its relatives of the southeastern United States in its mono- podial habit. The plant may be distinguished from other Florida species by its decumbent, monopodial stems, its 9-17 relatively small, uniform leaflets which are broadest above the middle and, particularly, by the flowers borne 1-3 in the axils of leaves. It is sometimes confused with Tephrosia spicata but that species branches sympodially, has leafless inflorescences with as many as 20 nodes and the flowers are borne in the axils of per- sistent bracts. The leaflets of T. spicata are generally larger. The upper surfaces of the leaves of 7. Rugelii are usually covered with fine hairs, but plants with the upper surfaces glabrous are known from two colonies in southwestern Florida (Wood & Clement 7512a, 7508a) where they occur with the typical form. 16. Tephrosia spicata (Walt.) T. & G. Orobus virginianus, etc. Pluk. Mant. 142. 1700. Clitoria foliis pinnatis, ete. L. Hort. Cliff. 498. 1737. Erebinthus Mitch. Act. Nat. Cur. 8: app. 210. 1748. Cracca leguminibus retrofalcatis, etc. L. Nov. Pl. Gen. 31-32. 1751. Cracca virginiana L. Sp. Pl. 2: 752. 1753, in part. (GH-photograph of Galega, Sheet 5, Herb. L.) : Galega virginiana L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 2: 1172. 1759, as to plant de- scribed. Galega spicata Walt. Fl. Carol. 188. ; - h of Type in tick Wak} 88.1788. (GH-photograp ype Tephrosia spicata (Walt.) T. & G. Fl. N. Amer. 1: 296. 1838. Cracca spicata (Walt.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. Tephrosia paucifolia Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. Pl. 2: 119. 1818. “In Georgia and Florida, Dr. Baldwyn.” (GH-ex Nuttall Coll., presented by Durand, 1866, marked ‘Tephrosia paucifolia, Southern States.”’) Galega paucifolia (Nutt.) M. A. Curt. Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 1: 122. 1835. Tephrosia hispida DC. Prod. 2: 250. 1825. “In Carolina.” Tephrosia hispidula y T. & G. Fl. N. Amer. 1: 297. 1838. “Middle Florida, Dr. Chapman.” Tephrosia flexuosa Chapm. MSS.; T. & G. Fl. N. Amer. 1: 297. 1838, 2 syn. T. hispidula y, not T. flexuosa G. Don. 1832. 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 293 Cracca spicata flexuosa Vail, Bull. Torr. Cl. 22: 30. 1895, as new com- bination based on 7’. flexuosa Chapm., but actually the first valid publica- tion of the name. ‘Florida, Chapman” (NY-Type). Tephrosia villosa var. flecuosa (Vail) Robinson, Bot. Gaz. 28: 200. 1899, new combination; 7’. flecuosa Chapm. and C. spicata var. fleruosa Vail cited. Cracca flexuosa (Vail) Heller, Cat. N. Amer. Pl. ed. 2. 7. 1900, basonym erroneously attributed to Chapm. Tephrosia mollissima Bertol. Mem. Acad. Sci. Bolog. 2: 274. 1850. Alabama. Illustration: Bertol. Mise. Bot. 9: pl. 3. 1851. Tephrosia spicata var. semitonsa Fern. Ruopora 42: 456. 1940. White sand of pine and oak woods at Round Gut, southwest of Franklin, South- ampton County, Virginia, Fernald & Long 11353, 20 Sept. 1939 (GH- Type; NY, US). Erect or decumbent perennial herb from a woody crown and a cylindri- cal, pale brown tap-root; stems 1-many, branching sympodially, flexuous, terete or angled, leafy from the base. Stems, petioles, rachises and peti- olules strigose or hirtellous and hirsutulous to hirsute with yellowish or Tusty hairs. Leaves ascending, principally 4-12 cm. long, the petioles 1-24 mm. (rarely 30 mm.) long, usually shorter than the lowermost leaflet; stipules lanceolate to linear, acute or acuminate, 8-9 mm. or less long, green, persistent; leaflets of the principal leaves 9-11-17, oblong- obovate to obovate or elliptic (or narrowly so) to oblong-elliptic, the apex very obtuse, mucronate, 11-27 mm. long, 6-13 mm. wide (occasionally 32 x 14 mm.), the terminal leaflet sometimes larger than the lateral (rarely 37 x 17 mm. or 40 x 22 mm.), the leaflets thin, finely hirtellous to hirsutu- lous or glabrous above, hirsutulous or short-strigose to hirsute or somewhat strigose (but the hairs not tightly appressed) beneath with yellowish or tusty hairs, the veins prominent, often reddish below. Principal inflores- cences apparently opposite the leaves or terminal, 4-60 em. long, erect or curving upward, generally exceeding the leaves, rigid, leafless, bearing flowers at 2-15 (occasionally 20) nodes which are often crowded above, the peduncle stout, terete, angled or sometimes flattened but not conspicu- ously so; buds 2-5 at a node, 1-3 of these developing and fruiting. Pri- mary bracts lanceolate to linear, acute or acuminate, the lowermost il (-13) mm. long, the upper smaller, persistent, conspicuous, spreading ; Secondary bracts lanceolate to linear, acute or acuminate, 9 mm. or less long, that on either side of the primary bract very conspicuous, persistent. icels stout, both hirtellous and hirsutulous or hirsute, 1-6(-8) mm. long, ascending. Dried flowers 12-17 mm. long. Calyx 6-7 mm. 90) Sparsely to densely hirtellous or hirsutulous or hirsute with cinereous an Tusty hairs, the lobes somewhat variable, but usually deltoid to Eo (or linear), rather long-acuminate, the upper 2.5-5 mm. long, the nen ; 5 mm. long, the lowermost 4-6 mm. long. Corolla white (the back o the banner yellowish, faintly veined with red), becoming pink and er Carmine with age and purple upon drying; blade of the banner subquad to suborbicular, 11-15 mm. high, 11-15 mm. broad; wings 13-15 mm. long, 294 Rhodora [OcTroBER auricled; keel 12-13 mm. long, with or without an auricle. Staminal tube 8-10 mm. long, the vexillary stamen free, with a distinct, usually 3-lobed callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely ‘short-strigose or rarely glabrous except along the upper suture. Legume slightly curved downward, 3-5 em. long, 4.5-6.5 mm. wide, usually ascending, hirsutulous with yellowish or rusty spreading hairs or very rarely nearly glabrous except along the upper suture; seeds 6-15, subglobose or flattened on the ends through crowding, 2.4-2. 8 mm. in diameter, black to brown or gray, variegated with black. Somatic chromosomes 22. Flowering collections in January in southern Florida, late April to late June in the North and through August into September in most parts of the range. DistrisuTion. Dry or well-drained, usually sandy soils in open woods and pinelands, Sussex County, Delaware, southward to Dade County, Florida, and westward to Holmes and Wilkinso n Counties, Mississippi, and Calcasieu Parish, Louisiana, with pestioned stations in eastern Ten- nessee and southeastern Kentucky. Map REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS. UN frED STATES. DeLawaRE. Sus- sex Co.: Canby, 1863 (GH, MO); Laurel, Commons, 1880 (MO, NY, PH); Georgetown, Williamson, 1908 (PENN, PH), Britton 6 (NY). Mary- LAND. Wicomico Co.: Salisbury, Shreve & Jones 1276 (US), Moyer, 1867 (US), Wherry & Pennell 12821 Rie a 1863 (F, MO). Worcester Co.: Ferry Creek, Redmond 404 (DS);S GH). IRGINIA. Cran ville Co.: Quarrel’s Creck below Pair’s Store, Fernald & Lewis 14622 (GH). Henrico Co.: Elko, Wherry & Pennell 12477 (MO, PH). Isle of Wight Co.: south of Zuni, Fernald & Long 6611 (GH, NY, PENN, US). Mecklenberg Co.: 9 mi. ‘north of peat White, 1945 (GH). Nansemond Co.: Kilby, Fernald, Long & Fogg 4892 (GH, ead Princess Anne Co.: Creed’s, Fernald & Long 3973 (GH, PENN). George Co.: 3 mi. s.e. of Petersburg, Fernald, Long & Smart 5806 (GH, NY, PENN). Southampton Co.: Round Gut, s.w. of Franklin, Fernald & Long 11353 (GH, NY, US); Franklin, Heller 1028 (CAS, DS, GH, MO, NY, PENN, PH UC). Nor RTH Carona. Bladen Co.: Elizabethtown, Heller 14032 (DS). Brunswick Co.: 3.5 mi. n.e. of Bolivia, Wood & Clement 7050 (GH). Catawba Co.: swamp north of Hickory, Small & Heller 31 (CAS, NY, PH, US). Cherokee Co.: s.w. corner of county, Correll 3583 (DUKE). Chowan Co.: Edenton, L. & F. Randolph 619 (GH). Cumberland Co.: Blomquist 3906 (DUKE). Currituck Co.: Currituck, Bartley & Pontius 437 (NY). Dare Co.: Roanoke Island, Schallert, 1941 (NY, UC). Gates Co.: Gatesville, mais 5222 (GH). Granville Co.: Little River, Camp Butner, Patten 180 (DUKE). Halifax Co.: Weldon, Canby, 1878 (F); 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 295 Blomquist 6635 (DUKE). New Hanover Co.: Carolina Beach, Godfrey 4702 (GH). Onslow Co.: Swansboro, Wood 6483 (GH). Pamlico Co.: Arapahoe, Oosting 33227 (DUKE). Pitt Co.: 15 mi. s.e. of Greeneville, Blomquist 11236 (DUKE). Polk Co.: Godshaw Hill, Tryon, Peattie 970, 980 (F). Richmond Co.: 5 mi. s.w. of Rockingham, Wood & Clement 7608 (GH). Rockingham Co.: Spray, DeChalmot (US). Rutherford Co.: Small, 1892 (NY, PH). Transylvania Co.: Falloway, Coughey 373 D . “ e Myra, ; tion Co.: Roper, Godfrey 4286 (GH, US). Wilson Co.: Pattern 131 (DUKE). Sourn Carona. Aiken Co.: Aiken, Ravenel (NY, US). Anderson Co.: Anderson, J. Davis, 1919 (TEX). Berkeley Co.: St. Stephens, Martin 1752 (DUKE). Beaufort Co.: Beaufort, Wood & Clement 7106 (GH). Charleston Co.: Charleston, W. Palmer, 1902 (GH, US). Ches- terfield Co.: 2 mi. s.w. of McBee, Wood & Clement 7600 (GH). Darlington .: Hartsville, B. Smith, 1932 (NY). Florence Co.: 6 mi. south of Florence, Wiegand & Manning 1567 (GH). Georgetown Co.: 5.5 mi. south of Georgetown, Godfrey & Tryon 203 (CAS, DUKE, GH, MO, NY, US). Greenville Co.:.J. D. Smith, 1881 (US). Horry Co.: 15.8 mi. north of Myrtle Beach of Route 17, Wood & Clement 7072 (GH). Lexington Co.: 14 mi. south of Columbia, Godfrey & Tryon 1310 (GH, NY, US). Marlboro Co.: 2 mi. south of N. Carolina boundary on U. 8. Route i: Wood & Clement 7606 (GH). Oconee Co.: Keowee, House 2203 (NY, US). Pickens Co.: Calhoun, House 3498 (NY); ete: sed KR). : E. er ; (DUKE). Ai scoeeoate Co.: Campobello, et aaies River, 17 mi. south of Kingstree, Wiegand & Manning 1568 (GH). H. Jones, 1935 Thompsons Mills, Allard 110 (NY, US). Houston Co.: Wellston, Ainsworth 44530 (PH). Jasper Co.: Monticello, Porter, 1846 (GH, F, PH). Jefferson Co.: Hopkins, 1897 (NY). Lamar Co.: Barnesville, Hamlin E7856 (GA). Rabun Co.: Clayton, Reade, 1911 (DUKE). ichmond Co.: 15 mi. s.w. of Augusta, Wood & Clement 7582 Seth Spalding Co.: Pomona, Riegel, 1899 (KSC). Ware Co.: Erlanson oe (US). Washington Co.: 25 mi. west of Sandersville, Hrlanson 333 (GA, US). Whitfield Co.: west of Dalton, Harper 397 (NY). 296 Rhodora [OcToBER Fiorwa. Broward Co.: between Ft. Lauderdale and Miami, Small, Carter & Small, 1911 (NY); west of Davie, Moldenke 455, 1930 (NY, PENN). Clay Co.:7 mi. south of Green Cove Springs, Wood & Clement 7166 (GH). Columbia Co.: 5 mi. east of Fort White, West & Arnold, 1946 (FLAS). Dade Co.: Humbugus Prairie (between Miami and Ful- ford), Small, Mosier & Small 6890 (DUKE, FLAS, GH, NY, PENN, TENN, WVA, US). Dixie Co.: 10 mi. west of Shamrock, Pasture Survey, 1937 (FLAS). Duval Co.: Jacksonville, Curtiss 580 (A, GH, MO, NY, PENN, PH, US), 4232 (DS, NY, UC, US), 6419 (DS, GH, MO, NY, UC, _US). Escambia Co.: Pensacola, Brinker 51 (MO, UC). Franklin Co.: Apalachicola, Chapman (DS, MO). Hillsborough Co.: Riverview, Wood & Clement 7516 (GH). Lake Co.: Eustis, Hitchcock, 1894 (F, FLAS, KSC, MO), Nash 754 (GH, MO, NY, POM, UC, US). Lee Co.: Ft. Myers, J. Standley 167 (CAS, DS, GH, NY, PH, UC, US). Leon .: Tallahassee, Berg, 1895 (F, NY). Levy Co.: Raleigh, Wood & Clement 7531 (GH). Liberty Co.: north of Roy, Wiegand & Manning 1571 (GH). Manatee Co.: Bradenton, Weber, 1928 (FLAS). Marion Co.: Irvine, Moldenke 1089a (NY, PENN). Pasco Co.: St. Leo, O’Neill (FLAS). Polk Co.: Ft. Meade, J. D. Smith, 1880 (US); Bartow, Me- Farlin 555 (TEX). Seminole Co.: Forest City, Lewton, 1894 (NY). Suwanee Co.: Live Oak, Wiegand & Manning 1569 (GH, PENN). Volu- sia Co.: Orange City, Hood, 1910 (FLAS). Walton Co.: 18 mi. east of Freeport, Erlanson 222a (US). rp Sharp 2297 (PENN, TENN) Atasama. Baldwin Co.: Magnolia Springs, Schallert 817 (DUKE). Blount Co.: Mohr, 1889 (US). Cherokee Co.: Lookout Mt., Freeman, 1905 (KSC). Crenshaw Co.: Dozier, Reed 2100 (TEX). Cullman Co.: Cullman, Sudworth, 1891 (US). Escambia Co.: Atmore, Blanton 196 (GH). Jackson Co.: DeSoto Falls, Wherry, 1933 (PENN). Jefferson Co.: Birmingham, Hitchcock, 1898 (F). Lee Co.: Auburn, Earle & Baker, 1897 (GH, KSC, MO, NY, US). Macon Co.: Notasulga, Underwood, 1896 (NY). Marshall Co.: 3.2 mi. north of Boaz, Hubricht B1665 (MO). Mobile Co.: Mobile, Mohr (DS, US). Shelby Co.: Calera, Everts (NY). St. Clair Co.: Cook Spring, Barnhart 554 (NY). Tallapoosa Co.: Po é& Mazon 135 (US). Tuscaloosa Co.: Tuscaloosa, E. A. Smith, 1893 (US). 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 297 MississipP1. Clarke Co.: Enterprise, Tracy 3268 (part) (NY). Holmes Co.: McGee, 1892 (NY). Jackson Co.: Ocean Springs, Seymour 46 (CAS, DUKE, GH, MO). Jasper Co.: Heidelburg, Tracy 3226 (MO). Pearl River Co.: Erlanson 178 (US). Pike Co.: Holmesville, Wheeler (MO). Smith Co.: Taylorville, Tracy 8501 (GH, MO, NY, PENN, US). Wayne Co.: Waynesboro, Pollard 1225 (GH, MO, NY, US). Wilkinson Co.: Phares 1704 (KSC). Lovistana. Calcasieu Parish: Lake Charles, Allison 59 (US). St. Tammany Parish: Covington, Langlois, 1895 (DS), Bro. Arséne 11510, 11579, etc. (US). Tangipahoa Parish: 3 mi. south of Hammond, Erlanson 148 (US). Tephrosia spicata is likely to be confused only with 7. Rugellii (see discussion of that species) and with T. hispidula among the species of the southeastern United States. Although plants of T. hispidula with spreading pubescence have been identified by Rydberg and others as 7. spicata, the two are quite different, particularly in the calyx, leaflet-number, -shape and -size, and inflorescence, as indicated in Key 2. Two pubescence-forms of Tephrosia spicata occur, one with the upper surfaces of the leaflets completely glabrous, the other with the upper surfaces hirtellous or hirsutulous in varying degrees. A few intermediates are also found. No other differences be- tween the two types are evident. The partially glabrous form has been designated T. spicata var. semitonsa Fernald (Walter described the hairy plant), but its importance as a geographical segregate is greatly weakened by the occurrence of both types of plants throughout most of the range of the species. Indeed, both may occur within the same colony, although the proportions vary from place to place. Few large collections are available, but three made in the summer of 1947 are interesting in this connec- tion: Plants with leaflets Plants with leaflets iry above gla brous above Beaufort Co., N. C 53 (98.2%) 1 (1.8%) Georgetown Co., S.C... .......... 26 (99.3%) 2 (0.7%) Charleston Co. ec. 2. 32 (60.5%) 21 (39.5%) Colonies consisting entirely of either type were also found. Map 9 indicates further the large number of localities or collections in Which both glabrous and hairy plants occur. The slight segrega- tion of the glabrous form in western North Carolina and eastern ennessee and Kentucky and of hairy plants in Louisiana and 298 Rhodora [OcroBER part of Florida may be more apparent than real, but this can be determined only by more careful collecting. A peculiar, little-known form with linear leaves 1-5 cm. long and 2-6 mm. wide has been named Cracca flexuosa (Vail) Heller. The specimens all appear to have been stiffly erect and some give LEAFLETS HAIRY ABOVE LEAFLETS GLABROUS ABOVE ° Map. 9. Seabee of TEPHROSIA SPICATA. Half-filled circlesindicate the occurrence of pubescence-types in the same collection or at the same locality. See aupeosie text. the impression of having been injured. The inflorescences; which bear 1-8 flowering nodes, are usually partly leafy. The legume, calyx and coarse, over-all pubescence are, however characteristic of Tephrosia spicata, of which this appears to be merely a form. The following specimens are referable to this name: 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 299 Fiorina. Chapman (MO, NY, PH); probably collected by Chapman (F). AtaBama. Dr. Gates (NY); ? Mobile, Mohr (F). Mobile Co.: dry, sandy pine barrens, Spring Hill, Mohr, Aug. 1878 (US). Mussisstepr. Jackson Co.: Ocean Springs, Tracy, 11 June 1898 (MO). Harrison Co.: Gulfport, Lloyd & Tracy 161, 8 Sept. 1900 (NY). 17. Tephrosia hispidula (Michx.) Pers. Galega hispidula Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 2: 6. 1803. “In Virginia, Carolina et Georgia.”” (GH-photograph of Type in Herb. Mus. Paris.) Tephrosia hispidula (Michx.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 329. 1807. Cracca hispidula (Michx.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. Tephrosia gracilis Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. Pl. 2: 119. 1818. “In Carolina and Georgia” (GH). Tephrosia elegans Nutt. Jour. Acad. Phila. 7: 105. 1834, not Schum. ex Schum. & Thonn. 1827. “Hab. in Alabama.” The description applies most nearly to 7. hispidula, although it is not very definite. I have, however, seen no material of this species from Alabama. long and 1.5-2.5(-3.5) mm. long, respectively, the lowermost lobe narrowly deltoid, acuminate, to lance-acuminate, 2-3(-3.5) mm. long. Corol white (the back of the banner yellowish, faintly veined with red), becoming 300 Rhodora [OcToBER pink and then carmine with age and purple upon drying; blade of the banner rounded-quadrate, 10-12 mm. high, 11-14 mm. broad, hairy on the back; wings 10-14 mm. long, auriculate; keel 10-11 mm. long, auriculate. Staminal tube 8-10 mm. long, the vexillary stamen free, sometimes dis- tinctly thickened on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely short- strigose with stiff, coarse, cinereous or golden hairs. Legume slightly curved downward, 344. 2 cm. long, 4.5-6 mm. wide, horizontal or ascending, sparsely to moderately hirsutulous with yellowish to cinereous hairs; seeds 10-12, Boston-baked-bean-shaped, 2.6-3.4 mm. long, gray or brown, variegated with black. Somatic chromosomes 22. Distrisution. Dry to moist, or even wet, acid sandy soils, chiefly in flat pinelands and savannahs on the outer Coastal Plain of the United States from southeastern Virginia (?) and Beaufort and Cumberland Counties, North Carolina, southward to Polk and Osceola Counties, Florida, ‘and with a single collection from Jackson County, Florida. ap 13 REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS. In most instances, only a single collec- tion is cited from a county. UNITED STATES. Vircinta. Without locality, Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Amer. (GH). Norra Carouina. Beaufort Co.: savannah, Choco- winty, Godfrey, 1938 (GH); savannah, 9.4 mi. south of Washington, Wood & Clement 6992 (GH, DUKE). Bladen Co.: moist, sandy soil, east of Elizabethtown, Heller 14056 (DS). Brunswick Co.: 3.5 mi. northeast of Bolivia, Wood & Clement 7049 (GH). Craven Co.: pine savannah, 3.25 mi. north of Havelock, Wood & Clement 7004 (GH). Carteret Co.: Wiegand & Manning 1555 poe Sour CAROLINA. Santee Canal, Ravenel (GH). Berkeley Co.: pe (GH, POM), Wiluiubes Co.: 4 mi. north of Kingstree, Wiegand & Manning 1556 (GH Grorcta. Nutiall (GH). Bulloch Co.: dry pine barrens, Harper 849 (GH, NY, US). Camden Co.: wet pineland, ca. 2 mi. north of Kingsland, Wood & Clement 7133 (GH). Chatham Co.: Whitemarsh Id., Ft. Pulaski National Monument, Eyles 4331 (DUKE). Emanuel Co.: moist pine savannah at edge of oak barren, 3 mi. north of Oak Park, Wood & Clement 7566 (GH). Glynn Co.: just west of Brunswick, Wood & Clement 7120 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 301 (GH). McIntosh Co.: damp pine woods, 7 mi. north of Darien on Route 17, Wood & Clement 7115 (GH). Screven Co.: fine sandy soil at edge of “bay”, 9 mi. east of Millen, Duncan 5544 (GA). Ware Co.: moist pine woods, 14 mi. s.w. of Waycross, Wood & Clement 7552 (GH). Wayne Co.: sandy soil near Jessup, Biltmore Herb. 1389f (US). Forma. Nash 1428, 1480, 922 (NY); Chapman (GH, MO, NY); Powell, 1872 (US); Curtiss, 1875 (US). Alachua Co.: Gainesville, Garber (CAS, NY, US), Weber, 1933 (FLAS). Clay Co.: Penney Farms, Ritchey, 1934 (FLAS). Columbia Co.: Lake City, Hitchcock, 1898 (F, MO); moist pineland, 7 mi. north of Lake City, Wood & Clement 7549a (GH). val Co.: near Jacksonville, Curtiss 581 (GH, MO, NY, PENN, PH, POM), 4230 (DS, NY, UC, US), 5682 (FLAS, GH, KSC, MO, NY, POM, UC, US). Jackson Co.: 4 mi. east of Marianna, Erlanson 229 (GH). Lake Co.: vicinity of Eustis, Nash 804 (GH, MO, NY, PH, UC, US). Lee Co.: open woods south of Ft. Myers, Wherry, 1930 (PENN). Levy Co.: flatwoods near Lebanon, Pasture Survey, 1937 (FLAS). Marion Co.: 1.5 mi. east of Orange Springs, West & Arnold, 1941 (FLAS). Nassau Co.: wet pineland, just north of Gross, Wood & Clement 7136 (GH). Orange Co.: Meislahn 44 (US); Baker, 1934 (MIAMI); Lake Brantley, Lewton, 1893 (NY); wet pineland, Christmas, Wood & Clement 7194 (GH). Osceola Co.: Mearns, 1901 (US). Pinellas Co.: St. Petersburg, M. Williams, 1926 (PH, DUKE). Polk Co.: Bartow, Buswell, 1919 (MIAMI). tnam Co.: low turkey-oak woods, Welaka, Laessle, 1940 (FLAS). St. Johns Co.: 1.8 mi. north of Switzerland, Murrill, 1941 (FLAS). Union Co.: 5 mi. south of Raiform, West & Arnold, 1942 (FLAS). Tephrosia hispidula is remarkable among the Tephrosias of the southeastern United States in inhabiting moist or even wet pine- lands, although it is not confined to such habitats and often grows in well-drained, sandy soils. All of the other southeastern species Seem to require very well-drained soils. The slender, erect or decumbent plants of this species, however, may regularly be looked for in southeastern North Carolinain moist pine savannahs Where they often occur with Dionaea. In coastal Georgia I have Seen the species growing with Sarracenia and in northern Florida on slight rises in wet pineland. Although it occurs in dry pine- lands as well, it appears to be absent from oak-barrens and is thus usually ecologically isolated from Tephrosia florida and always from T. chrysophylla. Wood & Clement 7567, 3 mi. north of Oak Park, Emanuel Co., Ga. (GH), consists of plants morphologically intermediate between T. hispidula and T. florida. These grew in a narrow transition zone between pine grassland and an oak- barren where the two species grew and may represent hybrids. (See Disrrisution anp Ecouocy.) 302 Rhodora [OcToBER All reports of Tephrosia hispidula from Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana seem to be based on small or depauperate plants of T. florida which sometimes resemble this species in vegetative characters. I have seen no specimens from west of Jackson County, Florida. Although the calyx of Tephrosia hispidula resembles that of T. florida, the ovary and legume are short- strigose or hirsutulous in the former and merely strigillose or hirtellous in the latter. Pubescence of the leaflets in this species follows the four types described under Tephrosia onobrychoides, although plants with the upper surfaces of the leaflets glabrous and the pubescence on the lower surfaces spreading are rare. There is no geographical segregation of any of these types; two or more often occur in the same colony. Only three large collections have been made but these show more or less random distribution of pubescence- types. For example, in one from Beaufort County, North Carolina, consisting of 77 plants, the leaflets of 36 were glabrous above and strigillose beneath, while 23 were appressed-pubescent on both surfaces and 18 spreading-pubescent on both surfaces! (To be continued) CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—No. CLXX THE AMERICAN BARBISTYLED SPECIES OF TEPHROSIA (LEGUMINOSAE) Carrouu E. Woop, JR. (Continued from page 302) 18. Tephrosia florida (F. G. Dietr.) comb. nov. Galega villosa Michx. Fl. Bor. Amer. 2: 67. 1803, not. L, 1753. Caro- lina to Florida. (GH-photograph of Type in Herb. Mus. Paris ere villosa (Michx.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 329. 1807, not (L.) Pers. ‘da F. G. Dietr. Vollst. Lexik. Gaertn. Nachtr. he ega flori 422, 1817. Caroling and Florida. Based on Galega villosa Michx. dis cussion _clitlega ambigua M. A. Curtis, Bost. Jour. Nat. # Hist 1: 121. 1835. Sandy woods ” (near Wilmington, North (NY-specimen labeled “Galega ambigua, mihi; G. hispidula, aig i anDttl non M{[i- chaulx., N. Carolin, Curtis. »_T ype) Tephrosia ambigua (M. A. Curtis) Chapm. Fi. Southern U. 8. 96. 1860. Cracca ambigua (M. A. Curtis) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 174. 1891, basonym Tephrosia ambigua var. gracillima B. L. Robinson, Bot, Gaz. 28: 201. 1899. “Dry pine barrens near Eau Gallie, Indian River [Brevard Coun- ty], Florida,” A. H. Curtiss 584, Sly 5708, 16 July 1806 (GH-Cotypes; 58}-MO, NY, US; 5708-FLAS, KSA, MO, NY, POM, UC, US). Cracca gracillima (Robinson) Bale Cat. N, Amer. Pl. ed. 2. 7. 1900. ES ooo gracillima (Robinson) Killip, Jo Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 26: 360. "ane angustissima (Shuttlew.) Kuntze, sensu Vail, Bull. Torr. Cl. 22: 306 Rhodora [NovEMBER and short-strigose or hirtellous and hirsutulous with cinereous or rarely golden hairs. Leaves erect (from prostrate stems) or ascending, 3-28 cm. prominent, often reddish. Principal inflorescences apparently opposite the leaves, the smaller inflorescences axillary or terminal, 3.5-23 cm. long, curving upward, often exceeding the leaves, leafless, bearing flowers at 1-6 (rarely 7) nodes, the peduncle flattened, particularly below the nodes, 2-edged, up to 2(-3) mm. wide; buds 2-5 at a node, 1-3 flowering, 1 or 2 fruiting. Primary bracts narrowly oblanceolate to linear, the apex acute, the bract of the first node 3.5-8 mm. long, green, persistent; secondary bracts to 5.5 mm. long. Pedicels (3-)5-12 mm. long, ascending. Dri flowers 10-16 mm. long. Calyx 3-4.5 mm. long, strigillose or hirtellous with cinereous hairs, the upper lobes narrowly deltoid-acuminate, 1.5-2.5 mm. long, the lateral lobes lance-subulate, 1.5-3 mm. long, the lowermost lobe linear-subulate, 2.5-3.5 mm. long. Corolla white (the back of the banner yellowish, faintly veined with red) becoming pink and then carmine with age and purple upon drying; blade of the banner subquadrate to suborbicular, 10-13 mm. high, 11-15 mm. wide, finely hairy on the back, the claw 2-2.5 mm. long; wings 11-15 mm. long, auriculate, the claw 1.5-2 mm. long; keel 10-12 mm. long, with or without an auricle, the claw 2.5 mm. long. Staminal tube 8-9 mm. long, the vexillary stamen free from the tube, usually with a thickening on the upper side near the base. Ovary strigillose; ovules 10-15. Legume slightly curved downward, 3-4.5(-5) cm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, horizontal or ascending, sparsely t0 moderately strigillose or hirtellous with cinereous hairs; seeds 10-14, sub- spherical, 2-2.4 mm. in diameter, gray mottled with black or brown. Somatic chromosomes 22. Distripution. Well-drained, usually open, light, sandy, acid soils 0 pine and oak woods and barrens on the Coastal Plain from Moore and Carteret Counties, North Carolina, southward to Dade and Lee Counties, 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 307 Florida, and westward to Orleans and St. Tammany Parishes, Louisiana, United States. Map 11. REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS. Citations have, in most instances, been limited to a single collection from each county. UNITED STATES. Norta Carouina. Brunswick Co.: 3.5 mi. n.e. of Bolivia on Route 17, Beach, Godfrey 4704 (DUKE, GH, NY, US). Richmond Co.: 4 mi. east of Hamlet, Wiegand & Manning 1548 (GH), 5 mi. east, Heller 14012 (DS). son Co.: 1.5 mi. from county line [Harnett?] on Highway 55, R. ay 154 (part) (UC). Scotland Co.: Springfield, Godfrey 5095 (DUKE, Sours Carouiwa. Aiken Co.: 10 mi. north of Aiken, Wood & Clement Charleston Co.: Route 17, 14.8 mi. east of the Edisto River, Wood Clement 7089 (GH). Chesterfield Co.: 2 mi. south of McBee, Wood & Clement 7601 (GH). Darlington Co.: Hartsville, Norton, 1920 (US). Florence Co.: 5 mi. north of Coward, Wiegand & Manning 1550 (GH). Georgetown Co.: 15.25 mi. north of Georgetown on Route 17, Wood & Clement 7075 (GH). Horry Co.: 15.8 mi. north of Myrtle Beach on Route 17, Wood & Clement 7071 (GH). Kershaw Co.: 3 mi. n.e. of Camden, , US). Gzorcia. Appling Co.: 3 mi. north of Baxley, Wood & Clement 7560 (GH). Decatur Co.: Flint River at West Bainbridge, Harper 1238 (GH, , US). Dougherty Co.: near Albany, McKellar, 1937 (GA). Baker Co.: Flint River at Ichanochaway Creek, Duncan 6647 (GA). me Wood & Clement 7546 (GH). Dade Co.: Buena Vista, Moldenke 776a (DUKE, NY, PENN); Miami, O’Neill 8170 (CAS, F, UC, US); Ross Costello Hammock, Small, Mosier & Small 6568 (DUKE, FLAS, NY, 308 Rhodora [NovEMBER PENN, WVA). Duval Co.: near Jacksonville, Curtiss 583 (GH, MO, NY, PENN, PH, TENN, UC, US), 4228 (DS, POM, NY, US). Es- eambia Co.: Pensacola, McFarlane, 1905 (PENN). Franklin Co.: Apalachicola, Chapman (MO), Sausman (PENN). Gadsden Co.: Quincy H. Foster, 1936 (FLAS). Hernando Co.: 15 mi. north of Brooksville, Crevasse, 1940 (FLAS). Hillsborough Co.: Riverview, Wood & Clement US), Hitchcock, 1894 (F, FLAS, KSC, MO). Lee Co.: north of Estero, Wood & Clement 7504 (GH). Leon Co.: Tallahassee, Rugel, 1843 (part) (MO). Levy Co.: Rosewood, Garber, 1876 (US). Marion Co.: 1 ml. east of Orange Springs, West & Arnold, 1941 (FLAS). Madison Co.: Hitch- cock, 1898 (F). Nassau Co.: just north of the Nassau River on U. Ss. Route 17, Wood & Clement 7144 (GH). Orange Co.: Lake Brantley, Lewton, 1894 (F, NY, PH). Polk Co.: Bartow, Buswell, 1919 (MIAMI). Putnam Co.: Crescent City, Martin, 1880 (MO). St.John Co.: St. Augus- tine, M. Reynolds, 1877 (NY). Suwanee Co.: 5 mi. west of Live Oak, ees & Manning 1553 (GH). Volusia Co.: DeLand, Hulst, 1891 Atapama. Baldwin Co.: 8 mi. north of Fairhope, Erlanson 205 (F). Dale Co.: Biltmore Herb. 4682b (NY). Escambia Co.: Atmore, Blanton 195 (part) (GH). Mobile Co.: Spring Hill, Bush 92 (NY), Drushel, 1915 (MO). Miusstsstrrr. Hancock Co.: Bay St.Louis, Langlois, 1883 (DS, NY). Harrison Co.: Biloxi, Tracy & Lloyd 156 (GH, NY). Jackson Co.: ville, Erlanson 170 (GH, US). Stone Co.: 1 mi. north of Ramsey Hotel, M Waynesboro, Pollard 1255 (MO, NY, US). Louisiana. St. Tammany Parish: Abita Springs, Pennell 4136 (NY, PENN, PH); Covington, Bro. Arséne 1164, 11071, 11466, 11474, 11580, oe (US). Orleans Parish: New Orleans, Drummond 84 (GH), I Tephrosia florida, as it occurs throughout much of its range, is a plant with prostrate stems and erect or ascending leaves wit very long petioles, some of which may be as much as four times = long as the lowermost leaflets of a leaf. The few-flowered inflorescences are usually produced sympodially and curve UP- ward. However, an erect, apparently depauperate form, with very short petioles and ascending, often axillary inflorescence® occurs sporadically. It may, nevertheless, be recognized as t species by the size and shape of the calyx, the strongly flattened two-edged axes of the inflorescences, and the hirtellous legumes. Very young or depauperate forms of Tephrosia florida have been mistaken for 7. hispidula, especially in the western part o the range of the former species, but may be separated, even 10 T. CHRYSOPHYLLA }% °” 19 ee eee M of TepurostA in the United ancy cig Dots, . -pitooenas gr oe Texas collections of T. PoTOs Map 18, page 323. 310 Rhodora [NOVEMBER flower, by the very short hairs only 0.2-0.4 mm. long on both ovary and pod. The very narrow-leaved plant known as Tephrosia ambigua var. gracillima B. L. Robinson appears to be only a local variation without clear morphological or geographical limits. I have seen it at the type-locality at Eau Gallie, Brevard County, Florida, (where the typical form has also been collected) and, with slightly broader leaves, near Estero, Lee County, on the other side of the peninsula. The four pubescence-forms encountered in Tephrosia onobry- choides and T.. hispidula occur sporadically nearly throughout the range of T. florida without showing definite geographical segrega- tion. Three of the four types occur in the most northeasterly colony known (Carteret Co., N. C.) and the same three are found in the neighborhood of Miami, Florida, at the extreme south of the range of the species. I have, however, seen no herbarium specimens from Alabama and Louisiana (where I have no field- acquaintance with the species) with spreading pubescence, al- though plants with the leaflets either glabrous or pubescent above appear to occur together throughout the area. The absence of such plants in Alabama and Louisiana may well be more apparent than real. Galega villosa Michx. of “Carolina ad Florida” usually has been interpreted as either Tephrosia spicata (Walt.) T. & G. or pi chrysophylla Pursh. Michaux’s description is insufficiently defi- nite to determine which of the several species of the southeastern United States he had. However, a photograph in the Gray Herbarium of the type-specimen in the Paris Museum clearly shows Galega villosa Michx. to be the present species. This name, Galega villosa Michx. (1803), is a later homonym of G. villosa L. (1753). In spite of this Persoon made combinations under his genus Tephrosia (1807) for both the Michaux and Linnaean names. Under these circumstances the combination Tephrosia villosa (L.) Pers., based on the valid name, should stand. This combination is currently used for an Asiatic plant which has been designated as the type-species of the conserved genus Tephrosia. Dietrich in 1817 described Galega florida, apparently as & sub- stitute for G. villosa Michx. His Latin description is identical 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 311 with that of Persoon’s 7. villosa which was abridged from Michaux’s original brief description. Dietrich added a German translation of the Latin. There can be no doubt that Galega florida F. G. Dietr., as described, is synonymous with G. villosa Michx. The original description is as follows: 2. Galega florida Diet. Amerikanische Geisraute. Tephrosia (villosa) prostrata villosissima, foliolis cuneato-obovalibus, spic. suboppositifoliis pauci oris, legum. oblongis. Mi . 2. p. 68. Der Stengel is auf der Erde hingestreckt und mit weichen Haaren dicht bekleidet; er trigt gefiederte Blatter, deren Blittchen keilférmig-oval sind, und wenigbliimige Aehren, die den Blattern gegeniiberstehen. Die Hii ist linglich. Vaterland: Nordamerika, Carolina und Florida. Dietrich here properly supplied a new name for G. villosa Michx., a later homonym of G. villosa L., although he did not really indicate that this was his reason for doing so. He did, however, know of the earlier G. villosa L., for it is listed in his Vollst. Lexik. Gaertn. und Bot. 4: 260. 1804, to which the above work is an addition. Later, however, in 1838 (in his Neuer Nachtr. Vollst. Lexik. Gaertn. und Bot. 8: 553), after having accepted Tephrosia Pers., he placed his G. florida in the synonymy of Tephrosia villosa (L.) Pers., and placed G. villosa Michx. in that of T. prostrata Nutt., along with T. chrysophylla Pursh. From this later split it may be argued that Dietrich did not know what he was doing and that he did not intend to substitute the hame G. florida for G. villosa Michx. However, since he obvi- ously knew of the previous G. villosa L. and since he actually did Supply a new name for G. villosa Michx., a later homonym, Galega florida F. G. Dietr. seems to be a perfectly valid name which it is necessary to use. Most unfortunately this old name must replace the well-known Tephrosia ambigua (M. A. Curtis) Chapm., but there appears to be no other alternative, now that Galega villosa Michx. is known to be this species. 19. Tephrosia chrysophylla Pursh . Tephrosia chrysophylla Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. 2: 489. 1814. “Georgia, Galega chrysophylla (Pursh) Steud. Nom. ed. 1. 350. 1821. Cracea chrysophylla (Pursh) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 174. 1801. €phrosia prostrata Nutt. Gen. N. Amer. Pl. 2: 210. 1818. “Common “tound Savannah in Georgia in dry and sandy woods” (PH-Type). 312 Rhodora [NoVEMBER Cracca chrysophylla Chapmanni Vail, Bull. Torr. Cl. 22: 34. 1895. “St. Joseph’s, Florida,” [Pasco County], Chapman, (NY-Type; GH). Tephrosia chrysophylla var. Chapmanni (Vail) B. L. Robinson, Bot. Gaz. 28: 198. 1899. Cracca Chapmanni (Vail) Small, Fl. Southeastern U. 8. 612, 1331. 1903. Cracca Carpenteri Rydb. N. Amer. Fl. 24: 172. 1923. “Pine woods,” Pensacola, Escambia County, Florida, Dr. Carpenter 44, June 1838 (NY- pe). Tephrosia Carpenteri (Rydb.) Killip, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 26: 360. 1936, as Carpinteri. Completely prostrate perennial herb from a woody crown and ligneous, cylindrical tap-root; stems one to several, branching sympodially, up to 1 m. long. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules and axes of the inflores- cences strigillose or both hirtellous and hirsutulous or sparsely hirsute with rusty or cinereous hairs. Leaves prostrate, 1.2-6.5 cm. long, nearly sessile or with petioles up to 5 (rarely 7 mm.) long; stipules often persist- ent, lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 2-6 mm. long; leaflets (3-)5-7(-9 or very rarely 11), cuneate, obovate-cuneate, or narrowly so, or occasionally obovate to nearly orbicular, mucronate, the terminal leaflet 8-30(-35) mm. long, 6-20 mm. wide, often conspicuously larger than the lateral, the lateral leaflets 7-28 mm. long, 4-15 mm. wide, somewhat coriaceous, shining when fresh, green, glabrous (or rarely finely hirtellous with golden-brown hairs) above, moderately to densely strigillose and short-strigose beneath with cinereous to golden-brown hairs, usually appearing silky. Inflores- cences opposite the leaves (or terminal late in the season), 1.5-19 cm. long, — the leaves, prostrate, slightly angled to somewhat flattened, ate, 2. mm. long. Corolla white (the back of the banner pinkish or faintly lined with red), becoming pink and then carmine in age and purple upon drying; blade of the banner subquadrate or orbicular, 11-13 mm. high, 12-14 mm. broad, silky on the back, the claw 2.5 mm. long; wings 12-14 mm. long, auricled, the claw 1.5-2 mm. long; keel 9-13 mm. long, the claw 2-2.5 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-11 mm. long, the vexillary stamen completely free, without a distinct thickening on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose; ovules 9-13. Legume nearly straight, borne parallel to the surface of the ground, (2.2-)3.2-5.5 em. long, 4-5.5 mm. wide, strigillose or hirtellous with antrorsely directed hairs; seeds 6-13, sub- spherical, 2.4-3 mm. in diameter, brown mottled with black. Somatic —_ 22. Flowering collections from mid-May through Septem Disrrisution. Prostrate on well-drained, sandy soils usually full 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 313 sun in open oak and pine woods, Chatham (where not recently collected) and Charlton Counties, Georgia, south to Highlands and Lee Counties, > and west to Harrison County, Mississippi, United States. Map — EXAMINED. UNITED STATES. Geroraia. Dr. Boyki - (NY); inter frutices in arenosis, Beyrich 161 (MO, NY). Chatham Ox: Savannah, John Forbes (NY), Nuttall (PH). Charlton Co.: between Spanish Creek - Traders Hill, sate 8 1497 eo NY, US). Fiorma. Buckley (GH, MO, NY); Chapman (GH, MO, N Y, US); Torrey & Gray (GH); Nash ee 753 (NY). yim hua Co.: Hitchcock, 1898 (MQ); near Gainesville, M urrill, 1939 (DUKE), West 5 (FLAS); High Springs, Wood & Clement 7534 4 (GH). Bay Co.: Lynn Haven, Billington, 1921 (US). Bradford Co.: 10 mi. south of Starke, Dennison & Arnold, 1946 (FLAS). Brevard Co.: Indian River City, Woo d & Clement 7196 (GH). Citrus Co.: 3 mi. s.s.w. of Inverness, Wood & Clement 7525a (GH); 11 mi. n.e. of Red Level, West & Arnold, 1941 (FLAS). Clay Co.: Green Cove Springs, Wood & Clement 7151 (GH); Gold Head Branch State Park, West, 1939 (FLAS). Dixie Co.: 2 mi. south of Shamrock, Erlanson 243 (US); 10 mi. west of Resiemack: Pasture Survey, 1937 (FLAS). Duval Co.: South Arlington, Lighthipe 608 (NY); pe 53 (GH), 44 (US); Curtiss, 1876 (US); Jacksonville, Curtiss 582 (CAS, GH, MO, NY, PH, UC, US), 2825 (US), 4229 (DS, NY, UC, Us), tea: (GH, NY, UC, US), Fredholm 295 (POM); 2 mi. south of Nassau Co. line on U. 8. Route 17, Wood & Clement 7146 (DUKE). Escambia Co.: Pensacola, Carpenter ma NY). Franklin 4 ( 1877 (GH, PH, US), 1876 (NY, US), Britton & Wilson 12 (NY); Lo Island, Tampa. Bay, Rugel, 1845 (NY). Holmers Co.: ee de tata Knight, 1944 (FLA 8). Lake Co.: Astor Park, Wood & Clement 7176 1964 (NY, US), Hitchetck, aot (F, FLAS, KSC, MO). Lee Co.: Myers, Hitchcock 81 (GH, MO, NY, US). Levy Co.: 2 mi. south of Lebanon Station, Pasture Survey, 1937 (FLAS). Liberty Co.: Bristol, Chapman (MO, US); just north of Bristol, West & Arnold, 1940 (FLAS); Roy, Wiegand & Manning 1554 (GH). Madison Co.: Hitchcock, 1898 (F, MO). Marion Co.: 3 mi. south of Orange Springs, West & Arnold, 1942 (FLAS); 16 mi. south of Ocala, Erlanson 249 (GH, US); 20 mi. south of Gainesville, Erlanson 244 (GH, UC-part). Orange Co.: Buswell, 1932 (MIAMI); Fredholm 5364 (GH); Lake Brantley, Lewton, 1894 (NY); Clarcona, 53 tid svar ese 141 (US); south of Wekiva Springs, Moldenke f Bithlo on Route 50, Wood & Clement 7192 (GH); Orlando, a sa (FLAS); just south of Tangerine, Wood & Clement 314 Rhodora [NovEMBER 7189 (GH). Pasco Co.: St. Joseph, Chapman (GH, NY); 15 mi. s.s.w. of Brooksville (Hernando Co.), Wood & Clement 7520 (GH). Polk Co.: Schallert 16503 (NY, US); Lake Alfred, Bottimer 497 (US). Putnam Co.: Johnson, Barnhart 1275 (NY); 3 mi. south of Clay Co. line on U. 8. §28 (GH). Atapama, Baldwin Co.: Tensaw, Tracy 8014 (GH, NY). Mobile Co.: Mobile?, Mohr (F); Mobile, Baker, 1897 (KSC, MO, NY); 16 mi. north of Mobile, Erlanson 183 (US); 2 mi. north of Citronella, Erlanson 202 (US); Spring Hill, Mohr, 1897 (US), Bush 298 (NY, US). MIssISsSIPPI. Harrison Co.: Beauvoir, Tracy 4911 (GH, MO, NY, US); Bond’s Point, Tracy 4437 (US); west of bay, Biloxi, Pennell W4389 (PENN); 1 mi. east of Mississippi City, Pennell 4854 (NY, PENN). Tephrosia chrysophylla is a characteristic species of open, well- drained, sandy soils of Florida. The completely prostrate habit, combined with the few, usually cuneate or obovate leaflets and the very short petioles, is distinctive. Plants smaller than normal in varying degrees have received specific names for which there seems no justification. Those with leaflets 1-1.5 em. long are Cracca Carpenteri Rydb., but such plants occur in peninsular Florida with the ordinary type, the leaflets of which are 0.8-3 cm. long. Cracca Chapmanni (Vail) Small is known only from two specimens collected by Chapman. These plants are reduced in size in all their parts, but are particu- larly conspicuous in their small leaflets, 5-15 mm. long, and their pods, 2 cm. long and 3-4 mm. wide. Since these specimens were collected well within the range of 7. chrysophylla and since they differ only in size, they should be regarded, in the absence of other evidence, merely as a form of the species. Chapman (as many another botanist of his time and later) seems to have taken a particular interest in collecting aberrant forms and many pect liar and fragmentary plants are represented in his collections. The three collections cited from Highlands County, Florida, need further investigation. These are atypical in that the upPe surfaces of the leaflets are hirtellous, while the leaflet-number varies from five to eleven. The leaflets are somewhat smalieT and more uniform in size than is usual in Tephrosia chryso- phylla and the plants themselves are slightly reminiscent of T. 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 315 Rugelii, although the habit is evidently prostrate. Coming from the southern edge of the range of 7. chrysophylla but within the area of 7. Rugelii as they do, these specimens suggest the inter- esting possibility of hybridization of these two species. 19a. Tephrosia chrysophylla < Tephrosia florida Cracca intermedia Small, Bull. Torr. Cl. 21: 303. 1894. ‘‘Near Jackson- ville,’ Duval County, Florida, A. H. Curtiss 4231, 31 May, 11 July 1893 (NY-Type; DS, UC, US). Cracca Smallii Vail, Bull. Torr. Cl. 22: 33. 1895. Illegitimate; substi- tuted for C. intermedia because of Tephrosia intermedia Graham, 1828, a name which had never been transferred to Cracca. Tephrosia Smallii Robinson, Bot. Gaz. 28: 198. 1899, as comb. nov., but a new name based on Cracca intermedia Small, not Tephrosia intermedia Graham, 1828. Cracea floridana Vail, Bull. Torr. Cl. 22: 35. 1895. “Central Florida,” G.V. Nash 49414, 1198, 1263, 13834, 1552, 1615, (probably all collected in the vicinity of Eustis, Lake County, Florida); 1552, vicinity of Eustis, 1-15 August 1894 (NY-Cotypes; 1552-GH, MO, UC, US). Intermediate between Tephrosia chrysophylla and T. florida. Perennial from a woody crown and brown cylindrical woody tap-root; stems pros- trate, branching sympodially, spreading, leafy from the base, generally terete. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules and axes of the inflorescences hirtellous, strigillose or hirtellous and hirsutulous with brown or cinereous hairs. Leaves usually ascending, but sometimes prostrate, or rarely erect, 5-10 cm. long, the petioles of the principal leaves 5-19 mm. long, (1/5-) 1/3-7/9 of the length of the lowermost leaflets (including petiolules) of a eaf, some or all more than 1/3 the length of the lowermost leaflets; stipules lanceolate to linear, acute or acuminate, 2-8 mm. long, up to 2 mm. wide, persistent; leaflets of the principal leaves 7-11(-13), averaging 9, cuneate to oblong-obovate to narrowly elliptic, the apex rounded to retuse, mucronate, the terminal leaflet 16-32 mm. long, 7-19 mm. wide, the lateral leaflets 12-28 mm. long, 5-14 mm. wide, the lowermost usually smallest, the leaflets of living plants dull, with the texture of T’. florida, lack- ing the luster of 7. chrysophylla, glabrous (or very rarely hirtellous) above, moderately strigillose or strigillose and short-strigose or rarely hirtellous beneath, not sericeous. Inflorescences opposite the leaves, generally ex- ceeding them, 6-22 cm. long, prostrate or occasionally slightly assurgent, leafless, bearing flowers at 1-6 nodes, the peduncle strongly flattened and 2-edged as in T. florida, especially below the first node; buds 2 or 3 at a node, 1 or 2 of these flowering. Primary bracts persistent, that of the node 2-5 mm. long, decreasing in size at the upper nodes. Dri flowers 10-15 mm. long. Calyx 3.5-4 mm. long, intermediate between or resembling either parent, more often 7’. florida. Corolla white, as in the parents; blade of the banner 13 mm. high, 11 mm. wide; wings about 13 316 Rhodora [NOVEMBER mm. long with a blunt auricle on the upper side. Legume straight or slightly curved downward, hirtellous or strigillose with ue hairs, few of the ovules developing, the seeds 2-5; mature seeds not see DisrrisuTION. Open, well-drained sandy soils occupied “s bail pre- sumed parents in Georgia, Florida and Alabama, United State SPECIMENS EXAMINED. UNITED STATES. Georcia. Without lo- eality, Dr. Boykin (NY). Fuoriwa. Without locality, Chapman (GH, MO, NY, OKL); Nash 1334 (NY). Duval Co.: near Jacksonville, Curtiss, 31 May 1893 (MO), Curtiss 4231, 31 May, 11 July 1893 (DS, NY, UC, US); oak scrubs in dry pine barrens, Curtiss 4825, 31 July 1894 FLAS, G GH, MO, NY, UC). Franklin Co. : dry sand ridges, Apalachicola, Saurman, 1867 (F, PENN). Hernando Co.: white sand in long-leaf pine and Quercus laevis woods on hill on Highway 41 near the Citrus Co. boundary, Wood & Clement 7523, 9 Aug. 1947 (FLAS, GH). Hillsborough Co.: white sand in openings in in Quercus vi virginiana woods, 1 mi. south of Riverview, Wood & Clement 7515, 8 Aug. 1947 (GH). Lake Co.: vicinity of pie, Nash 1562, 1-15 Aug. 1894 (GH, MO, UC, US); probably in the vicinity of Eustis, Nash 4941, 1198, 1263, 1615 (NY): vicinity of Eustis, Hitchonck, June-July 1894 (F). Marion Co.: in oak-scrub palmetto-flats, Erlanson 244 (part), 28 oy 1935 (UC). AxaBama. Mobile Co.: Spring Hill, Bush 296, 1 Aug. 1897 (NY-part, US), 92, 3 Aug. 1897 (US); Spring Hill, Mohr, 18 May 1896, eats (US); under setub-oak and long-leaf pine, 18 mi. north of Mobile, Erlanson 190, 24 May 1935 (US). Although Small pointed out in the description of Cracca inter- media that his “species” was intermediate between C. ambigua (T. florida) and C. chrysophylla (T. chrysophylla), the possibility of a hybrid origin of this plant does not appear to have been sug- gested. In the summer of 1947, however, plants strikingly inter- mediate between Tephrosia florida and T. chrysophylla and very like the type-collection of Cracca intermedia were found in two localities in peninsular Florida growing with the presumed par- ents. In both instances, only these two species of Tephrosia were present, along with relatively few plants of the putative hybrid. The intermediate nature of these plants and other pre- sumed hybrids is indicated in the accompanying table. Since “Cracca intermedia” occurs with both 7. chrysophylla and T. florida in the absence of other species, since it occurs SPO cally and only within the overlapping ranges of both species, and since it is morphologically intermediate between the two species, it seems safe to postulate the hybrid-character of these plants even in the absence of experimental evidence. Cracca floridana Vail supposedly differed from C. intermedia 1D 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 317 T. florida Stems prostrate, leaves erect. Leaflets 7~13-19, thin, dull. Leaflets narrowly cu- neate to narrowly ob- long-cuneate, narrowly Terminal leaflet 18-52 mm. long, 5-13 mm. wide; lateral leaflets 12— 45 mm. long, 2-18 mm. wide. Petioles 1-4 times the length of the lowermost leaflets of the leaves. Axes of inflorescences strongly flattened, 2- assurgent. Calyx 34.5 mm. long. C. intermedia prostrate or erect. Leaflets 7-9-11(-13), thin, dull. Leaflets cuneate to ob- long-obovate or nar- rowly elliptic. Terminal leaflet 16-32 mm, long, 12-28 mm. wide; lateral leaflets 12- 28 mm. long, 5-14 mm. wide. Petioles usually 1/ pa 7/9 of the length of the lowermost leaflets. Axes of inflorescences flattened, 2-edged, pros- trate or somewhat assur- gent. Calyx 3.54 mm. long, intermediate in shape or resembling 7’. florida. MR geo ee T’.. chrysophylla Entire plant completely prostrate. Leaflets 3-7-9, some- what coriaceous, shining. Leaflets cuneate, oblong-obovate, occa- sionally obovate to nearly orbicular,. Terminal] leaflet 8-30 mm. long, mm, wide; lateral leaflets 7— 8 mm. long, 4-15 mm. wide. Petioles usually very short, less than 1/3 the — of the lowermost leaflets. Axes of inflorescences sometimes slightly flattened, always Calyx 5-6 mm. long. its assurgent habit, but Robinson (1899, p. 193) pointed out that the evidence is all to the contrary and concluded that C. inter- media and (. floridana represent variations of the same entity. this he seems thoroughly justified. Miss Vail may have been misled by a Louisiana collection, ““New Orleans, Dr. Ingalls,”’ (NY), cited by her as one of the cotypes. This plant is the erect orm of Tephrosia florida and not the plant under discussion here. If Cracca floridana is considered to be synonymous with Cracca intermedia, whoever desires to apply a “specific” name to these Plants must make the proper combination under Tephrosia with Cracca floridana Vail as the basonym. Nash 1552 would be the *PPropriate Type; the other cotypes are apparently represented only at NY. There would appear, however, to be little justi- fication for applying a specific name to a hybrid of this kind. It Seems likely that the isolating mechanism between Teph- "sia chrysophylla and T. florida is at least partially ecological. 318 Rhodora [NovEMBER Ordinarily T. chrysophylla seems to tolerate considerably drier, hotter and more open situations (particularly in oak-barrens where it usually occurs prostrate in openings on the white sand) than does 7. florida. The latter species occurs more often in somewhat grassier and more shaded situations, which are prob- ably also slightly moister. Occasionally, however, the two occur together, as at the localities cited in Hillsborough and Hernando Counties, Florida, and it is in areas such as these that the puta- tive hybrids are found. A second hybrid of Tephrosia chrysophylla is apparently repre- sented by collections from Astor Park, Lake County, Florida. Here perfectly typical 7. chrysophylla (Wood & Clement 7176) grew on the open white sand of a road embankment and T. spicata (Wood & Clement 7178) a few feet away at the edge of brush in a live-oak and saw-palmetto woods. Various scattered plants collected along the roadway combined characteristics of both of these species. One of these (7181a) had prostrate leaves with 7-9 (primarily 9) leaflets of intermediate shape with the pubescence of 7’. chrysophylla and the ascending inflorescences of T. spicata (those of T. chrysophylla are always borne parallel to the surface of the ground). Another plant (7180b) re- sembled T. chrysophylla still more, but bore 7—9 leaflets and inflorescences which were either prostrate or ascending at the tip. Five plants were found with prostrate leaves, bearing 5-11 leaflets (mostly 7-9) of intermediate shape, with the upper sur- faces of the leaflets hairy and the inflorescences strongly ascend- ing. All of these specimens seem to indicate various combina- tions of the characters of both T. chrysophylla and T. spicata and suggest repeated hybridization at this locality. Here again it may be noted that these two species do not ordinarily occur in the same habitat and that this may be an example of the breakdown of an ecological barrier through the agency of man. 20. Tephrosia tepicana Stand]. Cracca tepicana Standl. Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 20: 217. 1919. Tepic, Nayarit, Mexico, Edward Palmer, 5 Jan.—6 Feb. 1892 (US 305316-Typé): Tephrosia tepicana Standl. Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 4: 214. 1929. Decumbent herbaceous or suffrutescent perennial; stems slender, ¢3- 2 mm. in diameter, flexuous, nearly terete near the base, often acutely angled above and almost triangular. Stems, petioles, rachises and peti- olules thinly hirsutulous, hirtellous or strigillose with whitish hairs, 7 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 319 nearly glabrous. Leaves apparently either prostrate or ascending, 6-16 em. long, the petioles 1-35 mm. long, shorter than the leaflets of the lower- most pair, the rachis (0.7-)2-10 em. long; stipules subulate or linear, long- acuminate, 3-13 mm. long, less than 1 mm. wide, brown, persistent, ascending; leaflets of the principal leaves 5-11, elliptic-oblong, elliptic or oval-oblong to lanceolate or elliptic-lanceolate, the upper leaflets largest, 59 mm. long, 13-30 mm. wide, the lowermost pair smallest, (12—)20-55 mm. long, (8-)12—23 mm. wide, the leaflets rounded or subcordate at the base, the apex retuse, obtuse or acute, mucronate; leaflets thin but rigid, with the midrib impressed, green, dull or somewhat shining, thinly strigil- lose to hirtellous and glabrate above, thinly hirtellous to strigillose below with whitish hairs 0.2-0.6 mm. long, or short-strigose to hirsutulous along the midrib, the margins undulate, sometimes subcrenate, ciliate with cinereous hairs ca. 1 mm. long, these often deciduous; petiolules 1.5-2.5 mm. long. Inflorescences terminal or axillary, probably sometimes ap- pearing to be opposite the leaves, leafless, ascending, slender, (2-)4-22 em. long, the peduncle (1.5-)2.5-9 em. long, the axis of the inflorescence thinly strigillose to nearly glabrous, usually flattened and 2-edged, few- flowered, the (3-)5-18 flowering nodes often crowded distally; buds 3-5 at a node, 2-3 of these flowering. Primary bracts linear-subulate, 3-9 mm. long, persistent, brown; secondary bracts linear-setaceous, 1-4 mm. long. Pedicels 4-7 mm. long, slender, ascending. Dried flowers ca. (12-) 15 mm. long. Calyx 4.5-5 mm. long, strigillose to hirtellous, the lobes deltoid or deltoid-ovate, abruptly short-acuminate, the upper lobes 1.5-2 mm. long, the lateral 2 or 3 mm. long, the lowermost ca. 2 mm. long. Flower-color unknown, brown or purplish in dried specimens; blade of the banner apparently oval, ca. 11 mm. high, 16 mm. broad, strigillose on the back with fine silky golden hairs, the claw ca. 3 mm. long; wings 13-15 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, slightly auricled, the claw 2 mm. long; keel 14-15 mm. long, 6 mm. deep, rounded at the apex, slightly auriculate at the base, the claw ca. 3 mm. long. Staminal tube 9-10 mm. long, the vexillary stamen lightly coherent with the staminal tube or free, somewhat thick- ened on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose, silky. Nearly mature pod almost straight, with a slightly down-curved beak, ca. Sem. long, 6 mm. wide, hirtellous to strigillose with cinereous hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long; seeds 10 or 11, the mature seeds unknown. Flowering collec- tions January to February. Disrripurion, Southern Sinaloa and Nayarit, Mexico. Map 24. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Sinauoa: Vicinity of Balboa, Municipalidad San Ignacio, J. G. Ortega 1209 (MEXU); Balboa, Ortega 2104, Jan. 1925 (US); Mazatlan, Ortega 5081, Jan. 1923 (US). Navarir: epic, Palmer, 5 Jan—6 Feb. 1892 (US). Tephrosia tepicana is easily recognized by habit, leaflet-number and -shape, and calyx. The vexillary stamen appears to be free from the staminal tube, but the present paucity of flowering 320 Rhodora [NovEMBER material leaves this in doubt. This little-collected species ap- pears to be related to Tephrosia madrensis which is known from @ single collection, presumably from the Sierra Madre of this same region. 21. Tephrosia madrensis Seem. Tephrosia madrensis Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald 280. pl. 61. 1856. “Sierra Madre, Mexico” (between the cities of Mazatlan and Durango or Duran and Tepic in Sinaloa, Durango or Nayarit), Seemann 21 86, Nov. 1849-Feb. 1850 (K-Type). C: madrensis (Seem.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891, basonym misattributed to Benth. Galactia marginalis Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald pl. 61. 1856, not Benth. Decumbent, suffruticose perennial; stems prostrate, about 2 dm. long from a slender woody crown, nearly terete below, 2 mm. in diameter, angular above. Stems, petioles, petiolules, stipules and axes of the in- florescences thinly strigillose with cinereous hairs or nearly glabrous. veins, the veins prominent, reticulate, the leaflets paler below, sparsely strigillose with cinereous hairs 0.2-0.4 mm. long; petiolules 1-2 mm. long. Inflorescences terminal and axillary, the terminal leafless, 9-10 cm. long, the peduncle 1.5-3.5 cm. long, one inflorescence with a short lateral branch from the lowermost node; axillary inflorescences short, 2-3 cm. long, with a single leaf; axes of the inflorescences stiff, flattened (1.5-2 mm. ide) below the 2-9 flowering nodes, 2-edged, the terminal inflorescence exceed- ing the leaves; buds ca. 5 at a node, probably 2 or 3 of these flowering. Primary bracts lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, acuminate, 5-10 mm. long, rigid, brown, persistent; secondary bracts linear, acuminate or subulate, 3-5 mm. long, persistent. Pedicels 9-11 mm. long, slender, ascending. Dried flowers about 15 mm. long. Calyx campanulate, 3.5-5 mm. long, thinly strigillose with rusty and cinereous hairs, the tube 92-2.5 mm. long, the upper lobes subulate, 1-2.5 mm. long, the lateral and lowermost triangular-lanceolate, acuminate, 1.5-3 mm. long. Flower-color un- known, the dried flowers brown; blade of the banner suborbicular, ca. 12 mm. in diameter, retuse, strigillose on the back with silky brownish hairs, wings ca. 14 mm. long, auricled; keel ca. 13-14 mm. long, exauri : Staminal tube ca. 8.5-11 mm. long. Ovary strigillose along the sutures, the valves nearly glabrous; ovules ca. 6. Mature fruit and seeds un- known; young legume sparsely strigillose on the valves, strigillose along both sutures with minute hairs 0.2 mm. long. DisrrisuTion. Known only from the type-locality. SPECIMEN EXAMINED. MEXICO. Srnatoa, Duraneo OF Nayanit: FEAF OPI Oe a a re eee Sept eye 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 321 “Sierra Madre” (between the cities of Mazatlan and Durango or Durango and Tepic), Seemann 2186, Nov. 1849-Feb. 1850 (K). The nearly glabrous, thin but rigid, unifoliolate leaves are characteristic. If the mature pod, when collected, proves to be glabrous, it will supply an additional conspicuous character. Tephrosia madrensis appears to be most closely related to T. tepicana and to an undescribed species from Guatemala repre- sented by Steyermark 51790 (F) (see Standley & Steyermark 1946, p. 356). 22. Tephrosia Lindheimeri A. Gray Tephrosia Lindheimeri A. Gray, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 6: 172, 1850. “Muskit prairies, on the Liano,”’ [Llano County?], Texas, Lindheimer Distrib. No. 592, Aug. 1847 or 1848 (GH-Type; MO, NY, ; Cracca Lindheimeri (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. Prostrate or decumbent perennial herb from a woody crown and woody cylindrical tap-root (-1.5 cm. thick); stems several, up to 1 m. long, some- what flexuous, branching sympodially or partially so, terete or angled. Stems, petioles, rachises and peduncles of the inflorescences hirtellous to hirsutulous with soft dense whitish ascending or spreading hairs. Leaves broadly obovate-cuneate, or nearly orbicular or elliptic, the apex obtuse, Tetuse or emarginate with a slender mucro, (11—)18-33(-37) mm. long, mi flowering and fruiting. Primary bracts lanceolate, long-acuminate, falling soon after anthesis; secondary bracts linear-lanceolate, 2-4 mm. long, deciduous. Pedicels slender, becoming stout in fruit, (4-)5-9 mm. mg, ascending. Dried flowers 13-15 mm. long. Calyx 5-6 mm. long, hirsutulous with soft white hairs, the upper lobes deltoid, short-acuminate, mm. long, the lateral lobes deltoid-lanceolate, acute, 3-4 mm. long, the lowermost lobe lanceolate, acuminate, keel-like, 4-6 mm. long. Corolla rose-purple, the banner with a white spot near the base of the 322 Rhodora [NovEMBER blade; blade of the banner suborbicular to rounded-quadrate, 11-13 mm. high, 12-15 mm. broad, hirtellous to hirsutulous with white hairs on the back, the claw 3 mm. long; wings 10-15 mm. long, with a small deltoid auricle, the claw 3 mm. long; keel 13-15 mm. long, with or without an auricle, the claw 3-3.5 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-11 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube along the middle third, flat, without an angular callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely silky, hirtellous or strigillose; ovules 5-6. Legume shaped roughly like a long parallelogram, somewhat curved and narrowed near the base, (2.5-)4-5 em. long, 7-8.5 mm. broad, horizontal or ascending, stramineous, moderately to densely hirtellous with soft white hairs, appearing veluti- nous; seeds (1-)4—6, oblong to suborbicular in outline, the ends often flat- tened by crowding, plump or flat, 5-7 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, stramineous to dirty tan, unmarked. Somatic chromosomes 22. Flowering collec- tions from early April to September. DisrriBuTion. Well-drained sandy, decomposed granite or limestone soils, roadsides, grassy areas and open oak woods or mesquite stands, southern Texas from Burnet and Llano Counties to Harris, Zavala and Cameron Counties and perhaps (?) with an isolated station in Cooke County. Map 14. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. UNITED STATES. Texas. Without defi- nite locality: C. Wright (GH, NY, US); Nealey, 1888 (DS); Wilkinson 177 (MO); from Bexar to the Rio Grande, Berlandier 958 (MO), 2388 (GH, MO), 3133 (GH, MO, NY, US). Aransas Co.: Rockport, Shulz, 1938 (F). Bexar Co.: Applewhite Road, 18 mi. south of San Antonio, Sister Mary Metz 626 (NY); San Antonio (TEX); s.w. of San Antonio, Tharp, 1926 (TEX); 15 mi. south of San Antonio, Shulz 439 (US). Burnet Co.: Granite Mt. , MO); granite region of Burnet, Reverchon 1664 (MO); Burnet, Fisher 3626 (CAS, US); s.e. corner of Burnet Co., Hill 27 (US). Cameron Co.: Bailey 242 (US). Comal Co.: New Braunfels, Dapprich 6861 (SMU). Cook Co.?: Gainesville (county not indicated on label) (this station omitted from map), E. Russell, 1933 (UC). Dimmit Co.: Carrizo Springs, Hog- lund, 1930 (TEX); east of Carrizo Springs, M. E. Jones 28558 (DS, GH, MO, POM, UC, US). Duval Co.; Pefia Station, Havard, 1884 (F, GH). Frio Co.: 14 mi. south of Pearsall, Shreve 9445 (GH); Dilley, Innes & pool, Wolcott & Barkley, 1946 (MO, PENN, TEX). Gonzales Co.: Bogush 1305 (GH, TEX); Normand, 31 May 1929 (TEX, UC); 5 mi. 2.W- of Westoff, Muller 8016 (SMU); Bogush, 1926 (NY), 1305 (US); Ottine, Cory 5709 (GH, POM). Guadalupe Co.: ca. 10 mi. south of Seguin, Webster & Rowell 7096 (TEX); 13 mi. south of Seguin, Wolcott & Barkley 16T 485 (TEX); in limestone soil, Seguin, Groth 181 (CAS, F, GH, NY, US). Harris Co.: open woods near the San Jacinto River, east of Hous- ton, Small & Wherry 11805 (NY). Hidalgo Co.; Rio Grande Valley, M. T. THURBERI T. LEUCANTHA T. VERNICOSA «a @ 18 T. SUBMONTANA T. NITEN ¥ T. POTOSINA eo ai ang no SOE ee ° T. CANA © T., PALMER! T. SIMULANS T. LANGLASSEI 324 Rhodora [NovEMBER Walker 71 (TEX, UC). Kleberg Co.: Kingsville, Sinclair, 1940 (TEX). LaSalle Co.: near Cotula, Perkins & Hall 2323 (POM); Millett, Trelease, 1897 (MO). Llano Co.: between Enchanted Rock and Llano, Tharp, 1936 (GH, SMU, UC); near Enchanted Rock, Whitehouse, 1930 (TEX). Llano Co.?: “muskit prairies on the Llano,” Lindheimer 592 (GH, NY, MO, US), Oct. 1847 (GH, MO). Webb Co.: Laredo, L. Palmer 258, 1879 (GH), 250, 1880 (US). Willacy Co.: along roadside, north of Raymond- ville, Clover 1198 (NY). Wilson Co.: Wisdom Ranch, 20 mi. east of San tonio, Cutler 3225 (MO); Kicaster School, Parks R2328 (MO); along San Antonio Highway at Wilson-Bexar County line, Drushel 9857 (NY, US); 7 mi. n.w. of La Pryor, Hedrick 272 (UC). Tephrosia Lindheimeri is discussed with the following species. 23. Tephrosia potosina Brandeg. Tephrosia potosina Brandeg. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 4: 272. 1912. Near Rasc6n, San Luis Potosi, Mexico, C. A. Purpus 5273 (UC-Type; GH, MEXU, MO, NY, US). Boece potosina (Brandeg.) Standl. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 28: 472. Decumbent perennial herb from a slender woody crown and heavy woody tap-root 1.5 em. thick; stems 1 to several, sympodial or partially so, somewhat flexuous, slender (-2.5 mm. thick), up to 5 dm. long, axillary branches often poorly developed. Stems, petioles, rachises and peduncles of the inflorescences hirsutulous with spreading, often somewhat retrorse, tawny, rusty or sordid hairs. Leaves 7-22 cm. long, ascending; petioles (1.5-)2.5-10 cm. long, longer than the lowermost leaflets; leaflets 3-9, predominantly 5-7, obovate to broadly obovate-cuneate or orbicular, the apex obtuse or retuse, mucronate, 1-5 em. long, 0.7-4(-4.5) cm. wide, dull, bluish-green, rigid but not coriaceous, completely glabrous above, moder- ately to very densely hirsutulous with ascending to spreading cinereous to airs, sometimes appearing pilose or silky, the margins of the leaflets bordered with usually inconspicuous tawny to rusty antrorsely directed hairs, the veins pale to reddish beneath. Inflorescences termi- nating either the main or axillary branches, erect or ascending, up to 27 em. long. Dried flowers 13-20 mm. long; flower-dimensions as in /. stramineous, unmarked. Somatic chromosomes 22. Plants otherwise similar to T. Lindheimeri. Flowering collections from April to August. Disrripution. Hays(?) and Uvalde Counties, Texas, United States, t0 Coahuila, Nuevo Leén and San Luis Potosf, Mexico. Maps 14 and 18. Specimens EXAMINED. UNITED STATES. Texas. Hays Co.?: 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 325 San Marcos and vicinity (county not noted), S. W. Stanfield (NY). Uvalde Co.: gravelly open ground, H. J. Palmer 12296, 18 June 1917 (GH, MO, NY, US); rocky banks along Leana River, near Uvalde, EF. J. Palmer $3665, 30 Apr. 1928 (GH, MO, NY, PH, US); dry rocky ground, Sabinal, E. J. Palmer 10246, 19 June 1916 (DS, MO, US). MEXICO. Coanviza: Hacienda La Rosita, Muzquiz, Wynd & Mueller 298, 26 June 1936 (A, MO, NY, US); Muzquiz, Z. Marsh 50, 1935 (F, GH, TEX), 1152, Apr. 1938 (GH). Nuevo Lu6én: Sierra Madre near Monterrey, Pringle 2796, 29 May 1889 (GH, MEXU, US); Diente Canyon (ca. 12 mi. south of Monterrey), Sierra Madre, Monterrey, C. & M. Mueller 512, 11 July 1933 (F, TEX), 512, 23 July 1933 (A); Horsetail Falls, 38 km. (23 mi.) south of Monterrey on Pan-American Highway, C. & E. Frye 2463, 25 Apr. 1939 (GH, UC, US); limestone soil (?), weedy hillside pasture between Cieneguilla and Hacienda Vista Hermosa on road from Pan-American Highway to Horsetail Falls (Cola de Caballo), ca. 38 km. south of Monterrey, Moore & Wood 3618, 28 June 1948 (GH, UC, Bailey Hortorium). San Luis Porosf: Rascén, Purpus 5273, Aug. 1911 (GH, MEXU, MO, NY, UC). Tephrosia potosina and T. Lindheimeri constitute a pair of closely related but distinct species without obvious close rela- tionships with any other American members of the genus. The combination of characters by which they stand apart includes the sympodial decumbent habit, obovate to orbicular leaflets, rose- purple flowers, cohering vexillary stamen, broad pods, and few (4-8), large, stramineous, unmarked seeds. The two occupy contiguous ranges and appear to be the only species of the barbi- styled group which occur at least partially on soils derived from calcareous rocks. These two species are, however, distinct from each other in a number of particulars set forth in the accompany- ing table. The most conspicuous of these differences are those related to stature and to number and pubescence of the leaflets. Although entire plants of Tephrosia Lindheimeri are seldom collected, when this species is seen in the field the much longer stems and more robust habit are conspicuous in comparison with the relatively slender and short stems of J’. potosina (which in all of the herbarium-specimens seen have been collected with a part of the slender, woody crown). In the single colony of each which I have studied this habital distinction was very striking. Al- though from the available herbarium-specimens ecological condi- tions might be suspected of being responsible for the relatively small size of plants of 7. potosina, all indications were to the 326 Rhodora [NovEMBER T. Lindheimeri T. potosina Stature Coarse, stems to 1 m. long, 5 Slender, stems to 0.5 m. long, mm. thi 2.5 mm. thick. Leaves 5-15(-20) cm. long. 7-22 cm. long. Petioles (1.6-)2.5-4.5 em. long, pubes- (1.5-)2.5-10 cm. long, pubes- cence ascending or spreading, cence often spreading-retrorse, cinereous Leaflets 3-9, predominantly 5-7. ee a Fate predominantly 11-37 mm. long, (7-)12-21 (-27) mm. wide. Indument of 1 10-50 mm. long, 7-40(-45) mm. wide. Completely glabrous; margins inconspicuously bordered surfaces of ith tawny or rusty hairs. leaflets e margins; margins con- spicuously bordered with white hairs Flowers Banner with a white spot at | Banner with a green spot at the base of the blade. the base of the blade. Calyx and back of banner Calyx and back of banner with white or cinereous hairs. with golden or rusty hairs. Ovules 5-6 4-8 and seeds contrary, with plants of this species less than one-half the size of fruiting plants of T. Lindheimeri (as seen in Texas) fruiting abundantly in a habitat seemingly far better suited than Texas to profuse growth. The 3-9 (predominantly 5-7) leaflets of Tephrosia potosina are a very constant character. On some 90 plants examined in a colony near Monterrey (Moore & Wood 3618) no leaves bore more than 9 leaflets. In 7. Lindheimeri, however, the leaflet- number varies from 5 to 19, with 9-11 occurring most commonly. Although the indument of the leaflets has proved to be un- trustworthy in a number of species of Tephrosia, in this instance leaflet-pubescence shows perfect correlation in all of the available material with the leaflet-numbers given above. Within a single colony of Tephrosia Lindheimeri, plants with the upper surfaces of the leaflets evenly hirsutulous, or with the center of the leaflets glabrous, or grading from this to the restriction of the whitish hairs to a narrow submarginal zone are encountered. Although 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 327 several collections show some very nearly glabrous leaflets, there are always a few appressed whitish hairs near the margins of the leaflets, in addition to the conspicuous edging of antrorsely di- rected whitish hairs on the margins themselves. The leaflets of Tephrosia potosina, however, are always completely glabrous above and the marginal border of tawny to rusty hairs is incon- spicuous. In addition to the herbarium-material, mass collec- tions from 129 plants of T. Lindheimeri (Moore & Wood 3617) and 90 of 7’. potosina (Moore & Wood 3618) showed no exceptions. Further examination of fresh flowering material is desirable before much significance can be assigned to the color of the spot at the base of the banner. The color of hairs on calyx and back of the banner does, however, seem to be of diagnostic importance in these two species. 24. Tephrosia saxicola sp. nov. Planta perennis herbacea decumbens. es graciles basi sublignosi, 1-5 ongi, sparso-strigillosi. Folia 3-9 cm. longa; petioli (2-)5-17 mm longi; stipulae lineari-acuminatae istentes; foliola 9-19, angustato-elliptica oblonga vel lineari-oblonga, mucronata, (8-)10-23 mm longa, 3-6(-8) lata iacea, supra nitida, gla el nervus primarius strigillosus, subtus substrigillosa idis, pallida vel canescentia. Inflorescentiae te es ares, 3-20 mm. longae, laxae, ascendentes plerumque efoliatae; nodi e floriferi 5-20. Bracteae primariae lineari-lanceolatae vel subulatae, 4-8 mm. ngi. lyx campanu- latus, 4-5.5 mm. longus, strigillosus pilis aureis et cinereis; lobi deltoidei vel deltoideo-ovati, abrupte acuminati, lobi ——— -1.5 mm. longi, lobi i i us n m. mm. longo. Tubus : ngus; stamen vexillare tubo connatum, basi liberum Ovarium strigillosum, 6-9-ovulatum; stylus barbatus. Legumen immaturum 3m. longum, 5 mm. latum, raro-strigillosum pilis cinereis. Decumbent perennial herb, somewhat woody at the base; stems slender, 1-5 dm. long, clustered, much branched, monopodial, terete below, some- what angled above, striate. Stems, petioles, rachises and axes of inflores- cences thinly strigillose with whitish hairs. Leaves 3-9 cm. long, spread- ing or ascending, the petioles (2-)5-17 mm. long, mostly shorter than the lowermost leaflets, the rachis (0.5-)2.5-5.5 cm. long, both petiole and Tachis channeled on the upper side; stipules linear, acuminate, 10 mm. or less long, brown, persistent; leaflets of the principal leaves 9-19, narrowly elliptic to oblong or linear-oblong, (8-)10-23 mm. long, 3-6(-8) mm. wide, the base and apex acute to rounded; leaflets coriaceous, lustrous, glabrous or with a few short white hairs along the midrib and nearly lacking stomata 328 Rhodora [NovEMBER short branches from the axils of bracts, leafless or the lowermost node with a leaf, the peduncle 1-4 cm. long, the axis angular, the flowering nodes 5-20, rather evenly spaced; buds 3-4 at a node, 2-3 of these flower- ing. Primary bracts linear-lanceolate to subulate, 4-8 mm. long, brown and persistent, conspicuous; secondary bracts subulate, 2-4 mm. long, brown, persistent. Pedicels 4-9 mm. long, ascending, strigillose with golden or rusty hairs. Dried flowers 13-15 mm. long. Calyx campanu- late, 4-5.5 mm. long, strigillose with fine golden or rusty and cinereous hairs, the tube 2.5-3 mm. long, the lobes triangular to triangular-ovate, rather abruptly acuminate, the upper 1-1.5 mm. long, the lateral 2.5-3 mm. long, the lowermost 3 mm. long. Corolla “bright pink-lavender”, the banner with a conspicuous green area near the base; blade of the banner 11-13 mm. high, 13-14 mm. broad, strigillose on the back with fine silky golden hairs, the claw 3-4 mm. long; wings 13-15 mm. long, 4-5 mm. broad, auricled, the claw 2.5-3 mm. long; keel 13-14 mm. long, 6-7 mm. deep, the claw 3 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-11 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, with a prominent callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary strigillose, the style barbate; ovules 6-8. Mature fruit not seen, the immature legume ca. 3 cm. long, 5 mm. wide, slightly curved upward, thinly strigillose with cinereous hairs. Fic. 1, 1153. DisrripuTion. Known only from the type-locality. Map 19. SPECIMENS EXA\ : CO. Srvazoa: Caespitose, suffrutescent, spreading herb with bright pink-lavender flowers, open rocky slope with lower pines and oaks, 4500 ft. (1400 m.), o a Tamiapa, Dto. de MO, NY, UC) (see Gentry 1946 for map and exact location). Tephrosia saxicola is clearly distinguished by the 9-19 small, coriaceous leaflets, by the slender, often elongate inflorescences with persistent bracts, and by the deltoid to deltoid-ovate lobes of the calyx. The short, thin and tightly appressed pubescence also appears to be characteristic. This species is probably most closely related to T. Seemannii, but that poorly known species has very short inflorescences, narrowly triangular, subulate calyx- lobes and very much longer pubescence. 25. Tephrosia Seemannii (Britten & Bak. f.) K. Schum. _Cracca Seemanni Britten & Bak. f. Jour. Bot. 38: 16. 1900. “In woods, Sierra Madre”, (between Mazatlén and Durango or Durango and Tepie, in Sinaloa, Durango or Nayarit), Mexico, Seemann 2191, Nov. 184% Feb. 1850 (K, GH). Tephrosia Seemannii (Britten & Bak. f.) K. Schum. in Just, Bot. Jahresb. 28(1): 442. 1902. ; Herbaceous or suffruticose perennial from a slender crown; stems &P- 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 329 parently decumbent or erect, 1.5-4 dm. long, terete or somewhat angled above, striate, 1-2 mm. thick, slightly flexuous, often with short axillary branches 1.5-7 cm. long. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules, inflores- cences, pedicels and calyces sparsely to densely strigillose with fine white or gray hairs and sparsely to densely covered with coarser spreading hairs up to 2 mm. long. Principal leaves spreading, 2.2-5.5 cm. long, the petioles (1.5-)2-6 mm. long, shorter than the lowermost leaflets, the rachis 1.5-4 cm. long; stipules linear, long-acuminate to linear-subulate, 4-8 mm. long, brown and persistent; leaflets of the principal leaves 9-21, narrowly oblong-elliptic to lanceolate-oblong or oblong, the base usually obtuse or rounded, rarely narrowed, the apex acute, obtuse or rounded, rarely retuse, mucronate, tapering evenly or slightly broader below the middle, 7-15 mm. long, 2.5-5.5 mm. wide, those near the center of the leaf longest, the lowermost shortest; leaflets coriaceous, the margins usually ascending, 4-11 mm. long. Dried flowers ca. 13-15 mm. long. yx ca. 6 mm. long, the upper lobes subulate, ca. 2 mm. long, the lateral and lowermost narrowly triangular-subulate, ca. 4 mm. long. Corolla “purple” (Seemann), apparently with a green spot at the base of the ban- her within, brown when dry; blade of the banner ca. 11 mm. high, finely white-hairy on the back, the claw ca. 2 mm. long; wings ca. 14 mm. long, ca. 4mm. wide, the claw 2.5 mm. long; keel ca. 14 mm. long, exauriculate, the claw ca. 3.5 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-11 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the staminal tube, free at the base, thickened on the upper side near the base. Ovary strigillose or ascending-hirtellous with White hairs, the style barbate on the inner surface; ovules ca. 8. Very young legumes hirtellous with fine white or (along the sutures) rusty hairs; Mature legumes and seeds unknown. Distrisution, Mountains of southern Sinaloa and probably Nayarit, Mexico, p 19 SPECIMENS EXAMINED, MEXICO. St1naoa, Duranco or Nayarir: In woods, Sierra Madre, (between the cities of Mazatl4n and Durango or 330 Rhodora [NovEMBER Durango and Tepic), Seemann 2191, Nov. 1849-Feb. 1850 (GH, K). Srnatoa: Sierra de Chabarria, J. G. Ortega 4049, 1921 (US) This little-known species was thought by Seemann to be re- lated to Tephrosia virginiana, a supposition in which he was followed by Britten and Baker and by Rydberg. It appears, however, that the real affinities of 7. Seemannii are with T. Pringlei of central Oaxaca and T. saxicola of central Sinaloa; the resemblance to T. virginiana is superficial only. Tephrosia Seemannii strongly resembles 7’. Pringlei in the number, size and shape of the leaflets, which are finely hairy above and densely white-hairy beneath, but rather more coriaceous in the former species. The persistent bracts are also similar and floral meas- urements overlap. The two are clearly different, however, in the venation of the leaflets, in the distribution of stomata and in several other tendencies as indicated below. Until more material is available little dependence can be placed upon floral characters. T. Seemannii T. Pringlet Stems 1.54 dm. long. 1.2-5 dm. long. Stipules Linear, long-acuminate, to Linear, acute or acuminate. linear-subulate. . Leaflets 9-21, narrowly oblong-elliptic 9-25, obovate, obovate to lanceolate-oblong or oblong, cuneate, narrowly cuneate or tapering evenly or slightly elliptic, ‘usually br broades wider below the middle. above the Parallel lateral veins inco Parallel sama veins con- spicuous, the areo eoles between spicuous, the areoles pede vices the lateral veins nearly is the lateral veins distinct elongate. Upper epidermis without Upper epidermis with stomata. stomata. Nodes of the 2-7 3-12 inflorescence 26. Tephrosia Pringlei (Rose) Macbr. Cracca ab gi Rose, Bot. Gaz. 40: 143. 1905. Gravelly slopes under oaks, hills of Las Sedas, Dist. on Oaxaca, Mexico, C. G. Pringle 674, 22 July 1897 (US 42396-Type; C AS, GH, MEXU, NY, PH, UC, TB). Tephrosia Pringlei (Rose) Macbr. Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 4: 87. 1925. Much-branched ai perennial from a slender branching woody crown and heavy woody root; stems many, 1-2.5 dm. long, apparently erect or somewhat pai en terete or somewhat angled, striate. Stems, 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 331 petioles, rachises, petiolules and axes of inflorescences moderately hirtellous to hirsutulous or strigillose to strigose with fine cinereous or brownish hairs. Principal leaves 2.5-6.5 cm. long, the petioles 2-8(-9) mm. long, the rachis 1.8—-5 cm. long, stipules linear, acute or acuminate, 5-10 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. or less wide, persistent, brown; leaflets of the principal leaves 9-25, obovate, obovate-cuneate, narrowly cuneate or elliptic, usu- ally broadest above the middle, usually narrowed toward the base, the apex obtuse, rounded or retuse, mucronate, 5-15 mm. long, 2-5.5(-7) mm. wide, those of a leaf rather uniform in size, light green, firm, veiny on the upper side, the parallel lateral veins evident, the smaller veinlets forming elongate areoles between, the upper epidermis with stomata; upper sur- faces of the leaflets nearly glabrous to sparsely to densely covered with fine cinereous hairs, at least the midrib with a few hairs, appearing silvery and silky or somewhat woolly below, the lower surfaces densely strigillose and strigose to hirsutulous with cinereous hairs. Inflorescences terminal (or oceasionally 1-3 additional short inflorescences axillary), usually compact, 1.5-12 em. long, few-flowered, leafless or one node with a leaf, the peduncle up to 5 cm. long, the flowering nodes 3-12; buds 3-5 at a node, 2 or 3 flowering, 1 or 2 fruiting. Primary bracts linear to linear- lanceolate, acuminate, 3-7 mm. long, persistent, brown; secondary bracts 2-4 mm. long, linear, persistent. Pedicels slender, 6-12 mm. long in flower, 10-16 mm. long in fruit, ascending. Dried flowers 14-20 mm. long. Calyx and pedicels usually doubly pubescent, hirtellous to strigil- lose and hirsutulous to short-strigose with cinereous or brownish hairs. Calyx 6-10 mm. long, the tube 2-3 mm. long, the upper lobes long- acuminate (2.5-)3.5-6 mm. long, the lateral and lowermost lanceolate, long-acuminate, 4-7 mm. long, usually nearly equal in length. Corolla in dried specimens purple to brown, the banner with a conspicuous yellowish- green spot near the base; blade of the banner suborbicular, 11-15 mm. high, 12-15 mm. wide, covered on the back with fine golden and white hairs, the claw 2-3 mm. long; wings 13-16 mm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, the claw 2-3 mm. long, not conspicuously auricled, but rounded at the base on the upper side and folded, thus appearing auriculate; keel semilunate, ca. 15 mm. long, exauriculate, the claw 2.5-3 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-12 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, thickened but not conspicuously so on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose or hirtellous with white or (along the margins) l irs. Partially mature pod 4 mm. long, 6-6.5 mm. wide, the upper side slightly curved downward, tipped by the persistent style-base which curves downward, compressed, hirtellous with brown and white hairs; seeds 6-8, the mature seeds unknown. Flowering collections late June and July. ML EIBUTION. Oak woods, 2000-2300 m., central Oaxaca, Mexico. ap 19. Specimens EXAMINED. MEXICO. Oaxaca: San Fo. Huiso, 7000 ft., Galeotti 3458, June 1849 (US, NY); gravelly slopes under oaks, hills of Las Sedas, Dist. Etla, Pringle 6741, 22 July 1897 (CAS, GH, MEXU, NY, 332 Rhodora [NoVEMBER PH, UC, US); La Carbonera, 2200 m., Dist. Etla, Conzatti 4019, 28 June 1920 (MEXU); Rancho Nopalera, Camino Montelobos, Dist. Nochixtlan, 2000 m., Conzatti 1868, 22 June 1907 (NY, US); Cerro de Nueve Puntas, Matatlin, Dist. Tlacolula, 2500 m., Conzatti & Vazquez 1495, 19-28 June 1906 (MEXU, NY, US); Cuatro Venados, Dist. Zimatlén, 7500 ft., L. C. Smith 61, 27 June 1894 (GH, US). 27. Tephrosia nicaraguensis Oerst. ex Benth. & Oerst. Tephrosia nicaraguensis Oerst. ex Benth. & Oerst. Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1853: 6. 1854. Savannas between Granada and Masaya Nicaragua, presumably Oersted 4622, Dec. 1847 (F, US). Cracca nicaraguensis (Oerst. ex Benth. & Oerst.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. Tephrosia talpa 8. Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 22: 405. 1887. “Rio Blanco, on hillsides under pines, growing in clumps,” (about 10 mi. west by north of Guadalajara), Jalisco, Mexico, Edward Palmer 161, July 1886 (GH-Type; MEXU, NY, US). Cracca talpa (S. Wats.) Rose, Bot. Gaz. 40: 143. 1905. Erect perennial or suffrutescent herb 2-5(-10?) dm. high; stems many from a heavy woody crown and thick waody root, monopodial. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules and axes of the inflorescences densely hirtel- lous or hirsutulous (or both) with cinereous or tawny hairs, appearing velvety or woolly. Leaves ascending or spreading, (8-)12-24 em. long, the leaflets often drooping, the petioles (11-)23-57 mm. long, longer oF shorter than the lowermost leaflets, the rachises (5-)7-16 cm. long; stipules linear, acuminate, 6-17 mm. long, 1 or rarely 1.5 mm. or less wide, persistent, becoming brown; leaflets of the principal leaves 9-21, narrowly oblong to oblong to elliptic, (11-)16-50(-60) mm. long, (7-)8-17(-19) mm. wide, (1.5-)2-4 times as long as broad, the lowermost leaflets shortest, the apex of leaflets obtuse, rounded or retuse, short-mucronate, the base obtuse (often narrower than the apex, rarely acute); leaflets thickish, dull, densely soft-hirtellous with fine cinereous hairs, often appearing velutinous oF canescent above, conspicuously reticulate between the lateral veins below with the areoles nearly isodiametric, hirsutulous, especially along the mid- rib and parallel lateral veins which are conspicuously outlined with whitish or tawny hairs, often appearing somewhat woolly or silky; peti- bearing 5-ca. 25 flowering nodes which are buttressed below; buds fine at a node, 4 or more flowering, 1-3 fruiting. Primary bracts linear, 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 333 mm. long, the lateral deltoid or narrowly so, short-acuminate, (1.5-)2.5-3 mm. long, the lowermost lanceolate, acuminate, (1.5-)4-5 mm. long. Banner white becoming pink with age, the wings and keel apparently rose-pink or the keel paler, the corolla usually brown when dry; blade of the banner suborbicular to obovate, 14-17 mm. high, 13-18 mm. wide, densely covered with fine silky hairs on the back, the claw 2.5-4 mm. long; wings 15-18 mm. long, 3-5.5 mm. wide, auricled, the claw ca. 3 mm. long; keel 15-17 mm. long, with or without an auricle, the claw 3 mm. long. Staminal tube 11-13 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, with a conspicuous 2-lobed thickening on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely silky- to woolly-hirsutulous. Legume nearly straight or slightly curved downward and often narrowe near the base, 3-6 em. long, 5-6.5 mm. wide, densely hirsutulous with cinereous to rusty hairs (about 1-1.5 mm. long), the hairs often matted, woolly or furry in appearance; seeds 4-8, brown variegated with black, nearly orbicular or subquadrate in outline, 3.6-3.8 mm. in diameter, laterally compressed. Distrisution. Well-drained rocky soils in open oak and pine woods, 1750 m., from southern Sonora and southwestern Chihuahua to Chiapas and Oaxaca, in Mexico, and to Guatemala, Honduras, El Salvador and Nicaragua. Map 3. Sierra Canelo, Rio Mayo, Gentry 2527 (A, F, MO); oak savanna, Batopi- lillas, Rio Mayo, Gentry 2613 (A, F, MO) (see Gentry 1942 for map). las, Ixtagua, San Ignacio, 440 m., Montes & Salazar 449 (US); Ixtagua, San Ignacio, Ortega 484 (MEXU); Cerro Colorado [ca. 30 m1. Mesa Malqueson, Cerro Colorado, 2500 ft., Gentry 5176 (DS, GH, MO, NY, UC); Cofradia [east of Culiacdn], Brandegee, 21 Oct. 1904 (UC, US). slope 35 km. south of Durango, Hernandez X. X2584 (GH). GUANA- JuaTo: Oak zone, Dolores Hidalgo to Guanajuato, Kenoyer 2116 (GH). Qurréraro: Hacienda [del] Ciervo, between San Juan del Rio and Cadereyta, Rose, Painter & Rose 9694 (GH, MEXU, NY, US). Jatisco: 974 (GH, MO, NY, US), 4396 (MO, NY, PH, UC, US); barranca of Rfo with rocky volcanic outcrops near top of hill ca. 4-5 km. beyond Tequila on road to Tepic, 4500 ft., Moore & Wood 4830 (GH, UC, Bailey Hor- torium); rocky mountain slopes with open oak woods near Arenal on highway from Guadalajara to Tequila, 5300 ft., Moore & Wood 4834 334 Rhodora [NovEMBER (GH, UC, Bailey Hortorium). México: Prairie, Voledn, Dist. Temascal- tepec, 1410 m., Hinton 1278 (GH, MEXU, NY, US). Moretos: Woods near El Rodeo, Clausen 6059 (DS, MEXU). Guerrero: Clay soil, Valle Grande, Mont de San Cristobal (apparently in Dist. Montes de Oca), Langlassé 324 (GH, US). Oaxaca: Holway 3679 (GH); Oaxaca, 1750 m., Conzatti & Gonzalez 39 (MO, US); Natividad Road, n.e. of Oaxaca, Kenoyer 1567 (GH); valley of Oaxaca, 5500-7500 ft., Nelson 1456 (US); San Felipe and Monte Albano, Rose & Hough 4577 (US, NY-photo); San Benito, near Apango, 500 m., Reko 3619 (US); Talea (Chinantla), Galeotti 3466 (GH, NY, UC, US); Faldas del Fortin, 1600 m., Dist. del Centro, Conzatti 3578 (MEXU); Ferrenos de Xochimilco, 1560 m., Dist. del Centro, Conzatti 3645 (MEXU). Veracruz: Region of Orizaba, Borrego, Bourgeau 2797 (part) (US). Cutapas: Chicomuselo, 800 m., Matuda 4425 (A, MO, NY); Hacienda Monserrate, Purpus 9143 (F, MO, US); rocky mountain slope east of Hacienda Monserrate, Purpus 10092 (NY, UC, US), Clausen & Cervantes 6101 (DS, MEXU). GUATEMALA. Cuiquimuza: Grassy slope of Mount Tejés, ae village of Sasmo, ca. 1 mi. n.w. of Chiquimula, 420-520 m., Steyermar forest, low mountains west of Jutiapa, 900 m., Standley 60565 (F). Za- capa: Rocky, dry hills between Monte Grande and Santa Rosalfa, 300- 1200 m., Steyermark 42191 (F). A HONDURAS. Ez Paraiso: Dry rocky hillsides ca. 5 km. east of Ojo de Agua, 760 m., Williams & Molina 10485 (UC). EL SALVADOR. Sanra Ana: Fondo del Cerro de la Olla, near Chal- cuapa, Calderén 1009 (NY, US). NICARAGUA. Between Granada and Masaya, Oersted 4622 (F, US). Although Tephrosia nicaraguensis and T. talpa have previously been recognized as separate species, the differences have been mainly political, specimens from Guatemala southward being referred to the former and those from Mexico to the latter name. The type-collections correspond in all particulars, however, 42 clearly represent the same species. Rydberg apparently did not see authentic material of T. nicaraguensis, so that the differences given by him (1923) seem to have come solely from the original incomplete descriptions of the two species. In spite of the broad range of this plant no geographical variations are evident. 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 335 28. Tephrosia submontana (Rose) Riley Cracca submontana Rose, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 8: 46. 1903. Between Pedro Paulo and San Blascito, Nayarit, Mexico, J. N. Rose 3336, 4 Aug. 1897 (US 302312-Type; GH, MEXU; NY-photograph). Tephrosia submontana (Rose) Riley, Kew Bull. 1923: 341. 1923. Erect herbaceous to shrubby perennial ca. 1 m. high. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules, and axes of the inflorescences densely strigillose or hirtellous with rusty-brown hairs, velutinous or silky. Leaves 9-22 cm. long, the petioles 6-25 mm. long, shorter than the lowermost leaflets, the rachis 5-14 cm. long; stipules linear, acute or acuminate, 5-15 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, persistent but often broken in herbarium-specimens; leaf- lets (11-)13-17, lanceolate, lance-oblong, or linear-oblong, the base rounded or obtuse, the apex acute, cuspidate, 2-6 em. long, (5.5-)8-15 mm. wide, somewhat coriaceous, green, shining, minutely pubescent with hairs 0.1-0.2 mm. long above, the veins conspicuous, densely strigillose to strigose beneath with fine golden or silvery shining hairs, silky in ap- pearance; petiolules 1.5-4 mm. long, slender. Inflorescences several, terminal and axillary, 7-35 cm. long, the peduncle 3-8 cm. long, the ter- minal inflorescence with 1 or 2 branches, leafless, erect, usually lax, many- flowered, the flowering nodes 540; buds 5-8 at a node, 3-6 of these flowering, 1 or 2 fruiting. Primary bracts lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, 10 mm. or less long, deciduous; secondary bracts linear-lanceolate or linear, 2-4 mm. long, deciduous. Pedicels ascending, 5-8 mm. long, rusty- strigillose or hirtellous. Dried flowers 20-30 mm. long. Calyx 6-7.5 mm. long, strigillose or hirtellous with rusty hairs, the tube ca. 4 mm. long, the lobes triangular to ovate and short-acuminate, the upper 1-1.5 mm. long, the lateral 3.5-4 mm. long, the lowermost 4 mm. long. Corolla of dried specimens purple to brown; blade of the banner suborbicular, 22-25 mm. high, 20-22 mm. broad, densely golden-strigillose on the back, the claw ca. 3 mm. long; wings ca. 28 mm. long, 6 mm. wide, auricled, the claw 4 mm. long; keel ca. 25-27 mm. long 7-10 mm. deep, auricled, the claw 4mm. long. Staminal tube 19-21 mm. long, the vexillary stamen free at the base, with a conspicuous callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose to short-strigose. Legumes nearly straight, somewhat narrowed and curved near the base, spreading, 7-10 cm. long, 5-7 mm. wide, densely hirsutulous with rusty-brown hairs, usually ap- Pearing finely velutinous; seeds 13-17, the mature seeds not seen. ISTRIBUTION. Presumably in oak woodland, apparently primarily at agen low altitudes (600-700 m.), Sinaloa and Nayarit, Mexico. ap 18, SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Srnazoa: “Western Mexico”, Seemann (GH) (probably Tephrosia leucantha of Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald. 280. 1856, not HBK., from Cerro de Pinal, Sinaloa, according to Riley, Kew Bull 1923: 341. 1923) : Picachos, Municipalidad Rosario, Ortega 7189 (CAS, ¥; MEXU, US); Cordén de las Trompetas, Ixtagua, Ignacio, m., Montes & Salazar 489, 17 Aug. 1918 (US); Falda del C[erro] del 336 Rhodora [NovEMBER Perico, San Ignacio, 620 m., Montes & Salazar 539, 2 Sept. 1918 (US); Cerro del Perico, 620 m., El Limén, San Ignacio, Ortega 394 (MEXU). Nayarit: Between Pedro Paulo and San Blascito, Rose 3336, 4 Aug. 1897 (GH, MEXU, US; NY-photo); between Aguacata and Dolores, Rose, 6 Aug. 1897 (US). 29. Tephrosia nitens Benth. ex Seem. Tephrosia nitens Benth. ex Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald 107. 1853. Island of Taboga, Bay of Panama, Panama, Seemann (F-, NY-photograph of Seemann 1036 at K). Cracca nitens (Benth. ex Seem.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. Tephrosia nitens var. lanata Micheli in Dur. & Pitt. Bull. Bot. Soe. Belg. 30(1): 286. 1891. Cotypes collected in Costa Rica, “Terraba,” Pittier 3809, Feb. 1891 and “‘savanes de Buenos Aires,” Pittier 3822 (F-fragment of $809 ex Herb. Berol.; F-, GH-photograph of 3809 in Herb. Berol.; US-2 sheets of Tonduz 3809, “savanes des monts de Terraba,” Feb. 1891, which may represent the same collection). Tephrosia albida Brandeg. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 10: 406. 1924. Rocks along the road from Tuxtla Gutierrez to Jaliseo, Chiapas, Mexico, C. A. Purpus 9136, Sept. 1923 (UC 220439-Type). Erect herb from a woody crown, or a sparsely-branched shrub 3 m. high. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules and pedicels densely short-strigose to strigose or spreading-hirsute or villous with fine soft cinereous to tawny up to 3 mm. long, appearing somewhat lanate. Leaves 2-15 em. long, the petiole 2-5 mm. long, the rachis 1-6.5 em. long, sometimes 2.5 mm. broad, deeply channeled on the upper side; stipules lanceolate to broadly ovate, acuminate, 6-12 mm. long, 2-6 mm. wide, sometimes persistent; leaflets of the principal leaves (1—)5-13, oblong-cuneate to oblanceolate or linear-oblong, rarely somewhat elliptic, the apex rounded, veinlets between the main lateral veins running more or less el, forming elongate areoles between; petiolules 2-3 mm. long. Inflores- cences and axillary, ascending or erect, usually exceeding the leaves, the principal inflorescence terminal, 5-50 cm. long, the peduncle 3-7 cm. long, the uppermost 1-5 leaves sometimes with axillary flowers; orescences slender, 5-25 cm. long; flowering nodes 5-ca. 99; buds 5~7 at a node, 4-5 flowering, 1-2 fruiting. Primary bracts lanceolate to ovate, acuminate, 5-13 mm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, deciduous; secondary flowers 15-20 mm. long. Calyx 6-8 mm. long, densely hairy with ee to spreading white hairs up to 3 mm. long, the upper lobes deltoi pressed subulate, 2-5 mm. long, the lateral deltoid-acuminate or lance-subulate, 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 337 4-5 mm. long, the lowermost lanceolate-acuminate, 4-7 mm. long. Corolla rose or white, the banner with a greenish spot at the base; blade of the banner orbicular to subquadrate, 12-17 mm. high, 13-17 mm. wide, densely silky-hairy on the back, the claw 2-3 mm. long; wings oblong, 15-19 mm. long, 4-5 mm. wide, with or without an auricle, the claw 2.5-3 mm. long; keel 14-18 mm. long, slightly or not at all auricled, the claw 3-4 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-15 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, with a prominent thickening on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose or hirtellous with fine hairs. Legume (3.5-)4-6 cm. long, 4.5-5.5 mm. wide, usually slightly curved downward along its entire length, the tip often contracted evenly into the persistent style-base, legumes strongly ascending, hirtellous to strigillose with very fine white or tawny hairs; seeds 9-13, broadly oval in outline, light brown variegated with black, 3-3.4 mm. long, 2.4-2.8 mm. wide. Somatic chromosomes 22. DistrisuTion. Rocky ground, savannas and pinelands from sea level to 800 m., from Veracruz and Guerrero, Mexico, southward to Honduras, Costa Rica and Taboga Island in the Bay of Panama; Brazil; reported from Venezuela and Colombia. Map 18. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Guerrero: La Botella, 500 m., (Dist. Galeana or Montes de Oca), Langlassé 670 (GH, US); Plan de Carrizo, Dist. Galeana, 800 m., Hinton 11087 (GH); Acapulco, Hinds, 1842 (GH). Oaxaca: Mell 2279 (NY); Almoloya, 100-250 m., Williams 9839 (F); Chivela, Mell 41 (NY, US), Orcutt 3301 (GH, US). Veracruz: Without definite locality, Orcutt 3301 (F). Cutapas: Sabafia Palenque, Matuda 3758 (A, F, NY); ridge back of Tonala, 1200-2500 ft., Nelson 2880 (NY, US); road from Tuxtla Gutierrez to Jalisco, Purpus 9136 (UC). BRITISH HONDURAS. Betize: Near Manatee, Gentle 3413 (A, MO, NY, US); Baker’s Pine Ridge, Lundell 6995 (F, NY). Eu Cayo: Mountain Pine Ridge, Bartlett 11608 (NY); near Jenkins Creek, north of Monkey River, Toledo Dist., Gentle 4064 (GH); pine ridge near Manatee Lagoon, Peck 268 (GH). GUATEMALA. Curqumuta: Road between Jocotén and Chiqui- mula, 600 m., Steyermark 31747 (F). HONDURAS. Corrés: San Pedro Sula, Thiéme, Feb. 1887 (US). COSTA RICA. Carraco: San Rafael, Pittier 6991 (US). Punta- RENAS: Buenos Aires, Cantén de Osa, 480 m., Valerio 861 (F); Boruca, Tonduz 4491 (US); Rio Ceiba, 250 m., Tonduz 4991 (US); monts de Terraba, 260 m., Tonduz 3809 (US); Terraba, Pittier, Feb. 1891 (F-frag- ment; F-, GH-photo); El General, 700 m., Pittier 12023 (US). San José?: El General, 825 m., Skutch 2471, 2472 (A, MO, NY, US). AN . Panami: Taboga Island, Bay of Panama: Seemann 1086 (F-, NY-photograph); Standley 27999 (US); 0-250 m., Pittier 3571 (NY, US); 300 m., Killip 3174 (US); Machride 2830 (F, US); up to 300 m., Allen 110 (GH, MO); 0-350 m., Allen 1276 (GH, MO, US). BRAZIL. Tropical Brazil, Burchell 9231 (GH). 338 Rhodora [NovVEMBER The two segregates from Tephrosia nitens represent normal variations of this well-marked species. The plant described as T. nitens var. lanata Micheli has 9 or 11 leaflets and blackish, lanate pubescence. The leaflet-number of the typical form of the species varies from 5 to 13, largely with the size of the plant, and the black color of the pubescence seems to be due to the pro- gressive soiling of the long, fine hairs which often twist together late in the season. Tephrosia albida Brandegee was said to differ in the length of the pedicels and in the “form and color of the corolla, “which, according to Brandegee, is ‘“‘pallide purpurea,” thus hardly con- trasting significantly with the ‘fine rose-colour” described by Bentham. The type-specimen is well within the ordinary range of variation of T. nitens which seems to have been otherwise unrepresented in Brandegee’s herbarium. 30. Tephrosia hypoleuca Riley Tephrosia hypoleuca Riley, Kew Bull. 1923: 339. 1923, not Cracca hypo- leuca (Boiss.) Alef. 1861, or C. hypoleuca Rydb. 1923. “Sierra Madre,” Sinaloa, Durango or Nayarit, between the cities of Mazatlén and Du- rango or Durango and Tepic), Mexico, Seemann 2192, Nov. 1849-Feb. 1850 (K-Type). Erect perennial, the base and roots unknown; stems sulcate, 3 mm. in diameter 3 dm. below the apex, monopodial. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules and pedicels densely strigillose to ascending-hirtellous with fine white or somewhat rusty hairs. Leaves 3.5-9.5 cm. long, the petioles 2-15 mm. long, the rachises 0-1.5 em. long, deeply channeled on the upper side; stipules deciduous or easily broken; leaflets of the principal leaves 3-7, oblanceolate, acute or obtuse, a few slightly retuse, mucronulate, princl- pally 2-7.5 em. long, (5-)7-19 mm. wide, the terminal leaflet the largest; 5-10; buds ca. 5 or 6 at a node, 3-5 flowering. Primary bracts lanceolate, acuminate, 7-13 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, apparently deciduous, densely hirtellous; secondary bracts linear-lanceolate, up to 10 mm. long. Pedicels 5-11 mm. long, ascending, thickening to 1 mm. in fruit. Dried flowers 25-30 mm. long. Calyx campanulate, 8-9 mm. long, densely strigillose to ascending-hirtellous with fine white or (along the margins) rusty hairs, the upper lobes deltoid-acuminate, ca. 4 mm. long, the lateral and lower- most with deltoid bases, subulate, 6-7 mm. long. Corolla in dried spec men brownish with a tinge of lavender, the banner apparently with 8 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 339 green spot near the base; banner 33 mm. long, the blade nearly orbicular, 28 mm. wide, emarginate at the apex, tapering into a narrow claw, densely appressed-hirtellous with golden hairs on the back; wings 29 mm. long, 14 wide, the base of the blade truncate, not auricled, gore slender claw 4 mm. long: keel scimitar-shaped, 29 mm. long, 11 mm. wide, the apex rounded, the base narrowed into a slender claw ca. 5 mm. long, exauricu- late. Staminal tube 20 mm. long, the vexillary stamen apparently co- herent with the tube, free at the base, with a ce ea carotene projection on the upper side near the base. Ovary 20 mm. long, a pressed-hirtellous, the style 12 mm. long, barbate on the inner sid. hairs, the overall effect rusty; seeds 12-13, the mature seeds unk Distripution. Southern Sinaloa and probably adjacent Nayarit, Mexico SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Sinatoa: Quebrada, Municipali- dad Concordia, 1500 m., M. P. Dehesa 1559, Sept. 1919 (K, US), Ortega 287 (MEXU). SINALOA, DuRANGO or Nayanir: Sierra Madre, Seemann 2192 (K). Although poorly known, Tephrosia hypoleuca is a handsome, distinctive species with 3-7 oblanceolate, coriaceous leaflets, large flowers and deltoid calyx-lobes. It should not be confused with Cracca hypoleuca Rydb. (1923), based on Indigofera Per- riniana Spreng. (1821). The latter plant is a Tephrosia of the glabrous-styled series and seems to represent, moreover, only a casual introduction of the African species, *7’. linearis (Willd.) Pers., into the West Indies, where it has not been recollected. 31. Tephrosia vernicosa sp. nov. Planta cage herbacea vel suffruticosa, 3-5 dm. alta. Folia 4-9 ¢ eo petioli (2-)5-10 mm. longi; stipulae ae lineari i-acuminatae deciduae, 8-10 bastra circa 5 per nodum. Bract atae, acum inatae, 8-11 mm. longae, 1.5 mm . latae, deciduae. pedicel 3m mm. gO densissime L illosi. Calyx circa 12 mm. longus densiss age vel villogus Pilis cinereis vel ferruginosis; lobi satura et lobus cap te nf he Berrie abrupte acuminati, attenuati; lobi superiores 6-7 mm. longi, lobi ‘laterales 7-8 , lon. = staminalis circa 13 mm. longus; stamen vexillare tubo connatum, basi liberum. Ovarium dense strigosum; ovulae 7; stylus Sexist Legumen seeasaee incogni 340 Rhodora [NovEMBER Erect herbaceous or suffruticose perennial, 3-5 dm. high, from a woody crown and root; stems terete below, somewhat ridged and sulcate above. Stems, petioles, " rachises and axes of inflorescences densely —— and with longer ascending cinereous and/or tawny hairs. Leaves 4-9 cm. long, the petioles (2-)5-10 mm. long, much shorter than rity lomeeaal leaflets, the rachis 1-2.5 cm. long; stipules linear, acuminate, deciduous or easily broken, 8-10 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide; leaflets of the principal leaves 5-9, narrowly lanceolate, tapering to both ends or slightly oblan- ceolate, the base acute or cuneate, usually narrower than the acute apex, mucronate, the upper leaflets (23--)35-62 mm. long, (7-)9-14 mm. wide, (3-)4-5 times as long as broad, the basal pairs 20-42 mm. long, 6-10 mm. wide, 3—4 times as long as broad; leaflets thin but rigid, shining as though varnished, glabrous except the short-strigose impressed midrib, at length glabrate above econ strigillose below with lustrous cinereous or (along the midrib y hairs; petiolules 1-1.5 mm. long. Inflorescences princi- pally Seiad hn compact, almost capitate, 2-3 cm. long, the peduncle 5-7 mm. long, the flowering nodes crowded, probably 6-8, short poorly- developed axillary inflorescences 1-3 cm. long sometimes present in the lanceolate, long-acuminate, 8-11 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, deciduous; secondary bracts linear-attenuate, ca. 6-8 mm. long. Pedicels ca. 8 mm long, ascending. Dried flower 18 mm. long. Pedicels, calyx and bracts very densely hirsute to villous with soft cinereous or (near the ends of the calyx lobes) rusty hairs. Calyx ca. 12 mm. long, the lateral and lower- most lobes deticéd-ovato at the t base, abruptly narrowed and long-attenu- ate, the upper lobes 6-7 mm. long, the lateral and lowermost 7-8 mm long, ca. 2.56 mm. broad at the base. Corolla color unknown pinkish- brown i in dried specimen; blade of the banner suborbicular, 15-16 mm. seeds unknown. Fic. 4, Puate 1 DIsTRIBUTION. = only aaa the type-locality. Map 16. PECIMENS EXAMINED, MEXIC urrRERo: “Shrub, 30 em., local, pine forest,” Laguna— ened 1950 m. , Dist. Mina, G. B. Hinton 9950, 3 Dec. 1936 (NY-Type; GH, UC). Although it is known from only a single collection, Tephrosia vernicosa is so completely distinct that it is not likely to be con- fused with any other American species. The 5-9 lanceolate leaflets tapering to both ends, the upper surfaces shining as though varnished and the lower surfaces densely strigillose, the 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 341 much-condensed, congested inflorescences, and the characteristic hirsute or villous calyx with attenuate lobes 6-8 mm. long im- mediately differentiate it. The legume and seeds are unknown, but the few ovules (7 in the single ovary available for dissection) indicate that additional diagnostic characters may perhaps be found there. The calyx and congested inflorescences suggest Tephrosia pogonocalyx, another new species also known only from a single collection, but the vegetative characters of that plant are quite different. The leaflets in shape and number approach most nearly T. hypoleuca of Sinaloa but the resemblance is otherwise not very striking, the flowers being very dissimilar. The Sierra Madre of Guerrero south of the Rfo Balsas, from which this new species comes, seems to have been almost un- touched except for the collections made by Langlassé, Nelson and Hinton. Nevertheless, eleven species of Tephrosia are al- ready known from this area which shares with northern Guerrero, adjacent Morelos and México a total of 17 species, indicating that this region is one of the important centers of diversification of the genus. 32. Tephrosia pogonocalyx sp. nov. Pola pragupun £-15.3.cm, longa, pil 1? mm ong pulse dene foliola foliorum praecipuorum 5-13, elliptica vel angustato-elliptica, basi et apice rotundata vel acuta, 22-43 mm. longa, Pi mm. lata, tenuia, supra : : : bar _ pilis . . attenuati, 5-7 mm. longi; lobi laterales lanceolati acuminati attenuati, 6-7 mm. longi; lobus infimus 7-9 mm. longus; bracteolae 1 vel 2, lineari-setaceae, circa ongae, hirsutae vel hirsutulae. Corolla roseo-purpurea (?); vexillum basi mac , lamina suborbicularis, 15 alta, 16 lata, hirsutula; alae 16-17 . latae, tae, ungu — longo; carina 17 mm longa, ungu mm. longo. Tubus staminalis sara. longus; stamen vexillare tubo connatum, basi liberum. arium Erect herbaceous(?) perennial, 1 m. high; stems nearly terete or some- What angular, striate. Stems, petioles, rachises and axes of inflorescences densely hirtellous to hirsutulous with tawny or cinereous sprea Principal leaves 7-13.5 cm. long, much reduced in size at the inflorescence, 342 Rhodora | [NovEMBER 2-7 cm. long, the petioles 1-17 mm. long, the rachis 3-9.5 cm. long; stipules deciduous; leaflets of the principal leaves 5-13, elliptic or narrowly so, the base and apex either rounded or acute, the apex mucronate, 22-43 mm. long, 11-18 mm. wide, 2-3 times as long as broad, the leaflets of the uppermost leaves (subtending axillary inflorescences) (5—)9-35 mm. long, (2-)5-10 mm. wide, 2-3 times as long as broad; leaflets thin, evenly hir- tellous or hirsutulous above with short tawny hairs, moderately hirsu- tulous below with ascending cinereous hairs, the veins conspicuous on both surfaces; petiolules 1-2 mm. long. Inflorescence “‘paniculate’”’, composed of a crowded terminal inflorescence with 3-4 short branches 2-3 em. long from the axils of the upper leaves, the axillary inflorescences reduced in size upward, the longest ca. 13 cm., the flowering portion of the plant ca. 25 cm. long, the flowering nodes 3-15 per branch of the inflorescence, crowded; buds 4-5 at anode. Primary bracts very narrow, almost subu- late, attenuate, 6-11 mm. long, deciduous. Pedicels ca. 8 mm. long, i Dried flowers ca. 20 mm. long. Bracts, pedicels, calyx and bracteoles densely hirsute or hirsutulous with spreading rusty or tawny airs. Calyx campanulate, 10-12 mm. long, with 1 or 2 linear-setaceous bracteoles ca. 5 mm. long at the base or on the pedicel, the upper lobes of the calyx deltoid, attenuate, 5-7 mm. long, the lateral and lowermost lanceolate, long-acuminate, attenuate, 6-7 mm. long and 7-9 mm. long, respectively. Corolla apparently rose-purple with a green spot at the base of the blade of the banner; blade of the banner subquadrate or sub- orbicular, 15 mm. high, 16 mm. broad, hirsutulous with rusty hairs on the back, with a broad claw 4 mm. long; wings 16-17 mm. long, ca. 6 mm. wide, auriculate, the claw 3-4 mm. long; keel 17 mm. long, 7-8 mm. deep, slightly auriculate, the claw 3-4 mm. long. Staminal tube 13-14 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, with a callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigose, the style barbate; ovules 9. Very immature legume hirsute with tawny hairs, the mature legume and seeds unknown. Fic. 3, Pate 1153. Disrripution. Known only from the type-localitv. Map 21. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. México: “One meter high,” oak woods, Nanchititla, Dist. Temascaltepec, G. B. Hinton 3101, 6 Jan. 1933 (GH-Type; NY). The densely hirsute calyces brought close together in the rather congested inflorescences suggest Tephrosia vernicosa, but this plant is abundantly distinct from that species in its 5-13 mem- branous, elliptic or narrowly elliptic leaflets and in the presence of bracteoles on pedicels or calyces. Although the single collection leaves much to be desired, this species is so clearly marked by calyces, leaflets, deciduous bracts, crowded inflorescences, and bracteoles that I do not hesitate to describe it. 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 343 33. Tephrosia belizensis Lundell Tephrosia chrysophylla Mart. & Gal. Bull. Acad. Brux. 10(2): 49. 1843, not Pursh, 1814. “On trouve cette Tephrosie dans les savanes a mal- pighiacées de Zacuapan et de Mirador, & 3000 pieds,’’! Veracruz, Mexico, H. Galeotti 3326 (F-leaflet of isotype ex Herb. Mus. Paris.). Tephrosia belizensis Lundell, Bull. Torr. Club. 64: 550. 1937. Open rocky bank of Rfo Frio near San Agustin, Mountain Pine Ridge, El Cayo Dist., British Honduras, C. L. Lundell 6662, 29 July 1936 (NY, US). Slender erect herbaceous or suffrutescent perennial 0.4-2 m. high. Stems, petioles, rachises and axes of the inflorescences strigillose to hirtel- lous with rusty or cinereous hairs, occasionally with scattered longer hairs. Leaves ascending or spreading, principally 8-24 cm. long, sessile or with petioles only 1-3 mm. long, the rachis 3.5-15 cm. long; stipules linear- subulate, 5-6 mm. long, ca. 1 mm. wide, deciduous; leaflets 5-19, the upper pairs lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, 2-7.5 em. long, 0.7-2.5 em. wide, the apex acute, acuminate, blunt or slightly retuse, mucronate, the base ob- tuse or rounded, the lowermost pair of leaflets much reduced, suborbicular to oval or ovate, 1-2.5 cm. long, 0.8-1.5 em. broad, the two lowermost pairs of leaflets usually crowded; leaflets glabrous, dark green and shining, estomatiferous above, moderately to densely strigillose to short-strigose beneath with silvery or golden hairs, silky, shining; petiolules (1-)2-4 mm. long, densely strigillose to hirtellous. Principal inflorescences terminal or or 2 from the upper axils, leafless, lax, slender, the terminal 10-30 cm. long, often with 1-5 branches 10-20 cm. long from the axils of bracts, the peduncle 4-9 cm. long, the flowering nodes 5-32; buds 5-7 at a node, 3-5 flowering, 1 or 2 fruiting. Primary bracts linear-lanceolate, 5-10 mm. long, deciduous before anthesis. Pedicels 6-9 mm. long, ascending, thickening in fruit, hirtellous with rusty hairs. Dried flowers 13-17 mm. long. Calyx ca. 5 mm. long, hirtellous to strigillose with rusty hairs, the lobes linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, the upper 2 mm. long, the lateral 3-4 mm. long, the lowermost 4-5 mm. long. Corolla apparently lavender or Magenta; blade of the banner suborbicular, ca. 14 mm. broad, densely hairy on the back, the claw ca. 3 mm. long; wings 15-17 mm. long, 5-6 mm. wide, the claw ca. 2.5 mm. long; keel ca. 15 mm. long, 6 mm. deep, slightly auricled at the base and beaked at the distal end, the claw 3.5 mm. lo taminal tube ca. 14 mm. long, the vexillary stamen connate with the tube, free at the base, somewhat thickened on the upper side near the a. densely strigillose; ovules 9-10. Legumes straight or slightly curved downward near the base, short-beaked, 5-7 cm. long, 6-7 mm. wide, ascending or spreading, hirtellous or sometimes hirsutulous with rusty hairs; seeds 8-10, 3.6-4.2 mm. long, 2.8-3.2 mm. broad, brown cA gray, lightly variegated with black. Somatic chromosomes 22. Flowering collections from February to March. * According to All . Dp. is the modern village of Axouacapén. — seems to be 2 hha sige resin or Axocuapan which lies north of uatusco and approximately 11 km. west of Mirador. 344 . Rhodora [NOVEMBER DisrripuTion. Pine and oak forests (20-1000 m.?) from Veracruz to Oaxaca and Chiapas, Mexico, and British Honduras. p 24. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Veracruz: Mirador or Zacuapén, Galeotti 3326 (F-fragment); Zacuapdn, Purpus 16360a, Mar. 1934 (F); rocky oak forests, Zacuapdn, Purpus 16460, Apr. 1935 (K); Fortin, Purpus 8679 (US); Matlaluca, Liebmann 4650 (part), Jan. 1843 (UC). Oaxaca: Shrub in Ilanos, Chiltepec and vicinity, 20. m., Dist. Tuxtepec, Martinez- Calderon 886 (A, MEXU, US); shrub up to 3 ft., oak forests near San José Chiltepec, 100 m., 17° 58’ N, 96° 10’ W, Schultes & Reko 552, 10 Apr. 1939 (GH). Cutapas: Under oaks, below Finca Liquidambar toward Pales- tina, 3000 ft., Hernandez X. & Sharp X879, 8 Nov. 1945 (GH). BRITISH HONDURAS. Ez Cayo: Erect suffrutescent plant, 40-75 cm., open rocky bank of Rfo Frio, San Agustin, Mountain Pine Ridge, Lundell 6662, July-Aug. 1936 (NY, US); edge of ravine, Mountain Pine Ridge, Bartlett 11588, 20 Feb. 1931 (US). 34. Tephrosia mexicana sp. nov. 3-10 mm sca vel stri [= ae vel ferruginosis. Folia (4-)6-11 cm. longa, petioli . longi; stip i atae, 1 i 7-13, superiora lanceolata vel oblongo-lanceolata, apice acuta, mucronata, : et , 8-25 em. longae, graciles laxae ascendentes, = unculis 4-6 cm. longis; nodi floriferi 10-35 alabastra circa 3-5 per nodum. teae primariae lineari-subulatae an tae, 5-6 mm. longae, deciduae; bracteae secundariae 3-4 mm. longae, deciduae. Pedicelli 5-7 mm. long], graciles, hirtelli vel hirsutuli pilis cinereis. 4-6 mm. longus, Llus vel hirsutulus pilis cinereis vel (lobis) ferruginosis quam 1 mm. brevibus; lobi superiores setacei, 1-2 mm. longi; lobi laterales deltoidei vel ovato-deltoidel, abrupte acuminati, 2.5-3.5 mm. longi, basi 2-2.5 mm. lati; lobus us ® ilis 5 mm. latae, ungue mm. longo; carina 14-16 mm. longa, 5-6 mm. protundé ungue mm. iy 2 _ Tubus staminalis 12-13 mm. longus; stamen vexil- lare tubo connatum, basi liberum. Ovarium dense brevique strigosum; © 6-8. gumen immaturum hirsutulum pilis fulvis. somewhat angular, striate, somewhat flexuous. Stems, petioles, rachis 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 345 broad; leaflets thin, the veins conspicuous, slightly lustrous, moderately and evenly hirtellous or strigillose above, paler below, moderately to densely strigillose or short-strigose with lustrous cinereous or (along the veins) rusty hairs, silky; petiolules 1.5-2 mm. long. Inflorescences ter- minal and axillary, often with 1 or 2 branches from the axils of bracts, or the axillary inflorescences occasionally 2 from the axil of a leaf; inflores- cences 8-25 cm. long, the branches 2-10 cm. long, slender, wand-like, curving upward, lax, the 10-35 flowering nodes usually well separate , the peduncles 4-6 cm. long: buds 3-5 at a node, 2 or 3 flowering. Primary ous before anthesis, secondary bracts 3-4 mm. long, deciduous. Pedicels 5-7 mm. long, slender. Dried flowers 13-15 mm. long. Calyx and pedicels hirtellous to hirsutulous with cinereous or (on the calyx-lobes) rusty hairs less than 1 mm. long. Calyx 4-6 mm. long, the upper lobes setaceous, 1-2 mm. long, the lateral and lowermost deltoid or deltoid- ovate, abruptly acuminate, 2-2.5 mm. wide at the base, 2.5-3.5 mm. long and mm. long, respectively Sleser apparently rose-purple, the 12-13 mm. high and eed strigillose with rusty hairs on the back, the mm. long; wings 15-16 mm. long, 5 mm. broad, the claw 3-4 mm. long; keel 14-16 mm. long, 5-6 mm. deep, the claw 3-4 mm. long. Stami- nal tube 12-13 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, with a 2-lobed callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely short-strigose or hirsutulous, the style barbate; ovules 6-8. Mature legume and seeds unknown, the very immature fruit hirsutulous with tawny hairs. Fic. 2, PLare 1153. Distrisution. Known only from the type-locality. Map 24. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. México: Oak woods, Cumbre de Tejupilco, 2000 m., Dist. Temascaltepec, G. B. Hinton 2698, 24 Nov. 1932 (GH-Type; NY, UC). Tephrosia mexicana is reminiscent of T. belizensis, a plant of Veracruz, Oaxaca, Chiapas and British Honduras. In addition to their apparent isolation from each other on opposite sides of the Central Plateau, the two species differ in a number of mor- Phological particulars outlined inthe accompanying table (p. 346). 35. Tephrosia Langlassei Micheli Tephrosia Langlassei Micheli, Mem. Soc. ha et Hist. Nat. Genéve 34: 250. = 2 1903. “Plante de 50 cm., fleurs rouge violet,” Sierra ., Guerrero, Mexico, E. Langlassé 798, Jan. 1899 (GH, US). (Apparentiy collected in the mountains north of and between Coyuquilla and Nuxco, Dist. Galeana; see discussion under 7’. major Cracca Langlassei (Micheli) Rose, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 12:270, 1900 Erect herbaceous or somewhat suffrutescent perennial, 2.5-5 dm. or more high, branching monopodially. Stems petioles, rachises, gen hs 346 Rhodora [NovEMBER and axes of inflorescences sparsely to densely hirsute or villous with golden or rusty, spreading or somewhat recurving hairs, not doubly pubescent. Principal leaves 6-20 cm. long, sessile or with petioles to 25 mm. long, the rachis 2-11 em. long; stipules linear-lanceolate to linear, acuminate, 12-13 mm. long, usually persistent, green becoming brown; leaflets of the prin- cipal leaves 5-11, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, elliptic-lanceolate 01 oblong-lanceolate, the base rounded, the apex acuminate or occasionally acute, tipped by the slender excurrent midrib, 1.3-8.5 cm. long, 0.8-2 em. T. mexicana T. belizensis Petioles 3-10 mm. long. 0-3 mm. long. Leaflets 7-13, the lowermost pair 5-19, the lowermost pair elliptic or lance-ovate, 18-32 suborbicular to oval or ovate, mm. lon mm. wide, 10- : » /-lo mm. | the 2 lowermost pairs not wide, the two lowermost pairs crowded; leaflets hirtellous or crowded; leaflets glabrous Primary Linear-subulate, 5-6 mm. Linear-lanceolate, 5-10 mm. bracts long. ng. Calyx Upper lobes setaceous, 1-2 Lobes linear-lanceolate to mm. long, lateral and lower- _ lanceolate, 2 mm., 3-4 mm., most lobes deltoid or deltoid and 4—5 mm. long, respec- ovate, abruptly acuminate, i 2.5-3.5 mm. and 3-4 mm. long, respectively. Ovules 6-8 9-10 wide, the lowermost leaflets usually smallest; leaflets thin, usually almost membranous, dark green above, paler beneath, the veins evident, the upper epidermis usually stomatiferous, hirsutulous, the lower surface moderately to densely hirsutulous or hirsute with spreading cinereous or golden hairs; petiolules 1-2 mm. long, slender. Inflorescences terminal and axillary (the latter often 2 from an axil), usually lax, slender, ascending, 4-35 cm. long, leafless or the lowermost node with a leaf, the peduncle 2-10 cm. long-acuminate, 7-18 mm, long, usually green, persistent, 5-veined; sec- subulate-attenuate, the upper lobes 5 mm. long, the lateral 5-6 mm. long, the lowermost 7-7.5 mm. long. Corolla pink or purplish when dry, the banner with @ green spot at the base; blade of the banner suborbicular, 12-14 mm. high, 12-13 mm. broad, strigillose or short-strigose on the back - 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 347 with fine silky hairs, the claw 2-3 mm. long; wings 14-15 mm. long, ca. 6 mm. wide, slightly auricled, the claw 3 mm. long; keel 13-15 mm. long, exauriculate, the claw 3-3. 5 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-12 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, with a promi- nent callosity on the upper side. Ovary strigose with fine soft hairs; ovules 6 or 7. Legume 4-5 cm. long, 6-7 mm. broad, flat, hirsutulous to hirsute with spreading golden or rusty hairs, horizontal or ascending: seeds 5-7, the mature seeds not seen. Flowering collections from January to pril. DistriBuTION. Rocky slopes and pineland, 1300-1750 m., Veracruz, Guerrero, Oaxaca and Chiapas, Mexico. Map 17.! SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. ruses Hillsides, Tecomatla, hg 10028, faite. 1927 bi rare, on moist rocks, barrancas near Teco- tween Santa Cruz and Teutila, Dist. Cuicatlén, 1300 m., Conzatti 3550, 20 Apr. 1919 (US). Guerrero: Sierra Madre, 1750 m., ‘apparently Dist. Galeana; see syno nymy above], Langlassé 798, Jan. 1899 (GH, US). CHIAPAS: Pineland, Montecristo, Matuda 1975, Jan. 1938 (A, F, NY, US). Tephrosia Langlassei is discussed with the following species. 36. Tephrosia simulans sp. nov. ce antes Tephrosiae Geo beset affinis perennis erecta herbacea vel suffrutes- ns, 0.2-2.5 m. alta, undique strigillosa, hirtella vel hirsutula pilis aureis ve cneres quam 1 mm. brevioribus. Folia praecipua 5-13 cm. fees ; stipulae eari-acuminatae e etac foliola 5-11, lanccolato-ovate, jones. oy Srbee’ apice port oblongo-lanceo- culatae, ungue 2-2.5 mm. | arina ie mm. 23 mm, ongo. “Dabs ctaminalls 10-12 mm. longus; stamen ve 6-7- tubo conn natum, basi liberum. Ovarium dense brevique strigosum, ‘Since Map 17 was drawn the westernmost dot for this species es (accompanied by “?”) has been 1 d be moved southeastward to Dist. ocated more definitely and shoul Galeana, Guerrero, See synonymy above and gsr under Tephrosia major. 348 Rhodora [NoVEMBER ovulatum; stylus barbatus. Legumen fere maturum 4.5-5 cm. longum, 5-5.5 mm. latum, hirsutulum vel hirsutum pilis cinereis, ferruginosis vel atro- brunneis, semina ; semina immatura circa 4 mm. longa, 2.6 mm. lata. linear, acuminate, to linear-setaceous, 5-7 mm. long, brown, usually deciduous; leaflets of the principal leaves 5-11, lanceolate-ovate, to lance- olate, elliptic-lanceolate, oblong-lanceolate or nearly elliptic, the base usually rounded or obtuse, the apex acute or rounded, rarely acuminate, tipped by the slender excurrent midrib, the terminal leaflet largest, (2.2-) 3-7 em. long, (0.7-)1-3 cm. wide, the lateral leaflets (1—)1.5-5.5 cm. long, (0.6-)1-2.5 em. wide; leaflets coriaceous, shining, dark green above, paler below, the veins prominent, often somewhat impressed above, the upper epidermis estomatiferous, hirtellous, the lower surface hirsutulous with soft cinereous or occasionally golden hairs, often appearing pilose; peti- olules 1-2 mm. long. Inflorescences terminal and axillary, the latter often 2 from an axil, 4-30 cm. long, ascending, somewhat lax, leafless or 1 or 2 nodes with a leaf, the peduncle 2-9 cm. long, the flowering nodes 3-20; buds 3-5 at a node, 1-3 flowering. Primary bracts linear-lanceolate to long, 4.5-5.5 mm. wide, scarcely auricled, the claw 2-2.5 mm. long; keel 14-15 mm. long, exauriculate, the claw 2-3 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-12 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, with a prominent callosity on the upper side near the base. short-strigose with fine hairs, the style barbate; ovules 6-7. Legume nearly straight, 4.5-5.5 em. long, 5-5.5 mm. wide, hirsutulous to hirsute with whitish, rusty or dark-brown hairs; seeds 6-7, the immature seeds Ca. 4mm. long, 2.6mm. wide. Flowering collections from January to March. Disrrisution. At altitudes of 1200-1800 m., mountains in the region of San Sebastién in western Jalisco, and probably Sinaloa, Mexico. Map 17. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. CO. Stnaxoa: Sterile material, prob- ably this species: Plants 2-2.5 m. high, in moist, shaded places, Mesa & 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 349 Bueso, San Ignacio, 1300 m., Montes & Salazar 844, 16 May 1919 (US), Ortega 482 (MEXU). Jasco: Brushy slope, near San Sebastian, 3850— 5000 ft., ZH. W. Nelson 4074, 16-19 Mar. 1897 (NY, US), 4082 (NY, US); roadside between San Sebastidn and the summit of the mountain known as the Bufa de Mascota, 5000-6000 ft., Nelson 4097, 20 Mar. 1897 (NY, US); erect, 1.5 m. , thicket near stream, Arroyo Seco, s.w. of San Sebastian, 1500 m., Mexia 1485, 15 Jan. 1927 (UC); suffrutescent, erect, on steep, pine-forested hillside, east of Arroyo Santa Gertrudis, San Sebastin, 1500 , Ynes Mexia 1520-a, 18 Jan. 1927 (US 1319581-Type; CAS, DS, GH, Mo, NY, UC); herb, streamside, Segundo Arroyo, San Sebastién, Sierra adre, 1500 m., Mexia 1552-a, 22 Jan. 1927 (CAS, GH, MO, NY, UC, Tephrosia simulans is undoubtedly closely related to T. Langlassei, with which all of these specimens have been identified, but differs from that species in a number of particulars, the most immediately conspicuous of which is the shorter pubescence of all parts except the legume. Tephrosia Langlassei is hirsute or villous in varying degrees with golden or rusty, spreading or somewhat recurving hairs, while 7’. simulans is strigillose or hirtel- lous to hirsutulous with cinereous, golden, or brown hairs usually less than one millimeter long. The more lustrous, thin but rigid and somewhat coriaceous leaflets which are usually merely acute, instead of acuminate as are the membranous leaflets of T. Langlassei, and the lack of stomata in the upper epidermis are additional identifying marks of T. simulans. The primary bracts of the new species are generally deciduous and much short- er than the persistent bracts of 7. Langlassei and the calyx-lobes are somewhat broader, usually shorter, less attenuate, and con- siderably more variable, at times suggesting those of T. crassifolia. Completely mature pods have not been seen, but the material available indicates that those of 7. simulans are about a milli- meter narrower than the legume of 7. Langlasset. Although in Many species pubescence-characters have proved too variable to be of much taxonomic value, in this instance the shorter trichomes of T. simulans appear to be a trustworthy point of recognition. Additional | field-study of both species is, nevertheless, highly esirable. 37. Tephrosia quercetorum sp. nov. a alta. Folia 7- oat foliola of ieee a Te aieibnervelioest! ohne raro oblongo- lerumque acuta vel cuneata, apice rotundata vel acuta, mu- cronata, 17- a2) aria “Saige 6-14-18) mm. lata, tenuia, supra viridia, 350 Rhodora [NovEMBER nitida, venis conspicuis, glabra vel nervus primarius strigillosus, subtus pal- lidiora, substrigillosa pilis albidis. Inflorescentiae terminales 6-27 cm. longae, erectae, plerumque efoliatae, pedunculis 2-5 cm. longis, nodi floriferi 4-17. strigillosus et breve strigosus pilis cinereis, ferruginosis et atrobrunneis; lobi 1M. , superiores mm. longi, lobi laterales 5-8 mm. longi, lobus infimus mm. arium dense brevique strigosum; stylus barbatus; ovulae circa 9-10 sume maturum circa .5 mm. latum, hirsutulum pilis cinereis, fer- ruginosis et atrobrunneis. Decumbent or erect herbaceous perennial 3-6 dm. high from heavy woody roots and a slender branching crown, the stems several, simple or branched, nearly terete below, striate, angular and sulcate above. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules and axes of inflorescences strigillose to short- 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 351 densely short-strigose, the style barbate; ovules ca. 9 or 10. Immature egume 4.5 cm. long, 44.5 mm. wide, hirsutulous with cinereous, rusty, and dark-brown hairs. Puate 1154. DisrrisutTion. Known only from the mountains in the region of Taxco, Guerrero, Mexico. Map 21. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. GuERRERO: Oak woods, Chacu- alco Trail, Taxco, Ruth Q. Abbott 333, 12 Aug. 1937 (GH); steep, rocky, acid slopes with huge exposed boulders and ledges in oak woods, Huaja- jutla, near km. 151-153 on highway above Taxco, ca. 6000 ft. (1800- Type; MEXU, UC, Bailey Hortorium): north of Iguala, E. Hernandez X.& U) Tephrosia quercetorum is a handsome plant of well-drained rocky soils in oak woods in the neighborhood of Taxco, Guerrero, Mexico. The usually decumbent habit, the 7-13 thin, lustrous, oblong, oblong-oblanceolate or linear-oblong leaflets with the undersurfaces pale and white-strigillose or short-strigose are dis- tinctive, as are the lanceolate to lance-ovate, long-acuminate calyx-lobes. The calyx is strongly reminiscent of T. Pringle and - Watsoniana and the vegetative characters perhaps approach those of T. Watsoniana as closely as any other species. The affinities of 7’. quercetorum are not, however, obvious. The pres- ence of dark-brown hairs in addition to the usual rusty or cinere- ous pubescence normally encountered in many species is remark- able, but is not a constant feature. 38. Tephrosia Watsoniana (Standl.) Macbr. Clitoria? sericea 8. Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 22: 407. 1887. On grassy hillsides, Rio Blanco [ca. 10 mi. north by west of Guadalajara], Jalisco, Mexico, Edward Palmer $21, Aug. 1886 (GH-Type; MEXU, NY). Cracca sericea (8. Wats.) Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 12: 271. 1909, hot A. Gray, 1883. Cracca Watsoniana Standl, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 23: 472. 1922. Substitute name based on Clitoria? sericea S. Wats. Tephrosia Watsoniana (Standl.) Macbr. Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 4: 87. not. T. sericea (Thunb.) Pers. 1807, or T. sericea Bak. in Oliver, 1, Erect or somewhat decumbent perennial, somewhat suffruticose at the base, 14 dm, high, from a woody branched crown and heavy woody root; stems clustered, suleate, angled above, nearly terete below. Stems, Petioles, rachises and axes of the inflorescences hirtellous and hirsutulous to strigillose or short-strigose with fine cinereous hairs. Leaves unifolio- °F, on large plants, 1-7-foliolate, principally 3-12 em. long, the rachis when present 0.7-3 em. long; stipules linear, acute, to linear-subulate, 352 Rhodora [NOVEMBER 5-12 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. or less wide, brown and persistent; leaflets linear-oblong to oblanceolate, oval or obovate, 20-80 mm. long, 9-30 mm. wide, obtuse or rounded at the apex, mucronate, obtuse or rounded at the base, somewhat rigid but thin, green, moderately to densely covered with very fine appressed or ascending hairs above and soft to the touch, ap- pearing canescent, and often glabrate in age; leaflets densely short-strigose or somewhat hirsutulous and silvery below with fine hairs, sericeous and soft, the veins prominent, conspicuously reticulate between the principal laterals; petiolules 1-4 mm. long. Inflorescences terminal, erect, leafless (or the lowermost node with a leaf), few-flowered, 5-24 cm. long, the pe- duncle 2-10 em. long, the flowering nodes 2-11; buds 4-5 at a node, 1-3 flowering, 1 or 2 fruiting. Primary bracts linear-lanceolate to subulate, 5-10 mm. long, 1.5 mm. or less wide, brown, persistent; secondary bracts subulate, 3-5 mm. long. Pedicels 5-12 mm. long, slender, ascending. Dried flowers 15-20 mm. long. Calyx 6.5-9.5 mm. long, hirtellous and hirsutulous to strigillose and short-strigose with cinereous and/or rusty hairs, the lobes narrowly triangular and short- or long-acuminate, to subulate-attenuate, the upper lobes 2.5-6 mm. long, the lateral 4-7 mm. long, the lowermost 4-7.5 mm. long. Corolla probably rose-purple, with a green spot at the base of the banner, but purple or violet in dried speci- mens; blade of the banner nearly orbicular, 13-18 mm. high and broad, densely strigillose on the back, the claw ca. 3.5 mm. long; wings 14-16 mm. long, 5-6 mm. wide, auricled, the claw ca. 3 mm. long; keel 15-17.5 mm. long, 6.5-8 mm. deep, the claw 2.5-3.5 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-12 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, thickened on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose. Legumes spreading or ascending, 3-5 em. long, 5-5.5 mm. wide, hirtellous to strigillose with cinereous and/or rusty hairs; seeds 6-7, the mature seeds not seen. Disrrisution. Open hillsides, oak and pine woods, 1500-2100 m., Nayarit, Jalisco, and western Guerrero, Mexico. Map 21. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Nayarit: In the Sierra Madre Jauisco: Grassy hillsides, Rfo Blanco, Palmer $21, Aug. 1886 (GH, NY); near Guadalajara, Rose & Painter 7477, 30 Sept. 1903 (US); granitic hills near Guadalajara, 5500 ft., Pringle 9736, 10 July 1902 (GH, NY, US); rocky hills near Guadalajara, Pringle 4449, June-July 1895 (GH, NY, US); rocky mountain slopes with open oak woods, vicinity of Arenal on highway from Guadalajara to Tequila, 5300 ft., Moore & Wood 4835, 31 Aug. 1948 (GH, UC, Bailey Hortorium). Guerrero: Between Ayusinapa an Petatlin, 5000-7000 ft., Nelson 2130, 14 Dec. 1894 (US). This attractive species is one of three Tephrosias in which the leaves are normally unifoliolate, although on large plants of this species some leaves may be 3- or even 7-foliolate. The unifolio- 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 353 late condition presumably has been derived independently in all three instances, for the other two species, T. platyphylla and T. madrensis, are not closely related either to T. Watsoniana or to each other. 39. Tephrosia crassifolia Benth. . Based on Cracca velutina Rydb. (= T. pachypoda Riley) of which the type-collection (Lamb 575, Zopilote, Nayarit) is a mixture of 7. pachypoda and T. crassi- folia. See Morton, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 29: 101. 1945. Cracca lanata Mart. & Gal. sensu Rydb. N. Amer. Fl. 24: 171. 1923, as to material from Sinaloa and Guerrero, Mexico. rect or sprawling herbaceous or shrubby perennial 1-2 m. high. Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules and axes of inflorescences moderately to densely hirtellous or hirtellous and hirsutulous with spreading rusty hairs, the inflorescence sometimes strigillose. Leaves spreading, (5-)8-17 em. long, the petioles 5-26 mm. long, shorter than the lowermost leaflets of a leaf, the rachis 2-7 em. long; stipules linear-acuminate, ca. 8 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, deciduous; leaflets of the principal leaves 5-9, the terminal leaflet largest, 4.5-7 em. long, 2-4 em. wide, elliptic, elliptic-obovate or somewhat rhombic, the lowermost leaflets smallest, 1.5-4 em. long, 1.2-2.7 em. wide, oval to ovate or elliptic, the base of the leaflets obtuse, somewhat cuneate or rounded, occasionally subcordate, the apex obtuse or rounded, Sceasionally retuse, with a short mucro; leaflets coriaceous, overlapping each other, dark green above, the margins wavy, the veins impressed, the Surface evenly hirtellous with fine tawny hairs 0.4-0.6 mm. long, or with additional scattered hairs 1 mm. long, soft to touch, glabrate in age, lus- ‘ong the veins, velutinous, soft, the veins conspicuous, reticulate between branches near the base, slender, ascending, spreading or recurving, 4-15 (-20) em. long, the peduncle 1-5(-10) em. long; flowering nodes 5~ca. 25, ; g, 4-6 mm. long, 1 mm. or less wide, deciduous; secon inconspicuous, 1-3 mm. long, deciduous. Pedicels slender, 4-9 im. long, spreading or ascending, hirtellous or strigillose. Dried flowers 12-15 mm. long. Calyx cup-like, 4-5 mm. long, hirtellous or strigillose 354 Rhodora [NOVEMBER with rusty (and sometimes cinereous) hairs, occasionally with scattered longer hairs, the tube ca. 3 mm. long, the lobes deltoid, abruptly subulate, the upper lobes 1-2 mm. long, the lateral 1.5-3 mm. long, the lowermost 2-3.5 mm. long. Corolla purple in dried specimens, the banner with a green spot at the base within, densely strigillose with golden hairs without; blade of the banner suborbicular, 11-14 mm. high and wide, the apex retuse, the claw 2-2.5 mm. long; wings 13-15 mm. long, 4-6 mm. wide, slightly or not auricled, the claw 2-2.5 mm. long; keel 13-15 mm. long, slightly or not auricled, the claw 3-3.5 mm. long. Staminal tube 10-11 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, with a conspicuous 2-lobed callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose. Mature legume not seen, the immature legume nearly straight, resembling that of 7. Janata in shape, 3-3.5 em. long, 4-5 mm. wide, hirtellous to hirsutulous with rusty (and sometimes cinereous) hairs, velvety in appearance; seeds 5-7, the mature seeds not seen. Distrisution. Western slopes of the Sierra Madre Occidental, 700- 1500 m., from Sinaloa to Guerrero, Mexico. Map 23. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Srnazoa: Deep, rocky, shady can- yon with otate and palms, oak forest, 3000 ft., Capadero, Sierra Tacui- chamona, Gentry 5571, 12 Feb. 1940 (GH) (for exact location, see Gentry 1946a). Nayarit: Zopilote [Zopelote on label of specimen], 2000-3000 ft., Lamb 575 (part), Feb. 1895 (A, GH, US); among the live oaks, Tiger Mine, Acaponeta, M. E. Jones 23022, 1 Mar. 1927 (F, GH, US, UC). Jatisco: Streamside, Hacienda del Otal, San Sebastidn, Sierra Madre Occidental, 1500 m., Mezia 1693-a, 15 Feb. 1927 (US). GUERRERO: Acapulco, Hinds, 1842 (K); Sierra Madre, 1400 m., (apparently from the Sierra Madre between and north of Nuxco and San Luis or Coyuquilla, Dist. Galeana; see discussion, 7’. major), Langlassé 851, Feb. 1899 (K). i The lax, often spreading, uncrowded inflorescences, the dis- tinctive calyx and shorter pubescence set Tephrosia crassifolia apart from 7. lanata which it resembles in habit, in number, texture, and often shape of leaflets, and in axillary inflorescences. Tephrosia crassifolia appears to be a species of the western Sierra Madre from Sinaloa to Guerrero, while the range of 7’. Janata ex- tends along the slopes of the eastern Sierra Madre from Veracruz into Guatemala and Honduras. This geographical break may possibly prove to be less distinct, however, than would appear from the Specimens now in herbaria, for during the summer of 1 sterile plants of a Tephrosia 2-3 feet high with 5-9 lustrous, coriaceous leaflets and abundant pubescence were collected on steep grassy slopes with open pine woods and scattered oaks at 1 Since Map 23 was reproduced the Guerreran localit a ' y accompanied by been determined more definitely and should be moved southeastward to Dist. Galean®- Guerrero. 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 355 an altitude of about 3300 feet between Acahuizotla and Agua de Obispo at km. 339-340 on the highway to Acapulco, Guerrero (Moore & Wood 4693, GH, UC, Bailey Hortorium). These plants appear to be identical vegetatively with T. lanata from Veracruz and may represent that species, in which event this will be another of those plants which cross over from east to west south of the Central Plateau of Mexico. It is with some misgivings that the name Tephrosia crassifolia Benth. is retrieved from the synonymy of T. lanata Mart. & Gal. and adopted as the name for the western member of this pair of species. The type-specimen, collected at “Acapulco”, Guerrero, in 1842 (probably from some distance inland where pine forests occur), leaves much to be desired. It consists of two branches with numerous inflorescences, one branch bearing very young buds and the other an immature fruit. A second immature fruit is contained in a pocket on the sheet. No flowers are present, although a few calyces remain. As to vegetative characters, this collection resembles 7’. Janata more strongly than it does speci- mens from western Mexico. The inflorescences and distinctive calyces link this plant with others from the west, however, so that it would appear proper to include it with those from Jalisco and farther north. Unfortunately, the legumes give no additional information here and, although attempts were made to uncover differences in the cates wenn aan and epidermal structure which might make possible the certain identification of sterile speci- mens, these met with no success. Should it eventually be proved that the name Tephrosia crassi- folia is based upon an aberrant specimen of T. lanata, a new com- bination must be based upon Cracca axillaris M. E. Jones, which is without doubt quite distinct morphologically and geographi- cally from T.lanata. In view of the few specimens now available, of our scanty knowledge concerning large areas of Mexico, and of our consequent lack of good distributional information, it appears better to resurrect Tephrosia crassifolia than to perpetrate another new combination. 40. Tephrosia lanata Mart. & Gal. ephrosia lanata Mart. & Gal. Bull. Acad. Brux. 10(2): 48. 1848. ‘atabite i savanes & malpighiacées de Zacuapan, 4 3,000 pieds, (appar- 356 Rhodora [NovEMBER ently the modern town of Axocuapan or Axocudpam, north of Huatusco; see Sp. 33), Veracruz, Mexico, H. Galeotti 3286, August. Cracca lanata (Mart. & Gal.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. Erect herbaceous to shrubby perennial about 1 m. high, branching monopodially, Stems, petioles, rachises, petiolules, pedicels and calyces densely hirsutulous with grayish to rusty spreading hairs, appearing pilose, the axes of the inflorescences often less densely so. Principal leaves spreading, 7-17 em. long, the petioles 5-23 mm. long, much shorter than the lowermost leaflets, the rachis 1.1-6 cm. long; stipules lanceolate- deltoid, acuminate, 6-10 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. wide at the base, persistent but often broken, densely hairy; leaflets of the principal leaves 5-9, the terminal leaflet largest, 3-13 em. long, 1.5-6 em. wide, usually elliptic to oblong-elliptic or oblong-ovate, the lowermost leaflets smallest, 1.2-6 em. long, 0.9-2.8 cm. wide, elliptic to broadly oval or ovate, the base of the leaflets rounded, often subcordate, the apex slightly retuse, rounded or tuse, with a small hairy mucro ca. 1 mm. long; leaflets coriaceous, the veins somewhat impressed above, hirsutulous with fine tawny hairs, especially along the midrib, often glabrate, lustrous, densely hirsutulous below, especially along the veins, with fine spreading cinereous to tawny hairs, appearing woolly, soft to the touch, the veins prominent, reticulate between the principal laterals; petiolules 1-3 mm. long. Inflorescences y, terminating naked or leafy branches, 3-22 cm. long, slender, ascending, shorter or longer than the leaves, sometimes with 1 or branches from the axils of bracts, or with 1 or 2 shorter inflorescences from the same axil, the peduncles 1-10 em. long, the flowering nodes 5-25, usually crowded; buds 3-5 at a node, 2 or 3 of these flowering, 1 or 2 ruiting. Primary bracts linear-lanceolate (rarely lanceolate), acuminate, 5-10 mm. long, 1-1.5(-2) mm. wide, sometimes persisting but usually deciduous, glabrous within; secondary bracts linear, acuminate, 4-6 mm. long, 0.5-1 mm. wide. Pedicels slender, ascending, 5-10 mm. long. Dried flowers 13-15 mm. long. Calyx 6-9 mm. long, densely hirsutulous, the vexillary stamen coherent with the staminal tube, free at the base, with a conspicuous callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose. Legumes nearly straight, (2.5-)3-4.5 em. long, 5-6 mm. wide, somewhat rounded at the distal end, short-beaked on the upper side, spreading or ascending, densely hirsutulous with spreading rusty oF cinereous hairs up to 1.5 mm. long, pilose; seeds 3-8, oval-reniform in out- line, somewhat compressed, 3.6-3.8 mm. long, 2.4-2.8 mm. wide, brown variegated with black. Flowering collections from August to March. Disrrisution. MEXICO. Veracruz: Zacuapdén, Purpus 2230, 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 357 Nov. 1906 (GH, MO, NY, UC, US); open forests and plains, Zacuapén, Purpus 10822, Oct. 1926 (US); rocky oak forests, Rancho Viejo, Purpus 10822, Feb. 1933 or Mar. 1934 (DS, US), 14314, Apr. 1930 or Mar. 1932 (A, F, UC), 16692, Mar. 1936 (US), 14004, Feb. 1931 (F); Mirador, Lieb- mann 4647, Oct. or Noy. 1841 (F); Mirador, 3600-3800 ft., Sartorius (US). 1939 (F). Jatapa: Montafia Durazno, 2 mi. east of San Pedro Pinula, 1400-1900 m., Steyermark 32997, 10 Dee. 1939 (A, F). Zacapa: Oak-pine woods along upper reaches of Rio Sitio N uevo, between Santa Rosalfa and first waterfall, 1200-1500 m., Steyermark 42288, 9 Jan. 1942 (F). HONDURAS. Corrés: San Pedro Sula, 800 ft., Thiéme, Nov. 1888 (J. D. Smith’s Dist. No. 5202) (K, US). Tephrosia lanata and the preceding species, T. crassifolia, ap- pear to be a closely related pair, the one extending from Veracruz to Guatemala and Honduras, the other from Sinaloa to Guerrero. Both are little-branched, suffrutescent plants somewhat woody at the base, with 5-9 large, coriaceous leaflets and axillary inflores- cences with the lowermost inflorescences first and best developed. he two species differ in several particulars, of which the features of the calyx are most striking. The calyx of T. lanata is 6-9 mm. long, densely hirsutulous, with the lateral lobes lance-subulate, attenuate, and 4.5-6 mm. long, while that of 7. crassifolia is 4-5 mm. long, hirtellous or strigillose, with the lobes deltoid, abruptly subulate, the lateral lobes only 1.5-3 mm. long. 41. Tephrosia Abbottiae sp. nov. Planta perennis erecta gracilis herbacea vel fruticosa, 3-20 dm. alta, undique dense hirsutula vel aliquantum tomentosa. pilis mollibus cinereis vel fulvis. Polia praecipua 9-18 cm. longa; petioli 5-20 mm. longi; stipulae ovatae vel lineari-lanceolatae, 9-15 mm. longae, 3-5 mm. latae, deciduae; esse foliorum ipti otun: » Mucronata, foliola superiora fo. ‘an 73 mm. longa, (11-)15~-22( 24) lata, inferiora saepe elliptica, (17-)27-40 mm. longa, (1 lata, firma, aliquan coriacea, tula fulvis, subtus dense tula vel tomentosa pilis is. Inflorescentiae termin tae vel ascendentes, 7-30 cm. longae, pedun- culis 5-13 em longis; nodi floriferi 3-11, alabastra circa 3-5 per nodum racteae primariae lanceolatae vel lanceolato-ov. ,* tae, dense losae, 16-17 ongae, 4 . latae, deciduae; bracteae secundariae de Villosae, 12-16 mm longae, deciduae. Pedicelli 10-20 mm. longae, dense vill lyx campanulatus, 14-16 mm. longus, de Pp minereis vel (lobis) ferruginosis ; lobi superio 8 mm. longi; lobi laterales pvatus, acuminatus, 11-13 mm. longus; bracteolae 2, lineari-lanceolatae, vil- losae, deciduae, 5-10 mm. longae. Coro roseo-purpurea; ve: ; macula viridia, lamina subquadrata vel suborbicularis, 24-27 mm. alta et lata, 358 Rhodora [NovEMBER extus hirsutula, ungue 8-10 mm. longo; alae 30-34 mm. longae, 10-11 mm. latae, exauriculatae, ungue 8 mm. longo; carina 32-34 mm. longa, 12-14 mm. rofunda, exauriculata, ungue 8 mm. longo. Tubus staminalis 25-27 mm. ongus; stamen vexillare tubo connatum. Ovarium dense hirsutum vel villosum pilis ascendentibus, 11-13-ovulatum; stylus barbatus. Legumen lineare, 7-19 cm. longum, mm. latum, densissime villosum pilis mollibus avellaneis vel fulvis; semina 9—-10(-13?). Erect herb or slender little-branched shrub, 3-20 dm. high; stems nearly terete below, angled and somewhat sulcate above. Stems, petioles, rachises and axes of inflorescences densely hirsutulous or somewhat tomen- tose with soft cinereous or tawny hairs. Principal leaves 9-18 cm. long, the petioles 5-20 mm. long, shorter than the lowermost leaflets; stipules ovate to linear-lanceolate, 9-15 mm. long, 3-5 mm. broad, glabrous on the inner surface, usually deciduous; leaflets of the principal leaves 7-11, narrowly elliptic, oblong or occasionally lance-oblong, the base usually rounded, the apex obtuse, mucronate, the outermost leaflets usually largest, (30-)40-73 mm. long, (11-)15-22(-24) mm. wide, 2.5-4 times as bang ig the blade within ; blade of the banner subquadrate or suborbicular, 24-27 mm. high and wide, densely hirsutulous with soft ascending cinereous hairs on the back, the claw 8-10 mm. long; wings 31-34 mm. long, 10-11 mm. wide, exauriculate, the claw 6-7 mm. long; keel 32-34 mm. long, 12-14 mm i densely hirsute to villous with ascending hairs, the style barbate; ovules 11-13. Legumes linear, curving slightly upward, 7-9 em. long, tae 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 359 wide, very densely villous with lustrous tan or (along the sutures) tawny or rusty hairs; seeds 9-10(-13?), the mature seeds not seen. PLate 1155. DistrisuTion. Known only from the type-locality. Map 22. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Guerrero: “Small tree or shrub,” Casahuates, Taxco, Ruth Q. Abbott 189, 23 Dec. 1936 (fruit) (GH); herb or slender little-branched shrub, 1-6 ft. high (sterile), on sunny oak- wooded slopes between Casahuates and small reservoir at head of waterfall above town on mountain west of Taxco, 6200-6500 ft. (1900-2000 m.), H. E. Moore, Jr. & C. E. Wood, Jr. 4586, 17 Aug. 1948 (GH, UC, Bailey Hortorium); preceding locality, Ruth Q. Abbott, 20 Oct. 1948 (flower & young fruit) (GH-Type; UC, Bailey Hortorium). This distinctive new species was collected in fruit in 1936 by Mrs. Gordon C. Abbott, of Taxco, in the mountains above Taxco near the village of Casahuates and sent by her to the Gray Her- barium in 1937 along with numerous other interesting plants from this region, including the first material of Tephrosia querce- torum. Although the large, furry calyces and legumes and the few, relatively large leaflets marked it as a new species (so anno- tated by Dr. I. M. Johnston in 1937), I hesitated in early 1948 to base a description on the single fruiting specimen. Accord- ingly, Dr. H. E. Moore, Jr. and I, in the course of field-work in Mexico, visited Taxco in August 1948, hoping to collect additional material of both 7. quercetorum and this species. Mr. and Mrs. Abbott extended to us their kind hospitality, enthusiastically gave us detailed directions for locating the plants, and, when we failed to find flowering material at Casahuates, promised to do their best to obtain specimens later in the year. Their best has been highly satisfactory, for after various frustrations they have Succeeded in securing flowering specimens which show this new Species to be even more remarkable than appeared from the fruit. The rose-purple flowers are the largest of any American species of the genus and these with the large, densely villous calyces and pods, the deciduous bracteoles, large bracts, and few, large leaflets make this (to my mind, at least) the handsomest and one of the Most distinct species in the Americas. It seems highly appropri- ate that this plant should be associated with the name of its dis- Coverer, RutH Q. ABBOTT. . The relationships of Tephrosia Abbottiae seem to be with T. platyphylla, T. diversifolia, T. major, and T. pachypoda, all of Which are local species of the western Sierra Madre of Mexico. 360 Rhodora [NOVEMBER It is so distinctive, however, that it is not likely to be confused with any of these plants. 42. Tephrosia pachypoda Riley Tephrosia pachypoda Riley, Kew Bull. 1923: 230. 1923. “Sierra Madre ” (between Mazatlén and Durango or Durango and Tepic, prob- ably in Sinaloa or Nayarit), Mexico, Seemann 2183, Nov. 1849-Feb. 1850 (K-Type; GH; NY-photograph of GH). Cracca pachypoda (Riley) G. Ortega, Apuntes F). Indig. Sinaloa (Cat. Sist. Pl. Sinaloa) 15. 1929. Cracca velutina Rydb. N. Amer. FI. 24: 171. 1923, not (Spreng.) Kuntze, 1891. Zopilote [Zopelote on label], Nayarit, Mexico, F. H. Lamb 576 (in part), Feb. 1895 (NY-Type; MO, DS. US-275488). Material of this collection-number in GH and US (201628) is 7’. crassifolia Benth. Tephrosia lanata Mart. & Gal. var. velutina (Rydb.) Macbr. Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 4: 87. 1925, as to name but probably not as to plant. See Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 29: 101. 1945. racca lupinoides M. E. Jones, Contr. West. Bot. 15: 137. 1939. Among the live-oaks, El Tigre Mine, Acaponeta, Nayarit, Mexico, M. E. Jones 23016, 1 Mar. 1927 (POM-Type; GH, NY, UC). : Tephrosia lupinoides (M. E. Jones) Morton, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 29: 101. 1945. woolly. Principal leaves 11-27 cm. long, the petioles 5-25 mm. long, much shorter than the lowermost leaflets of a leaf, the rachises 5-15 cm. (1.5-)2-6 em. wide, elliptic, oblong-elliptic, oblong, elliptic or oval, apex surface evenly hirtellous with very fine soft somewhat twisted tawny hairs, glabrate, lustrous, the lower surfaces hirtellous to hirsutulous, tomen- tose with tawny or rusty twisted hairs, especially along the veins, soft to touch, the veins raised, conspicuous, very numerous between the principal lateral veins; petiolules 3.5-7 mm. long, stout, often 2 mm. thick. Inflo- Tescences terminal and solitary in the upper axils, often wand-like, erect or ascending, usually much exceeding the leaves, leafless, 11-60 cm. long, the peduncle (2-)4.5-14 em. long, often stout, 1.5-4.5 mm. thick, angled, buttressed below the 15-45 flowering nodes; buds ca. 7-9 at a node, ca. 5-7 flowering, 1-4 fruiting. Primary bracts narrowly deltoid to linear- lanceolate, acuminate, 4-8 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, deciduous; secondary bracts 2.5-5 mm. long, less than 1 mm. wide, deciduous. Pedicels 5- 9 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 361 mm. long, ca. 1 mm. thick, ascending. Dried flowers 15-19 mm. long. Calyx campanulate, 5-7 mm. long, the tube 3-4 mm. long, the lobes abruptly short-acuminate, the upper triangular, 2-3 mm. long, the lateral ovate to ovate-lanceolate, 4-5 mm. long, the lowermost ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, 4-6.5 mm. long. Corolla apparently purplish or rose, the banner with a green spot at the base; blade of the banner nearly orbicular, 13-15 mm. high, 12-17 mm. broad, densely short-hairy without, the claw ca. 3.5 mm. long; wings 13-17 mm. long, 4-7 mm. wide, slightly auricled, the claw 3 mm. long; keel 12-17 mm. long, ca. 6-7.5 mm. deep, slightly auricled, the claw 3.5mm. long. Staminal tube (12—)13-15 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base and apex, with a conspicuous 2-lobed callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely hirsutulous. Legumes linear, straight or slightly curved down- ward, 4-6.5 em. long, 5.5-6 mm. broad, strongly ascending or spreading, densely tomentose with rather tortuous and intertwined tawny or rusty hairs (ca. 1.5 mm. long); seeds (4—)9-11, oblong-oval in outline, plump, 3.8-4.2 mm. long, 2.8-3 mm. broad, reddish brown variegated with black. Flowering collections between November and March. Disrrigution. Probably in oak woods, mountains of Nayarit and possibly southern Sinaloa, Mexico. ap 22. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. SrnaLoa, Duranco or Nayanir: Sierra Madre, [between the cities of Mazatlén and Durango or Durango and Tepic], “Seemann 2183 (GH, K; NY-photograph of GH). Nayanir: Zopilote, 3000 ft., Lamb 575 (part) (A, DS, MO, NY, US); among the live- oaks, Tiger Mine, Acaponeta, M. E. Jones 23016 (GH, NY, POM, UC). Tephrosia pachypoda has the dubious distinction of being known at present from three collections, each of which is a type- series! All three clearly represent the same species which is well marked by the large, coriaceous leaves with 7-11 leaflets and by the long, terminal and axillary inflorescences, the calyx, and the slender, densely tomentose legumes. 43. Tephrosia major Micheli Tephrosia major Micheli, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve 34: 251. pl. 4. 1903. El Ocote, 700 m., [apparently in southeastern Dist. ~ sai de Oca between Petatlin, La Morena and Chuveta], Guerrero, Mexico, E. Langlassé 716, 15 Dec. 1898 (GH, US). Cracca major (Micheli) Rose, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 12: 270. 1909, not Alef. 1861. Cracca Micheliana Standl. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 23: 472. 1922. Substitute for C. major (Micheli) Stand]. 1 Erect shrubby perennial 1-1.5 m. high; stems rigid, suleate, angled. Stems, petioles, rachises and axes of inflorescences densely hirtellous- tomentose with grayish, tawny or blackish (soiled), crowded, straight or twisted hairs. Leaves spreading or ascending, 13-20 em. long, the petiole 362 Rhodora [NovEMBER 5-13 mm. long, the rachis 3-5.5 cm. long; stipules minute, triangular, ca. 1.5 mm. long, tightly appressed and densely tomentose; leaflets of the principal leaves 3-5 (the uppermost sometimes reduced to 1), elliptic, oblong-elliptic, obovate-oblong, or oval, the base of the terminal leaflet at least acute or cuneate, the others cuneate, acute or rounded, usually obliquely so, the apex obtuse, rounded or retuse, with a small mucro; lowermost leaflets smallest, 4-12 cm. long, 2.2-4.5 cm. broad; leaflets coriaceous, thinly covered above with twisted hairs 0.4-1 mm. long, gla- brate and shining except along the principal veins, the veins conspicuous, the principal laterals departing from the midrib almost at right angles, curving upward, the lower surface densely tomentose with short tortuous hairs; petiolules 2-6 mm. long, sometimes 2 mm. thick. Inflorescences terminal or solitary in the upper axils, the terminal 7-45 cm. long, often with 1-3 branches 4-23 em. long from the axils of deciduous bracts, leafless, erect or ascending, usually exceeding the leaves, angled, sulcate, strongly buttressed below the 5-25 distant flowering nodes, the peduncle 3-13 cm. long; buds ca. 5 at a node, 3 of these flowering, 1 or 2 fruiting. Primary and secondary bracts small, linear-lanceolate, 2-5 mm. long, densely tomentose without, glabrous within, deciduous. Pedicels 5-8 mm. long, ascending, densely tomentose with short, twisting hairs. Dried flowers 18-21 mm. long. Calyx 6 mm. long, densely tomentose with short, rather tortuous cinereous to rusty hairs, the tube 4-4.5 mm. long, the upper lobes acuminate, 1-2 mm. long, the lateral triangular, acuminate, to triangular- lanceolate, acuminate, 2.5-4 mm. long, the lowermost triangular-acumi- nate to lanceolate, 2.5-6.5 mm. long. Corolla “white tinged with violet” (Langlassé) or rose (Hinton), probably white and becoming rose or violet in age, the banner with a green spot at the base; blade of the banner suborbicular, 15-17 mm. high, 17-19 mm. broad, densely tomentose with- out, the claw 4-5 mm. long; wings 18-20 mm. long, 6-7.5 mm. wide, auriculate, the slender claw 44.5 mm. long; keel 17-18 mm. long, with a short, obtuse beak, the claw 4.5mm. long. Staminal tube 13-14 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the staminal tube, free at the base, with a 2-lobed thickening on the upper side. Ovary densely hirsutulous. Legumes stout, nearly straight or slightly curved downward, 4-4.5 cm. long, 6-7 mm. wide, beaked, spreading, densely hirsutulous with nearly straight crowded erect somewhat lustrous cinereous to tan hairs, pilose; seeds (6-)8-9, ca. 4 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, brown variegated with black. Flowering collections in December. ganas o Oak forests, 600-700 m., in western Guerrero, Mexico. p 22. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Guerrero: Granitic soil, El Ocote, 700 m., [probably in southeastern Montes de Oca between Petatlan, La Morena and Chuveta], Langlassé 716, 15 Dec. 1898 (GH, US); forest, Sierrita~Palo Solo, Dist. Galeana, 600 m., Hinton 14998, 13 Dee. 1939 (GH, NY, PH, TEX, US). The type-locality of this interesting and very distinct species 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 363 eo T. SAXICOLA 2 T, PLATYPHYLLA e T. PRINGLE! * T. DIVERSIFOLIA v T. SEEMANNII T. MAJOR ° =6T. WATSONIANA e T. PACHYPODA © T. QUERCETORUM v T. ABBOTTAE y¥ T POGONOCALYX e T, TEPICANA e T. BELIZENSIS eT. CRASSIFOLIA ee : LANATA vy T. MEXICA nee sasieeseipte 364 Rhodora [NovEMBER is noted in the description and on the labels of the type-collection merely as “‘E] Ocote’”. This would appear to be in Michoacan, for Micheli mentions in the same paper Indigofera excelsa from “Ocote (Michoacdn), 700 m., décembre 1898, n. 696,” which was almost certainly collected at the same place as 71/6. It seems certain, nevertheless, that both these and other Langlassé collections of Tephrosia came from Guerrero rather than Michoa- edn, for when all of the Langlassé collections cited by Micheli in his Leguminosae Langlasseanae (Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve 34: 245-294. pls. 1-28. 1903) are arranged in numerical sequence, it appears from the dates and localities given that Langlassé’s numbers follow, with occasional exceptions (often obviously mistakes), the order of collection and, hence, his journey through Michoacdén and Guerrero. Although there are many gaps, enough of the localities given by Langlassé can be located accurately to give an idea both of his route and of the general region from which many specimens labeled with obscure locality-names or merely “Sierra Madre” came. From these data it seems that ‘El Ocote” lies in the mountains of the south- western part of Dist. Montes de Oca, Guerrero, somewhere be- tween Chuveta, La Morena and Petatlin. By the use of this same method other Langlassé collections of Tephrosia can be located either in Dist. Montes de Oca or Dist. Galeana, Guerrero. Langlassé 324, 6 Sept. 1898 (T. nicaraguensis) is from Mont de San Cristobal, Valle Grande, easily located on modern maps in Montes de Oca. Langlassé 596, Sierra Madre, 1300 m., 7 Nov. 1898 (T. macrantha) must have come from the same general region as El Ocote (i. e., between Chuveta, La Morena and Petatlin). Langlassé 670, 500 m., 26 Nov. 1898 (7. nitens) is from La Botella, near the boundary between Montes de Oca and Galeana. Langlassé 798, Sierra Madre, 1750 m., Jan. 1899 (7. Langlassei, type-collection) appears to be from the mountains north of and between Coyuquilla or San Luis and Nuxco in Galeana, and 851, Sierra Madre, 1400 m., Feb. 1899 (T. crasst- folia) from the same general region. (To be continued) CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CLXX THE AMERICAN BARBISTYLED SPECIES OF TEPHROSIA (LEGUMINOSAE) CarRro_u E. Woon, JR. (Continued from page 364) 44. Tephrosia diversifolia (Rose) Macbr. Cracca diversifolia Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 12: 270. fig. 24. 1909. Uruapan, Michoacdn, Mexico, C. @. Pringle 13697, 14 Nov. 1905 (US 462389-Type: H). Tephrosia diversifolia (Rose) Macbr. Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 4: 87. 1925. Erect suffrutescent perennial ca. 5-10 dm. high; stems clustered, nearly terete, striate below, obtusely angled, sulcate above, generally herbaceous. Stems, petioles, rachises and axes of inflorescences densely covered with short, fine, twisting cinereous to a te hairs, soft to the touch. Leaves ascending, 7-13 cm. long, sessile or with petioles 1-4 mm. long, the rachis When as: 0.5-2.5 em. long; stipules triangular to linear, acute or te, 7 mm. or less long, persistent, often recurving; leaflets 1-5, the terminal the largest, oblong ue elliptic, the base acute, obtuse, or rounded, 370 Rhodora [DECEMBER the apex obtuse, rounded, or retuse, mucronulate, 6-10 cm. long, 2.44 em. wide, the lowermost pair of leaflets usually much smaller, suborbicular, oval, ovate or elliptic, the base often oblique, 1.5-4.5 cm. long, 1.6-3.5 em wide; leaflets coriaceous, veiny above, at first strigillose with very fine flexuous cinereous to rusty hairs, glabrate or nearly so and shining above, densely white-tomentose below with short, very fine, matted hairs, the veins prominent, the margins undulate, subcrenate; petiolules 1-3 mm. long, ca. 1.5mm. in diameter. Inflorescences terminal and solitary in the upper axils, 3-30 cm. long, the terminal often paniculate with 1-5 branches 2-17 em. long from the axils of small deciduous bracts, erect or ascending, leafless, usually exceeding the leaves, the peduncle 1-10 cm. long, the flowering portion dense, short, the flowering nodes 3-ca. 15; buds at a node apparently few to many, probably 2 or 3 flowering. Primary bracts oval to orbicular, 3.5-9 mm. high, 3-8 mm. broad, abruptly short-acuminate, somewhat spathaceous, often persisting, conspicuous, crowded, densely short-tomentose without, reddish and glabrous within. Pedicels 6-9 mm. long, ascending, tomentose. Dried flowers 20-25 mm. long. Calyx 13-15 mm. long, densely hirsutulous-tomentose with somewhat tortuous and tangled cinereous to tawny or dark-brown hairs, the tube 5-6 mm. long, the upper lobes long-acuminate, 5-8 mm. long, the lateral oblong-lanceo- late to ovate-lanceolate, obliquely acuminate, 8-11 mm. long, ca. 3.5 mm. wide, the lowermost oblong to oblong-obovate, abruptly short-acuminate, 10-11 mm. long, 5-6.5 mm. wide; calyx with 2 conspicuous broadly (some- times obliquely) oval bracteoles 8-10 mm. high, 10-15 mm. wide, the apex abruptly short-acuminate or mucronate, the bracteoles caducous, spatha- ceous, reddish and glabrous within, densely short-tomentose without with cinereous to dark-brown hairs. Corolla violet in recently dried specimens; blade of the banner nearly orbicular to oval, 16-18 mm. high, ca. 21 mm. broad, densely silky hirsutulous-tomentose on the back, broadly cuneate at the base, tapering into a distinct claw ca. 6 mm. long; wings 20-23 mm. long, 7-8 mm. wide, with a rounded auricle, the claw 6-7 mm. long; keel 19-20 mm. long, 7-8 mm. deep, slightly auricled, the claw 7 mm. long. Staminal tube 13-16 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the staminal tube, free at the base, broad and flattened on the upper surface. Ovary densely appressed-hirsutulous. Legumes nearly straight, short- beaked, (1.5-)3-4.5 em. long, 8-10 mm. wide (including pubescence), somewhat spreading, very densely hirsutulous with nearly straight, crowd- ed, erect, somewhat lustrous tawny hairs, pilose; seeds (1-)5-6, the mature seeds not seen, the immature seeds nearly orbicular. Flowering collections from November to January. Disrrisution. Pine forests, 1700-1800 m., mountains of western Michoacan, Mexico. ap 20. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. MEXICO. Mrcuoachn: Uruapan, Pringle 13697, 14 Nov. 1905 (GH, US); mountain-side near Coru Station, 6000 ft., Pringle 10347, 26 Jan. 1907 (GH, MEXU, NY, PH, UC, US); shrub 0.75 m. high, pine forest, Puerto Zarzamora, 1740 m., Dist. Coalcoman, Hin- ton 12719, 5 Dec. 1938 (GH). 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 371 45. Tephrosia platyphylla (Rose) Standl. Cracca platyphylla Rose, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 12: 270. fig. 25. 1909. Dry hillsides in pine woods between Mascota and San Sebastian, Jalisco, Mexico, E. W. Nelson 4062, 14 Mar. 1897 (US 327035-Type; N Y-photo- ph). Tephrosia platyphylla (Rose) Standl. Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 4: 214. 1929. Stiffly erect suffrutescent perennial 2-6 dm. high; stems from woody crowns, clustered, sulcate, angled. Stems, petioles, and axes of inflores- cences densely covered with short fine twisting cinereous to tawny or rusty hairs, soft to touch. Leaves ascending, 4-13 cm. long, the petioles 3-12 mm. long; stipules triangular, oblong or lanceolate, 10 mm. or less long, persistent; leaflets 1 or occasionally 3, elliptic to oblong-elliptic, oval or obovate, the base obtuse to subcordate, the apex rounded, obtuse or retuse, mucronulate, principally (3.3-)4-11.5 cm. long, (2-)2.5-6.5 cm. wide, the paired leaflets when present much smaller than the terminal; leaflets coriaceous, very veiny, the veins impressed above, densely short- strigose with soft flexuous tawny hairs above, appearing silky or woolly, becoming glabrous and shining with age, densely short-tomentose beneat with fine tangled whitish to tawny hairs, hirsutulous along the midrib and principal lateral veins, the margins undulate, often suberenate or rolled under; petiolules 1-3 mm. long, inconspicuous. Inflorescences terminal, compact, short, 4-8 cm. long, the stout peduncle 1.5-5 em. long, sometimes bearing 1 or 2 sterile bracts, the flowering nodes 3- ca. 10; buds apparently 2 or 3 at a node. Bracts ovate to nearly circular, gradually acuminate, usually abruptly narrowed at the base, 9-16 mm. long, 4-8 mm. wide, crowded, caducous, glabrous within, densely lanate without. Pedicels 10-12 mm. long, ascending. Dried flowers ca. 20 mm. long. Calyx 10-17 subulate to lanceolate, 5-9 mm. long, the lateral lanceolate, 8-12 mm. long, ong, 5-6 mm. wide. Corolla “rich rose-red” (Nelson) or “purple” (Mexia); blade of the banner sub- orbicular, ca. 17-20 mm. high, ca. 21 mm. broad, densely hairy on the back, the claw ca. 6 mm. long; wings ca. 19 mm. long, 8 mm. wide, slightly small basal auricle, the claw 45mm. long. Staminal tube 13-15 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, broad and flattened on the upper side. Ovary ca. 12 mm. long, densely hirsutulous with ascending tawny hairs; ovules ca. 7. Legume and seeds not seen. Disrripution. Open oak and pine forests, mountains in the region of San Sebastidén, western Jalisco, Mexico. Map 20. ener Sirens axsurens. MIDUCO. Ieamoos Dry bilaide m -pme woods, roadside between Mascota and San Sebastian, Nelson 4062, 14 Mar. 1897 (US); dry, open, oak and pine woods, trail to Tranquillas, Rea to, Sierra Madre Occidental, 2500 m., Mexia 1716, 19 Feb. 1927 (A, CAS, DS, GH, MO, NY, UC, US). 372 Rhodora [DECEMBER The large, coriaceous, usually unifoliolate leaves and the large, densely hairy calyx without bracteoles are quite characteristic. Tephrosia platyphylla, presumably most closely related to T. diversifolia, is the most highly modified of the species with few, large, coriaceous leaflets. In this species the reduction of leaflets to one (or three on large plants), of the number of nodes of the inflorescence, of the number of buds at a node, and of size and woodiness of plant seem to have accompanied one another. INTRODUCED SPECIES The exotic species naturalized in the Americas, chiefly in the West Indies, include at least Tephrosia grandiflora, T. candida, *T. noctiflora and *T. purpurea. In addition T. Vogelii and *T. villosa have been tested as cover-crops and may be expected to escape from cultivation. Of the barbistyled species only T. candida and T. grandiflora seem to have become naturalized to any extent. Tephrosia Vogelii and T. bracteolata are known to me only from one old collection each, and are consequently re- garded only as waifs. At least one other species, the African *T. linearis (Willd.) Pers. (Cracca hypoleuca Rydb., Indigofera Per- riniana Spreng.), is also known as a casual adventive in the New World. 46. Tephrosia grandiflora (L’Hér. ex Ait.) Pers. Galega rosea Lam. Dict. 2: 599. 1786, not Tephrosia rosea F. Muell. ex Benth. 1864. Seen by Lamarck in the garden of M. Cels in August, 1786, and believed by him to have come from Africa. Colinil rosea (Lam.) Hitche. Mo. Bot. Gard Rep. 4: 75. 1893 alega grandiflora L’Hér. ex Ait. Hort. Kew. 3: 70. 1789. “Native of the Gane of Good Hope. Mr. Fr. Masson. Introduced 1774.” Attributed in synonymy to L’Héritier, Stirp. Nov. 2: pl. 44, which was never pub- lished. According to Forbes (1948, p. 992), the type-specimen, Aiton, eult. Hort. Kew., is non-extant. Tephrosia grandiflora (L’Hér. ex Ait.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 329. 1807. Basonym mistakenly attributed to Vahl, 1790, who cited Aiton. Apodynomene grandiflora (L’Hér. ex ’ Ait.) E . Mey. Comm. PI. Afr. Austr. 111. 1836. Based on ’. grandiflora (L’Hér. ex Ait.) Pers Cracca grandiflora (LHér. ex — Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. Basonym incorrectly attributed to V; Apodynomene Meyeri C. Presi, Bot. Bemerk. 67. 1844. Basod aoe grandiflora E. Mey. which Presl believed to differ from true Tephrosia grandiflora, although Meyer clearly indicated the nomenclatural basis of the name. Neither description is diagnostic. 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 373 Woody perennial 5-6 dm. high from a slender tap-root with numerous branches, or a shrubby plant 2 m. high; stems erect, monopodial with axillary branches 6-20 cm. long, often woody below, the bark buff-colored, the stems often dark above. Stems, petioles and rachises strigillose with fine white or rusty hairs. Leaves 3-8 cm. long, the petiole 4-18 mm. long, usually shorter than the lowermost leaflets, the rachis 1.5-6.5 em. long; stipules ovate, acuminate, 5-10 mm. long, 3-5 mm. wide, persistent, con- spicuous, reddish or brownish, 9-13-veined, sparsely strigillose; leaflets of the principal leaves 9-15, oblanceolate to oblong, the base acute, the apex obtuse, mucronate or weakly cuspidate, 10—-20(-24) mm. long, 3-4.5(-7) mm. wide, glabrous above, dull, strigillose beneath with whitish hairs, the veins often purplish on both surfaces, the leaflets somewhat conduplicate ; petiolules 1-2 mm. long, densely strigillose with brown hairs. Inflores- cences terminating main and axillary branches, erect, naked, short-pedun- cled, exceeding the leaves, (1—)2-9 cm. long, the flowering portion 0.5-2 em. long with 3-5 crowded flowering nodes, the nodes buttressed; buds 3 at a node, 2 of these developing, flowering and fruiting, the third rudimen- Primary bracts 2 cm. or less long, large, broadly ovate, acuminate, spathaceous, ca. 18-veined, reddish, deciduous before anthesis; seconda bracts absent. Pedicels 6-12 mm. long, ascending, strigillose. Dried flowers 20-22 mm. long. Calyx 5-6 mm. long, strigillose with fine rusty hairs, the upper lobes subulate, almost completely fused together, 1.5-2 mm. long, the lateral lobes deltoid-subulate, 3-3.5 mm. long, the lowermost linear-subulate, 4-5.5 mm. long. Corolla rose, the back of the banner orange, densely covered with fine rusty hairs; blade of the banner nearly orbicular, 16-18 mm. broad, tapering into a claw ca. 3 mm. long; wings ca. mm. long, 8 mm. wide, exauriculate, the claw 3 mm. long; k | shallow, slightly beaked, 17-20 mm. long, the claw 3 mm. long. Staminal tube ca. 17 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, broadened and thickened near the free base. Ovary rusty-hirtellous along both sutures, otherwise glabrous, the style barbate. Legumes straight, short-beaked, obliquely acute at either end, 4.5-5.5 em. long, 8-9 mm. wide, horizontal or ascending, hirtellous along both sutures, the valves glabrous; seeds 9-16, ovoid, slightly compressed, 3.6-3.8 mm. long, 2.2-2.4 mm. wide, brown or black, the hilum near one end so that the long axis of the seed crosses the Somatic chromosomes 22. Flowering collections throughout the year. Distrisution. Native of South Africa; naturalized in Jamaica. SPECIMENS EXAMINED. JAMAICA. Without locality, Hart 524 (US); Blue Mts., St. Andrew near Cinchona, Perkins 1017 (GH); rocky banks, vicinity of Cinchona, Britton 210 (NY); dry slopes, Cinchona, Shreve, 1903 (NY); vicinity of Cinchona, trail to St. Helen’s Gap, A. Taylor 4237 (NY); inchona, 5000 ft., Clute 188 (NY, PH, US); vicinity of Cinchona, 1550 m., Killip 163 (US); partially shaded rocky bank, Cinchona, 1500 m., Maxon 2598 (US); leeward slopes, Cinchona, Blue Mts., Harris La rence (1597 (NY, US); open brushy slope, vicinity of St. Helen’s Gap, St. 374 Rhodora [DECEMBER near St. Helen’s Gap, Blue Mt. range, 4780 ft., Chrysler 1873 (PENN); open slopes, Flamstead and vicinity, Fort oyal Mts., setae m., = axon 8656 08) dry hillside, Whitefield Hall, St. Thomas Parish, Surrey, Hunnewell & Griscom 1 4323 (GH); Whitefield Hall, G. "Collins ” (US); Abbey Green, Orcutt 3235 (UC, US). Tephrosia grandiflora is easily recognizable by the large, rose- colored flowers, the ovate, acuminate stipules and the spathe- like, reddish or brownish primary bracts. The large, promptly de- ciduous bracts and broad stipules were largely the basis of the segregate genus Apodynomene E. Mey. of which this.is the type- species. Although stipules and bracts of this kind characterize a group of South African species, and the absence of secondary bracts is indeed anomalous, there seem to be no real reasons for separating this group as a distinct genus. The sectional rank accorded it by Harvey (1861, p. 203), who contrasted it with Eutephrosia with narrow bracts and stipules, may possibly prove to be a more reasonable disposition. 47. Tephrosia candida DC. Robinia candida Roxb. Cat. Hort. Cale. 56. 1814, nomen; DC. Prodr. 2: 249. 1825, as synonym. Tephrosia candida DC. Prodr. 2: 249. 1825. Seen by DC. in Herb. Wallich, the specimen from Calcutta oo Robinia candida Roxb. Fl. Ind. 3: 327. 183 . first reared in the ag em s Botanic garden, from seed eds in ea north of Bengal by arey.”” Xiphocarpus candidus (DC.) Endl. Gen. 1273. 1840; Zoll. & Mor. Nat. en Geneesk. Arch. Néerl. Indie. 3: 76. 1846. Kiesera candida ese Syll. Pl. Nov. 2: 11. 1828. Kiesera sericea Reinw. ex Blume, Cat. Gew. Buitenz. 93. 1823, nomen; Reinw. Syll. Pl. Nov. 2: 11. 1828, Robinia sericea Sieber, Fl. Mart. Exsicc. no. 181; C. Presl, Symb. Bot. Me 14. a as synonym. arpus martinicensis C. Presl, Symb. Bot. 1: 14. pl. 7. 1832. Martinique, antiga (Undoubtedly an introduced specimen S$ high; branches angled, striate or suleate. Branches, petioles, pales as petiolules and axes of inflorescences strigillose to short” strigose or hirtellous to hirsutulous with say or sep = Prinei 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 375 hirsutulous with soft cinereous to golden hairs, silky or lustrous; petiolules 2-3 mm. long, slender, conspicuous. Inflorescences usually short, dense, terminal and in the upper axils, the terminal flower-bearing portion 2-19 em. long, 1 or 2 nodes often with leaves, the axillary inflorescences often reduced to dense clusters in the axils, the flowering nodes 5-35; buds ca. 5-10 at a node, 3-6 flowering, 1 or 2 fruiting. Primary bracts ‘subulate, 4-7 mm. long, caducous; secondary bracts ca. 3 mm. long, caducous. Pedicels 8-15 mm. long, strigillose to hirtellous. Dried flowers 23-26 mm long. Calyx 4-5 mm. long, strigillose to hirtellous with rusty hairs, the tube ca. 4 mm. long, the upper lobes nearly obsolete, rounded, blunt, with a very broad, shallow sinus 0.5-1 mm. deep between them, the lateral lobes rounded-ovate, — and fig tein acuminate, 1.5-2 mm. long, the lowermost lobe ovate, 2-3 mm. long. Corolla white; blade of the banner broadly Sees —o mm. high and wide, finely short-strigose on the back, the broad claw 3-4 mm. lo ong; wings 24-25 mm, long, 10-12 mm. wide, the claw 3 mm. long, exauriculate; keel 22-24 mm. long, 10-11 mm. deep, the claw 3.5-4 mm. long. Staminal tube 18-20 mm. long, the vexillary stamen coherent with the tube, free at the base, with a conspicu- ous callosity on the upper side near the base. Ovary densely strigillose, the style barbate. Legumes linear, 6-9 cm. long, 7-9 mm. wide, both strigillose and strigose or hirtellous ‘and hirsutulous with rusty or tawny hairs, often silky but not appearing conspicuously hairy, brown; seeds 10-13, compressed, 3.2-3.6 mm. wide, brown to gray variegated with black, with a conspicuous white caruncle ca. 1 mm. high excentrically pla ced. Distripution. Native of India; naturalized in Jamaica and appar- ently in Suriname, Venezuela and Colombia, possibly escaping from culti- vation in Puerto Rico, Dominica, St. Kitts and Brazil. SpecIMENS EXAMINED. JAMAICA. Bush 3 m. high, Swift River, Hope, 160 m., Harris 6031, 1895 (NY); river banks, 480 ft., near Castleton, Harris 9040, "1905 (NY, US); getty river course, Castleton, 500 ft., Harris 11804, 1914 (CAS, F, GH, NY, US); hillside, Maryland, sinanity of Newcastle, Britton 3292, 1908 (NY); Golden Spring, 235 m., Fawcett 7988, 1900 (F, NY PUERTO RICO. Hacienda Carmelita, Ponce, 500 m., (introduced?), Sargent a 18, 1943 (US); planted south of Carolina, Britton & Britton 9949, 193 32 (NY). DOMINICA. Without locality, Fairchild 2721, 1932 (US). ST. KITTS. Belmont Estate, Britton & Cowell 411, 1901 (NY, US). HONDURAS. Cultivated, Lancetilla Valley, near Tela, Dept. Atlan- tida, 20-60 m., Standley 53646, 1927-28 (US). COLOMBIA. Antioquia: Laguna de Guarne, Bro. Daniel 2758, 1942 (US). Vatre pet Cauca: North of Palmira (Cauca valley), 1050 m. » Garcia B. 6487, Dec. 1938-Jan. 1939 (US). ZUELA. Carasozo: Valencia, “grows wild but is cultivated,” Archer 311, 1935 (US). 376 Rhodora [DECEMBER SURINAME. Scotelweg, Archer 2665, 1934 (F, US); Sandrij Island, “eultivated cover crop, but also said to be wild in bush,” Archer 2756, 1934 (US). BRAZIL. Sao Pavto: Fazenda Sta. Elisa, Campinas, Houk & Santoro §34, 1936 (US). The large flowers, the almost completely fused upper lobes of the calyx, the narrow bracts and the large legumes and seeds are characteristic of this handsome species which appears to be spreading in tropical America. Two pubescence-forms, which seem to represent normal variations in wild Asiatic populations (as represented by herbarium-specimens), occur in the Americas. In one (e. g., all specimens from Jamaica and St. Kitts) the pubes- cence of the entire plant is appressed. In the second (¢.g., specimens from Puerto Rico and Dominica), the stems, petioles and rachises are hirtellous and the leaves softly hirtellous to hirsutulous beneath. The hairs on the legumes of the former are appressed, those on the legumes of the latter spreading. 48. Tephrosia Vogelii Hook. f. Tephrosia Vogelii Hook. f. Niger Fl. 296. 1849. “On the Quorra [Nigeria], and Fernando Po, Vogel.” Cracca Vogelit (Hook. f.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. This species, a native of tropical Africa, is represented in America by an old specimen marked ‘‘West Indies—M. Perrin,” (NY). This probably represents an early introduction of the species, but not necessarily an escape from cultivation. Teph- rosia Vogelii has been grown as an ornamental shrub and as & cover-crop in tropical Africa and southeastern Asia and is a well- known fish-poisoning plant. It is being cultivated in tropical America and may escape from cultivation. The only other American specimen I have seen is from Honduras: Cultivated, Lancetilla Valley, near Tela, Dept. Atlantida, 20-60 m., Standley 58459, 1927-28 (US). The species is probably related to T. candida, but is easily recognized by the large, white flowers 35 mm. long, by the large calyx with oblong lateral lobes, by the pods 10-12 em. long, 13 mm. wide and densely hirsute with soft, tawny hairs, and by the compressed black seeds about 6-7 mm- long and 44.5 mm. wide with a prominent white caruncle. 49. Tephrosia bracteolata Guill. & Perr. Tephrosia bracteolata Guill. & Perr. Fl. Seneg. Tent. 194. 1830. Lam Sar, near St. Louis, Senegambia. Cracca bracteolata (Guill. & Perr.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 174. 1891. 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 377 Tephrosia bracteolata is known in our area from a single speci- men from the herbarium of R. T. Lowe, and now in the Gray Herbarium. It was collected in “Santo Domingos’, 29 January 1866. In the absence of other information this species should be regarded as a stray introduction and not as an established member of the American flora. The plant is easily distinguished from other species known from the Americas by its 11—15 linear leaflets which are 2-6 cm. long, 2-4 mm. wide, obtuse to retuse at the apex, glabrous above and densely strigillose beneath, by the slender, few-flowered racemes inserted obliquely in the axils, by the small flowers 10-12 mm. long, by the strigillose calyx 2 mm. long, and by the hirtellous legume 4.5 em. long and 4 mm. wide. A more complete description is to be found in Rydberg, N. Amer. Fl. 24: 182. 1923. I have seen no authentic material of this Species and am not convinced that this identification is correct. EXcLUDED GLABROUS-STYLED TEPHROSIAS The following list is composed of names which have been omer to American glabrous-styled species of Tephrosia. The synonymy given is p nomenclatural wit ne bu ta few taxonomic references in connection with species with which I am TEPHROSIA ADSCENDENS Benth. in Mart. FL _ pean 48, 1859. TEPHROSIA ADUNCA Benth. Ann. Nat. Hist. I. 3 839. Cracca adunca (Benth.) Pode wag = 1: 174. bers “Tephrosia adunca var. genuina TEPHROSIA ADUNCA var. GENUINA f. PSEUDO-MARGINATA Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. “Seagate ree abit eR on (Chod. & Hassl.) Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. “asemebgeee 16: 165. 1018. Tephrosia od: igre Ball feb. Boiss. IT. ipgraceec: ADUNCA var. INTERMEDIA f. GLABRIOR Chod. & Hassl. Bull. Herb. , Stage = evtatge RUFESCENS eo Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. = pena archers GRANDIFOLIA Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. TEPHROSIA ADUN Ns f. PARAGUAYENSIS (Ulbr.) Hassl. in Fedde oe Bie. Nee i6: 165. 1919. Tephrosia rufescens var. paraguay- Parnkoari | ADUNCA var. SUBGLABRATA Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 16: 165. 1919, my Porn ASCENDENS Macfadyen, Fl. Jamaica 1: 257. 1837. = T. purpurea ) Pers.? *HROSIA Boe rey ray de ex. Chapm. FI. Southern U.S a 1865, not om gs t. Jahrb. 10: 29. 1888. Cracca angustissima (Shutt ew. ex m.) K se Rev. Gen. 1: 174. 1891 sdapaates purpurea var. angus tissima (Shuttlew. ex Chapm.) B. L. Robins 378 Rhodora [DECEMBER CRACCA BENENSIS Rusby, M N. Y. Bot. Gard. 7: 262. 1927. TEPHROSIA BRANDEGEI (Standl,) Riley, Kow Bull. 1923: 330, 1923. Cracca Brandegei Standl. Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 20: 217. 1919. TEPHROSIA BREVIPES . Nat. Hist. I. 3: 432. 1839. Cracca brevipes Se Kuntze, hey. Gen. 1: 174. 1891. = Tephrosia sessiliflora (Poir.) TEPHROSIA CATHARTICA (Sessé & Moc.) Urb. Symb. Ant. 4: 283. 1905. Galega cathartica Sessé & Moc. Fl. Mex. ed. 2. 175. 1894. Cracca cathartica (Sessé i 8 ? enna HBK. Moc.) Britt. & Millsp. Bahama Fl. 181. 1920. = S TEPHROSIA CINEREA (L.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 328. ~ Galega cinerea L, Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 2: 1172. 1759. Cracca cinerea i ) Morong, Ann. a ih Acad. Sci. 7: 79. 1892. Colinil cinereum (L.) Hitche. Mo. Bot. Gard. Rep. 4: 75. om is ene cinerea var. typica al in Fedde, Rep. Spec. cc 16: TEPHROSIA aon LITTORALIS (Jacq.) Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. mae ve July 1859. Tephrosia cinerea B scsi ad (Jacq.) Griseb. Fl. i 182. 1859 ‘oroeekiy latter half of year). = 7. cinerea (L.) P EPHROSIA CINEREA var. TYPICA f. | aidooncs Hassl. in Fedde: Rep. Spec. Nov. 16: 166. 1919. sig: yes crNEREA 5 ec saat Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 15(1): 48. 1859. = T. cinerea (L.) P CRACCA pated Sm all, Bull. Ae Sag 36: 160. 1909. Cracca CurTISsII aio ex "Ry db. N. Amer. Fl. 24: 179. 1923. PHROSIA DECUMBENS Bent “ ex Benth. “& Oerst. Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1853: 7. 1854. Crees decumbens (Benth. ex Benth. & Oerst.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. : Dips 1891. EPHROSIA DOMINGENSIS (Willd.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 330. 1807. Galega domin- gensis Wilk oe a 3 Be 1249. 1802. Cracca domingensis (Willd.) Rydb. N. Amer “« = Tephrosia cinerea (L.) Pers., at coe sensu TEPHROSIA EGREGIA Sandwith, Kew Bull. 1927: 249. 1927. TEPHROSIA GUARANITICA Chod. & Hassl. Bull. Herb. Boiss II. 4: 879. 1904. Tephrosia adunca var. guaranitica (Chod. - Hassl. )4 Hassl. — eyNotHRix Miq. Linnaea 18: 29. 1844. = Tephrosia cinerea (L.) TEPHROSIA HASSLERI Chod. Bull. aot Boies. II. 4: 879. 1904; emend Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. Spee. Nov. 16: 163. 1 Cracca hirta sensu brig & Wilson appears to be Te —— nod a ‘Boi ex Baker, but the plant described by men from indi cannot be that species and from the Seon seems to be Tephrosia villosa (L. 5 Pers., plant with very different calyx-lobes. — gages Rydb. N. — a 24: 180. 1923, not C. hypoleuca iss.) Alef. Perriniana (Spreng.) DC. Prodr. 2: 261. 1825. Known from the New rephrasia only by a single collection sent to § rengel by Perrin, presumably from the West In Indie (NY). This seems to ost Line 20 — Pers Baker in eine TEPHROSIA LEPTOsTacHyA DC. Prodr. 2: 251. 1825. Cracca ae . evodr. 2¢ 261, 41 (DC.) Rusby, Mem. Torr. Club 3(3): 18. 1893. The description ae te ced in of 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 379 et LEPTOSTACHYA $ LEPTOPHYLLA Benth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 15(1): 49. TEPHROSIA LINEARIS (Willd.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 330. 1807. Galega linearis Willd. Sp. Pl. 3(2): 1248. 1802. See Cracca ese i Rydb. cca LITTORALIS (Jacq.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 329. 1807. Vicia littoralis Jacq. Enum. Pl. Carib. 27. 1760. Galega eng ~ (Jacq.) — eee ed. "176 ‘ : . Fl. 8. Tenheseia. cinerea 8 littoralis (Jacq.) - peel ephrosia cinerea B littoralis —_ cy es] fe) es io oo: is) oe a ° _& g TEPHROSIA MARGINATA Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 16: 162. 1919. TEPHROSIA MARGINATA var. CINERASCENS Hasel. in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 16: 163. 1919. TEPHROSIA MARGINATA Var. PSEUDO-RUFESCENS Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. Spec. ov. 16: . 1919. TEPHROSIA NERVOSA Chod. & Hassl. Bull. Herb. Boiss. IT. 4: 839. TEPHROSIA NOCTIFLORA Boj. ex Baker in Oliver, Fl. Big ants 391, mcr “1871, adunca Benth. according to Benth. in hol FI. Beda: 15(1): 47.1 1859. TEPHROSIA eae ue a ab Syn. Pl. 2: 329. 1807. Galega piscatoria Ait. Hort. Kew 1789. Cee piscatoria (Ait.) Lyons, PI. Names Scien tific es Pp RL, 120. 1900, basonym att taba ted to Solander. The habitat was said in ba 6 one description to be “India orientali et ins. Maris pacifici.” This name has been applied to native y aieiere plants which bear little ranean asia to the species described. TepHrosta Perrinrana (Spreng.) DC. Prodr. 2: 251. 1825. Galega Perriniana Spreng. — Entdeck. 2: 161. 1821. Cracca Perriniana (Spreng .) Kuntze, 175. 18 Pookroaee at aie Probably ect South res PROCUMBENS Mastaddyen: Fl. rigecreiny 1: 256. 1837. = T. cinerea ers. TEPHROSIA PURPUREA (L.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 329. 1807. Cracca purpurea L. Sp. PL ed. 1. 2: 752. 1753. Galega purpurea L, Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 2: 1172. and ur. m.) B. EA V: Robinson, Bot. Gaz. 28: 201. 1899, T. angustissima ma Shuttlew. ex Chapm. “(Be oe —— Benth. Linnaea 22: 513. 1849. 7. adunca var. ruf nth. nash) He Sects var. PARAGUAYENSIS Ulbr. in Fedde, Rep. spc et 2: 12 1906.7. adunea var. rufescens f. paraguay yensis (Ulbr.) Hass cca R Am : Citcon So USBYI at al _ Torr. Cl. 22: 25. 1895. = Tephrosia Senna BK 380 Rhodora [DECEMBER — scopuLoruM Brandeg. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 6: 181. 1915. nerea Turuaosts Senna HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. (folio) 6: 359. Aug. 1824. Op. cit. (quarto) 6: 458. Sept. 1824. Cracca Senna (HBK.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: a River uga, Valle del Cauca, Colombia, Oct. 1801. The detailed description clearly applies to the plant which has been known as Tephrosia cathartica Sessé & Moc.) Urb., and P. Killip writes me that he has examined the Type at Paris aes that it is indeed this species. TEPHROSIA me sggoote + * soag = ass]. in Fedde, ate Spec. Nov. 16: 162. es is uite unlike any 0 ie American member of the calyx, par axillary flowers, = a pee glabrous styles set it seat fein all other species in our re rom Oaxaca, Mexico, (Guatulco, Liebmann 5165, Oct. 1843, Hirao ex Herb. Bot. Mus. ie 064 nhagen), Haiti, Trinidad, = aot British Guiana, oe TENELLA ee Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 36. 1853. Cracca tenella (A. ray) Rose, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 12: os 1 to dla een Nov. Gen. et 8 p. (folio 0) 6: 360. Aug. 1824; Op. cit. (quarto) 6: 459. Sept 1894, According _ ham in Mart. Fl. Bras. 15(1): 47. 1859, this is Pie — cinerea (L.) Pi TEPHROSIA VICIOIDES Schlecht. naea 12: 297. 1838, not A. Rich. 1847. Cracca es (Schlecht.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. TEPHROSIA ease (L.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 329. 1807. Galega villosa L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 2: 1172. 1759. Cracca wileeg L. Sp. Pl. ot oe 2: 752. 1753. CRACCA or. 3 cinEREA (L.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1 173. 1891. = Tephrosia seri ee ex Fawcett & Rendle, Jour. Bot. 55: 35. ae yAlais raham y hie "Wallichit (C ‘one ex Fawcett & Rendle) Rydb. N. Amer. Fl. 2 Todien : = Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers., loraatte! into the est SPECIES EXcLUDED FROM TEPHROSIA TEPHROSIA rsa Kunth & Bouché, Ann. Sci. Nat. III. 7: 189. 1847. mn ash Block Bello, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. 10: 258. 1881. Cracca anitaites (Bello) Cook & Collins. = Cre acca caribaea (Jacq.) Be PHROSIA ASTRAGALINA HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. (quarto) 6: 464. Sept 824; Op. cit. (folio) 6: 363. gee 1824. Cracca astragalina (HBK.) "Kuntze, : . ot osia. TepurosiA Barcuayi Baillon, Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1 1883. — to Rydberg, N. Amer. Fl. 24: 183. 1923, this ia species ‘of Da begnees BICOLOR Micheli, Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2: 444. pl. 11. 1894. = e"Cracea | che oy CraForDIA BRACTEATA Raf. Specchio 1: 156. 1814, Although this name is assi alt. &G., the Rafin , cannot possibly be a Tephrosia; the description ce does not apply to any species of the genus in the United State: HROSIA CARIB Jacq. . a: 251. ; Sel. — Am. 212. 1763. Cracca caribaea (Jacq.) Benth. ex Ben Oerst. Kjoeb. Vidensk Meddel. 1853: 9. 1854. = Cracca Benth. CRACCA CARIBAEA var. Epwarpsi (Gray) Hassl. in a og Rep. Spec. Nov- a 160. 191 .; ~ Creu ten th. Nov. 16: CCA CARIBAEA var, GLANDUL Spec. Nov. 19: 00 eS ee ee = IFERA Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. Spec. +’ 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 381 CRACCA CARIBAEA var. saya tea f. puB1A Hassl. in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. 16: 160. 1919. = Cracca TEPHROSIA CHILENSIS Trey. Linnaea 10: Litt. 73. 1836. Grown from see supposedly from Chile. o Tephrosias are known to me from more oo and the plant with 2-seeded pods described pestiyie not seem to TEPHROSIA COERULEA Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 329. 1807. = Dalea M utisit Kunth, according to Index Kewensis. RACCA COLLINA M. E. Jones, Contr. West. Bot. 15: 137. 1929. = Erios grandiflorum (Schlecht. & Cham .) Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald 345. 1857. ‘See Standley, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 11: 161. 1936. TEPHROSIA CONSTRICTA S. Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 24: 46. 1889. Cracca con- stricta (S. Wats.) Tidestrom, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 48: 40. 1935. = Sphinc- tospermum constrictum (S. Wats.) Rose, Contr. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 10: 107. pl. . 1906, a monotypic genus separa epriasg fogd and cytologically from Tephrosia and more closely allied to Crac nth. CRACCA CORUMBAE Hoe rig Comm. Linh. Tele eek Matto-Grosso (Publ. 45), Annexo 5, Bot. pt. 8: 63 (as Gracca), ya 153. 1919. Unknown to me, but not Tephrosia TEPHROSIA CRACCOIDES Lillo, Bol. Mus. Cien. Nat. Univ. Tucuman, no. 6: 8. 1925, without Latin diagnosis and described merely as “Planta ‘de tres a uatro metros de alto, de flor blanca.” This is Coursetia brachyrhachis ms (see Burkart 1943, p 297). A DIVERSIFOLIA Lichen: Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1853: 106. car ) Kuntze, Rev en =: 175. 1 $91 Apparently known ae from the Sierra de Cordoba in Argentina, this species is not a Tephrosia. I ve n fi ng specimens, but the inflorescence appears to be dif- ferent from that of Tephrosia and the leaflets are stipellate, a feature un- known in Tephrosia. Cracca “Ewan psi A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 36. 1853. Cracca caribaea var. Edwardsii (A. Gray) Hassl. = Cracca Benth. Graces Ei EDWARDSII var. GLABELLA A. cay Proc. Amer. Acad. 17: 201. 1882. = Cracca Benth. Cracca Ponies: ses sang A. ore, Proc. Amer. Acad. 17: 201. 1882. Cracca sericea A. a TePHrosta? Buasornst r Nutt.) Benth. pee: Wien. Mus. 2: 127, in obs. 1838. = Galactia Ellio TEPHRosiA ioe 9 ee oe rs. Syn. Pl. 2: 328. 1807. Galega filiformis Jacq. Collect. 2: 348. 1788. Cracca filiformis (daca) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. The plant illustrated by Jacquin is a species Galactia Trpurosia rruticosa M. E. Jones, Extr. Contr, West. Bot. 18: 43, 1933. The ‘flowers —s and purple-veined, ” cannot apply to Tephrosia. Jones noted, “This may be an Eriosema.” This plant was collected in the Barranca of Game ajara where a shrubby Eriosema is a conspicuous ele- ment. See also Morton, Contr. U. 8. Nat. fags 20: 104. 1945. TEPHROSIA FRUTESCENS (Mill.) DC. —_, : 256. 1825. Galega frutescens —, Gard. Dict. « 8. Galega 3. 1768. Cracca frutescens (Mill.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1391. “According to Britten and — Jour. — 38: 225. 1897, this i India - pag ewey ae he gee EPHROSIA GLAB Bent: re) p cens Benth. < nuk & Oerst. Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1853: 9. 1854. mre Benth. 382 Rhodora [DECEMBER TEPHROSIA GLANDULIFERA Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulph. 81. 1844. pore i fera Benth. ex Benth. & Oerst. Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1854. te acca Benth. or Coursetia wendulilera (Benth.) Macbr Cracca Ga cca Benth, Millsp. Field Col. Mus. Bot. Ser. 1: ‘299, pl. 13. 1896. t n TEPHROSIA HETERANTHA Griseb. Goett. Tr 24: 101.1879. Cracca heterantha (Griseb.) Sere Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. Cracca_Kunizei Seer ex Kuntze. Neocracca heterantha (Griseb.) Spegazzini, Physis 925. A peculiar ee appeeety an aberrant member of or pat relied to Cracca Benth. (see Burkart 1943). Cracca Kuntzer Harms e x Kuntze, ay Gen. pak 69. 1898. Neocracca Kuntzei (Harms ex srs Kuntze, 1. = Cracca heterantha (Griseb.) Kuntze or Neocracca = Sore eb. ) ‘Spegazzini TEPHROSIA LONGIFOLIA (Jacq.) Pers. Syn. Pl. 2: 328, 1807. Galega longliors eere — ollect. 2: 349. 1788. The eat illustrated by Jacquin is a species of Galactia. CRACCA MICRANTHA Micheli in Dur. & Pitt. Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. ety ae Sl Benthamantha mollis var. micrantha (Micheli) Standl. = Cracca Motus (HBK.) eet & Oerst. Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1853: 9. 1854. Tephrosia mollis HBK. Nov. ing a Sp. (folio) 6: ae , Oe 1824; Op. cit. (quarto) 6: hey vio 1824, not 7. mollis Valet. = Crace mollis (HBK.) Benth. & Oerst. or Poieaies mollis (BI) Mac EPHROSIA MOSCHATA Tussac, Fl. Antill. 2: 22. pl. 6. 1818. copula dubia (Poir.) Urb. Jacq. Collect. 1: 79. 1786. Cracca ochrolewea (Jacq.) B Benth. Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1853: 9. 1854. = Cracca Benth. or oes TEPHROSIA OROBOIDES HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. (folio) 6: oi (not pl. a? Sept. 1824; Op. cit. (quarto) 6: 462. (not pl. 578.) Sept. 1824. Crac pie (HBK.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891, as den = Lotus orob rp vee ) Ottley ex Kearney & Peebles, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 29: 483. 1 9. (F-fragment of Type). (See Ottley, ’Brittonia 5: 101. 1944. een posi ssé Mane FL She ed. 2. 174. 1894. Although de- : nd *G. cinerea, this apparently is not Tephrosia. Described as having “folia ternata, foliolis alin tite. CRACCA lye — ose) M. E. Jones, ice. Contr. West. Bot. 18: 44. 1933. = n CRracca A SURO A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 19: 74. 1893. = Cracca Benth. TEPHROSIA STIPULARIS (Desv.) DC. Prodr. 2: 254. 1825. Brissonia stipularis Vv. Four - Bot. 1: 74. 1814. Cracca stipularis ad Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 176, 1801. Apparently not a species of Tephrosi TEPHROSIA VELUTINA Spreng. Syst. 3: 232. 1826. “oh velutina (Spreng.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891, not Rydb. 1923. This cannot be a species of Tephrosia, _ It was — eg ae “Foliis ternatis . . . fruticosa volubilis, TEPHR BPHROSTA VENOSA Mik A Gal. Bull. Acad. Brux. 10(2): 47. 1848. Cracca a (Mart. & Gal.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 1: 175. 1891. This apparently gee a species of Siteaiis Benth. ‘The authors noted its relationship to Teph- rosia mollis HBK. (= Cracca mollis (HBK.) Benth.) LITERATURE CITED ALEFELD, F. 1861. Ueber Vicieen. Bonplandia 9: 116-131. . pilandia 1 or Namensanderung zweier Leguminose osen-Gattung. Bon- 0: oe" pa eri th MM — ar a in the Lauraceae, VI. Pg 4 : r. Arn Arb. 26: 280-434 exican and Central American species. Jou 1949] Wood,—American Species of Tephrosia 383 ATCHISON, EARLENE. 1948. Studies in the Leguminosae. II. Cytogeography of Acacia (Tourn.) L. Amer. Jour. Bot. 35: 651-655. Battey, I. W. anp Cuartorre Nast. 1948. Morphology and relationships of Tllicium, Schizandra and Kadsura I. Stem and Leaf. Jour. Arnold Arb. 29: 77-89. Baker, E. G. 1926. a er in The Leguminosae of tropical Africa. Pt. I: gt ata Ghen BentTHAM, G. D A. es RSTED. 1854. Leguminosae Centroamericanae. Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. seve 1-19. Britten, J. anD E. G. Bax 1900. On some species of Cracca. Jour. Bot. 29: 12-19. sities, SOU, a virginiana. Jour. Bot. 29: 53. orgie J. 1906. ies internationales de la nomenclature botanique, 1, Vienna, 1905. na. a, Rigles internationales de la nomenclature botanique, ed. 2, Brussels, 1910. Paces a! 935. International rules of botanical nomenclature, ed. 3, Cambridge, 1930. Browne, P. 1756. Civil hed natural history of Jamaica. Ed.1. London. BURKART, A. 1943. Las leguminosas Argentinas silvestres y cultivedas. enos es Constance, L. 1949. A revision of Phacelia subgenus Cosmanthus (Hydro- phylla —s Conte, Gray Herb. Harv. Univ. é os W. Life-span of seeds. Bot. Rev. 4: 235-274. "Tephrosia in Flora of Indiana. 601. Indianapolis. Petition Aucustin P. 1825. Tephrosia in Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis 2: 248-256. Paris. Domin, K. 1926. Tephrosia in n Beitrage zur Flora — "gprs iia aa t. Ducks, A. 1939. As Jeguminosas_ da Amaz6nia ‘ealibina. Rio de Janeiro. ecviat N.C. 1939. Tephrosia in Leguminous plants of Wisconsin. 57-63. dison, Wis - FERNALD, M. L. 1943. are botanizing under restrictions. RHODORA 45: 3. 57-413, 458-480, 485-5 ForBEs, Hetena M.L. 1948. : revision ~ is South African species of the genus ae Pers. Bothalia 4: 951— Gentry, H.S. 1942. Rio Mayo plants, a stay of the flora and vegetation of the valley of the Rio Mayo, Sonora. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 527. otes on the Age me of Sierra Dactats in northern Sinaloa. Bull. page Club 7. ie RRR Sierra Ta bch hs Sinaloa plant locale. Bull. Torrey Club 73: 356-362. - Grenier, Cu. AND hes A. Gopron. 1848. Cracca in Flore de France 1: 46 Pari Grirrira, R. E. 1847. Medical Botany. Philadelphia. Harvey, W. H. in Harvey aNpD SonpER. 1861-1862. Tephrosia in Flora ape lin. Husxrns, C. L. 1948. Chromosome multiplication and reduction in somatic issues. Nature 161: 80-83. 17 1930. Chromosome numbers in Leguminosae. Bot. Mag. ce : 28. Krevurer, E. 1929. Chromosomen-studien bei den Galegeen. Ber. der Deut. Bot. Gesell. 47: 99-101. 1 . 1891. 1: 164-165, 173-176. Wiirzbur, Lansouw, J. 1989. On the, stan be of herbarium abbreviations. Chron. Bot. 5: 142-150. 384 Rhodora [DECEMBER Lansouw, J. 1941. Index herbariorum. Chron. Bot. 6: 377-378. LinnagEvs, C. 1753. Cracca in Species plantarum 2: 752. —————. 1759. Galega in Systema natura, ed. 10. 2: 1172. Lrrrie, V.A. 1942. Rotenone content, an inherited character in the roots of Devil’s ce ae virginiana. ein Econ. Entomology 35: 1 = PERSOON, C.H. 1807. feces in Synopsis plantarum 2: 328-330. Paris. RaFinesque, C. 8. 1830. Medical flora, or manual of the seit botany e of the United States of America. Philadel Resper, A., WEAT MANSFELD AND 1935. nservation of later generic pen aneeti - Bull. 1935: 341-544. Roark, R. C ephrosia as an insecticide—a i of the — . 193 . Bur. ER at & Pi. Gustantine: Publ. E-4 RoBinson, B. L. 1899. Revision of the North lab species of Teph- rosia. Bot. Gaz. 28: 193-202. RypsBerG, P. A. 1923. Cracca in N. Amer. Fl. 24(3): 157-183. ——. 1923a. Genera of North American Fabaceae I. Tribe Ga- legeae. Amer. Jour. Bot. 10: 485-498. ls. Senn, H. A. omosome number relationships i in the Leguminosae. Bibl. Genetica 12: 175-3 336. — eh ¥: G. A. Russe, M.S. Lowman, E. D. Fowuer, C. O. ERLAN- A. Littte. Studies on the possibilities of Devil Shoestring (Tephrosia virginiana) and other Beers species of Tephrosia as commercial sources of insecticides. U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 595. ashington. Sprague, T. A. 1940. Additional nomina generica conservanda (Pterido- phyta and ppnmerennee)- Kew Bull. 1940: 81-134. Sranpiey, P. C. 1922. Cracca in Trees and shrubs of Mexico (Fagaceae- Fabaceae). Contr. ye 8. = Dat: Herb. 23(2): 470-475. —__—_——_— ann J. Srere . Tephrosia in Flora of Guatemala. idlsoas Botany 24(5): 35 352-357. Fie TavuBert, P. 1894. Tep m Pflanzenfamilien 3(3): 267-273. Torrey, J. AND A. ‘on 1838. Tephrosia in Flora of North America 1: 295-297. New Yor U. S. DeparTMENT oF AGRICULTURE. 1938. Soils of the United States im a =~ op Yearbook of agriculture 1938, pt. 5. 1019-1161 and map. on. VaIL, pes M. 1895, A revision of the North American species of the genus ettee a Torrey ¢ _ 22: 25-36. 3. Chromosomes of Astragalus. Bull. Torrey Club 70 70: "430-435, Water, T. 1788. oe in Flora Caroliniana. 187-188. London Warre, 8. S. 1948. The vegetation and flora a region of the Rio de Bavispe in srchoiabines Sonora. Mexico. Lloydia 11: 229-302. ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS Page 233, 234: Note that the synonymy given for Tephrosia Pers. includes = to the Amen which have been applied to species indigenous to or introduced e ricas Page 267: To the synonymy of Fephrosia virginiana add Tepkote virginiana ar. leucosericea (Rydb.) F. J. Hermann, ete Wash. Acad. Sci. 38: 237. Page 315: _To the synonymy of Tephrosia chrysophylla x T. florida, a6 Pephr osia ambigua (M. A. Curt at Chasen. var. tater edia (Small) F Harsaaa, Jour. "Wash. Acad. Sci. 38: 237. 1948. Rhodora Plate 1153 C. E. W. del. New BarsisTyLep Species or TepHrosia. 1. T. saxicoxa (habit, iso- type-UC; details, Type-GH). 2. T. mexicana (Type-GH). 3. ‘T. POGO- NocaLyx (Type-GH). 4. T. vernicosa (habit, isotype-G : ils, Type-NY). ‘All details, X 1; habit, Fig. 1, X 14; habit, Figs. 2,3, 4, X 24. Plate 1154 Rhodora C. E. W. del. (Central x t. GH; remaining figures Habit, < 14; details, XA159- & Alexander / TEPHROSIA QUERCETORUM, Sp. NOV. flowering plant from Hernandez from type-collection-GH. ) Rhodora Plate 1155 werd s erent t, toy. ” m4 Sys, SAD epsomier = oar sold " bees 4 ete, ae m 3 is 4 a fain ; u d 2 a u C. E. W. del. TEP IA ABBOTTIAE, Sp. aig Habit, nei, si ails, X 1. ee surface 0 of F opened calyx is seen at upper right; n margins of lobes a mitted. (Inflorescence and details from ace Aon leaf from Moore & Wood 4586-GH.) INDEX New scientific names are printed in full-face type 2 i} 1 £ + J 3 in Tephrosia are printed in italics = , tae ~ Apodynomene, 233, 374; ae ale 233, 372; Meyeri, 372 Astragalus s, 204 Balboa, =a radesrnya: 234, 381 Barbasco. Bar bioria. oa Benthamantha, 198, 199; mollis, var. micrantha, 382 Bolusia, 222 Brissonia stipularis, 382 Brittonamra, 19: Cannaceae, 208 assia bicapsularis, 207; multijuga, at-gut, Chadsia, 22 Cicer Runngiboiced: etc., 267 —e foliis pinnatis, 292; ? sericea, Colinil, 233; cinereum, 378; rosea, 372 Compositae, 223 Coursetia iach rhackio 381; glan- ometage , 382; mollis, 382; ochro- uca, Cracca, 197-199, 205-208, 222, 233, 315, 380-382; sp., 205, 208; adunea, 377; affinis nis, 256; ambigu a, 305, 316; angustifoli a, 2/6; wlgteenean ; bene Srudionistar ¢ 376; aoned 378, brevipes, 378; californica, , 287; calva, 256, 258, 259; cana, 284; :: = Ta f ia, 381; Carpenteri, 312, 314; cathartica, Chapm : 314; ¢ phylla, 311, 316; chry- sophylla i, 312; cinerea, 3 collina, 381; constricta, 381; Conzattii, 259; corallicola, 378; corumb: crassifolia, 353; cuernavac j* issii, 378; decum , 378; diversifolia, 369; dolichocarpa, 381; domingensis, (i) ‘3 378; Edwardsii, 381, var. labella, 381, var. sericea, 381; ‘fliformis rmis, 381; flexuosa, 293 297; foliolosa’ 372; Gree nii ; hamata, 288, 289; y hatenanithis4 382: Heyde- ane 242; hirta, 378, bf hispidula, : wi Loan 2g 267, 276; hypo- luca, 338, 339, 372, 378, 379; inter- 5-317; Kuntzei 38 31 2; sapain 353, 356; 5; atidens, ; eguminibus retrofalcatis, etc., a 256; leptostachya, 378; leucantha, E , 265; leucosericea, Lindheimeri, 321; littoralis, 379; lupinoides, ; macrantha, 247 , 320; major, Mi- cheliana, 361; micrantha, 382; 275; moll 382; multifolia, 242; nic ensis, 332; nitens, 336; noctiflora hro- , 3793; oc leuca, 382; pec a Re 276, 280; oroboides, 382; pac ay ; Perriniana, 378, 379; piveatoria, 379; platyph ylla, 371; potosina, 324; ‘pringlel, 330; Ae ‘293; spicata villosa ana, 267, 275, ; virginiana sericea, 367; Vogelii, 376; Wellichs, atsoniana Crafordia, 234; bracteata, 234, 380 Cytisus, 22. 249; sessiliflorus, 380 Dalbergia, 380 Dalea Mutisii, 381 il INDEX Derris, 201 Devil’s shoestring, 209 Dionaea, 301 oe 292 Eriosema, 381; grandiflorum, 381 Tehortineahia; 208 Fordia, 222 Galactia, 381, 382; Elliottii, 381; marginali Galega, 197, "206, 220, 222, 267, 276, 299: ambigua, 3 : caribaea, 1 8, 380; cathartica, 378, 382; chryso- phy. ‘la, 311; cinerea, 378, 382; gay rm 378, 379; filiformis, , 305, ’310, 311; frutes- purea, etc., 2 hirta, 378, 379; hispidula la, ralis, 379; ion 310, RLS 380; virginiana, 267, 292; virgi 7 Goodia le lotitolia, 207 Hovea linearis, 207 Indigofera excelsa, 364; mucronata, 381; Perriniana, 339, 372, 378, 379 Iridaceae, 208 Kiesera, 233; candida, 374; sericea, 233, 374 Kraunhia, 222 Labiatae, 208 Leguminosae, 203, 206, Tribe Gale- geae, 193, 204, 222, Subtribe Crac- canae, 222, Subtribe acre 222, Subtribe Tephrosiea Subtribe Denbroebide., 219, 222: Tribe Phaseolae, Lonchocarpus, 201 Long-leaf pine, 230 Lotus oroboides, 382 Malvaceae, 208 Millettia, 222 Mundulea, 222 Nelumbo nucifera, 207 Neocracca heterantha, 382; Kuntzei, 382 Orobus sericeus, 251; virginianus, 292 Periandra, 381 Peteria, 222 Pine, Long-leaf, 230 Poissonia, 22 Ptychosema, 222 Quercus alba, 231; incana, 231 Robinia candida, 374; sericea, 374 ynchosia sessiliflora, 380 Sarcodum, 222 a 301 Senna, Wild, 203 Sphinetospermum 204—208; constric- um, 204, 205, 208, 381, pl. 1152 gylitre, 222 bb ool sect. Apodynomene, 223; Eutephrosia, 223, 374; sect. Brissonia, 393: sect. Pogonostigms, Reineria, 223; sect Requienia, 223; Abb ottiae, 212, 217, 218, 237, 357, 359, 363, Dl. 1155; adscenden ns, 377; adunca, 377, 379, var. acutifolia, 377, var- ’3 Be & udo-marginats, , var. ranitica, 377, . eg . ae ‘st, andi- < ba J o os 8 mp mn ws » ma 235, 236, 241, 320-321, 353; major, 212, 213, 238, 248, 345, 347, 354, 359, 361, 363; a he sin i 3 382; mollissima, a moschata, 382; multiflora, 2 280; multi- fai, 200, — 208, "508, 211, 212, 214, 216, , 225, 239, 241, Pr 246, 247, 250, 251, 255, 256, 284; nervosa, 379; Ba Oa, 280, 211, 212, , 364; nitens, ; Palmeri, 205, 208, 212, 236, 237, 287, 280, 290, 323; pauciflora, 592; penicillata, , 292, 297, 3 saxicola, 212, 225, 239, 3 330, 363, ‘pl. 1153; Schiedeans, 246, 251, 256; scopulorum See- mannii , 211, 212, 225, 30, 328, nna, 203, 378-380; sericea, 249, 351; sessili- flora, 217, simulans, 211, 212, 241, 323, 347, 349; Sinapou, 200-: 204, 205, 208, a 212, _ 218, 225, 226, 254-256, 228, pl. ee. ‘gmnallit” 315; spicata, 204, 205, 209, 211, 212, 314, 220, 228, 230, 231, 235, 237, 276, 292, 297, INDEX ain vinta 318, 380, pl. 1152, var. 93, 207, stipularis, » B20, 6 i 246, 249, 255, 256; velutina, 382; venosa, 382; ve , 380; vernicosa, 212, , 323, 339, 340, , pl. 1153; vicioides, 204, 205, 208, 216, 380, p osa, Ret, 233, 30 310, Bil, ara, Lege , var. flexu- a, 201 —205, 209, 211, 313, ‘314, "O15, "217, 218, 24, 225, 228, 230, 238, 267, 269, 271- 276, 330, 384, pl. 1152, 8. glabra, 267, var. 'glabra, 27 274, x. holosericea, 67, -var- oloseric cea, v leucosericea virginica, 267; viridis, 256; ” Vogelii, 201, 203, 220, 237, 372, 376; Wallichii, 379, 380; Watsoniana, 212, 241, 351, 3 Tiliaceae, 208 Vicia, 198; benghalensis, 198; foliis innatis, etc., 267; Ge rhardi, 198; ittoralis, 379 Wild Senna, 203 Wisteria, 222 Xiphocarpus, 233; candidus, 374; martinicensis, 233, 374 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY No. CLXXI Biometric Studies, I. Floral Characters in Six North American Species of Iris. By Rosert C, Foster Studies in the Iridaceae, VI. Miscellaneous Novelties and Transfers. By Ropert C. Foster... .2.....-+--: A Collection of Pteridophytes from the Dominican HeauhGa #8 REeAeD A. Howarp 7 eee ee em ee ee hh Oe he ee ae PUBLISHED BY . THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY : CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U.S. A. 1950 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY No. CLXXI Biometric Studies, I. Floral Characters in ie North American Species of Iris. By Ropert C. Foster. . Studies in the Iridaceae, VI. Miscellaneous Noweltinn and Transfers. By Roser oe OI os oy 5 ak A Collection of s eneophy ee from the Dominican Republic. my MiCHAGe A HOWARD 8 ce ee Studies on some North Aerio Cruciferae. By Resp C. WORM ik 6 oie be a ees FS ok ok a Ss Cee ee ee PUBLISHED BY THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF an aoe UNIVERSITY CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A. 1950 ISSUED APR 14 1950 BIOMETRIC STUDIES, I. FLORAL CHARACTERS IN Srx NortH AMERICAN SPECIES OF IRIS By Rosert C. Foster INTRODUCTION The present paper is the result of a long-standing interest in the possibility of applying objective methods to what some have called one of the last scientific strongholds of subjectivity—plant taxonomy. In recent years, there has been much discussion of how plant taxonomy can be objectified, but rarely, if ever, has the right question, ‘‘Can plant taxonomy be objectified?”’, first been asked, or answered. Woodson (1947) has shown that in some aspects, at least, the question can be answered in the affirmative. It is hoped that these exploratory notes will show that in other respects objective methods can be utilized. At the same time, certain failures will be pointed out. For this work, linear measurements of nine floral characters in six North American species of Iris have been studied. As one passes from the purely descriptive level of a survey of newly or recently opened floristic areas, with scanty materials available for study, to the different levels of more detailed investigation of better-known and more thoroughly collected areas, and intensive monographic revisions of genera, it seems desirable, and should be inevitable, that, in some phases, addi- tional tools of investigation be used. Among these tools, the application of the quantitative methods of biometry must be numbered. Most taxonomists, I believe, use statistical data, even if only in a relatively crude and ungrouped form. It is only natural, then, for them to use a more refined and intensified extension of these earlier approximations, in groups of especial interest to them, at least. Investigations of this nature cannot be a negation of conventional taxonomy, but serve, instead, to strengthen it. To treat all levels of taxonomic inquiry with the same low intensity suitable to the exploratory-descriptive phase is to misevaluate taxonomic possibilities, and thus to do a dis- Service to the science. As has been intimated, this is a purely exploratory paper. In view of the paucity of available data, it could be nothing else. 4 FOSTER Extrapolation of results from the populations studied to the species involved, without qualifying, would be a serious blunder. Nevertheless, the results presented suggest that the continuance and intensification of this mode of inquiry would be fruitful in many ways, although comparatively barren in others. It is quite possible that untenable hypotheses and erroneous sugges- tions may be made here, but the purpose of this paper is, to repeat, exploratory, to examine possibilities for further study, not to endeavor to reach final conclusions on presently-limited evidence. To a number of people, but in particular to Dr. P. A. Munz, Dr. Lincoln Constance, and Dr. E. C. Abbe, I am grateful for interest in this study and for encouragement of its continuance. MATERIALS AND Mrruops without dissection, chiefly by transmitted light. This has auto- matically reduced greatly the number of measurements which could be made, since only well-prepared flowers could be meas- ured, and the flowers of Iris are difficult to press. All measure- ments were made with a hand-lens or a dissecting-microscope, to the nearest millimeter. In the following section, Table I sum- marizes the number of measurements made for each character in each species. For each character in all the species considered, the mean, Standard deviation, and coefficient of variation, with their respective standard errors, were determined. A synoptic table of this information is given as Table II. Then the three sta- * This is the plant usually called J. californica, but as there is some question of the proper publication of that name, and doubt as to the original application of I e, I prefer to use I. amabilis, a binomial which is definite and asso- ciated with a type-specimen. BIOMETRIC STUDIES OF IRIS 5 tistical estimates for each character in I. macrosiphon were com- pared with the same estimates for the same characters in all the other species, to find the difference (d) between the means, the standard deviations and the coefficients of variation. This process was repeated until all species had been compared with one another. The standard error of each difference (oa) was then calculated, in order to test the significance of the differences. This is essentially a é-test for significance, but instead of using Fisher’s table of probability (Fisher (1948), p. 174), it seemed preferable, for purposes of tabular display, to use the older method of dividing d by its standard error. These values of d/cg are given in Tables III-X. Ordinarily, if d/og 2 3, the difference is regarded as significant, indicating a real difference in the populations thus compared. This, however, is true in the case of statistical estimates derived from large series of observa- tions. As a result, in view of the small number of observations available here, except in the case of J. versicolor and I. virginica, it has seemed atvieable to treat values of d/oq of less than 6 or 7 as being probably not significant, and even this may be too low an estimate. This conservatism is even more justified in com- paring measurements of pressed material with the measurements of living material of I. versicolor and I. virginica; in these cases, the threshold of significance is unquestionably higher. The standard deviations were compared in this manner since it was thought that, even if there were no significant difference between the means, there might be a significant difference in the dispersion of the variates around the means. The coefficients of variation were similarly compared to see if there were any significant difference between the variabilities of a character in two populations. Finally, for each species, a series of correlation coefficients was worked out for all possible character-combinations. These are given, with their approximate probabilities, in Table XI. The values of P were taken from the table given by Fisher (1948, p. 209). Since the original measurements, in centimeters, were made to one decimal place, all calculations have been reduced to two decimal places before publication. As the values of d/oa are subject to so large a margin of error, only one decimal place has been used in the final version. Although all calculations have been carefully checked and rechecked, it is too much to hope that all arithmetical errors have been detected; it is hoped, however, that these are at a minimum. 6 FOSTER Discussion This work was originally begun as an inquiry as to the results of the application of rather elementary and conventional sta- tistical methods to the extensive data given by Anderson (1928) in his highly interesting, at that time unorthodox, study of quantitative floral differences between I. versicolor and I. vir- ginica, two closely related species which had been regarded by Dykes (1913) as conspecific. Anderson concluded that the quantitative differences shown by his method of investigation, especially when considered with other differences, amply justified the separation of the two. A glance at the values of d/o for the comparison of the two species, Table X, shows that the means are significantly different in seven of the eight characters examined. In sepal-length, petal-taper, style-crest-length, and anther-length, there are also significant differences in the dispersion of the variates around the means. Comparison of the coefficients of variation shows significant differences of variability in sepal-length, petal-length, petal-width, petal-taper, and style-crest-length. It seems pos- sible that these differences in variability are associated with the presumed origin of I. versicolor as an amphidiploid hybrid between J. virginica and I. setosa var. interior Anderson (Ander- son (1936)). stem-length and shorter perianth-tube of I. amabilis (I. cali- fornica in Abrams’ treatment). Since in the case of J. macrosiphon, only 44 sets of nine measure- ments from each flower were secured for working out correlation BIOMETRIC STUDIES OF IRIS z coefficients, this second population-level has also been compared with the other species. Similarly, only 22 sets of nine measure- ments could be secured for correlation coefficients in I. amabilis. By omitting sepal- and petal-widths, it was possible to secure 46 sets of seven measurements for J. amabilis. The tabular comparisons of differences include all three population-levels. In Tables III and IV, the two population-levels for J. macro- siphon are compared with the other species, the arrangement being in systematic sequence from left to right. The difference of the means of tube-length (Table IIt) shows significant values only in comparison with I. Munzii and I. prismatica. These values of d/o are so high that it seems safe to say that the samples are representative of the species concerned, in this character at least. If larger population-samples of J. macrosiphon and I. amabilis give a similar low value of d/ca for the means of tube- length, it would appear that there is no significant difference between these two in this character. Indeed, the data for the means of I. macrosiphon and I. amabilis (Table III) suggest, in most characters, that significant differences may not exist. If that is the case, either other quantitative differences which are significant must be found, or reliance must be placed on qualita- tive differences. A difference in stem-length has been men- tioned, but in the field this breaks down. In 1937, I collected I. PRESENTATION OF DATA TABLE I Number of Observations Available Macro- | Ama- Pris- Versi- | Virgi- Character siphon bilis | Munzii | matica | color nica Tube-length 103 105 42 25 ee sate Sepal-length 90 75 42 25 566 1560 -widt 71 40 42 25 565 1594 Petal-length 47 42 25 562 1590 tal-wi 49 24 42 25 556 1628 Style-arm 78 42 25 ie reat Style-crest 89 77 42 25 382 1329 ther 94 80 42 25 241 415 Filament 94 79 42 25 tet pests Note: In addition, a second population-level for I. macrosiphon, psec ory for each character, and two levels for I. eoabilie shes 46 asures for each character (sepal-width a petal-width omitted) and 22 measures for each character (sepal-width and petal-width included), have 8 FOSTER macrosiphon well to the north of the type-locality (my no. 240), typical in most respects, but with stems up to 24 cm. long. No other Iris was seen for many miles, so that hybridization seems ruled out. An even taller variant, with stems up to 60 cm. long, has since been described as I. macrosiphon var. elata Eastw. The suspicion inevitably arises that I. amabilis and I. macro- stphon are not specifically distinct. I feel that two entities are involved, but their relative status is dubious at present. The comparison of J. macrosiphon and I. amabilis can be con- cluded with brief reference to differences in standard deviations TABLE II Means Character Macrosiphon Macrosiphon Amabilis Amabilis (44) (46) Tube-length 4.55: 0.12.) 5.18 +-0.18 | 3.95 +0.05 | 3.99 =0.13 Sepal-length 4.48 +0.06| 4.93 +0.10| 5.03 +0.08| 5.16 +0.07 Sepal-width 1.39 +0.04| 1.41 +0.06|] 1.51 +0.04 — Petal-length 4.23 +0.07| 4.42 +0.11| 4.68 +0.07] 4.63 +0.07 Petal-width 0.75 +0.03| 0.75 +0.03| 0.76 -+40.04 —— Style-arm 2.50 +0.03/ 2.55 +40.04| 2.61 +0.05| 2.69 +0.05 Style-crest 1.11 +0.02} 1.20 +0.07| 1.10 +0.02| 1.11 +0.03 Anther +48 40.02 | 1.19 40.081 1.34 +0.02| 1.15 +0.04 Filament Fos. 20.023 / 1:17 34004{ 1.16 30.01| 1.28 +0.03 . Standard Deviations Tube-length 1.23 +0.09| 1.18 +0.13] 0.48 +0.03| 0.91 +0.10 Sepal-length 0.57 +0.04| 0.64 +0.07| 0 +0. 0. Sepal-width 0.30 +0.03| 0.39 +0.04| 0.26 +0.03 ee Petal-length 0.59 +0.05/ 0.71 +008! 0.46 +0.05| 0.50 -£0.05 Petal-width 0.19 +0.02/ 0.17 +0.02| 0.22 +0.03 ae Style-arm 0.33 +0.02/ 0.29 +0.03| 0.40 +0.03| 0.35 +0.04 Style-crest 0.21 +0.02| 0.49 +0.05| 0.21 +40.02/| 0.22 +0.02 nther 0.19 +0.01| 0.19 +0.03| 0.16 +0.02! 0.25 -+0.03 Filament 0.22 +0.02| 0.25 +0.03| 0.09 +40.01| 0.17 +0.02 Coefficients of Variation Tube-length ‘US £12.27) 22.77 44.14| 11.94 +0.84 | 23.27 42.55 Sepal-length 12.74 +£0.18 | 12.98 +0.07| 11.60 +0.74| 10.46 +1.10 width 21.58 +1.89 | 27.65 +3.16| 17.21 41.98 —— oe | OF 41.10] 18.06 2173 | 971 41°01 | 10.79 4.1.14 Petal-width .33 +2.70 | 22 66 +2.55 | 28.42 +4.42 ASIEN Style-arm 3.20 +0.99 | 11.37 41.93 | 15 31 +1.25 | 13.01 +1.38 he Si 18.91 +1.47 | 40.83 +45 92 19.09 +1.04 | 19.81 +2.15 on ; 16.10 -20/ 15.96 +41.74 | 12.03 +0.97/ 21.73 +2.37 ilamen S18 41 37 | 21.96 49.381 7 63° 2.0.60 | 13.98 1.41 BIOMETRIC STUDIES OF IRIS 9 and coefficients of variation. For the latter, d/ca for filament- length is the only value showing a possibly significant difference of variability in the populations studied. There is a possibly significant difference between the standard deviations for this same character and a difference in dispersion of the variates for tube-length. Reference has already been made to the high value (31.1) of d/ca for the means of tube-length in I. macrosiphon and I. Munzii. Similar high values are found for every character studied, except filament-length. No significant differences are found in the TABLE Il—Continued Means are Munzii Prismatica Versicolor Virginica ) 4.16 +0.09 0.82 +0.03 0.45 +0.01 ra aaa 5.21 +0.08| 7.49 +0.12| 4.29 +0.08| 5.49 +0.03| 5.85 +0.02 1.49 +0.06/ 2.82 +0.06| 1.46 +0.06|] 2.73 -+0.02| 2.63 +0.01 4.89 +0.09| 6.80 +0.12] 3.68 +0.07| 3.65 +0.03| 4.85 +0.02 0.75 +0.05 1.57 +0.05 0.95 +0.03 1.27 +0.01 |] 1.66 +0.01 2.81 +0.07| 3.41 +0.05| 2.40 +0.05 — See. 1.12 +0.04| 1.59 +0.05| 0.74 +0.03| 1.09 +0.01 | 1.26 -+0.004 1.39 +0.04| 2.16 +0.05| 1.04 +0.03| 1.27 +0.01| 1.47 +0.01 1.21 +0.05| 1.11 +40.03| 1.19 +0.02 — comme Standard Deviations 0.43 +0.07| 0.17 +0.02| 0.06 +0.01 a —_— 0.38 +0.06/ 0.80 +0.09| 0.41 +0.06!] 0.60 +0.01 | 0.78 +0.01 0.29 +0.04]} 0.39 +0.04| 0.29 +0.04| 0.41 +0.01 | 0.41 +0.01 0.41 +0.07| 0.75 +0.08| 0.34 +0.05!| 0.65 +0.02/| 0.62 -+0.01 0.22 +0.03 | 0.30 +0.03| 0.16 +0.02| 0.33 +0.01 | 0.35 +0.01 0.34 +0.05| 0.34 +0.04] 0.27 +0.04 —. — 0.20 +0.03 | 0.29 +0.03| 0.14 +0.02] 0.18 +0.01 10.14 -+0.003 0.17 +0.03| 0.31 +0.03| 0.14 +0.02] 0.15 +0.01 | 0.19 +0.01 0.21 +0.03/ 0.18 +0.02/ 0.09 +0.02 —— convents Coefficients of Variation 10.33 +0.17 | 20.22 +2.86 | 14.00 +2.02 nate 7.29 +1.11 | 10.72 +1.82 55 +1.36 | 10.87 +0.33 | 13.29 +0.24 19.46 +3.04 | 13.79 +1.53 | 20.54 +3.03/ 14.99 +40.46 | 15.66 +0.28 8.38 +1.01 | 11.08 +1.22 9.23 +1.31 | 17.389 340.53 | 12.79 +0.23 29.33 +4.79 | 19.82 42.19 | 16.84 +2.45 | 26.17 +0.78 | 20.81 -+0.37 12.09 +1.85 | 9.93 +1.09 | 11.25 +1.33 eo seta 17.85 +2.78 | 18.24 +2.06 | 18.91 +1.15 | 16.23 +0.60] 11.27 +0.22 12.23 +1.87 | 14.30 +1.59 | 13.46 +41.94 | 11.60 +0.54]| 12.93 +40.46 17.35 +2.69 | 16.22 +1.81 |] 7.64 +1.09 ee wbaaicls 10 FOSTER coefficients of variation, but the difference between the standard deviations for tube-length in the two populations is significant. On the basis of herbarium-study and field-knowledge, I should, in the case of the means, unhesitatingly extrapolate from the immediate populations studied and say that the differences shown by these few observations are evidence of inherent specific differences. Comparison of the means of I. macrosiphon and I. prismatica TABLE III Values of d/oa for Iris macrosiphon compared with the following species: Means Ama- | Ama- | Ama i ersi- | Virgi- Character bilis bilis bilis | Munzii| matica| color nica (46) (22) Tube-length 4.6 3.1 2.6 'Sl.1 | 34.2 seen re Sepal-length Sf 7 1.1 | 15.4 9.5 2.0 74 Sepal-width 2.0 1.4 | 20.4 10 1 26.4 | 3ta Petal-length 4.0 4.0 6.0 | 18.4 5.5 7.3 8.6 Petal-width 0.2 — 0 13-7 5.0 | 17.3 | 30.3 Style-arm 1.6 3.3 3.9 | 15.8 3:7 oes —— Style-crest 0.3 0 0.2 9.6 9.3 1.0 7.5 Anther 5.3 0.6 + 4.2 {19.6 3.5 4.5 | 14.5 Filament Ly 1.8 0 2.5 0.7 Saas eae Standard Deviations Tube-length 7.6 2.3 4.0 +428. 132.0 a TEE Sepal-length 1.0 1.3 3.3 1.6 2.9 0.7 2.3 Se idth 1.0 — 0.2 1.8 0:2 3.7 AY Petal-length 1.9 5 Be, 2.0 1.8 3.6 3 0.6 Petal-width 0.8 — 0.8 7 1:0 7.0 8.0 Style-arm 1.8 0.4 0.2 0.2 £2 —_— — Style-crest 0 0.3 0.3 2.0 2.3 1.5 3.5 Anther 3.0 2.0 0.7 4.0 2.5 4.0 0 Filament 6.5 17 us Lo 3.3 ene 0.1 +0.16 >0.1 +0.04 >0.1 +0.19 >0.1 Tube and sepal-width +0.¢ 0.5-0.2 peer. OS | Sts a ek —0.22 >0.1 —0.01 >0.1 e and petal-length +0. <0.61 O76 <6.01 +0.11 >0.1 -0.05 >0.1 +0.19 >0.1 Tube and petal-width +0.25 >0.1 Wee ee 6 Feces. ea es —-0.25 =+0.1 +0.02 >0.1 Tube and style-ar +0.80 <0.01 -—0.76 <0.01 | -—0.06 >0.1 +0.12 >0.1 +O: 2E SOe1 Tube and style-crest rh Os I ee as ck +0.38 <0.01 +0.87 <0.01 +0.14 >0.1 Tube and ant + >0.1 -0.76 <0.01 —0.21 >0.1 +0.20 >0.1 +0.79 <0.01 Tube a t +0.25 +0.1 0.57 <0.01 | +0.08 >0.1 -—0.55 <0.01 -—0.52 <0.01 & Sepal-length and sepal-widt +0.48 <0.01 ree 0.0) | see. oe +0.61 <0.01 +0.75 <0.01 © Sepal-length and petal-length +{ 3. 0.1 5 Sepal-length and anther +0.; +0.02 0.51 >0.01 |} +0.48 <0.01 | +0.08 >0.1 +0.07 >0.1 Sepal-length and filament +0.50 <0.01 +0.47 <0.05 +0.45 <0.01 0.21. >0:1 +0.382 >0.1 w Sepal-width and petal-length +0.82 <0.01 ee ee Od fa te a a +0.69 <0.01 +0.52 +0.01 fa Sepal-width and petal-width +0. 0.1-0.05 el eee er be ee +0.88 <0.01 +0.60 <0.01 =| Sepal-width and style-arm +0.50 <0.01 ee oe eo ie | a ge +0.40 >0.01 +0.80-- 2051 i Sepal-width and style-crest +0. >0.1 Pe Pet oa i ees +0.07 >0.1 +0.25 >0.1 m Sepal-width and anther +0.05 >0.1 Ue C00 Ge 78 EN ge ee au Sea —0.2 =O; +0.04 >0.1 fe) Sepal-width and fila t +0. mot +0.23 See a Sag Se ee +0.42 >0.01 +0.40 +0.05 >| Petal-length and petal-width +0. Dre 08 te 4046 0.1 |e se ks +0.53 <0.01 +0.28 >0.1 _ Petal-length and style-arm +0.7 0.01 +0.45 >0.02 | +0.46 <0.01 | +0.60 >0.01 +0.52 +0.01 a Petal-length and style-crest +0.29 +0.05 +0.19 >0.1 +0. 27, °>0/05:)°+0.22 >0.1 +0,22 >0.1 n Petal-length and +0.¢ 0.05—0 .02 +0.54 <0.01 +0.64 <0.01 +0.30 >0.05 +0.37 0O.1-0.05 Petal-length and filament +0.4 +0.01 +0.£ <0.01 +0.35 <0.02 +0.40 <0.01 +0.12 >0.1 etal-width and style-arm +0.34 0.05-—0.02 Me en or By tp ames Ss es SS +0.4 <0.05 +0.19 >0.1 Petal-width and style-crest +0.20 >0.1 ey Oe re Be es. ce ke +0.05 >0.1 +0.06 >0.1 Petal-width an +0.12 >0.1 —0.¢ ed fe ae eee ee +0.09 >0.1 +0.03 >0.1 Petal-width and filament +0.¢ eae a +0. ceo Tg ROU Sgt ie ee be Boot VE he tee +0.33 0.05-0.02 +0. 1¢ SOit Style-arm and style-crest +0.28 0.1-0.05 +0.39 >0.05 +0.46 <0.01 +0.43 <0.01 +0.27 OH fi Style-arm and anther +0.é 0.1-0.05 +0.46 >0.02 |} +0.57 <0.01 |} +0.18 >0.1 +0.38 0.1-0.05 Style-arm ment +0.66 <0.01 +0.19 >0.1 +0.42 <0.01 +0.59 <0.01 +0.22 O71 Style-crest a nther +0.18 >0.1 +0.09 >0.1 +0.10 >0.1 +0.385 +0.02 +0.53 +0.01 Style-crest and filament +0.02 >0.1 —0.04 >0.1 +0 84 0°<_6.02 | --0.17 ->0.1 +0.14 >0.1 — Anther and filament -—0.05 >0.1 +0.53 =+0.01 +0.38 <0.01 +0.05 >0.1 +0.03 >0.1 oA 18 FOSTER no significant differences of means when compared with the Calr- fornicae, comparison of the means with I. versicolor and I. vir- ginica shows a series of high values for d/ca (Table [X). The only non-significant value is for the difference of the petal-length means of I. prismatica and I. versicolor. On the whole, the picture is what might have been expected by a non-statistical taxonomist and I doubt if an increase in the population-size for I. prismatica would result in any drastic alteration of values. No significant differences seem to exist between the coefficients of variation, but a few possibly significant differences in disper- sion are shown in the comparison of the standard deviations. Throughout the foregoing discussion, the word “significant” has been used primarily in the sense of “statistically significant.”’ Statistically significant high values of d/ca probably represent biologically real differences between the populations studied, or even between the species involved. Nevertheless, it is difficult to see how some of these differences can have biological signifi- cance. For example, the difference between the means of petal- width in the populations of J. versicolor and I. virginica is only a little over 4 mm. How can this be of: biological significance? Yet d/oa is 20.0, indicating a real specific difference. Such differences, it seems to me, should be called biologically neutral differences, whose existence is real and of importance to the taxonomist endeavoring to differentiate between species. As a final step, correlation coefficients (r) for all character- combinations in four species were calculated (including two population-levels in I. amabilis) (Table XI). The data for I. versicolor and I. virginica did not permit the inclusion of these species in this aspect of the work. If development of these an on We require to calculate the probability that such a correlation should arise, by random sampling, from an uncorrelated population. If the probability BIOMETRIC STUDIES OF IRIS 19 is low we regard the correlation as significant.’”’ Accordingly, the approximate values of P have been included in Table XI. These were determined before the correlation coefficients were reduced from four to two decimal places, since Fisher gave probabilities on the basis of four decimal places. So far as the correlation of perianth-tube-length with other characters is concerned, values of r tend to be low and values of P high in the populations studied. In other character-combina- tions, there tends to emerge a somewhat similar correlation- pattern in passing from one species to another. As indicated by the low values of P, there seems, for example, to be a definite correlation, although sometimes weak, between sepal-length and sepal-width, sepal-length and petal-length, sepal-length and petal- width, sepal-length and style-arm-length, and sepal-length and filament-length. Aside from these, there are few values of r with low values of P. Most of these occur in combinations of sepal-width and petal-length with other characters. It is possible, of course, that more data would produce significantly different correlation coefficients. It is possible, too, that differ- ent genes modifying the interrelationship of the characters are present in the populations studied. On the whole, the use of correlation coefficients seems less rewarding, for this particular work, than the comparison of the means. Yet, it is certainly significant that the correlation coefficients in J. amabilis are generally of the same order of value and of similar probabilities as those in I. macrosiphon, an additional point against the con- plete separation of these two entities as species. As a non-statistician, I have perhaps tried to extract too much from insufficient data, but extrapolation from a small popula- tion to a species has been done only as the result of additional knowledge gained from herbarium-study or field-study. Further- more, even a taxonomist should be forgiven for occasionally at- tempting to approach more closely to the biological realities which he must otherwise petrify in a nearly static frame of reference. It is hoped that this study has shown the possible value of such a quantitative treatment, as well as some of the weakness. The conviction that the taxonomist cannot rely solely on quantitative methods remains. I grant the desirability of eliminating the subjective element as far as possible, but any who would reduce plant taxonomy to objective formulae, equa- tions and constants may well be in pursuit of a non-existent absolute. After the relativist revolution in physics, Bridgman (1938, p. 3) wrote: “Experience must be determined only by 20 FOSTER experience. This practically means that we must give up the demand that all nature be embraced in a formula, either simple or complicated. It may perhaps turn out eventually that as a matter of fact nature can be embraced in a formula, but we must so organize our thinking as not to demand it as a necessity’ —a caution as pertinent to the non-physical as to the physical sciences. SUMMARY 1. A quantitative study has been made of nine floral characters in six North American species of Iris: I. macrosiphon, I. amabilis, I. Munzii, I. prismatica, I. versicolor, and I. virginica. Data for the last two were taken from Anderson’s (1928) measurements of living material. Data for the others were secured from well- prepared herbarium-specimens. 2. The method adopted was to compare the difference be- tween the mean of a character in one species and the means of the same character in all the other species studied. The significance of the difference was tested by dividing the difference by its own standard error. Because of the margin of error introduced by utilizing dried material and by comparing data from dried material with living material in some instances, the threshold of significance for d/sa was somewhat arbitrarily raised from 3 to 6 or 7. The same process of comparison was also carried out for all standard deviations and coefficients of variation. 3. Of the three constants thus compared, the means gave the most significant results. Few instances of significant differences were found in standard deviations or coefficients of variation. A, As a result of the study, Anderson’s conclusions as to the distinctness of I. versicolor and I. virginica on quantitative grounds were fully confirmed. The separateness of J. macro- siphon and J. amabilis is considered doubtful. Despite the obvious specific distinctness of I. prismatica, the quantitative treatment of the floral characters studied offers almost nothing to differentiate it from I. macrosiphon and little more to dis- tinguish it from I. Munzii. 5. Correlation coefficients for all character-combinations in I. macrosiphon, I. amabilis, I Munzii, and I. prismatica were worked out and tabulated with their approximate probabilities. The data afford further evidence in support of the non-separate status of I. macrosiphon and I. amabilis, but, in general, the results are less rewarding than the values of d/o in the earlier portion of the work. BIOMETRIC STUDIES OF IRIS 21 6. It is suggested that this mode of inquiry may be fruitful in many ways, but that quantitative methods are hardly likely to supersede all other treatments in plant taxonomy. LITERATURE CITED Aprams, L. R. (1923). Illustrated flora of the Pacific states, 1. Stan- ford meget Press. ANDERSON, E. (1928). The problem of species in the northern blue flags, Tris versicolor L. and Iris virginica L. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 15: 241-332. ANDERSON, E. Bigs The species problem in Jris. Ann. Missouri Bot. rd. 23: 4 BRIDGMAN, "y oe (1938). The logic of modern physics. Macmillan: New York (first printed in 1927). Dykes, W. o (1913). The genus Jris. Cambridge (England): Uni- versity Pre FISHER, R ‘ "(1948). Statistical methods for research workers (ed. 10). afner Publ. Co.: New York. Fostsr, R. C. (1937). A cyto-taxonomic survey : the North American species of Jris. Contrib. Gray Herb. 119: 3-8 Woopnson, R. E., Jr. (1947). Some dynamics ns leaf variation in As- clepias tuberosa. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 34: 353-482. 22 FOSTER STUDIES IN THE IRIDACEAE, VI. MIscELLANEOUS NOVELTIES AND TRANSFERS By Rosert C. Foster During the past year or so, as a result of still-continuing monographic studies and the accumulation of miscellaneous materials sent for determination, a number of undescribed species have been detected. These are placed on record here. Cypella mexicana Morton et Foster, spec. nov. Bulbus ovoideus vel subglobosus, ad 2.5 em. altus et 2 cm. latus, tunicae tenues, fragiles, atrobrunneae. Folia basalia 2-3, basi vaginantia, 6-38 em. longa, 3-12 mm. lata, linearia vel ensiformia, glabra, acuta, plicata; folia caulina 1-2, foliis basalibus similia, 4-16 em. longa, ad 2 cm. lata, folium superius reductum, plus minusve spathiforme. Caulis plerumque ramosus, raro simplex, rami saepe in axillis foliorum caulinorum laxe 5 mm. longum, ellipsoideum vel subclava- tum, glabrum. Flores purpurei, tepala subaequalia; tepala exteriora ad apice obtusa et minute purpureo-peni dila navi sparse vel dense glanduloso-ciliatus, lamina plus minusve cuneata et valde deflexa, ap’ ureo-penicillata et subretusa, basim glanduloso-ciliata. 1 ; Styli rami breves, ca. 1.5-2 mm. a ad 3.5 mm. longae, anguste oblongae, » apice obtuse rotundatae, petaloideae; : flocs — 1 te longa, trilobata, lobus centralis uam es brevior. Capsula oblongo-ellipsoid d 13 cm. | ; semina matura non vi eee — MEXICO: Guerrero: Coyuea: El Pochote, in a marsh, July 19, 1934, Hinion et al., no. 6313 (G); Montes de Oca: Petatlan, 50 m. alt., June 15, 1937, Hinton et al., no. 10322 (Type, US; isotypes G, NY, MBG); Mina: Anonas, in wet sand, 300 m. alt., July 27, 1936, Hi et al., no. 9163 NOVELTIES AND TRANSFERS IN THE IRIDACEAE 23 (G, US). Micuoacdn: Coalecoman: Villa Victoria, on a grassy hill, 700 m. alt., July 11, 1939, Hinton et al., no. 13907 (G, NY, MBG). This differs from C. Rosei R. C. Foster in its more intricate branching, somewhat smaller flowers of a much deeper purple, and in having style-arms, although short, definitely present. Cypella Hauthalii (0. Ktze.), comb. nov. Alophia Hauthalii O. Ktze. Rev. Gen. 3 (2): 304 (1898). Study of the type of Alophia Hauthalii, Hauthal, no. 9, shows that without doubt it should be transferred to Cypella. Kuntze’s description of the style as ‘“‘apice breviter trilobatus lobis an- gustis oblongis obtusis”’ is incorrect. The style is about 1.5 cm. long, from base to stigma, enlarged upward, the style-arms ap- parently obsolete, the style-crests rather large, about 6-7 mm. long, linear-faleate, and acute. Better-preserved material is necessary to show whether or not the style-arms are actually obsolete. In any case, since the stigmas are transverse, at the base of style-crests, rather than apical, this plant is clearly a Cypella, not an Alophia. Cardenanthus longitubus, spec. nov. Bulbus ovoideus, ad 1.5 cm. altus, 1 cm. latus, tunicae tenues, atro- brunneae. Folia basalia plura, exteriora reducta, cataphylla ventricosa, interiora 3-4 longe vaginantia, laminae valde fa leatae, glabrae, acutae, a 10 cm. longae, 1 mm. latae, nervus primarius marginesque incrassati. Caulis plerumque subterraneus, simplex, teres, glaber, ad 3 cm. longus. Spathae aequales vel subaequales, exterior ad 2.2 em. longa, abrupte piers aliquando brevior, obtusa, 1-2-fl. Pedicelli filiformes, glabri, 6 mm. longi. Ovarium anguste ellipsoideum, glabrum, tri- gonum, . mm. longum. Flores pallide purpurei, nonnunquam atrostriati; perianthii tubus ad 7-8 mm. longus, anguste cylindricus, apice abrupte ampliatus; tepala exteriora longe unguiculata, obovata, ad 1.5 cm. longa, lamina subacuta ad 6 mm. lata; tepala interiora linearia vel anguste lineari-oblanceolata, acuta, ad 6 mm. longa, ca. 1 mm. lata, supra basin 1.5mm. tumescentia. Staminum columna 5 mm. longa; antherae lineares, 4-5 mm. longae. Stylus ad 1.4 em. longus; styli rami 1 mm. longi, 0.5 mm. bifidi apsula seminaque non visa. BOLIVIA: La Paz: Pacajes: Rosario, 12,500 ft. alt., Jan. 13, 1921, Mrs. R. S. Shepard, no. 235 (trPe, G; - isotype, US). This interesting little species, the second described from the collections of Mrs. Shepard, is at once distinguished by the longest perianth-tube and the longest style in the genus. As- cording to the collector, it grows in wet sandy soil. 24 FOSTER Cardenanthus peruvianus, spec. nov. Bulbus ovoideus, ad 2 cm. altus, 1.5 cm. latus, tunicae tenues, atro- brunneae. Folia basalia 1-2, ad 28 cm. longa, 0.5-1.5 mm. lata, glabra, plicata, peracuta; folia caulina 1-2, ad 25 em. longa, 1.75 mm. lata, spathas subtendentia. Caulis plerumque subterraneus, simplex, 2.5-4 cm. longus. Spathae subaequales, vel exterior longior, ad 3 em. longae, obtusae, 1—2-fl.; pedicelli ad 7 mm. longi, glabri. Flores pallide violacei, atromaculati, perianthii tubus 4 mm. longus; tepala exteriora ad 1.8 cm. longa, 8 mm. lata, obovato-spathulata, subobtusa; tepala interiora ad 8 mm. longa, 1.5 mm. lata, oblanceolata, acuta, unguis brevis, glanduloso- tumescens. Staminum columna ad 10 mm. longa; antherae 3-3.5 mm. longae. Stylus ad 1.1 cm. longus; styli rami 2.5 mm. longi, bifidi 1.5 mm., lati, conduplicati. Capsula seminaque non visa. PERU: Tarata: Candarave, 2900-3000 m. lat., Mar. 11-13, 1925, Weberbauer, no. 7387 (Typx, F). Although this species is undoubtedly close to C. Shepardae R. C. Foster, it can be distinguished by its longer style and staminal column, broader outer tepals, and by the less bifid style-arms. According to the collector, it grows in open shrubbery. Cardenanthus Vargasii, spec. nov. mm. , 6 mm. longa, 3 mm. lata, obtusa. Fila- menta tota coalita, tubus 4mm. longus; antherae 2.3mm. longae. Stylus 6 mm. longu duplicati, cum costa interna centrale et tuberculo minuto ad sinum secondarium. Capsula seminaque non visa. PERU: Puno: Carabaya: pampa de Lacka, Macusani, 4360 m. alt., Feb. 15, 1948, Vargas (leg. P. E.), no. 7135 (Typr, G). This species differs from others in the genus in having very broad inner tepals and no cauline leaves. The presence of the small tubercles at the secondary sinuses of the style, so charac- teristic of the Tigridia group of genera, has not been noted in other species, but this may be due to the excellent preparation NOVELTIES AND TRANSFERS IN THE IRIDACEAE 25 and freshness of Dr. Vargas’s material, which I received less than a month after its collection. Mastigostyla Cabrerae, spec. nov. Bulbus ovoideus, ad 2.5 cm. altus, 1.5 cm. latus, tunicae exteriores tenues, atrobrunneae. Caulis plerumque subterraneus, 3-7 cm. longus, simplex. Folia basalia ad vaginas brunneas valde reducta, raro unum productum, filiforme, acutum, ad 10 cm. longum, 0.5 mm. latum; folia caulina 2, spathas subtendentia, inferius 12-22 cm. longum, 2 mm. latum, — — attenuatum, acutum, glabrum, superius simile, sed brevius, ad 6 cm. longum. Spathae subaequales vel exterior longior, 2.5-3 cm. longee, paris acuminata, obtusa, interior suboblonga, apice lata, obtusa, -fl. Ovarium oblongo-ellipsoideum, glabrum, 7 mm. longum. Flores iaend obscure maculati; tepala exteriora obovato-spathulata, ad 2 cm. nga, 5 mm. lata, longe unguiculata, apice rotundata; tepala interiora oblanceolata, 8 mm. longa, 1 mm. lata, unguis basi glanduloso-tumescens. Staminum columna 8 mm. longa; antherae lineares, 4mm. longae. Stylus columnam longitudine aequans; styli rami ca. 3 mm. longi, bifidi ca. 1.5 mm., styli cristae multo reductae, ca. 0.5 mm. longae. Capsula semi- naque non visa. ARGENTINA: Satta: San Antonio de los Cobres, Jan. 29, 1944, A. L. Cabrera, no. 8255 (trpE, G). It gives me much pleasure to name this species for its collector, the distinguished Argentine botanist, Dr. Angel L. Cabrera, who has added many rare and interesting plants to the collections of the Gray Herbarium. The outstanding characteristic of the style of M. Cabrerae is the great reduction of the style-crests. This not simply because of the relatively small size of the flower, for other species, such as M. brevicaulis, have flowers of about the same size, but with much longer style-crests. Mastigostyla peruviana, spec. nov. Bulbus ovoideus, ad 2 em. altus, 1.5 em. latus, tunicae laeves, atro- brunneae vel nigrobrunneae. Folia ‘basalia 1-2, 8-19 em. longa, 1-3 mm. lata, linearia, acuta, glabra; folium caulinum 1, inflorescentiam excedens, longae. Stylus 1 cm. longus; styli rami 4 mm. longi, 2 mm. a styl cristae flagelliformes, ca. 6 mm. longae. Capsula seminaque n 26 FOSTER PERU: Apurtmac: Andahuaylas: quebrada 2 km. east of Andahuaylas, among grass, sand and clay, 3050 m. alt., Feb. 23, 1939, Stork & Horton, no. 10726 (rrpx, F; isotype, Univ. Calif.). In its flagelliform style-crests, M. peruviana comes closest to M. cyrtophylla Johnst., but differs in its small size, smaller flowers, unbranched stem and non-ventricose spathes. From the dwarf M. Hoppii, the other Peruvian species, it can easily be distinguished by its marked caulescent habit and by the fact that its single cauline leaf does not immediately subtend the spathes. In addition, the style-crests of M. peruviana are very nearly as long as the style-arm and style-crest of M. Hoppit. Mastigostyla Joergensenii, spec. nov. Bulbus parvus, ovoideus, ad 2 em. altus, 9-10 mm. latus, tunicae membranaceae, brunneae. Folia basalia plerumque reducta, 1 produc- tum, ad 28 em. longum, 12 mm. latum; folia caulina 2, ad 15 em. longa, 2 mm. lata, linearia, acuta, glabra. Caulis 1—2-ramosus ‘valde supra basim, teres, glaber, ad 22 cm. altus. Spathae herbaceae, subaequales vel exterior plus minusve brevior, ad 4.8 cm. longae, 3-4-fl., pedicelli fili- formes, anthesin non exserti. Ovarium oblongo-ellipsoideum, ad 5 mm longum, glabrum. Flores caerulei vel purpurei; tepala exteriora ad 3 cm. longa, longe unguiculata, lamina ca. 8 mm. lata, anguste obovata vel spathulata, obtusa; tepala interiora ad 7 mm. longa, 2 mm. lata, oblanceo- lata, subacuta, basi glanduloso-tumescentia. Filamenta fere tota grit 1.2 em. longa; antherae lineares, 8 mm. longae. Stylus ca. 1.4 cm longus; styli rami 5 mm. longi, sub stigmata 2 mm. bifidi; styli cristae ca. amatina, camino a La Mejicana, 2550 m. alt. . Feb. 5: 1927, Parodi, no. 8012 (G). In size, this species is closest to M. Cardenasii, but it differs in being branched well above the base, in wider leaves, narrower outer tepals, and more or less flagelliform style-crests. Rigidella Macbridei, spec. nov. Bulbus ovoideus, ad 3 em. altus, 1.5 em. latus, tunicae brunneae. Folia any 1-2, ad basin longe vaginantia, ad 30 em. longa, 2-6 (raro 8) mm. lata lanceolato-linearia, glabra, — folia caulina 1-2, longe vaginantia, lamina reducta, 6-14 em. longa. Caulis sus, teres, glaber, 28-45 em. lon brevior, exterior acuta, 3-5 em. 2-fi.; pedicelli NOVELTIES AND TRANSFERS IN THE IRIDACEAE 27 exteriora patentia, obovata vel late ovata, subacuta vel obtusa, ad 2.5 em. longa, 1.5 cm. lata; tepala interiora erecta, in parte inferiore ovata, deinde abrupte truncato-contracta et longe lateque mucronata, ad 1.8 em longa, 8 mm. lata, lamina cum macula glandulosa, pubescente, triangulare ad basin. Filamenta coalita, 1.1 em. longa; antherae 8 mm. longae, connectivum latum et tenue. Stylus 1.3 cm. longus; styli rami 4.5 mm. longi, bifidi paene ad basin, rami secondarii apice ca. 2 mm. lati. Capsula ad rare m. longa, anguste oblonga, obscure trigona; semina matura non vi PERU: Junin: Rio Blanco, 4500 m. alt., Mar. 20-23, 1923, J. F. Macbride, no. 3046 (rrPE, US; isotypes, MBG, F, NY) The assignment of this plant to Rigidella may be an error, since it gives that genus the uncomfortable range of three species in southern Mexico and Guatemala and this new one in Pert. Nevertheless, with its rather spreading outer tepals, the much smaller inner tepals erect and more or less appressed against the staminal column, and with its broad conduplicate secondary style-arms, it is difficult to assign it to any other genus. Sphenostigma Goodspeedianum, spec. nov. Bulbus ovoideus, 2-2.5 cm. altus, 1-1.5 em. latus, tunicae exteriores lento-brunneae. Folium basale ad 50 cm. longum, 6 mm. latum, glabrum, subplicatum, acutum, lineare vel anguste ensiforme; folia caulina 2, ad pirates ad 6 mm. pases Flores lutei; tepala exteriora late spathulata, ad 2.3 cm. longa, ca. 1.5 cm. lata, obtusa, intus pars inferior subpapilloso-puberula; tepala interiora oblanceolata, ad 8 mm. longa, 2 mm. lata, acuta vel breve meee Filamenta coalita, 3 mm. longa; ‘antherae oblongae, acutae, 4 mm. longae. Stylus 7 mm. longus; styli rami paene obsoleti, lobi stigmatosi semi-lunati, 1.5-2 mm. alti. Capsula seminaque non visa. BOLIVIA: CocuasamBa: Mizque: between Chaguarani and Chioma silver mines, among stones under bushes, in dry sandy loam, 3200 m. alt. Apr. 1, 1939, Eyerdam, no. 25092 (ryPE, Univ. Calif.; isotype, F). 2 The new species, named for the director of the expedition on which it was collected, differs from the other known Bolivian species in its yellow, not blue, flowers. From 8S. boliviense Baker it differs further in the great disparity of the outer and inner series of tepals, and in the lack of lateral appendages on the stigmatic lobes, although it resembles S. boliviense in the united stamen-filaments. From S. Mandonii and its variety 28 FOSTER it differs in the united filaments and in oblanceolate rather than cuneate inner tepals, these not long-apiculate, but very shortly mucronulate at best. There are no bulbils in the axils of the cauline leaves. Sisyrinchium Rambonis, spec. nov. gona, glabra, ad 3.2 mm. alta ; Semina ad 0.8 mm. longa, subglobosa vel angulata, foveolata, fovea micropylaris subprominens. B TL: Porto ALEGRE: Cambara, in paludosis fluitans, Jan. 26, 1949, B. Rambo, no. 36606 (typE,G). Parani: Curitiba, Feb. 11, 1903, Dusén (G). specimens which comprise the type. It is clearly related to both S. minus Engelm. & Gray and S. minutiflorum Klatt. PTERIDOPHYTES FROM THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 29 A COLLECTION OF PTERIDOPHYTES FROM THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC By Ricwarp A. Howarp The vegetation of the islands of the Caribbean has been col- lected and studied by a host of workers who ultimately recognize in it diverse and difficult problems of speciation and plant dis- tribution. The number of species in each island is high and endemic species have been reported by Urban as representing as much as 43% of the total flora in some islands. In spite of the great number of collectors who have worked in the Caribbean, many critical areas remain to be studied, many genera and many families are poorly known, and the relationships and dis- tribution of the species or of the total flora still present unsolved problems. The much needed flora of the Caribbean islands still awaits a great amount of work. Perhaps the most important single island in any consideration of the vegetation of the Caribbean area is the island of Hispaniola, occupied by the countries of the Dominican Republic and the Republic of Haiti. Urban, studying the collections of such early workers as Plumier, Tiirckheim, Eggers, Abbott, Buch, & Fuertes, published numerous papers on the flora of Hispaniola in the series Symbolae Antillanae. His work culminated in the Flora Domingensis in volume eight and in the Pteridophyta Domingen- sia in volume nine. It was during the process of this study that Urban suggested to Ekman that he visit and collect in Hispaniola. Urban’s treatments of the Hispaniolan vegetation were scarcely finished before the critical collecting and field notes of Ekman made those works obsolete. There then followed the series Plantae Haitienses et Domingenses Novae vel Rariores, by Urban and collaborators, in which were published new species and records and many critical notes based on the Ekman collections. Thus, at the time of Urban’s death, his Flora Domingensis was out of date and scarcely of more than reference value due to the large number of new species described in separate papers and unincorporated in a flora. The Dominican botanist R. N. Moscoso, sensing the need for a complete flora incorporating the known distribution of various species described in the Hispaniolan vegetation, began the com- pilation of references designed to bring into one publication all of the published records of plants from the island of Hispaniola. Moscoso’s work appeared in 1943 as Catalogus Florae Domin- 30 HOWARD gensis and has proven to be an excellent reference manual for workers on the vegetation of that island. However, Moscoso’s work is still but a catalogue of the species, and the basic work of analyzing Urban’s numerous species and writing a flora com- plete with descriptions and keys still remains to be done. It will not be a simple nor an easy task, as a glance at Moscoso’s catalogue will show. One hundred species are reported in the genus Pilea, thirty-three species in Calyptranthes, sixty-two species in Eugenia, and sixty-four in Miconia, to mention only a few of the difficult genera of the area. Moseoso’s catalogue is entitled ‘Part I, Spermatophyta.” It is hoped that the second part dealing with the Pteridophytes will be published soon and will bring together the literature and references for that group of plants. It is unfortunate that Christensen did not realize the need for information on distribution when he published the paper entitled “The collection of Pteridophytes made in Hispaniola by E. K. Ekman, 1917 and 1924-30.” (Kgl. Sv. Vetenskapsakad. Handl. 3rd series, 16(2): 1-93. 1937.) Christensen reconsidered all the pteridophyte records included by Urban in the latter’s Pterido- phyta Domingensia (Symbol. Antill. 9: 273-397. 1925), and brought the concepts and the nomenclature up to date. How- ever, he did not repeat the distribution records given by Urban but cited only those collections made by Ekman. Urban recog- nized 450 species in 1925; Christensen recorded numerous addi- tional species, raising the total number to 645 species of Pterido- phytes in Hispaniola. This is in contrast to 285 species of Pteri- dophytes in Maxon’s treatment of the Pteridophyta in Flora of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands; 500 species for Jamaica (Maxon, Report Smithsonian Institution, 1920), and 366 species listed by Grisebach for the British Islands. Many of the species in the large and diverse pteridophyte flora listed by Christensen are based on single collections or limited isolated records. It is my feeling that while the number of taxonomic entities may be nearly correct, the indicated isolation and local occurrence of many of these species in His- paniola is not sound and that further exploration is needed to termine the true ranges. The island of Hispaniola has four mountain chains running diagonally across it. The land ranges in altitude from 150 feet below sea level at Lake Enriquillo to 10,300 feet at Pico Trujillo. Arid desert areas exist on the north and south coasts, and lush wet rain-forests in the mountainous areas. Roads are few and travel is difficult in many areas. PTERIDOPHYTES FROM THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 31 Large areas have not been explored from the botanical point of view, while others have been visited and revisited until the collections from a few areas far outweigh the representation from other larger areas. In 1946 my wife and I collected in the Dominican Republic, making a special effort to fill in the gaps between the classic areas of other collectors. We visited briefly the Barahona peninsula, between the town of Enriquillo where Fuertes lived for a time and the town of Pedernales on the Haitian border, practically unknown territory, botanically as well as geographically. We also made a special effort to investigate the southern slopes of the Cordillera Central, particularly north of the town of San Juan dela Maguana. These areas were collected to determine in part the eastern extension of species from the Massif de la Selle in Haiti and the western extension of species previously reported from Constanza and Valle Nuevo. It is clear from the collec- tions made in the latter area, e. g. Sabana Nueva, Piedra del Aguacate and Rio del Oro, that the species previously considered as localized in Valle Nuevo are actually wide-spread through the central range of mountains, and that additional collections and reports are necessary to complete our understanding of the dis- tribution of Hispaniolan plants. The following list of a collection of pteridophytes made in the Dominican Republic is published with the hope that other similar - lists by recent collectors in the Caribbean area will also be pub- lished, to facilitate the task before students of the Caribbean flora, that is, the eventual compilation of a manual of the area. The collections cited below were made by R. A. and E. 8. Howard, from Aug. into Nov. 1946. Our work was sponsored in part by gifts from the Society of Fellows and the Arnold Arbo- retum of Harvard University. The work would not have been possible without the cooperation of the government of the Dominican Republic, and my wife and I are grateful for the support and assistance we received throughout our trip. companion on many of our trips was Dr. Miquel Canela, whose assistance and companionship we gratefully acknowledge. I wish to acknowledge my appreciation to Mr. Alfred Copp and other members of a field party of the Aluminum Company of America, for the opportunity of visiting the mountainous terrain north of the town of Pedernales, at the western edge of Barahona peninsula. From Pedernales we travelled by mule on the Pedernales-Duverge trail, through Bucan Polo to the crest area at Aceitial. The geology of this area has been reported in the 32 HOWARD Geological Survey Bulletin 953-C, published in 1947, and entitled “Aluminous Lateritic Soil of the Sierra de Bahoruco Area, Dominican Republic, W. I.’”’ A report on the vegetation of this limestone area, and particularly the savannah area, is being pre- pared and will be published later. Through the kindness of Mr. George Hamor of the Barahona Sugar Company, who not only supplied transportation, bed and board, but made a most delightful and stimulating companion, we were able to spend several days in the mountains north and slightly west of Bara- hona. This area, on the road from Cabral to Polo, is now the site of a new coffee plantation. The mountain tops are covered with either a pine forest or a hardwood forest. Extensive collec- tions were made in the area known as Montiada Nueva (Bull. Torrey Club, 75: 335-357. 1948). However, much work remains to be done in this fascinating region. With mules supplied by the Dominican Government at San Juan, we were able to follow the little used trail north to Rio Arriba and through the mountains towards San Jose de las Matas. Ekman followed a portion of this trail and, following in his footsteps, we found the collecting excellent along the Rio Limon at Rio Arriba del Norte (Through the Garden Gate, vol. 3, No. 2, 1948), along the Rio del Oro, at Piedra del Aguacate on the Rio del Oro, and at the crest in the interesting grassy swamps of Sabana Nueva and Sabana Bonita, in the Lomas de la Mediania region. The vegetation of this area proved to be that of the classic area of Valle Nuevo, near Constanza. The natives report that farther to the west in this same area are other similar savannahs, which certainly need visiting and study before the distribution of the high mountain flora could be completely mapped. During the process of identifying the collections cited in this paper, the author called upon the assistance of the late Mr. C. A. Weatherby. He gave generously of his time and knowledge in the determination of this collection and I will be forever grateful for his interest in my work on the Caribbean flora. A few speci- AZOLLACEAE Azolla caroliniana Willd. San Juan: San Juan i L caro id. : , 8790. Floating plant in roadside ditches, especially abundant near Rio Mijo. elle PTERIDOPHYTES FROM THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 33 CERATOPTERIDACEAE Ceratopteris deltoidea Benedict, Higuey: Higuey, 9838. Solitary, large plant floating in the center of a pond crowded with Cyperus, Pistia, Eichornia and Marsilea. CYATHEACEAE Cyathea Abbottii Maxon, Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8545. Small tree fern of dense wooded areas. Trunks usually around 4! t all. Cyathea Grevilleana Mart. Barahona: Montiada > ueva, 8483. A 25’ tree fern with a spiny trunk, growing in dense woo Cyathea Hieronymi Brause e, San Juan: Piedra ee Aguacate, 9441. 20’ tree fern on dense forested hillsides. Cyathea pubescens Mett. Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8563. Small tree fern with trunks reaching 3’ in height. Lophosoria quadripinnata (Gmel.) C. Chr. (Alsophila quadripinnata eg C. Chr.) San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9164; Piedra del Aguacate, 9393. A common fern along streams at higher altitudes. Fronds become 12’ long in some specimens GLEICHENIACEAE Dicranopteris bifida (Willd.) Maxon, Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8553; San Juan; Piedra del Aguacate, 9346. Both of these collections were made on open hillside where the plants had ample opportunity to spread. The individual plants seemed to be of indeterminate length and cascaded over other shrubs covering a hillside. Both of these collections consist of plants with woolly tomentose rachises, terminal shoots and under surfaces of the ultimate segments. The material is distinct from any other I have seen and may well represent a new taxonomic entity. HYMENOPHYLLACEAE Hymenophyllum azillare Sw. San Juan: Rio del Oro, 8991. Terrestrial on bank of the arroyo; Piedra del Aguacate, 9376. LEpiphytic plant on shrubs along the cree H ymenophyllum. fucoides Sw. San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9009. — plants of this species were growing in a solid bank of Sphagnum meridens on a wet dripping hillside. anes angustatum Carm. (T. tenerum Spreng.) Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8618. The present collection was made of epiphytic plants oe on hardwood shrubs. This species is usually found on trunks of tree ferns MARATTIACEAE Marattia Kaulfussii J. Sm. Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8557. Short tree ferns in dense wet woods. Trunks to 3’ tall. MARSILEACEAE Marsilea Berteroi A. Braun, Monte Cristi: Monte Cristi, 9593. An infrequent plant in roadside ditches, found only in areas of little seta water. This is the first record of this species from the Dominican Republic 34 HOWARD Marsilea polycarpa Hook. & Grev. Trujillo: Cuenca near Guerra, 9521. Trailing and floating plants at the edge of small ponds. Seibo: Hi iguey, 9840. Floating plants in protected lagoons. Usually associated with Pistia. OPHIOGLOSSACEAE Botrychium cicutariwm (Sw.) Sw. San Juan: Piedra del Aguacate, 9361. Common plant in hardwood thickets in ravines at higher altitudes. Botrychium Jenmanii Underw. San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9138; Piedra del Aguacate, 9338. Occasional plant of riverbanks or open hillsides in pine woods. Ophioglossum nudicaule L. var. tenerum (Mett.) Clausen, Trujillo: Cuenca near Guerra, 9525. A single plant of this species was found at the edge of a small pond near Cuenca. A second trip to the same area found the locality completely submerged and the pond remained enlarged during the following week. O. ypanemense of Christensen is synonymous with this entity, according to Clausen (Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, 19 (2): 146-8. 1938). Ophioglossum petiolatum Hook. San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9061. A common plant, although few of the specimens were fertile, growing in wet grassy savannahs, usually under a growth of Lycopodium Ophioglossum palmatum L. Barahona: Montiada runes. 8569. Epi- phytic. POLYPODIACEAE Adiantopsis Reesii (Jenm.) C. Chr. Elias Pifia: Hondo Valle, 8757. Growing on limestone rock near the cave. This is the first record of this species from the Dominican Republic. Adiantum concinnum H. & B. ex Willd, San Juan: Rio Arriba del Norte, 8881. Terrestrial in the arroyo. diantum cristatum L. Elias Pifia: Hondo Valle, — 8772; Juan Santiago, 9254. Terrestrial along the banks of stream Adiantum fragile Sw. San Juan: Rio Arriba del Norte, S852. Terrestrial riverbank fern Adiantum melanoleucum Willd, Barahona: Barahona, 8300. Terres- trial on limestone rock. Adiantum latifolium Lam. Higuey: Higuey, 9724. Epiphyte on the buttress roots of large trees Adiantum petiolatum Desv. Higuey: ag seep 9733. Terrestrial. Anogramma chaerophylla (Desv .) Link, San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9117, igs An annual fern growing in abundance on a wet dripping rock face gy eal ata Urbani Brause, Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8478, 8575. Epiphytic fern in dense woods. Only other record of this species from the ican Republic is the collection of Fuertes, 1497B, also from near Asplenium alatum H. & B. Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8481. Ter- PTERIDOPHYTES FROM THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC oo Asplenium cristatum Lam. San Juan: Juan Santiago, 9261; Piedra del Aguacate, 9357. Epiphytic fern on large trees in dense hardwood thickets. Asplenium dimidiatum Sw. San Juan: Rio Arriba del Norte, 8817. Ter- restrial on riverbank. Asplenium formosum Willd. San Juan: Rio Arriba del Norte, 8816, 8845, 8895. Terrestrial fern on riverban Asplenium shapes: Kunze, San Juan: Piedra del Aguacate, 9402. Epiphyte, in dense woods. Asplenium amcake L. San Juan: Piedra del Aguacate, 9379. Grow- ing on rocks in the river. Asplenium praemorsum Sw. Elias Pifia: Hondo Valle, 8673; San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9108; Juan Santiago, 9200. Growing as an epiphyte on tree trunks or on rocks i in the river. Asplenium praemorsum Sw. var. Elias Pifia: Hondo Valle, 8773. This collection has narrow bipinnatifid leaves and, in the field, is quite distinct from the material of A. praemorsum cited above. It may agree with the material collected by Ekman, ea! a. cited by Christensen as A. sp. dub. (1. ¢. 55), which I have not se Asplenium radicans I. (tevlentein flabellulatum Kaze.) Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8487. Asplenium radicans L. (Asplenium Karstenianum Klotzsch) Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8561. ium radicans L. (Asplenium cyrtopteron Kunze) Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8486. The three collections cited above were made in a dense forest on a hill- top at 4000’. The type of frond cutting represented by collection No. 8487, often called A. flabellulatum, was the most common. Collection No. 8561 had the pinnae scarcely lobed, with the lower pinnae slightly auriculate. This collection agrees most closely with the majority of material called A. radicans from the continent of S. America. Actually, all intermediate stages of cutting could be found in the field, and it appears that A. flabellulatum, A. Karstenianum, and A. cyrtopteron, are only varieties of A. radicans. Asplenium resiliens Kunze, Barahona: Aceitial, north of Pedernales, 8155, sae Meas Shoctien were made in a limestone ravine in pine woods at ptacbongs ona Maxon, Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8488, 8535. A terrestrial fern in dense thickets. This is the first record of this species Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8495, 8541. Epiphytie ferns in hardwood thickets. Asplenium Sintenisii Hieron. San Juan: Piedra del Aguacate, 9358. Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8598. Terrestrial plant in hardwood thickets Asplenium theciferum (HBK) Mett. San Juan: Piedra del Aguacate, 9370. Epiphyte on tree ferns. 36 HOWARD Blechnum occidentale LL. San Juan: Juan Santiago, 9291, Piedra del Aguacate, 9354. otc Montiada Nueva, 8494, 8530. Terrestrial plant of hardwood area Blechnum ie iodienis (Sw. ) Kuhn, Barahona: oo Nueva, 8489. Climbing epiphytic fern with termina 1 fertile fro Blechnum Tuerckheimit Brause, San Juan: Piedra del Aguacate, 9396. Terrestrial plant of marshy areas, with separate fertile fronds. Cheilanthes lendigera (Cav.) Sw. San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9115. Found only on one large wet dripping rock, where Ekman also collected it. Cheilanthes microphylla Sw. Monte Cristi: Monti Cristi, 9578. Ter- restrial on an elevated coral reef south of town. Cheilanthes myriophylla Desv. San Juan: Rio Arriba del Norte, 8818. Terrestrial. Cheilanthes notholaenoides (Desv.) Maxon (C. micromera Link), Bara- hona: Aceitial north of Pedernales, 8172, 8198. San Juan: Rio Arriba del Norte, 8846a. ‘Terrestrial, usually in pine woods. Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh. San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9112. A common and beautiful fern, growing on wet dripping cliff faces. Rhi- zomes extremely fragile. Dennstaedtia ordinata (KIf.) Moore, San Juan: Piedra del Aguacate, 9394. Terrestrial plant at the edges of a marsh on a wet hillside. Simple fronds to 5’ long. a reported in the Dominican Republic from the Samana Penins deca oe (Sw.) J. Sm. Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8571. Terrestrial. Diplazium a. Underw. & Maxon, Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8601. Terrestrial plant. Christensen refers this species to the synonymy of D. unilobum. D. aemulum has a different characteristic denticulation of the pinnae, and the two plants have quite different aspects in the field. iplazium domingense Brause, Barahona: Montiada Nueva, 8562, sony Terrestrial. Both Christensen and Maxon refer this species to D. ¢ tripetale (Baker) Maxon. Again the aspect of this plant in the field sian quite different from that of D. centripetale. In addition, there is an abundance of scales on the stipes of D. centripetale relatively few scales, located only at the base, on fronds of D. doming Diplasiom unilobum (Poir.) Hieron. San Juan: fake ‘dal Aguacate, 9355. Terrestrial in hardwood thickets. Doryopteris pedata (L..) Fée, San Juan: Rio Arriba del Norte, 8819, 8897. Higuey: Higuey, 9729. The. specimens from Rio Arriba were growing on rocks on a riverbank in a shaded location. The Higuey material came from a wet marshy hardwood thicket where the specimens were growing on shrubby hummocks, Dryopteris asplenioides (Sw.) Kuntze, San Juan: Piedra del Aguacate, 9360. Terrestrial plants found only in river valleys. Dryopteris detniapeesia (Spr.) Maxon (D. guadalupensis (Wikstr.) C. Chr.), San Juan: Juan Santiago, 9259. Plants of wet river bottoms imitata C. Chr. Barahona: Aceitial, north of Pedernales, 8168. PTERIDOPHYTES FROM THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC 37 Previously reported from the north coast of Hispaniola, from areas near Port au Paix, Puerto Plata, and the Samana Peninsula Dryopteris normalis C. Chr. San Juan: El Cereado, 8670. Macoris: San Pedro de Macoris, 9477. A common fern of riverbanks, roadside cuts or the walls of limestone sinks. The rhizomes are securely fastened in the crevices and the plants are difficult to remove. Dryopteris patula (Sw.) Underw. San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9109, 9110, 9114. These three collections were made in the same area but from different conditions of exposure and environment. 9109 was collected in a wet dark cave formed by large boulders. The plants are of thin texture and very light i in color. 9110 was collected in open pine woods where it was growing on top of boulders in a semi-arid habitat. The fronds of these plants were stiff and coriaceous. 9114 was collected on a wet dripping cliff face and the fronds were weak and soft. All of these plants have the numerous small shining glands oo of the species, and are quite distinct from the named varietie Dryopteris physematioides (Kuhn & Christ C. Chr. San Juan: Sabana Nueva, 9159. A fern growing in running water or in the matted floating vegetation in the marshy areas. Dryopteris reptans (Gmel. ) C. Chr. Barahona: La Salinas, 8390a. A terrestrial plant growing on soil above the _ outcrop. Elias Pina: Hondo Valle, 8762. Terrestrial, in dense wi opteris sancta (L.) Ktze. Barahona: Aceitisl, north of Pedernales, 8176. Terrestrial plant on limestone soil in open pine woods. San Juan: Hondo Valle, 8775, 8778; San Juan: Juan Santiago, 9256. These three collections were all made on boulders in creek beds. The collection numbered 8778 was partially climbing and had a rhizome about 12” long. Dryopteris serra (Sw.) Ktze. Barahona: Aceital, north of Pedernales, 8161, 8171. San Juan: Hondo Valle, 8735. Terrestrial plants on dry banks or roadcuts. Dryopteris Stiibelit Hieron. San Juan: Piedra del Agucate, — Stout plants of marshy areas on wet ides. Fronds to 4’ long. Young fronds _ slimy glutinous scales. P. incanum -7 P. Lozanianum F. fruticosum XP. tomentosum such as P. hysterophorus and P. bipinnatifidum. The latter, 2: with its very short life-cycle and low chromosome-number 0 nm = 24, must be a derived species. Only f very minor trends of specialization are notable within sections Bolophytum and Partheniastrum. The special modifica- 24 ROLLINS tions in these two groups as a whole seem to be closely associated with similar growth-characteristics found in other plant groups in similar environmental surroundings. The much dwarfed species of the Bolophytum group are the epitome of reduction except for head- and achene-size. These are the largest for the genus. The monocephalous plants of this group are in striking contrast to the numerous-headed corymbs of such a species as P. tomentosum. The single heads of P. alpinum, var. tetraneuris are pedunculate, but in var. typicum and in P. ligulatum the heads are mostly sessile. Other species of plants associated with P. alpinum and P. ligulatum are equally reduced in stature and show a similar growth-form. The underground portions of P. integrifolium and P. hispidum are more highly developed than in the more southerly species of the genus. Thus, in P. hispidum, there is a strong tendency to develop a running underground root-system. In both species the basal leaves are highly developed, appearing on the root- crown early in the growing-season long before the ultimate development of the flower-bearing stems. Such characteristics are shared by many other kinds of herbaceous plants native to the middle portion of the United States. My ideas of the relationships of the species of Parthenium are presented in the chart that follows. The solid lines indicate definite connections between the species to which they extend. The broken lines are meant to be suggestive as to possible relationships, but there is no strong evidence available against which the sugges- tions may be checked. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS of Stanford University. Also, the work was aided by my temporary appointment, while at Stanford University, as an Agent in the Division of Rubber Plant Investigations of the Bureau of Plant Industry, Soils and Agricultural Engineering. SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT In the citation of been used for the herbaria from whi THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 25 Stanford University (DS); Gray Herbarium (GH); Instituto Lillo, Tucum4n (ILT); Missouri Botanical Garden (MO); New England Botanical Club (NEBC); New York Botanical Garden (NY); Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences (Ph); Univer- sity of California (UC); United States National Herbarium (US). ParRTHENIUM L., Sp. Pl. 988. 1753. Argyrochaeta, Cay. Ic. IV: 54, t. 378. 1797. Villanova, Orteg. Nov. Rar. Pl. Hort. Matr. Dec. IV: 47, t. 6. 1797. Bolophyta, Nutt., in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. VII: 347. 1841. Bitter aromatic herbs or shrubs; if herbs, either caulescent or acaules- cent; leaves alternate, entire to highly divided; heads small, many- flowered, inconspicuously radiate, white, borne singly or in terminal corymbs or panicles, the central portion of the head usually invested with numerous glandular and nonglandular trichomes; ray-flowers 5, pistillate and fertile, “aia and styles persistent at apex of matured achenes; disk-flowers hermaphroditic, stamens fertile, pistil sterile, the styles with a discoid apex te functional as pollen -disseminat ors, all disk-florets except the extreme outer row disarticulating and falling from the head together; pollen white or yellow; all florets subtended by phyllaries; phyllaries of the disk somewhat rolled and investing the florets, those of the ray-florets not rolled and broader, the outer whorl of phyllaries usually turity, achenial tri ichomes present; pappus of 2 to 3 awns, 2 pales or none. Lectotype-species, P. hysterophorus L. ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE SECTIONS AND SPECIES A. Plants caulescent, herbs, shrubs or small trees up to woe meters ; leaves alternate; heads paniculate or co: . Shrubs or small trees; stems woody; pollen yellow; apn of 2-3 awns or none; heads truncate above. ‘Section I. Parthenichaeta. C. Inflorescence congested on a long (1-2 dm.) na duncle situated below the branch-apex; leaves silvery- eanescent rom a dense covering of appressed tri- 7. wll argentatum, Ee ae Ee a RT OS NE Eee Be Oe ee eee eee pac pe D. Leaves ee similar or peal slightly different trichomes on upper and lower surfaces; both leaf-surfaces ap- See ee ee ee eee eee ee ae e 26 ROLLINS D. Leaves with marke een different trichomes upper and ti ol pi teen upper and lower Rel ates appar ere F, Upper en Nc i hispidulous; each stiff pointed ed tiole but not cunea pe a fruticosum. G. pales leaf-surfaces hispidulous with ag omes, blade evenly Citas to form a cune- ate base a ahd winged petiole.: ......0...56 55. 4. P. Schottit. F, Upper “puocgeterated softly pubescent to slightly as- richomes of ee leaf-surfaces oar, Se iia ape H. ‘Cotulia-tate se ‘only at gs outer Cbg aries over one-half the length of the Spo if shorter then acute; heads mostly lose e : I. Outer phyllaries acute; leaves lobed, unevenly dentate, softly subeasent: lion, not nea 8 SUING R i ha a ie pe P. Lozanianum. I. Outer phyllari 1;] ti Se a tomentose beneat , rial ells Real ot ear hth P. tomentosum. H. Corolla-tube lanes one at base and at a ROIS Rane ME oer Teh Meee tame a epee . P. cineraceum. B. Plants ita llen white; pappus scale-like or aris- tate; heads slightly rounded above J. Pappus of 2-3 so linear awns; “i es large, variously dentate but sak lobed; heads in a Pf reeiaet corymb nied ete Ba ea hie ie Vw oh cca Section III. Partheniastrum. K. Leaves, stems and oratoil tobi hispid with con- spicuous whitish trichomes; upper leaves auriculate; pappus-awns usually two. ules ager eM yoke 13. P. hispidum. K. Leaves, stems and peduncel Sere with short in- conspicuous trichomes; ee a ms glabrous or near ¥ os upper leaves sessile ‘ts pelea auricu- es usually three........... 14. P. integrifolium. J. — of e ral pales : Innven deeply lobed to bipin- - ads oe paniculate o on numerous fertile seed AP a RON mae ON Baru icca a ose Ag a Sec agin moa Argyrochaeta. te; pu ancl 26 Set wet 2 ir cpio densipil ibescence formed of large spreading trichomes. 9. ve stpilum. L. Cauline leaves pinnately ag at least the lower ones; stems one or few from base Sjgrn densely pubescent in P rs fe lum. uced u peduncl os rete gf eine and often bilobed; pubes- of stems and leaf-veins usually of long THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 27 white trichomes much longer my those of the leaf-blades; annuals or perenni O. Plants biennial or perennial; Peat rosette of leaves present; branching mostly above the middle, jason divi pa oP to strongly as- cending; leaves lyrate to pinnate, rarely bi- DUO oe cuit os Weert nce area p . P. confertum. O. Plants annual; basal ve of leaves not formed; branching fro base upward, bradicbes widely diveieent- leaves bipinnate et sie ee oe eta 11. P. bipinnatifidum. N. ytd leaves and bracts entire or bilobed with a Q. aa annual; leaves punctate, especially be- low, from yellowis h globular glands inter- spersed with the trichomes; Hs of Mexico oh Puke cet wae ee ce we 11. P. bipinnatifidum. Q. Plants perennial; leaves not punctate below gla nds absent; plants of southern Bolivia veal m Argentina SE TOLER ate ede nese 12. P. glomeratum. ?. pleases erect, branching ees above ne middle; — yrate to o pinnate, rarely bipinn te; heads nsely a raed but not in setevated pe doen i Mil OF PETONMIANs ois ccm ce nn P. confertum. A. Plants acaulescent, eacsnlties. 28 than 4 ¢ m. high; leaves rne in tufts at the ends of fusiform eauitter rane hes TOs ONES ae oe es oa Section IV. Bolophytum. R. Ligule 1-2 mm. long; corolla-tube of ray-florets contrac mUOVG, NOAGK SG 5 0 cs a ec ee i P. ligulatum. R. Ligule entirely wanting; corolla-tube of ray-fiorets é panded above; heads pedunculate to nearly sessile. . 6. P. alpinum. Section I. ParTHENICcHAETA DC. Parthenium, sect. II. Parthenichaeta DC. Prod. V: 532. 1836. Shrubs to small trees with woody stems; heads truncate above; pollen yellow; pappus of 2~3 awns or none. Type-species, P. incanum H. B. K. 1. Parthenium tomentosum DC. Shrub 1~7 meters high, usually with at least a short trunk at the base, often a meter or more to the lowest branches, trunk and older branches with prominent corky lenticels; branches tomentose at the extremities, glabrous or glabrescent elsewhere; leaves continuously deciduous thus concentrating the active leaves in clusters at the extremities of the branches, petiolate, blade triangular-ovate, cordate or subtruncate to 28 ROLLINS nearly cuneate at base, 4~20 cm. long, 2-10 em. wide, whitish-tomentose beneath, greenish above but sparsely pubescent with short simple tri- chomes, crenate to SS repand; heads numerous in a relatively large paniculate corymb, densely pubescent, outer phyllaries oblong, obtuse, inner phyllaries sibitelat ciliolate; achenes black, oblanceolate to slightly broader, 2-2.5 mm long, ca. 1.5 mm. wide, pubescent: pappus wanting; corolla white, limb 12 mm. long; pollen yellow; 2n = 36. Key TO THE VARIETIES Mature ae crenate-dentate, loosely pubescent beneath, brac of the outer inflorescence prominent, Oaxaca and Puebla. rors var. typicum. Mete: eave obscurely repand, ants pubescent beneath, bracts of the outer inflorescence reduced, Chihuahua and RONMOR RS fi sa a en eis Hawes hk eA pORe ASS . var. stramonium. la. Parthenium tomentosum DC., var. typicum. P. tomentosum DC. Prod. V. 532. 1836. Known from Puebla and Oaxaca. Representative specimens:—PUEB- LA: Tlacuiloltepec, Purpus 3832 (GH, NY, UC); El Riego, Tehuacdn, Conzatti 2147 (CM); limestone hills near Tehuacdn, Pringle 9384 (GH, MO, NY, US); Tehuacdn, Purpus 5901 (GH, NY, UC, US). OAXACA: between Oaxaca and Mitla, Andrieux 281 pe photo of type; GH, frag- ment of type); Atatlanca, Smith 349 (GH); La Hoja Cafion, Pringle 5652 (GH, MO); Cuicatlan, Rusby 71 (NY, US); Cuicatlén, NV elson 1697 (GH, US); Santa Catarina, Rusby 99 (NY, US); grown from seed collected by H. 8. Gentry 16-18 kilo. above Tomellin, near Almoloyas, Rollins 3133 (DS); Monte Albén, near Oaxaca, Smith 354 (MO, US); same locality, Pringle 4952 (GH, MO, NY, Ph, ae , US); Alturas de Matatlin, Tlacolula, Conzatti and Vasquez 1 489 (CAS H). lb. Parthenium tomentosum a var. stramonium (Greene) comb. nov. P. stramonium Greene, Pitt. 4: 240. 1901. P. arctium Bartlett, Proc. Amer. Acad. 44: 635. 1909. Chihuahua and Sonora. Specimens examined:—CHIHUAHUA: Haci- enda San Miguel, Palmer 123 (GH, type; NY, Ph, isotypes of P. arctium); near Chuichupa i - the Sierra Madres, Townsend and Barber 398 (GH, , UC, isotypes); El Limon, Rio Mayo, Gentry 1539 (AA, CM, MO, Ph, "UC, us) SONORA: Higuera, near Moctezuma, White 393 (G H); ; canyon in mountains west of Rio de Sonora, Baviacora, Drouet et al. 8621 (CM, Ds); ax in andesitic rock, 23 miles south of Divisadero, Wiggins 7496 (AA, DS, UC, US); 6 miles south of Cedros, Wiggins 6436 (DS, UC, US); 6-8 mi. ‘south of Cedros on road to Quiriego, plants grown from seed coll. by H. S. Ge ggg Rollins 3134 (DS); between Cedros and Quiriego, Shreve 6175 (CM, NY, US); Las Durasnillas, May, 1892, Brandegee s. n. (UC); La Tinaja, Hartman 248 (GH, US). Crossing experiments (Rollins, 1946) have demonstrated that there are no major genetic incompatibilities between var. typicum THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 29 and var. stramonium. The F; progenies of reciprocal crosses are highly fertile and normal seed-set is apparently unimpaired. The morphological similarity of the two varieties is unmistakable. Some specimens of branch-tips and flower-clusters from Puebla could easily pass for var. stramonium although a close study shows that they possess the few distinctive features of var. typicum. These facts and observations point to the desirability of associating var. typicum and var. stramonium within a single species rather than maintaining them as distinct species. Bart- lett (1. c.) pointed to the lack of leaf-like bracts subtending the larger branches of the inflorescence as being distinctive for the entity here treated as var. stramonium. He also presumed that the inflorescences were exceeded by the leaves in var. stramonium while not in var. typicum. My observations on living material and a number of herbarium specimens are not in accord with these presumptions. Rather, there is considerable variation present in both var. typicum and var. stramonium and no definite line of demarcation separates them. The plants of both var. typicwm and var. stramonium used for experimental purposes were grown from seeds collected by H. §. entry. From his relatively detailed field-notes the following useful word picture of var. stramonium growing near Cedros, Sonora, has been extracted. The plants ‘‘range from 2 to 7 meters depending primarily upon the age and the largest could be called small trees. A definite trunk is formed, 2 to 4 inches in diameter, unbranched for 2 to 4 feet when the branches diverge out and up at a sharp angle to form a spreading flattish crown. The bark is dark brown, regularly and characteristically furrowed. A clear white resinous gum is exuded from injuries.” Variety stramonium “is most successful around the rancho called Es- condido or Doliso where it is mixed with the higher forest trees and displaces nearly all of the other competing shrubs such as Croton, Brongniartia, Acacia, etc. Here the plants are spaced rather regularly from a few to many feet apart forming a light grayish distinctive shrub cover. The plant has two names locally. Otatillo is the one more generally used; the same as given for the plant in the Chihuahua barrancas. H uasaraco is a name given it by a small black man, who came by with two burros while we were collecting seed. This latter is undoubtedly the older Indian term from one of the Gajitan subtribes that earlier inhabited the Cedros valley. Medicinal properties were ascribed to the heart wood, both by the little black fellow and by 30 ROLLINS townsmen in Quiriego. It is ground finely and a decoction made in water as a potion for stomach ailments and for rheumatism.” At a later date, when Dr. Gentry collected seeds from var. typicum, he noted that, in habit and general appearance, it was very close to var. stramonium. 2. Parthenium fruticosum Less. Shrub, recorded height up to 4 meters; branches sparsely arachnoid- tomentose, glabrate; leaves triangular-ovate, repand to crenate-dentate, sometimes obscurely three-lobed, petiole 1-3 cm. long, free or winged near blade, blade abrupt at base, rarely with a few lobes on the petiole, 4-10 em. wide, 6-15 em. long, roughly hispidulous with tuberculate-based trichomes above, cinereous-tomentulose beneath; heads numerous in 4 paniculate corymb 8-15 cm. broad, sordidly pubescent, outer phyllaries suborbicular, pubescent, short-ciliate, rounded, less than 2 mm. long; inner phyllaries orbicular, membranaceous, ciliolate, 3-4 mm. long; rays white, erect, emarginate, ca. 1 mm. long, tube strongly constricted at both top and bottom; achenes obcompressed, oblanceolate, black, 1.5-2 mm. long, 1-1.3 mm. wide, pubescent; pappus none, 1, 2 or 3 aristate awns, these up to nearly 1 mm. in length, or more often much reduced if present. 2n = 36 KEY TO THE VARIETIES 2a. Parthenium fruticosum Less., var. typicum. P. fruticosum Less., ex Schlechtendal and Chamisso, in Linnaea V: 152. P: parviceps Blake, in Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 22: 607. 1924. Tamaulipas and San Luis Potos{ to Chiapas, Mexico. TAMAULIPAS: Chamal, Kenoyer & Crum 3645 (GH); 9 miles east of Monte, Kenoyer & Crum 3679 (GH). SAN LUIS POTOSI: Valles (Xilitla?) Kenoyer A170 (CM, MO); 12 mi. east of Valles, Kenoyer & Crum 3866 (GH); between Valles and V. Juarez, White 3 (CM); 0.5 km. south of Tamaulipas State line, Pan. Am. Highway, Norvell s. n. (GH). VERA CRUZ: Plan del Rio (Vera Cruz?) Schiede 334 (GH, tracing and fragment of type); Zacua- pan, Purpus 7857 (UC); Barrancas near San Martin Tlacotepec, Zacua- pan, Purpus 7757 (AA, UC); Barranca de Tenampa, Zacuapan, Purpus seca fd ; a ore sf re nag of P. parviceps); Palmar, McDan- . CHIAPAS: betw i Nelson £966 (GH. UB). een San Richardo and Ocozucuantla, THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 31 2b. Parthenium fruticosum Less., var. trilobatum, var. nov. Foliis trilobis in petiolum decurrentibus. Similar to var. typicum except for the trilobate leaves and decurrent blades forming a winged petiole. TAMAULIPAS: vicinity of Marmolejo, Sierra de San Carlos, Aug. 11, 1930, H. H. Bartlett 10898 (US, type); about 4 km. south of La Encantada, James Hinton 16840 (GH). A eareful examination of all the material available shows that the presence or absence of pappus-awns is not a reliable criterion for segregating P. parviceps. Florets from some specimens con- sistently possess two awns while those from others have a single awn or none. In one specimen, White No. 3, collected between Valles and V. Juarez, the achenes possessed a third ventral awn in addition to the two lateral. Otherwise all the material here placed in P. fruticosum falls within a consistent morphological pattern. The specimens of the type-series of P. parviceps look a little different in general aspect from other material of P. frutz- cosum, but other specimens collected by Purpus in the same area do not appear distinctive in any way. P. fruticosum is readily distinguishable from P. tomentosum, but it is possible that these species have hybridized at some period during their history. At least, specimens of Nelson No. 1697 from Cuicatlan, Oaxaca, which are like P. tomentosum in most respects, have some characteristics of P. fruticosum. The presently known range of P. fruticosum does not include Oaxaca, but thorough data concerning the species-range are not available. One of the most distinctive and readily seen characters in P. fruticosum is the bulbous mound of cells at the base of each trichome on the upper surfaces of the leaves. These cells have differentiated somewhat from the ordinary adjacent epidermal cells, having enlarged considerably and, upon maturity, lost their living contents. These cells, out of which the elongated _ portion of the trichome arises, are interpreted as being an integral portion of the trichome. They often form a large enough mass to be seen as a whitish dot in contrast to the darker leaf-surface. Variety trilobatum shows a trend in the direction of P. Lozani- anum, but it has larger, less-divided leaves, smaller heads with shorter, broader outer phyllaries and prominent, bulbous-based trichomes on the upper leaf-surfaces. In these respects it agrees quite well with typical P. fruticosum. However, my conclusions as to the status of P. Lozanianum and P. fruticosum var. triloba- tum should be considered tentative, since there is only a single 32 ROLLINS collection of the former available for study. Considerable field- work is needed to provide sufficient material for study before a clear understanding of these plants can be obtained. P. fruticosum has been in cultivation for only a short time and has not been used in breeding-experiments. The chromo- some-number 2n = 36 fits into the pattern for the majority of species in Parthentwm and is probably on the diploid level. Judging from the variability among seedlings produced from wild individual plants, P. fruticosum is probably a sexual species. In this respect, its breeding-behavior should be similar to that of P. tomentosum. 3. Parthenium cineraceum Rollins, sp. nov. Woody, shrub or small tree (?); bark greyish, longitudinally striate; branches cinereous, densely pubescent; leaves alternate, triangular, obtuse to acute, unevenly crenate to almost lobed, blade abruptly narrowed at base, 6-12 em. long, 3-5 cm. wide, slightly decurrent on the petiole, densely whitish-tomentose below with tortuose trichomes, felt-like to the touch, pubescent with short erect trichomes above, mid-vein prominent, petiole 1.5-3 em. long, infrequently somewhat winged; inflorescence paniculately corymbose, 6-10 cm. across, lower branches with well-developed bracts 1-2 em. long, bracts becoming much reduced toward extremities; heads longer than broad, outer phyllaries 5, densely pubescent, lower 2 broadly oblong, smaller than the next 3 above which are triangular-ovate; inner phyllaries subtending and attached at base to ray-florets, orbicular, ciliolate above, ca. 3 mm. long; rays white, nearly tubular to slightly flaring , usually erect, ca. 1.5 mm. long; corolla-tube strongly constricted above and below; style exserted, ba eatetie slightly less than 1 mm. long; achenes black, obeompressed, n ribbed, narrowly oblanceolate, tapered to a point at base, ca. 3 mm. es ca. 1 2mm wide; pappus none, 1 or 2 very weak lateral awns; disk-florets subtended by hooded paleaceous bracts, shorter than the ray-florets. Plate lanta fruticosa; caulibus teretibus st pallide griseis, ramis pubes- centibus; foliis alternis petiolatis triangularibus obtusis vel acutis, laminis supra brunn: eo-puberulis subtus albo-tomentosis 6-12 cm. longis, 3-5 cm. latis; petiolo 1.5-3 cm. longo; inflorescentia adscendenter ramosa corym- boso-paniculata pedicellis brunneis gracilibus pubescentibus; involucri Squamis 2-seriatim imbricatis valde inaequalibus late oblongis vel orbicu- laribus ciliolatis ca. 3 mm. longis; corollis albis; achaeniis nigris pubescenti- bus obcompressis ca. 3 mm. longis, ca. 1.2 mm. latis. BOLIVIA: La Cuesta (Calzas), Santa Cruz, prov. Cordillera, 415 meters, Ja. 29, 1945, G. Peredo 98 (Type, ILT; fragment at GH). Previous to the present study, the genus Partheniwm had not been certainly known to be native to South America. P. hystero- phorus is widely distributed as a probable introduction in central Contris. Gray Hers. CLXXII. Puate I. ,an, 1 it ti. et, it) i vi HERBASIO DEL INSTIIUTO Stat 123899 i | Photograph of the type of Parthenium cineraceum. t fs an Sie if a me nya ae THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 33 and northern Argentina and adjacent areas, while a relative of this species, P. glomeratum, from high altitudes in Bolivia and adjacent Argentina, was thought to be introduced also. In fact, the latter has most often been labeled P. hysteropho The discovery of P. ctneraceum from Bolivia, a member of section Parthenichaeta, removes all possible doubt that Parthe- nium does occur natively in South America. P. cineraceum is most closely related to P. frulicosum, from which it is distin- guished by a number of technical characters. The most readily observable difference is in the trichomes of the upper leaf- surfaces. In P. fruticosum, pointed stiff curved trichomes sur- mount a hemispherical mound of whitish cells, producing a his- pidulous surface. The trichomes of P. cineraceum do not have an enlarged base and the upper leaf-surface is rather soft to the touch. The achenes of the latter species are larger, being at least a millimeter longer, and more tapering above than those of P. fruticosum. The heads of the two species are similarly con- stituted, but those of the latter are smaller than in P. cineraceum. The subjacent florets are shorter than the ray-florets in the latter, but equal or exceed the ray-florets in P. fruticosum. 4. Parthenium Schottii Greenman ex Millspaugh and Chase Parthenium Schottit Greenman ex Millspaugh and Chase, Field Mus. Pub. ot. ITT: 109. 1904. Shrub 14 meters high, trunk up to 25 em. in circumference; branches sordidly pubescent near their extremities, glabrate, shallowly striate; leaves triangular-ovate to narrower, petiolate, blade entire to very shal- lowly crenate, sparsely pubescent above with tuberculate-based trichomes, slightly asperulous, more densely pubescent below with non-tuberculate pointed trichomes, not asperulous below, blade evenly decurrent on the petiole forming a cuneate base and winged petiole, a 2-6 em. wide, 7-12 cm. long, petiole 1-2 cm. long; heads numerous, corymbose, fewer than in P. fruticosum, 3-4 mm. high, 3-4 mm. thoy Bo: phyllaries elliptical, pubescent, 1-1.5 mm. long, inner phyllaries suborbicular to broadly elliptical, pubescent toward apex at back, 2.5-3 mm. long; achenes narrowly obovate, pubescent especially on the back and ventral ridge, 2-3 mm. long, 1-1.3 mm. wide; pappus of 2 or 3 minute spreading to recurved awns, ventral awn sometimes absent; corolla-tube narrow, constricted below and at apex, ray ca. 1 mm. long, white. Yucatan, Mexico. Specimens examined:—YUCATAN: Progreso, Gaumer 1166 (CM, type; AA, CAS, GH, MO, US, isotypes); Millspaugh 1165 (CM); Progreso, Steere 2999 (US); south of Cienaga, Progreso, C. L. & Amelia A. Lundell 7948 (GH); road from to Merida, R. S. Flores s.n. (CM); Labeah, Schott 264 (CM); San Anselmo, 34 ROLLINS Gaumer 2115 (CM); Calotmul, Gawmer 2213 (AA, CAS, CM, GH, MO, US). This species is most closely related to P. fruticosum, but is distinct from that species morphologically and is separated from it geographically. Easily observable differences are those of pubescence, leaf-shape and size, and the comparative sizes of the outer and inner phyllaries. The pubescence of the lower leaf- surface in P. Schottii consists of short, pointed trichomes, whereas that of P. fruticosum is arachnoid-tomentose. The latter species has larger leaves which lack the cuneate base found on the leaves of P. Schottti. The heads of P. Schottii tend to be more cylindrical than turbinate while in P. fruticosum, the tendency is toward a turbinate shape. P, Schottit is illustrated on a full page opposite page 110, 1. ¢. and the details of the fruit and fruit-complex are given on page 110, It should be noted that the illustrations on that page intended as those of P. fruticosum are actually those of P. Schottii, having been taken from Millspaugh 1665. The im- portance of the number of pappus-awns has been unduly empha- sized in Parthenium. The pappus is much reduced in P. Schottii and the fact that the ventral awn is sometimes entirely absent does not appear to be taxonomically significant. 5. Parthenium Lozanianum Bartlett Parthenium “peasant Bartlett, Proc. Amer. Acad. 44: 636. 1909. Shrub 1-2.5 m high; branches lightly pubescent to glabrous, shal- lowly striate; ae petiolate, more or less triangular or deltoid-ovate, 4-10 cm. long, 2-5 em. wide, coarsely repand-dentate with blunt teeth, usually with a pair of small lobes below the base of the blade, densely pubescent below with simple tortuous trichomes, sparsely pubescent above with short, simple trichomes; heads numerous in an open paniculate corymb which terminates the branches; outer phyllaries ovate, acute, lightly pubescent or glabrous, inner phyllaries sieaty orbicular, glabrous; achenes black, oblanceolate, glabrous, 2-2.5 mm. long, ca. 1.5 mm. wide pappus-awns 2, originating xt the juncture of the achene and parma incurved, ca. 1 mm. long; corolla white, limb not prominent, tube ca mm. high, limb less than ca. 1 mm. lon Known only from the nhs ‘limestone ledges, Hacienda, El Carrizo (on maps as Carrizal, a town southeast of Linares), (Sierra Madre above Monterrey?) Nuevo lose, Mexico, May 1, 1906, Filemon L. Lozano 10247 (GH, type). There are certain specimens treated as P. incanum, which have characters tending toward P. Lozanianum. This material may THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 35 actually be of hybrid origin involving introgression from P. Lozanianum into P. incanum. Though nearest to P. incanum, these plants attest to the relatedness of the two species which would also be inferred on morphological grounds. P. Lozania- num lacks the third pappus-awn present on the ventral side of the achenes of P. incanum. Also, as noted by Bartlett, the pappus-awns of the former are incurved or at least stiffly erect whereas they are spreading to recurved in the latter. Actually, the short thickened trichomes found on the upper surfaces of the leaves of P. Lozanianum are distinctive compared to the long tortuous ones of P. incanum. The leaves of this species are much too large for P. incanum and begin to approach P. fruti- cosum in this respect. In my opinion, P. Lozanianum is more closely related to P. fruticosum, var. trilobatum than to P. incanum. In fact, var. trilobatum is somewhat intermediate between typical P. fruticosum and P. Lozanianum, and could itself easily be of hybrid origin. The printed data on the label of the type-specimen are con- flicting in some respects. On one line appears, ‘Hacienda, El Carrizo, 1,000 ft.” and on the second line below, one reads, “Limestone ledges, Sierra Madre above Monterrey, 3,000 ft.” This is a label of C. G. Pringle, whose Mexican helper, Lozano, made the collection. It has been of some importance to re-col- lect and to obtain seeds of this species for breeding-purposes. To this end, Mr. James Hinton of Saltillo has spent some effort in attempting to locate P. Lozanianum in the area near Monter- rey. His lack of success is probably due to the fact that this plant does not grow near Monterrey, contrary to some of the data on the label. We find by studying the chronicle of Pringle’s collecting activities, by Davis (1936), that El Carrizo is on most maps as Carrizal and is located a few miles southeast of Linares, which in turn is nearly to the southern border of Nuevo Leén, and at some distance from Monterrey. Carrizal, the type- locality of P. Lozanianum, is not in the Sierra Madre proper, and is at about 1000 feet elevation. Thus it appears the data, “Limestone ledges, Sierra Madre above Monterrey, 3000 ft.,”’ are erroneous. There are two sheets of the type-collection in the Gray Her- barium, but I have not seen specimens of the same set in other American herbaria. This is somewhat surprising since under the date of May 1, 1906, in Pringle’s diary (Davis, 1936, p. 233) we find the statement, “Filemon returns bringing a fine set of 10247 36 ROLLINS Parthenium lozanoanum Bart. n. sp.”’ It is obvious to infer that more than two specimens were collected, but what happened to the bulk of them is unknown. 6. Parthenium incanum H. B. K. Parthenium incanum H. B. K. Nov. Gen. et Sp. IV. 260 t. 391. 1820. P. ramosissimum DC. Prod. V. 532. 1836. Aromatic shrub, 4-10 dm. high, intricately branched beginning near base, often with several stems from the base after the first year’s growth; branches cottony-pubescent with long simple trichomes, glabrate; leaves mostly lyrate, broadly oblong to obovate, short-petioled, lobed, sometimes deeply so, lobes rounded, densely cinereous-tomentose below, with long spreading corymbs terminating each branch, flat-topped, densely pubes- cent, 3-5 mm. broad; outer phyllaries oblong, acute, densely pubescent: inner phyllaries suborbicular, membranaceous, densely pubescent above; rays white, emarginate to more deeply incised, 1-2 mm. long; tube short, pubescent on outer surface; achenes black, oblanceolate, 1.5-2 mm. long, ca. 1.5 mm. wide, pubescent especially on the ventral surface with loose- elongated trichomes; pappus of two lateral divergent to erect pubescent awns and a weaker erect ventral awn, ventral awn sometimes absent. acer Arizona, south to Hidalgo and Querétaro and Mexico, D. F. ig. 13. TEXAS: Bronte, Coke Co., Palmer 11163 (CAS, GH, MO); high lime- stone hills, San Angelo, Tom Green Co., Palmer 11151 (AA, DS, GH, F US); 4 mi. south of Crane, Crane Co., Tharp s. n. (GH, MO); Fort Stock- ton, Pecos Co., York 271 (DS); 50 miles west of Sanderson, Terrell Co be M 3285 (DS, GH, MO, UC); 02 Ranch, central Brewster Co., Rollins 3103 (DS); San Esteban Lake, Presi scepeayrs i" south of Shafter, Presidio Co., Rollins 3102 (DS); 1 mi. south of the Texas- New Mexico line on highway 62, Culberson Co., Waterfall 3780 (GH); Steyer mark 3610 (CAS DS, GH MO UC); Vicinit 2 ’ ’ ’ , ? vy Ft. Quitman Hud- speth Co., Waterfall 3995 (GH, MO); El Pa : MEXICO: § ); so, Schulz 208 (GH). N 4245 (DS, GH, UC); Sacramento Mts Otero Co., Rehder , GH, UC); . . 395 (GH); Nogales Canyon, San Mateo Mts., Socorro Co., Pilsbury s. n. Ph)s ood THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 3F 115 110 105 100 ——. age 35 a ea . igs trees a v7 | bo ae ce ee ° ! N. MEX f > @™ H ; ‘ ‘ J r ° N 435 ARIZONA pitt ; Bes Jes 1 e® 2 | TEXAS 2 Bs os ee | | = ed e 30;f- a ” - eo eo? “oe \ ae ee % 4 m4) . o See 30 > ° @ wit, oe A of 25- ? Se ” ° Gi Y ® 8 “i oy 4° LY s 4 —125 ef 4 ; ? MEXICO a % * . . 20 - oT. e 20 * PARTHENIUM INCANUM H.B.K. l L nS 110 105 100 Fig. 13. Geographic distribution of Parthenium incanum. Socorro, Socorro Co., Rollins 3105 (DS); Water Canyon, Magdalena Mts., Socorro Co., C. J. and R. Herrick 16 (CM); Organ Mts., Dona Ana Co., Wooton 116 (DS, GH, MO, UC); mesa west of the Organ Mts., Dona Ana Co., Wooton and Standley 3194 (DS, MO); Trujillo Creek, south end of Black Range, Sierra Co., Metcalfe 1359 (CAS, GH, MO, UC); Mangas Springs, 18 mi. northwest of Silver City, Grant Co., M etcalfe 649 (GH, MO). ARIZONA: Outlaw Canyon, Chiricahua Mts., Cochise Co., Goodding 2347 (GH, UC); Portal, Cochise Co., Eggleston 10921 (GH, UC): Benson, Cochise Co., M. £. Jones 25070 (GH, U0); Douglas, Cochise Co. Goodding 2390 (GH, UC); near Tucson, Pima Co., Peebles and Kearney 38 ROLLINS Mexico.—CHIHUAHUA: near Juarez Pringle 9943 (GH); near Lake Santa Maria, Nelson 6408 (GH); near Casas Grandes, Hartman 809 (GH, UC); near El Carmen, LeSueur 446 (CM); hills near Chihuahua, Pringle 996 (DS); near Jimenez, Juzepcezuk 628 (CM). SONORA: 6 miles east of Agua Prieta, White 3838 (GH): Bavispe, White 2855 (DS, GH). COA- HUILA: Sabinas, Nelson 6802 (GH); 4 miles east of Cuatro Cienegas, Johnston 7115 (GH); eastern foothills of the Sierra de las Cruces, Stewart 246 (GH); 43 miles south of Monclova, Kenoyer and Crum 2621 (GH); 9 km. south of Parras, Stanford et al. 175 (DS, GH, MO); near Saltillo, Palmer 58 (GH, NY, UC). NUEVO LEON: Sabinas Hidalgo, C. H. and M. T. Mueller 272 (AA, CM); Monterrey, Hinton 16719 (GH); Lampazos, Edwards 395 (CM); Las Trancas, Municipio de Rayones, Mueller 2165 (AA, CM, MO); between Doctor Arroyo and Mathuala, S. L. P., Nelson Cadereyta, Rose et al. 9830 (GH, US ; hot typical, possibly of hybrid origin). JALISCO: Lake Chapala, Lemmon 96 (GH). HIDALGO: Ixmiquilpan, Purpus 1343 (GH, MO. UC). Ixmiquilpan, Rose et al. 9033 (GH, US; not typical, possibly of hybrid origin); Zimipan, Kenoyer A169 (CM, not typical, possibly of hybrid origin). MICHOACAN: Morélia, Arséne s. n. (CM). CO: mountains in the vicinity of Mexico, Aug., 1827, Berlandier 632 (GH) where hybrids between the Species are involved that the identity The range of P. incanum THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 39 species is viewed asa whole. Part of this is the result of hybridi- zation with other species, but a portion of the variation found cannot be attributed to that source. Plants growing in areas where no contact with other species of Partheniwm is possible show discontinuous differences which appear remarkably con- stant. The maintenance of these constant distinct minor entities is probably due to apomixis. How these differences arose, initially, is less certain. However, it seems reasonable to assume that the presently known apomictic lines came originally from various points in the total variation of the species. If this be the case, then any part of the variation present in the sexual phase of the species might be expected to show up approximating a fixed line reproducing apomictically. Particularly puzzling material of P. incanum comes from the vicinity of Monterrey and towards Monclova in Coahuila. These specimens have larger, less divided leaves than are commonly found in the species, and the upper leaf-surfaces are less densely pubescent. Also, the achenes lack the ventral awn more frequently than appears to be the rule in the species as a whole. However, I have not found valid characters for separating these populations taxonomically. Such collections as Hinton No. 16719 and Kenoyer and Crum No. 2621 show the characters referred to. Both apomixis and a modified type of sexuality are known to occur in P. incanum but, unfortunately, there are not enough data available to reveal the prevalence and extent of each. The available data show that apomixis is present in plants from several stations in Texas, one station in New Mexico, one in Arizona, and one in the state of Zacatecas, Mexico. From this, it is inferred that apomixis is widespread in the northern portion of the species-range. No data on the types of reproduction are available on plants from the southern part of the species-range. However, it is evident that P. incanum hybridizes with other species of Parthenium southward more freely than elsewhere. The role of this species in hybridizing introgressively wit argentatum has been the subject of a special paper (Rollins, 1949). In the southern portion of its range, P. incanwm has not been collected frequently enough to show a continuous pattern of distribution. Furthermore, as indicated under the citations of specimens, several of the available collections show deviating characteristics that may be of hybrid origin. Another possi- bility is that a primitive portion of the species, that gave rise to the more widespread types, is represented in the most southerly 40 ROLLINS portion of the range. So far, the material from this area has been too meagre to piece together a plausible explanation for deviating characteristics observed. The one record from the State of Mexico, Berlandier 632, has not received substantiation by more recent collections. This raises some doubt as to whether the collection, so labeled, actually came from there. 7. Parthenium argentatum Gray Parthenium argentatum Gray in Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. IT. 86. 1859. P. argentatum, var. angustifolium Nicolaieff, Bull. Appl. Bot., Genetics and Pl. Breed. 22 (4): 252, fig. 34 & 35. 1929. P. argentatum, var. brevifolium Nicolaieff, ibid. p. 258, fig. 40 & 41. P. argentatum, var. deltoidewm Nicolaieff, ibid. p. 266, fig. 47. argentatum, var. dissectum Nicolaieff, ibid. p. 265, fig. 46. argentatum, var. gracile Nicolaieff, ibid., p. 268, fig. 48. argentatum, var. latifolium Nicolaieff, ibid. p. 262, fig. 43 & 45. argentatum, var. longifolium Nicolaieff, ibid. p. 256, fig. 36 & 38. argentatum, var. marioloides Nicolaieff, ibid. p. 247, fig. 29-33. Lloydit Bartlett, Torreya 16: 46. 1916. Shrub, 3-10 dm. high, intricately branched beginning just above the base, extremities of branches silvery-canescent; leaves long-petioled, silvery-canescent due to a dense covering of appressed malpighiaceous trichomes, spatulate to narrowly oblanceolate, acute to acuminate, 2-6 em. long, 0.5-2 cm. wide, entire to several-toothed, teeth acute; peduncles 1-2 dm. long, naked or with a single bract; heads several to many in small corymbs or corymbose panicles, short-pediceled; outer phyllaries oblong to ovate, opaque, densely pubescent; inner phyllaries nearly transparent, membranaceous, suborbicular, glabrous except for a fringe of simple trichomes above; rays dull to creamy white, shallowly emarginate to rather deeply cleft, 1-2 mm. long; tube pubescent on outer surface; achenes obovate, black, lightly to fairly densely pubescent above on both surfaces with very short trichomes 2-3 mm. long; pappus of three erect to slightly spreading pubescent awns, lateral pair about equal, ventral ry by yy MND 1 Specimens numbered 543a at the New York National Herbarium are almost certainl or Botanical Garden and the U. 8. Boundary Survey” material and differ aft g ith Road 1 git oe PE ees fta4 THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 41 105 100 T | PARTHENIUM ARGENTATUM GRAY ol 2) MEXICO t ‘ , . ‘ 20 a PA ges oe = / 3 tla~ _ =4 Tx! 7 oa ee - -~ ’ > ‘ 5 es = A 105 100 Fig. 14. Geographic distribution of Parthenium argentatum. Presidio Co., Rollins 3131 (DS); toward head of Fresno Canyon, south- easte: rm Presi dio AHUA: Co., Rollins 3132 (DS). MExIco -—CHIHAU. 42 ROLLINS Jimuleo, Stanford et al. 58 (DS, GH, MO, NY); western base of Picacho del Fuste, northeasterly from Tanque Vaionetta, Johnston 8431 (GH); Saltillo, Palmer 9 (GH, NY, US); limestone hills, Carneros Pass, Pringle 2380 (GH, MO, NY, UC, US); Sierra de Parras, Purpus 10138 (GH, MO, NY, UC). DURANGO: southwest of Mapimi, Rollins 3096 (DS). ZACATECAS: near Conception del Oro, Palmer 374 (GH, MO, NY, US); Hacienda de Cedros, Lloyd 255 (GH, type ; UC, isotype of P. Lloydii); foothills, their ridges and slopes, Cedros, Lloyd 100 (UC, US); about 30 mi. west of Catorce, Rollins 3130 (DS). SAN LUIS POTOSI: Santo Domingo Road, Charcas, Lundell 5576 (AA, CAS, CM, US); San Luis Potosi, Parry & Palmer 435 (GH, US). HIDALGO: Ixmiquilpan, Rose et al. 9032 (GH, US). The complicated pattern of reproduction (Powers and Rollins, 1945) found in P. argentatum is reflected to a slight extent in the specimens found in herbaria, but it is impossible to classify them accurately on this basis. From the trichomes, leaf-shape and which had been diluted with genes of P. incanum through hybridization. Polyploidy in both P. argentatum and P. incanum capped. Ff argentatum and P. incanum grow contiguous to each other or even intermixed over wide areas of their ranges. They are THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 43 highly compatible species. Why, then, do they not hybridize more freely? ‘Two factors, at least, operate to limit the amount of crossing between them. Perhaps of some importance is the fact that both species reproduce apomictically over much of their natural ranges. But evidence of introgressive hybridiza- tion is commonest in areas where both facultative apomixis and polyploidy occur (Rollins, 1949). A sexual phase of P. argenta- tum is known, but it is more restricted distributionally than the facultatively apomictic phase. Initial successful interspecific crossings are apparently infrequent over much of the range of the species but the effects of introgression of one species into the other are widespread. A second factor limiting initial crossing is that of time of flowering. P. argentatum largely precedes P. mmcanum in flowering, thus further restricting the chance of inter- specific hybridization taking place. Apomixis is facultative in both P. argentatum and P. incanum. The number of sexually produced offspring varies from plant to plant in primarily apomictic populations of P. argentatum. The variation ranges from one or two per cent to nearly forty per cent. This allows crossing to occur occasionally even between highly apomictic populations of the two species. A high per- centage of the hybrids thus produced undoubtedly possesses an unreduced chromosome-complement from the mother plant. Aberrant hybrids of this type have only a limited chance of survival, because of their reduced vigor. The occasional normal intermediate hybrids produced, apparently are not particularly successful in starting independent populations but do function in back-crossing to the parental species. A series of particularly successful types has arisen by the crossing of intermediate inter- specific hybrids back to P. argentatum. Plants derived from such a cross are always classed as P. argentatum by the taxonomist, but a careful study unmistakably uncovers the effects derived from the presence of P. incanum genes. Such plant-types bear a common stamp of likeness although they differ from area to area throughout the range of P. argentatum. At least in the northern and eastern portion of the range of P. argentatum these derived hybrid types are quite stable in their morphology because they reproduce almost exclusively by apomixis. Interestingly enough, the type and isotype specimens of P. argentatum are of one of these derived hybrid types. : The work of Nicolaieff (1929) deserves some special discussion. The plants upon which Nicolaieff based his characterizations 44 ROLLINS were grown under uniform conditions from seed collected in Mexico. Several generations of plants were grown and a number of different types were observed to remain constant from genera- tion to generation. These types differed in growth-form, leaf- shape and -size, pubescence and other characters. Since the differences were shown to be genetically stable, Nicolaieff as- sumed that the different types represented different systematic entities and named them as varieties. However, he was not aware that apomixis was a prominent method of reproduction in P. argentatum and that the varieties he described did not repre- sent freely interbreeding populations. Had he known this, his point of view would probably have been different. Were we to follow Nicolaieff’s lead and name as varieties all of the recogniza- bly different true-breeding types of P. argentatum, the number of varieties would undoubtedly reach several hundred. We view such a course as unwarranted and not productive of a sensible classification of the plants involved. Rather, I prefer to recog- nize that facultative apomixis occurs at several different chromo- some-levels, and that the other deviations (Powers and Rollins, 1. ¢.) from sexual reproduction prevalent in P. argeniatum pro- duce many different and genetically stable populations; that gene-interchange may be absent or of very low frequency be- tween these populations and may be very infrequent even within the respective populations themselves; and that a complex hybridizing pattern between P. argentatum and P. incanum com- plicates the picture very considerably. As a result, the develop- ment of a formal system of classification of the different sub- specific populations of P. argentatum which has any real meaning, is a practical impossibility. It is possible to identify tentatively various of the varieties described by Nicolaieff with plants of known interspecific hybrid origin. For example, var. marioloides is almost certainly a hybrid of P. argentatum and P. incanum. Furthermore, it appears to be about intermediate between these species in its characters. Vars. latifolium and dissectum are probably of hybrid origin, but are much nearer typical P. argentatum than P. inca- THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 45 Section II. Akeyrocuaeta (Cav.) DC. Parthenium, sect. II. Argyrochaeta DC. Prod. V: 532. 1836. Argyrochaeia, Cav. Ic. IV: 54, t. 378. 1797. Plants herbaceous; leaves deeply lobed to bipinnate; heads hemispheri- cal above; pollen white; pappus of 2 lateral erect to divergent scales. Type-species, P. hysterophorus L 8. Parthenium confertum Gray Biennial or perennial; herbaceous; stems one or few from the base, branched above, longitudinally striate, 2-7 dm. high, densely hirsute with long simple trichomes: lower leaves pinnate to lyrate, petiolate, densely hirsute, trichomes of the veins similar to those of the stem; middle and upper lenved sessile, usually crowded, pinnate to bipinnate, oblong in oo lobes obtuse, often crenate; heads usually crowded, subcorymbose, m. broad; outer phyllaries broadly oblanceolate to obovate, densely pubescent; inner phyllaries obovate to orbicular with a broad hyaline priager nse: to obovate, black, glabrous to sparsely papillose above, 2-3 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide; pappus-scales 2, broadly oblong to ovate or triangular, petaloid, often erose at apex, equaling or slightly geet the corolla-tube; stamens exserted during anthesis, pollen whi KEY TO THE VARIETIES A. Ray-florets ligulate; ligule 1-2.5 mm. long, spreading; in phyllaries rounded below and barely stand Hi the AF vse, complex in width; outer phyllaries with a cusp-like — =e —_ oe equ ualing to slightly exceeding the shes colnet arranged; stems branched near summit; leaves crowded; pubescence of stems, petioles and veins of long white trichomes poe differing markedly from thatof the Jear suriaees: 3, 6S a 8a. var. typicum. B. Heads loosely arran: . asin branched from middle or below; leaves not nsely crowded; pubescence of stems, petioles and veins similar to or slightly different from that of the leaf pa ae Spies Coen ne GR Oe a 8b. var. divaricatum. A. Ray-florets eligulate or with a ligul than 1 mm tes y ding if present; inner phyllaries usuall truncate below and mark the achene-com- e sci in width; outer phyllaries obtuse, usually o o-thirds the length of the inner phyllaries, rarely equal- them, apex rarely cus C. ing th less ‘curs Bas Bee crowded; achenes ca. 1.5 nin ee... ee 8c. var. microcephalum. ong C. Heads 4-7 mm. broad, loosely arranged to crowded; setibeiens D-o tele i ae es eg ee eke 8d. var. lyratum. 46 ROLLINS 8a. Parthenium confertum Gray, var. typicum P. confertum Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. XVIT. 216. 1882. Apparently only in the state of COAHUILA, Mexico. Specimens examined: Parras, Oct., 1880, Edward Palmer 648 (GH, type; US, isotype); plain northwest of Parras, Gregg 25 (GH); plain northwest of San Lorenzo, Gregg 644 (MO); near Puerto Santa Ana, Muzquiz, Wynd & Mueller 280 (GH, MO, NY); at the foot of the eastern slope of the Sierra de Puerta Santa Ana, Wynd & Mueller 252 (GH, MO, US). 8b. Parthenium confertum Gray, var. divaricatum Rollins, var. nov. Divaricately branching from a point near the middle of the plant up- ward; branches at about a 45° angle; upper leaves broadly oblong, sessile, lobed, uniformly pubescent; heads numerous, loosely arranged in diffuse paniculate corymbs; outer phyllaries acuminate, with a cusp-like apex, equaling or exceeding the inner phyllaries; ligules well developed, 1.5-2.5 mm. long. Herba biennis vel perennis; caulibus divaricatis; ligulis 1.5-2.5 mm. longis. Texas and Coahuila. TEXAS: Low slopes, Guadalupe Mts., M. 8. Young s. n. (MO); valley of Limpia Creek near Ft. Davis, Jeff Davis Co., Palmer 32075 (MO); south side of Green Valley, Glass Mts., Brewster Co., Warnock 595 (GH). COAHUILA: Del Carmen Mts., Marsh 861 (CM, GH); western slopes of Sierra del Carmen, 10 km. northeast of Hacienda de la Encantada, Stewart 1555 (GH); fls. white, common in meadows, Mesa Grande, high mesa 40 km. northwest of Hacienda de Ja Encantada, Northern Coahuila, Sept. 14, 1941, Robert M. Stewart 1662 (GH, type); Cafion de San Enrique, eastern side of Sierra de la Encantada, 5 km. west of Rancho Buena Vista, Stewart 1415 (GH); 1 km. northwest of Puerto del Aire, the pass at the southern end of Sierra de la Encantada, Stewart 1311 (GH). 8c. Parthenium confertum Gray, var. microcephalum Rollins, var. nov. Plants branching near the top, branches erect to divaricately ascending; stems densely leafy, densely pubescent with long white trichomes; leaves deeply lobed, pinnate to bipinnate, trichomes of petioles and veins much longer than those of the blade-surface; heads congested, small, less than 3 mm. broad; achenes 1.5-2 mm. long. Herba perennis; caulibus pilosis; capitulis 2-2.5 mm. latis. Texas and Chihuahua. TEXAS: 17 miles southwest of Toyahvale, Jeff Davis Co., Oct. 30, 1935, V. L. Cory 17587 (GH, type); 10 miles south of Marathon, Brewster Co., Norvell R 19 (GH); Langtry, Valverde Co., Orcutt 6200 (MO). CHIHUAHUA: Sierra de los Pinos, LeSueur 1523 (CM, GH). 8d. Parthenium confertum Gray, var. lyratum (Gray) comb. nov. F: — L., var. lyratum Gray in Proc. Amer. Acad. XVII: 216. THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 47 ite) 105 100 95 ! J 4 %e 1 P. CONFERTUM, ' ' VAR. LYRATUM 2. + MEXICO ear : ~ s Pe ety PARTHENIUM BIPINNATIFIDUM l no 105 100 35 ig. 16. Fig. 15. Geographic distribution of Parthenium confertum, iy Ss Fig. 16. Geographic distribution of Parthenium bipinnatifidum. 48 ROLLINS Western Texas, New Mexico to San Luis Potosf and Zacatecas, Mexico. Fig. 15. Representative specimens:—TEXAS: “On the Rio Grande, mi. west of Rankin, Upton Co., Cutler 3285 (US); 1.5 miles east of Stiles, Reagan Co., Cory 770 (GH); Del Rio, Valverde Co., Jones 26391 (DS, US); 4 mi. south of Crane, Crane Co., Tharp s. n. (GH); Ft. Stockton, Pecos Co., Wooton s. n. (US); 21 mi. northeast of Dryden, Terrell Co., Cory 3558 (GH); vicinity of Pecos, Reeves Co., Gillespie 5272 (DS, GH, UC, US); Ft. Davis, Jeff Davis Co., Ferris and Duncan 2650 (CAS, DS, MO); Emory Peak, Chisos Mts., Brewster Co., Mueller 8224 (CM, GH, MO, UC, US); Marfa, Presidio Co., Plank s. n. (NY); Kent, Culberson Co., Tracy and Earle 3244 (GH, NY, MO, US); 3 mi. west of Salt Flats, Hudspeth Co., Waterfall 3836 (GH). NEW MEXICO: 15 mi. south of Carlsbad, Eddy Co., Waterfall 3730 (GH); Black River, Eddy Co., Standley 40473 (US); 30 mi. west of Roswell, Lincoln Co., Wooton s. n. (US); Lincoln, Lincoln Co., F. S. and Esther Earle s. n. (NY); limestone ills, Kingston, Sierra Co., Metcalfe 1497 (CAS, CM, GH, MO, UC, US); Range Ranger Sta., Gila Forest (Kingston), Sierra Co., Eggleston G ? i (GH); Parral, Goldman 104 (GH, US). COAHUILA: northeast from Tanque Armendai THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 49 Monterrey, C. H. and M. T. Mueller 234 (CM, GH). SAN LUIS PO- TOSI: Charcas, Lundell 5206 (DS, US). ZACATECAS: Hacienda de Cedros, Lloyd 155 (US). Gray did not designate a type for either P. confertum or the var. lyratum. For var. typicum I have selected the cited Palmer specimens as the type-series because they are more ample than the material of Gregg. For var. lyratum, Wright no. 316 was more or less arbitrarily selected as the type, but it more truly represents the entity than does Palmer 647, which is nearer in its characters to var. typicum. The total material of P. confertum is by no means uniform throughout its range. There is considerable variation as to the amount of lobing of the lower leaves, particularly in var. lyratum. In the eastern part of the latter’s range, the lower leaves are pretty generally lyrate, but westward, particularly in New Mexico and Mexico, they are more highly dissected. However, it is not always possible to determine this point on herbarium material. Cultures of var. lyratum show that the young plants may have lyrate lower leaves, but as these same plants increase in age, the lower leaves are shed and only pinnate leaves remain. Although typical P. confertum as well as var. lyratum are biennial or perennial, they are very closely related to P. bipinnati- fidum and P. hysterophorus. In fact, some of the specimens referred to P. confertum, var. lyratum, except for the larger heads, more copious pubescence, and more durable root, might easily be placed in P. bipinnatifidum. As I see the relationship in this group, typical P. confertum and typical P. hysterophorus stand farthest apart. P. confertum var. lyratum and P. bipinnatifidum approach each other in their characters and almost bring all three species together. It is quite likely that hybridization be- tween these species occurs and probably accounts for the inter- mediate material that practically bridges the gap between them. However, it should be stressed that the basic chromosome- number in P. bipinnatifidum is very different from that of P. confertum and P. hysterophorus. More information is needed to show what has actually taken place to produce these intermediate populations. There is some possibility that var. microcephalum is of hybrid origin and represents a population of the above described type. ate feet denied lyratum as a variety of P. hysterophorus. Later, with more material for study, he elevated the variety to specific rank. However, his remark (1884) that P. lyratum was 50 ROLLINS “equally allied to the preceding species (P. hysterophorus) and to the Mexican P. confertum,’’ shows that he understood the general relationships involved. If only plants of Texas were considered, there would be no difficulty in maintaining var. lyratum at the specific level. However, westward into New Mexico and Mexico, the Texas form becomes so thoroughly mixed with plants resembling typical P. confertum, that it is difficult to determine where a given specimen should be placed. From my study, I should suggest that to maintain P. confertum and P. lyratum as species would be fostering misconceptions as to the relationships in the group. It would be better to list P. lyratum as a straight synonym of P. confertum. However, I have chosen to indicate the trend away from typical P. confertum, particularly by plants growing in western Texas, by placing P. lyratum in a varietal category under P. confertum. Chromosome-counts have been previously reported on several plants of a Texas collection of P. confertum var. lyratum (as P. lyratum; Rollins, 1946). All but one of the nine plants examined possessed 2n = 68. This one plant had approximately 2n = 102 chromosomes. The latter showed the familiar characteristics of a high-chromosome plant. The leaves were thicker, the heads - and pollen were larger, and the plants were more robust than the 68-chromosome plants. Among herbarium specimens of var. lyratum, I have noted two plants from widely separated stations which, on the basis of the size of the flower parts, appear to be high-chromosome types. In P. confertum, the ligule is best developed in var. divaricatum which resembles var. typicum in this respect. However, the numerous heads are not congested nor are the stem and petiole trichomes nearly so long and whitish as in the typical variety. The Mexican material of var. divaricatum seems quite distinctive as does that cited from Texas, but certain specimens placed in var. lyratum, such as Palmer No. 10987 from Barksdale, Edwards County, Texas, are somewhat borderline between these varieties. Such difficulties strongly suggest a complex relationship between Semi-isolated populations of P. confertum. Certainly the humerous variants of this species are difficult to handle taxo- nomically. More recent studies on plants from several locations (Table I) confirm the somatic number of 68 as a common one for var. lyratum. But it is highly significant that one collection appears to be diploid, with a somatic number of 34. Comparisons of the THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 51 morphology of this collection with other herbarium material strongly suggest that the bulk of var. lyratum is tetraploid, with 2n = 68. In comparing the whole of P. confertum and P. hysterophorus, one is led to wonder how much of the distinctiveness of certain phases of P. confertum is attributable to the fact that they have double the chromosome-number of P. hysterophorus. The larger heads and biennial or perennial habit of much of the material of var. lyratum suggests that polyploidy has played a role in the origin of portions of this species. It is not improbable that the 34-chromosome type in var. lyratum may have crossed with P. hysterophorus to produce amphiploid types now treated as var. lyratum. A thorough study of this aspect of the relationships of these two species would be of considerable interest. 9. Parthenium densipilum Blake Parthenium densipilum Blake, Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb. 22: 607. 1924. pl. 58 Stout annual or possibly more enduring; stems several to numerous from the base, simple below, sparingly branched near summit, lightly striate, very densely white-hirsute with spreading simple trichomes; about 3.5 dm. high, leaves similar throughout, obovate to oval in outline, sessile or narrowed into a petioliform base, lyrately lobed or toothed, the terminal lobe large, obtuse, coarsely crenate-dentate, densely hirsute with whitish trichomes, 3-10 em. long, 1.5-6 em. wide; heads about 4 mm. wide, outer phyllaries greenish toward apex, hirsute, obovate-oval, inner phyllaries scarious, suborbicular, erose above, pubescent; rays white, erect, sparsely pubescent on outer surface, about 1 mm. high; stigma of ray-florets equaling or slightly exceeding corolla, stigma-lobes equal; pappus of two triangular-oblong paleae, erose and acute above, slightly less than 1 mm. long, pubescent; achenes oblanceolate, obcompressed, black, nearly glabrous, 2-2.5 mm. long. : Known only from the type specimen collected at Buena Vista, Tamauli- pas, Mexico, June 16, 1919, #. O. Wooton s. n. (US). This species appears to be most closely related to P. confertum, var. lyratum on the basis of pubescence, shape of paleae, shape of corolla and type of leaf. However, a single specimen does not give any basis for attempting to do more than conjecture upon relationship. Also there is no basis for comments concerning the variation of the species. In my judgment, a distinct species is represented by this one collection, but the nature of it will remain obscure until further material is available for study. 52 ROLLINS 10. Parthenium hysterophorus L. Parthenium hysterophorus L., Sp. Pl. II: 988. 1753. P. pinnatifidum Stokes, Bot. Mat. Med. IV. 278. 1812. P. lobatum Buckley, Proc. Acad. Sc. Phila. 1861: 457. 1862. Herbaceous annual; stems hirsute, single from the base, paniculately branched above, longitudinally striate, 3-10 dm. high; lower leaves form- ing a basal rosette, pinnate to bipinnate, hirsute, petiolate; upper leaves achenes black, broadly oblanceolate to narrowly obovate, glabrous below, sparsely papillose with achenial trichomes toward apex, 2-2.5 (3.5) mm. widely scattered places in subtropical areas of the world. Representative specimens:—Norru AMERICA; MASSACHUSETTS: near railroad track, Worcester, N. P. Woodward, s. n. (GH); wool waste, Auburn, Worcester Co., B. N. Gates (NEBC); dump, Lowell, Middlesex Co., C. W. Swan s. n. (NEBC). NEW JERS phia Co., T. O'Neill, s. n. (GH). MICHIGAN: New Michigan Union Bldg., Ann Arbor, Ehlers 652 (GH). OHIO: Columbus, EZ. V. Wilcox, s.n. (CM). ILLINOIS: East St. Louis, G. W. Letterman, s.n. (Ph, UC, US). MISSOURI: waste ground, Sheffield, Bush 9476 (CM, MO); Kansas City, Bush 11630 (MO). ARKANSAS: Beaver, Carroll Co., Palmer 29348 (GH, MO): Eudora, Chicot Co., Demaree 14081 (MO, US). KANSAS: Salina, Saline Co., Hancin 1990 (MO). OKLAHOMA: Tulsa, A. i. Hawk, s. n. (MO); Tecumseh, E. D. Barkley 393 (MO). ALA. BAMA: Mapes lot, Birmingham, Harper 3434 (GH); Mobile, Arushel s. n. f M (MO). RIDA: outskirts o ariana, Jackson Co., Wiegand & Manning 3338 (GH): Jacksonville, C. S Williamson, s. n ; St ugustine , 8. n. (CM); waste places, Apalachicola, Biltmore Barkley, Taylor Co., Tolstead 7673 (UC); near Braken, Bexar Co., Grot 42 (DS, GH); New Braunfels, Lindheimer 951 (GH, MO, UC); Corpus THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 53 n Soci C. H. & M. T. Mueller 235 (CM, GH). COAHUILA: Monclova, White 1739 (DS); Marsh 2247 & 2240 (GH). TAMAULIPAS: 10 km. northwest of El Progresso, Stanford, Retherford & Northcraft 1074 (DS, GH, MO); Soto la Marina, Nelson 66038 (GH); vicinity of Tampico, Palmer 9 (GH, MO). SAN LUIS POTOSI: El Pujal, Chase 7469 (CM, GH, MO); Tamazunchale, Edwards 676 (CM, DS, MO). HIDALGO: Jacala, Edwards 891 (CM). VERA CRUZ: Palmar, MacDaniels 433 (CM); Cérdoba, Greenman 300 (CM, GH). MEXICO: near San Pablo, Happ 298 (MO). PUEBLA: Orizaba, Seaton 14 (GH); Région D’Orizaba, Bourgeau 1558 (GH, US). SINALOA: Culiacdin, Brandegee s. n. (UC); Mazatlin, Ferris 5014 (DS); Mazatlén, Wright 1209 (DS, MO, UC); Vicinity of Labradas, Ferris & Mexia 5294, (DS); Rosario, Ortega 6412 (DS, GH). NAYARIT: Tres Marias Islands, Ferris 5589 (DS); Tepic, Jones 23406 (DS, MO). JALISCO: between Los Palmas and Ixtapa, Nelson 4184 (GH). COLIMA: Rtasciattin: Palmer 921 (GH, UC). MICHOACAN: Apatzingin, Hinton 12031 (GH); Coalcomén, Hinton 12825 (GH, MO). OAXACA: valley of Etla, Alverez 745 (GH); Valley of Oaxaca, Conzatti & Gonzales 89 (GH). CAMPECHE: Tuxpena, Lundell 1008 (DS, UC). YUCATAN: Izamal, Gawmer 558 (CAS, CM, DS, GH, MO, UC); San Anselmo, Gawmer 1848 (CM, GH, MO); Chichankanab, Gaumer 1555 (CM); Island of Cozumel, Millspaugh 1572 (CM); Chichen Itzd, Steere 1020 (MO). BRITISH HON DURAS: Honey Camp, Orange Walk, Lundell 46 (CM); Corozal, Lundell 4756 (CM, MO). GUATE- MALA: Libertad, Lundell 3730 (CM). West Inp1gs; BERMUDA: near Flatts, Collins 39 (GH). between Hamilton and Spanish Point, Robinson 136 (GH); Hamilton, Brown & Britton 149 (GH); Paget, Harshberger 8. n. (GH, MO). BAHAMA ISLANDS: without locality Bryant s. n. (GH). Fox Hill Village, Nassau, Wight 23 (GH). CUBA: Cieneguita, Cienfue- gos, Combs 250 (GH, MO); Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines, Curtiss 509 (GH, MO). JAMAICA: Queen Anns Bay, Churchill s. n. (GH); Balaclava, Orcutt 2282 (UC); vicinity of Montego Bay, Mazon & Killip 1602 (GH, MO). HAITI: vicinity of Port au Prince, Leonard 2788 (GH); Miragoane and vicinity, Eyerdam 416 (GH); vicinity of St. Michel de L’Atalaye, Leonard 7315 (UC); Moncion, Santo Domingo, Valeur 141 (CAS, DS, MO, UC); Santo Domingo, C. A. Meyer in 1842 (GH). PORTO RICO: Maya- pole aioe soe ro (Sse (GH); St. Barthol 22917 (UC); Vi Islan x x 8. n. Bien ‘St. Croix, Ricksecker 6 (DS, GH, MO, UC); Martinique, Duss 964 (US); Dominica, Hodge 3189 (GH); St. Vincents, H.H.& G. W. Smith 54 ROLLINS 152 (GH); Barbados, Aug. 27, 1905, no. 121 of Bot. Gard. Herb. (GH); Grenada, St. George’s, Broadway s. n. (GH); Tobago, Scarborough, Apa und Rio Aquidaban, Fiebrig 4983 (GH). URUGUAY: Dept. Rio H). ARGEN species?) ; La Ramada, Tucumén, Ousset 98 (GH); Santa Rosa, Catamarca, Brizuela 143 (GH); Andalgal4, Catamarca, Jérgensen 1086 (GH, UC); Rio Hondo, Santiago del Estero, Ousset 47 (GH); Sumanpa, Santiago del Estero, Bolegno 28 (ILT); Cerro de la Gloria, Mendoza, Mexia 04371 (GH, MO, UC); Villaguay, Entre Rios, M eyer 11,149 (GH); Ascochinga, Cérdoba, Hunziker 1491 (ILT, MO); Cerro Las Rosas, Cérdoba, Hunziker 7365 (GH); Sierra de Tandil, Partido Tandil, Buenos Aires, Sotelo 34 (ILT). SOCIETY ISLANDS: Papeete, Tahiti, Leland, Chase & Tilden 12 (CM, GH, UC, US). NEW CALEDONIA: Nouméa, France 628 (GH, UC, US). INDO-CHINA: Hanoi, Pételot 267 (UC, US); Haiphong, i M. 8. Clemens 4267 (UC); Hué and vicinity, Squires 407 (CAS, UC, iB It is impossible to determine accurately the natural range of P. hysterophorus because of the fact that it is an aggressive weed. It is frequently found in waste places in or near cities and is particularly common about Sugar cane fields in many areas. The best surmise seems to be that the species is native to the area these two species. The spec central South America. than elsewhere in its range and there are many variants from different populations, On the basis of the variation in P. hystero- THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 55 phorus outside of South America, it is difficult to account for many of the characteristics that are found in specimens from that area. Some plants appear to have characters derived from both P. confertum and P. bipinnatifidum although neither of these species is known south of Mexico. Remembering that P. hysterophorus is a weed in fields and waste places in an area where the seasons are reversed from those of its probable place of origin, it seems possible that particularly favorable conditions for rapid biotype-formation are present. Perhaps the extreme variation in size of plants, leaf-form and -cutting, density of indument, corolla-form, pappus-form and -position, distribution of leaf-glands, and similar characteristics may be accounted for in this way. However, the group needs intensive study by botanists who have the opportunity for field study. Plants grown from seeds obtained near Cérdoba by Dr. Armando Hunziker proved to have the usual 2n = 34 chromo- somes. Also, these plants were surprisingly similar under green- house conditions to others grown from seed obtained in Texas. But the specimens from around Cérdoba do not deviate from typical P. hysterophorus as do those from Mendoza or particu- larly those from Sierra de Tandil in the Province of Buenos Aires. It is highly probable that polyploidy has played a role in producing the diversity of forms found in central South America. he evidence for this comes from a single specimen in the Gray Herbarium, S. Venturi No. 4417 from the province of Tucumén, Argentina. In this specimen, the stems and leaves are thicker, the heads are broader and all the floral parts are considerably larger than in typical P. hysterophorus. Measurements of ten mature ach from this specimen showed a minimum—maximum length of 3-3.5 mm. At the widest point they were 1.5-2 mm. For comparison, ten mature achenes from specimens of more nearly typical P. hysterophorus from the Province of Tucuman, though not from the same location, tachi the following dimen sions: length 1.5-2 mm.; width 1-1.5 mm. Similarly the inner phyllaries of the Ventas specimen were 3.5-4 mm. long an 3-3.5 mm. wide, whereas inner phyllaries from the other material were 1.5-2 mm. long and 1.25-1.75 mm. wide. Differences in size of floral parts were of the same magnitude throughout. Not only are there quantitative differences as indicated, but qualitative differences of a minor nature are also present. For example, in the Venturi specimen, the achenial trichomes are 56 ROLLINS distributed over the entire achene while in the other material these trichomes are restricted to an area near the summit of the achene and on the ventral rib. Also, the inner phyllaries differ in shape, those of the Venturi specimen being nearly orbicular while those of the other specimens are broadly obovate. With these considerations, the question arises as to whether the Venturi specimen represents a polyploid population, which seems to me most likely, or whether it represents a distinct natural taxon of the species- or subspecies-level. These questions can only be settled by those with access to living material and prefer- ably to growing populations in Argentina. However, it does seem clear that if the Venturi specimen represents a polyploid population, these polyploids have not arisen by direct autoploidy from the other Tucumén material considered in this study. The definite possibility that several subspecies are present in the Argentine flora should not be overlooked in future intensive studies. Plants of P. hysterophorus have been grown from several lots of seed from Texas, Mexico and South America. The young rosette of leaves is always highly dissected and tends to be flat on the ground-surface. Mature seeds may be produced in less than six months, beginning with young seedlings. Normally, the plants die after producing a crop of seeds, but if the upper portion is kept cut back, they will live for an extended period. Attempts were made to cross P. hysterophorus with P. tomentosum, vars. typicum and stramonium, P. argentatum and P. incanum (Rollins, 1946). Several hybrid plants from the cross P. argentatum @ X P. hysterophorus # were obtained. Two hybrid plants from the cross P. incanum 2 x P. hysterophorus # grew to maturity. The other attempts were unsuccessful. All the hybrids had comparatively high chromosome-numbers and were found to ossess an unreduced chromosome-complement contributed by the female parent in each case. Even so, it was something of a novelty to obtain hybrids from crosses having a woody shrub as our slides merely chanced to show countabl . e figures of this number and that no importance should be attached to it. How- THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 57 ever, the fact that this odd number was observed shows that there must have been lagging in one chromosome-pair. 11. Parthenium bipinnatifidum (Ortega) comb. nov. Villanova ye oe Ortega, Nov. Rar. Pl. Hort. Matr., Dec. IV: 1797 Argyrochaeta bipinnatifida Cavanilles, Icon. IV: 54, t. 378. 1797. Herbaceous annual, stems single, weak and widely branching from near the base upward, quite often decumbent, hirsute with simple trichomes, 1-5 dm. long; leaves bipinnate, petiolate, lobes oblong, obtuse and widely divergent, hirsute, trichomes of the veins much larger than those of the blade proper; oasis leaves spaced by evident internodes, not forming a basal rosette; upper leaves well-developed, often overtopping the inflores- cence; heads in somewhat condensed panicles, densely pubescent, 4-5 mm. broad: outer phyllaries broadly oblong, pubescent, usually ciliate; inner phyllaries broadly obovate, pubescent; corolla white, closely surrounding the style, ligule emarginate, "less than 1 mm. long; pappus variable in shape, ovate, oblong, or obovate, equaling or exceeding the corolla; stigma-lobes equal; stamens exserted during anthesis; pollen white; achenes black, broadly oblanceolate to narrowly obovate, glabrous below, sparsely papillose above, 2-2.5 mm. long, 1—1.3 mm. wide. = 24. Native to the highlands of central Mexico. Fig. 16. Representative specimens:—Mexico: Without locality, Sessé and Mocito 4686 (CM); CHIHUAHUA: Santa Eulalia, Shreve 9100 (GH); Cerro de Vergara, Santa Eulalia, Lopez 44 (GH). COAHUILA: northeast of San Vicente, J ahevton & Muller 1062 (GH); Saltillo, Palmer 333 (GH, MO, US); Saltillo, Arséne 6363 (GH, MO, US); between Palos Blancos and San Pedro, Johnston 9280 (GH); Mahorachic, Knobloch 260 (CM); 15 km. west of Conception del Oro, Coahuila-Zacatecas border, Stanford et al. 503 (DS, GH, MO). NUEVO LEON: Hacienda Pablillo, Galeana, Mary Taylor 29 (CM, DS, MO). ZACATECAS: Cedros, Lloyd 85 (MO, UC). ‘AS: near se pene soe Stanford et al. 799 (MO). DURANGO: Inde, Peko 5302 (CM); Durango and vicinity, seipes 12 (CAS, GH, MO, UC); Rio Nazas, between Mapimi and Durango h. r. 830 (GH): 60 km. west of Mapimi, Norvell, s. h. r. 29 (GID. arn LUIS POTOSI: region of San Luis Potosi, Parry & Palmer 436 (MO, US); cultivated from seed collected near Zapitillo by O. W. Norvell, Rollins see (GH). JALISCO: Ocotlari, Furness s. n. (CM). GUANA- JUATO: Guanajuato, Dugés 460A (GH). QUERETARO: Cercaina, Basile 137 (CM); Querétaro, Arséne 10432 (MO). _ HIDALGO: Ixmi- (CM, GH, MO); near Guadalupe, Pringle 9942 (GH, MO) ;near Atzcapotz- olco, Happ 151 (MO). MICHOACAN: vicinity of Morélia, Arséne 8694 (CM, MO). PUEBLA: San Luis Tultitlanapa, Brandegee s. n. (UC); near Ascufia Villa, between Tehuacdén and the Vera Cruz state line, 58 ROLLINS Norvell s. n. (GH); above Serdan, Cabecero, A. J. Sharp 44991 (GH); near Calchicomula, Rose & Hay 5795 (US); Mt. Orizaba, Seaton 154B (GH, US). VERA CRUZ: sandy soil of plain, 8,300 ft., near Guadalupe, Victoria, Weaver 884 (GH); GUERERRO: vicinity of Balsas, Lemon 71 H, US). After my initial taxonomic studies of this entity, it appeared to connect so closely with P. hysterophorus that no more than varietal status could be accorded it. However, later, having P. bipinnatifidum in cultivation, characteristics at first overlooked became evident. The fact that P. bipinnatifidum proved to have 2n = 24 chromosomes, the lowest number so far found in the genus, focused attention on this species. The short life-cycle, which could be completed in six weeks, seemed remarkable in view of our experience with P. hysterophorus, which required at least five months from seed to flower. In many other ways the growth characteristics of P. bipinnatifidum and P. hysterophorus proved to be distinctly different. For example, P. bipinnatifidum began producing an elongated axis from its initial stages of growth, ultimately resulting in a stem with well-spaced lower leaves, whereas P. hysterophorus always started with a shortened axis resulting in a rosette of basal leaves. The flowering stems appeared at a much later stage of development. The heads of the lower portion of the inflorescence are borne on shorter and stouter peduncles and the inflorescence is more crowded in P. bipinnatifidum than in P. hysterophorus. The bracts, either sub- tending or adjacent to the peduncles, are considerably developed in P. bipinnatifidum often being somewhat divided and equalling or exceeding the peduncle in length. Similarly disposed bracts in P. hysterophorus are entire and much reduced. Sometimes they are so reduced as to appear to be absent entirely. The illustrations of Villanova bipinnatifida Ortega (1. c.) and of Argyrochaeta bipinnatifida Cavanilles (1. ¢.) are undoubtedly of the same species although based on different collections. Orte- ga’s material was grown in the Madrid Botanical Garden from seed collected in Mexico by Sessé and was undoubtedly used in making the illustrations of Plate 6. Cavanilles, on the other Bre cited plants collected by Née at Ixmiquilpan, Mexico. ave seen a specimen of the Née collection from the Chicago Natural History Museum and it matches the Cavanilles plate very well. The printed date of the Ortega and of the Cavanilles publications is the same, 1797. There has been a problem in selecting the older of the two publications to provide the typifica- THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 59 tion of the name. Because of having seen an isotype from the Née collection upon which Cavanilles name was based, I was at first inclined to transfer Cavanilles name and some specimens were so annotated. However, there is strong evidence that the work of Ortega was published before that of Cavanilles, the most conclusive being the reference to Ortega’s book by Cavanilles on pages 54 and 55 of the work cited. Ortega gave the distribution of Villanova bipinnatifida as Cuba and Mexico. It is almost certain that any Cuban plants he saw were P. hysterophorus. 12. Parthenium glomeratum Rollins, sp. nov. Herbaceous perennial; stems few to numerous from a tap-root, prostrate pact clump, 1-4 dm. high, striate, pubescent with spreading simple trichomes; basal leaves pinnate or somewhat bipinnate, petiolate, 4-10 em. long, pubescent on both surfaces with simple pointed multicellular trichomes, ries variable, oblong to narrowly obovate; cauline leaves pinnate, lower petiolate, upper sessile, diminishing upward but not markedly so, pubescent; heads con ngested into small clusters; peduncles 2-5 mm. long; outer phyllaries ey oblong to oval, pubescent above, ciliate with multicellular club-shaped trichomes, 2.5-3.5 mm. long, 1.5- 2.5mm. broad; inner phyllaries besaale obovate, ciliate, densely pubescent near upper margin, three-nerved, 2.5-3.5 mm. long and wide; corolla white, tube short, ligule erect, bilobed or sometimes trilobed, about 1 mm. high; stigma with equal lobes: achenes obovate, strongly ‘rib-margined, sparsely papillose above dorsally and ventrally, 2.5-3.5 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide; pappus of two petaloid scales, these erect to divaricate, slightly shorter than the corolla; disk-florets narrowly claviform, closely subtended but scarcely invested by ce aag Pilon gs these densely covered with glandular trichomes at Str apice Herba perennis; cau teretibus striatis pubescentibus 1-4 dm. altis; foliis frontend eatate hirsutis pinnatis x bipinnatis; foliis superioribus sessilibus pinnatis; inflorescentiis glomeratis; involucri squamis ciliolatis; achaeniis obcompressis nigris 2.5-3.5 mm. longis, 1.5-2 mm. latis Bolivia and northern Argentina. BOLIVIA: Escayache bei Tarija, Tarija, Jan. 30, 1904, K. Fiebrig 3017 (GH, type; CM, ILT, MO, isotypes) ; Bolivian plateau, 1891, Bang 948 (GH, MO). ARGENTINA: Volean, Jujuy, Verano 2923 (ILT); La Quiaca, Yavi, non an fs Meyer 4639 (ILT, also ILT nos. 33047 and 34348 from the same locality b y the same collector) ; same locality, Parodi 9612 (GH); Sierra de Lenta, Jujuy, E. Budin 7460, 7467, 7468 (ILT); Cuesta del Obispo, Salta, Meyer 12285 (ILT); Lizoite, Santa Victoria, Salta, Meyer & Bianchi 33066 (ILT); Tilcara, Tilcara Cabrera 7714 (GH). An intensive study of the herbarium material of the P. hystero- 60 ROLLINS phorus complex from South America leaves much to be desired. It seems certain that P. hysterophorus itself occurs mainly at lower elevations from sea-level to one or two thousand feet and is an established weed as in other portions of its range. On the other hand, the material placed in P. glomeratum comes from elevations of nine to twelve thousand feet and is undoubtedly native. There are perplexing variants in this group which may represent other species, or possibly variant types that have arisen through hybridization. Such problems require the careful study of field-populations for their solution and we have not had the opportunity to make such studies. P. glomeratum is readily distinguished from P. hysterophorus because of the congestion of the heads into discrete clusters, the short peduncles, the perennial habit and the low decumbent branching stems. Actually, the species appears to be more closely related to the Mexican P. bipinnatifidum than to P. hysterophorus. However, P. bipinnatifidum is strictly an annual plant with bipinnate leaves and less congested heads. Section III. Parrneniastrum DC. Parthenium, sect. I. Partheniastrum DC. Prod. V: 532. 1836. Plants herbaceous; perennial with large over-wintering roots; leaves large and entire or variously dentate; pollen white; pappus of 2-3 weak, linear awns. Type-species, P. integrifolium L. 13. Parthenium hispidum Raf. Perennial herb; roots often laterally branched to form underground Tunners; stems pilose-hispid, unbranched below, striate, 2-4 mm. in : ish diameter, 2-8 dm. high; basal leaves long-petioled, blade pilose-hispid, mm. high, 46 mm. broad broadly oblong, lous toward apex, ciliate, inner obovate, rounded at apex, scarious, ciliate; trichomes; achenes obov. pubescent above and on trichomes, pappus of 2 erect rather weak awns THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 61 Key To THE VARIETIES eads 4-7 mm. high, 6-10 mm. broad; basal leaf-blades ovate- j aprile to lanceolate; middle and lower saae leaves usu- ally with a non-winged petiole, Missouri and rome as to Louisi- ana and Texas, apparently adventive in Michigan...... 13a. var. typicum. Heads 3-5 mm. high, 4-6 mm. broad; basal leaf-blades ovate or slightly narrower; middle and lower cauline leaves frequently with an interruptedly winged age mountains and Piedmont of Virginia and North Carolina..................- 13b. vn auriculatum. 13a. Parthenium hispidum, var. typicum P. hispidum Raf., New Fl. N. Am. II. 35. 1837. P. repens Eggert, Catal. Pl. St. Louis. p. 16. 1891. Missouri and Kansas to Louisiana and eastern Texas. Fig. 17. Ap- parently adventive in Michigan. Representative specimens:—MICHI- GAN: right-of-way of Grand Trunk Railroad, 2 mi. west of Schoolcraft, Kalamazoo Co., Hanes 4027 & 4511 (GH); same locality, Hermann 9059 (GH, MO, CM). MISSOURI: near St. Louis, May 23, 1879, Eggert s. n. (CM, isotype; MO, type of P. repens Eggert); St. Louis, Sherff 248 (GH, CM); Meramec Highlands, St. Louis Co., June 25, 1904, Gleason s. n. (GH); Allenton, St. Louis Co., July 25, 1890, Letterman $s. n. (DS); south- 4 mi. southeast of Chadwick, ‘Christian Co. | Steyermark 22984 (CM, MO). Carthage, Jasper Co.., Palmer 8978 (GH, MO): near Eagle Rock, Barry Co., Palmer 30395 (GH, MO). ARKANSAS: Beaver, Carroll Co., Palmer 5591 (MO); near Hazen, Prairie Co., H. E. Wheeler 59 (CM, UC); Fulton, Hempstead Co., Palmer 8062 (CAS, MO); Carlisle, Lonoke Co., Demaree 17584 (CM, MO); Portland, Ashley Co., Demaree 14749 (CAS). KANSAS: Elk Co., Aug. 20, 1897, G. L. Clothier, (GH, MO, US); Chautauqua Co., _ re 1897, A. S. Hitchcock 1086 (GH, MO, US). UISIANA: dry u plands between Shreve port & Morringsport, Caddo Parish, Sins 6077 (GH): highlands, near Si sevipaes, Jos. Gregg (MO). OKLAH MA: near Page, Leflore Co., Blakley 1452 (DS,GH). TEXAS: without locality, Leavenworth s. n. (GH); north of Buchanan, Bowie Co., June 13, 1898, Eggert s.n. (MO). 13b. Parthenium hispidum, var. auriculatum (Britton) comb. nov. P. auriculatum Britton in Britton & Brown, Illus. Fl. 3: 521. 1898. P. integrifolium L., var. auriculatum (Britt.) Cornelius ex Cronquist, in Rhodora 47: 399. 1945. Mountains and piedmont oe Virginia sad North Carolina. Representa- tive specimens:—VIRG : Cedar Creek, Frederick Co., Hunnewell 11245 (GH); eerie Co., W. E. A. Aiken s. n. (UC); near Cedar Creek, Shenandoah Co., Hunsaell 11955 (GH); near Clarksville, Mecklenburg 62 ROLLINS Co., Ashe 240 (NY, type); bluffs above Roanoke River at Dixie Caverns, Roanoke Co., Wood 3633 (GH); near Blacksburg, Montgomery Co., Hermann 10604 (GH); 214 mi. w. of Shawsville, Montgomery Co., Massey 2016 (GH); Wytheville, Wythe Co., Oct. 1878, Howard Shriver s. n. (DS). 100 95 90 85 80 75 ees Sa eee esses Be T \ ' : : ze ‘ ‘ . J _ 1 : ee “nN ‘ ' - Re om ‘ ne “we Me = ~ i @ ae -- eee d e ® bad a x & ee mn Re men = ry) of Be ¢ pee“ ba ee cn B_ oP ecpoe be ce cee 3 ey fee 3-¢ we ~~ ee” ee fe, e® ' vA “5 © 4-6 : be f eo : oO: 000 -=-F => A : ae A ° ‘%e ae 1 © Nien ‘ s ’ a Seaman oa t i ‘ . ‘ a oD ‘ .: e M4 \ ( Deeubinty teen 4 = . ° y ' ‘ . ‘ ’ ' ‘ Pe . & c * ‘ eee eT Sen eer ry ’ =) a % { e PARTHENIU INTEGRIFOLIUM o P. HISPIDUM War. TYRICUM © P. HISPIDUM VARAURICULATUM 100 35 90 85 80 Fig. 17. Geographic distribution of Parthenium hispidum and NORTH CAROLINA: closely related and doubtless ¢ 75 P. integrifolium. 5 mi. southeast of Morganton, Burke Co., 0. M. It is suspected that polyploidy is involved as a contributing factor to the variation found THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 63 is based upon the fact that, according to size of parts and organs, plants of each species fall into two size-classes. This is particu- larly marked in P. hispidum, where the typical variety has dis- tinctly larger parts than var. auriculatum. Judging by the size- differences between diploids and tetraploids of other species of Parthenium where the chromosome-situation is definitely known, var. typicum stands at about a tetraploid level compared to var. auriculatum if the latter is assumed to be diploid. Material from Missouri of var. typicwm was found to have 2n = 72 chromo- somes, but var. auriculatum has not been available for chromo- some-counts. It seems clear that var. auriculatum should be associated with P. hispidum rather than P. integrifolium (following Cronquist, 1. c.), although in some cases this entity is somewhat intermediate between the two species. However, it has the harsh pubescence and auriculate cauline leaves of P. hispidum, the most important characters separating the latter from P. integrifolium. The ranges of typical P. hispidum and P. integrifolium overlap in much of Missouri and it is quite probable that hybridization occurs between these species in several places. That such is definitely the case has not been shown, but there are certain specimens that are difficult to assign to one species or the other. Aside from the differences between P. hispidum and P. integri- folium elaborated in the key, there are other somewhat variable characteristics that may be utilized in attempting to place a given specimen. The corymbs of P. hispidum are more compact and the heads are usually much larger than in P. integrifolium. The leaves of the latter are proportionately narrower, are less regular and the teeth more apt to be somewhat acute than in P. hispidum, where the margins are obtuse, quite often becoming regularly crenate. 14. Parthenium integrifolium L. Parthenium integrifolium L., Sp. Pl. II: 988. 1753. P. amplectens Raf., New FLN, Am. II. 26. 1837. P. angustifolium Raf. i. fet p. 25. P. dillenianum Raf., ibid. p. 26. a provisional name. P. elliotanum Raf., ibid. p. 26. a provisional name. P. pumilum Raf., ibid. p. 25. P. sinuatum Raf., ibid. p. 25. (?). Perennial herb; stems one to several from a deep sometimes bulb- shaped root, 3-10 dm. high, corymbosely branched above, fairly stout, striate, sparsely pubescent to glabrous below, more densely pubescent 64 ROLLINS above; basal leaves long-petioled, coarsely dentate, blade ovate to lanceo- late, decurrent on the petiole, scabrous, prominently veined, 4-12 cm. wide, 10-20 cm. long; lower cauline leaves petiolate, upper sessile, not auriculate, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, subtending the branches; heads numerous, corymbose, densely pubescent, 3-5 mm. high, 4-6 mm. broad; outer phyllaries ovate to slightly obovate, usually apiculate, densely pilosulous toward apex; inner phyllaries broadly obovate, rounded at apex; rays erect, white, ca. 2mm. long; disk-florets white, anthers exserted during dehiscence, stigma cylindrical but not capitate; achenes obovate, obcompressed, blackish, pubescent toward apex only, pappus-awns weak, linear, erect, 2 lateral, 1 ventral, the ventral awn sometimes vestigial. Virginia to Alabama, Arkansas and southern Minnesota. Fig. 17. Adventive in Massachusetts. Infrequently cultivated as a garden plant. MASSACHUSETTS: In mowing-land, No. Orange, Mrs. H. A. Ward s. n. e Co. ij Godfrey 5675 (GH); Elizabethtown, Bladen Co.. L. F. and F. R. Randolph eville, Buncombe Co., Hunnewell one (GH CAROLINA: Caesar’s Head, Greenville Co., sigs 8615 (MO); Baldwin, Laurens Co., Davis s. n. (DS, MO); Ander- Chattooga Co., Pollard un Co., Duncan 2655 (GH); Summerville, THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 65 Co., Eyles 7206 (GH); Warm Springs, Meriwether Co., Tracy 8940 (GH, MO); 8 mi. west of Manchester, Harris Co., Cronquist §251 (GH, Ga). ALABAMA: without locality, Buckley 25.5% (GH); Mellerville, Clay 7a Pollard and Maxon 177 (GH); St. Bernard, Cullman Co., W. Wolf s. (UC). OHIO: Geauga Co., Ford 1435 (GH); Mayfield Road near Cleveland, Cuyahoga Co., Greenman 1345 (DS, GH, MO). INDIANA: Rome City, Noble Co., E.B . Uline s. n. (CM); near "Cedar Lake, Starke Co., A. W. Brady s. n. (UC): near Goodland, Jasper Co., Welch 6108 (GH, UC): north of Reynolds, White Co., Pricer 14521 (UC); southwest of Perrysville, Vermillion Co., Friesner 19408 (GH). KENTUCKY: East of Cumberland Falls, Whitley Co., M a and James 24 (MO, UC); Bowling Green, Warren Ce,8-%, Pric n. (CM); between Murray and Pine Bluff Ferry, Calloway Co., Smith she "Ul odgdon 4203 (CM, GH); near Paducah, McCracken Co., E. Z. Palmer 17944 (MO). TENNESSEE: Rugby, Morgan Co., A. S. Panel s.n. (CM); Mayland, Cumberland Co., Harbison and Porter 8130 (UC); White Bluffs, Dickson Co., Svenson 4406 (GH); near Decatur, Meigs Co., Sharp & Underwood 2306 (MO); 5 miles north of Waverly, Humphreys Co. , Harger 7899 (GH). WISCONSIN: Silvania, Mrs. J. M. Milligan, s. n. (US); Shutesbury, July 3, 1883, W. H. Manning s.n.(GH). ILLINOIS: Naperville, Umbach 3875 (GH); Stony Island, Cook Co., Smith 6036 (GH, MO, UC); Chicago, Moffatt 540 (UC); Fountaindale, Winnebago Co., M.S. Bebb s. n. (GH); Aurora, Kane Co. Boyce 1394 (GH); Oregon, Ogle Co., S. G. Ps s.n. (UC); Champaign, paign Co., Gleason 174 (GH); near Urbana, Champaign Co., Jones 13917 (UC); Normal, McClean Co., B. L L. Robinson s. n. (GH); Blooming- ton, McClean Co., B. L. Robinson s. n. (GH); 2 miles west of Decatur, Macon Co., Clokey 2398 (UC). MISSOURI: near Clarksville, Pike Co., Davis 7594 (DS, MO); Kimmswick, Jefferson Co., J. R. Churchill s. n. (GH); Cooper Co., Bush 14791A (MO); Allenton, 'G. W. Letterman s. (GH, Ph); near Ironton, Iron Co., Palmer 1 8089 (GH, MO); iskee Shannon Co., Bush 159 (GH, MO); M MeDonald Co., Bush 2024 (GH). ARKANSAS: Benton Co., Plank s. n. (MO); Greenland township, Washington Co., Turner '280V (GH, MO). MINNESOTA: LeRoy, Mower Co., in 1861, T. J. Hale s.-%. er IOWA: Winneshiek Co., Hayden, Tolstead anil Strunk, s. n. (GH, MO); vd et Fink 243 (GH, US); LeClaire, Scott Co., Le Buhn 523 (GH, MO); N n, Chickasaw Co., Pammal 488 (GH); Appanoose Co. Fitzpatrick 13714 (GH); Muscatine, Ball 1539 (MO); Decatur Co., J. P. Anderson s. n. (MO). KANSAS: 6 mi. east of Baxter Springs, Cherokee Co., McGregor 1676 (GH). In its northwestern range, P. integrifolium is a prairie plant and was undoubtedly abundant at one time in the tall-grass prairie region of the United States. Since most of the prairie area is now intensively cultivated, the species is restricted largely to prairie relics in the middle and northern portions of its range. 66 ROLLINS East and south of the main prairie region, P. integrifoliwm is found on dry sites in open fields and glades. The species has been cultivated to a limited extent both in Europe and in America and has occasionally escaped from gardens. However, it has never become a favored ornamental plant. There is considerable size-variation in P. integrifolium. Some specimens have larger heads and flower-parts than others. Such differences in size as those observed are linked in some other species of Parthenium with genomic differences in chromosome- number. However, I have not been able to investigate this problem in P. integrifolium. A progeny-planting of a single plant originally from northwestern Indiana was found to possess 2n = 72 chromosomes. Frequently the roots of this species are enlarged and bulb- shaped with thick elongated secondary branches leading from the enlarged portion. There is a slight tendency toward rhizome- formation in P. integrifolium, but this tendency is not a charactis- tic of the species as is the case with P. hispidum. As mentioned in a discussion under the latter species, P. integrifolium and P. hispidum probably hybridize readily in the area of Missouri and Arkansas where their ranges overlap. Most of the puzzling somewhat intermediate specimens encountered in herbaria could be explained on such an assumption. Secrion IV. BoLopnytum (Nutrt.) T. & G. Parthenium, sect. 3, Bolophytum T. & G., Fl. N. Am. IT: 285. 1842. Bolophyta Nutt., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. VII: 348. 1841. Plants caespitose, dwarfed; leaves entire, crowded, small; heads solitary; pappus paleaceous, often fused with the corolla-tube to form winged margins. Type-species, P. alpinum (Nutt.) T. & G. 15. Parthenium ligulatum (Jones) Barneby Parthenium ligulatum (Jones) Barneby, Leaflets West. Bot. V: 20. 1947. P. alpinum (Nutt.) T. & G., var. ligulatum M. E. Jones, Contrib. West. Bot. 13: 16. 1910. Caespitose perennial forming dense mats 2-8 inches across; root deep and highly branched, somewhat woody ; plants branching in the caudex mostly below the soil surface, each branch covered with scale-like leaf- and matted long white multicellular trichomes, branches 1-3 cm. long; whole plant less than 2 em. above ground; leaves tufted, spatulate, obtuse, obscurely 1-nerved, silvery from a dense covering of simple trichomes, entire, 0.5-2 em. long, 2-4 mm. wide: heads solitary at , the ends of the caudex-branches, sessile, stramineous, 5-7 mm. high, ca THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 67 mm. broad; outer phyllaries oblong, tapered toward apex, next inner phyllaries elliptical to slightly broader, 4-6 mm. long, densely pubescent toward apex of back surface, otherwise nearly glabrous; achenes broadly oblanceolate, densely pubescent, 4-5 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide; pappus paleaceous, free or oppo l fused with corolla-tube to form winged margins; corolla white, tube ca. 1 mm. long, constricted at apex, ligule pag 1-2 mm. long, schataalieti style deeply cleft; pollen white. 2n = Nuria: Utah and adjacent Colorado. Specimens examined :— TAH: 5 mi. west of Bitter Creek, Watson-Ouray Road, Uintah Co., Graham — (CM, GH, MO, UC); light-colored shale knoll, pinon- juniper assoc., 3 mi. east a head of Buck Canyon, Ou ray-Watson Road, Uintah Co. "“Follins 38087 (DS, GH, MO); similar habitat, 5 miles north of McCoy’s, Ouray-McCoy’ s Road, Uintah Co., Rollins 3088 (DS, GH); 27 miles oouthenss of Ouray, Uintah Co., Ri ley & Barneby 8746 (DS); 10 miles south of Theodore (now Betis etc te Duchesne Co., May 19, 1908, M. E. Jones s. n. (CAS, CM, DS, GH, MO, UC, isotypes): light- colored limey shale, high on the slopes of the canyon wall, near Indian Creek, 4 miles southwest of Duchesne, Duchesne Co., Rollins 8093 (DS, GH); dry rocky places, San Rafael Swell, Emery Co. Cottam 5259 (US). COLORADO: 17 miles northwest of Rangely, Rio Blanco Co., Ripley & Barneby 8742 (DS). The distributional area occupied by P. ligulatum is apparently governed in large part by its being closely adapted to light- colored shale-like outcrops of the Green River Eocene formation. In three locations in the Uinta Basin of Utah, where this species was studied in some detail, it was found only on restricted sites formed by the outcropping of what appeared to be a gypseous shale. The plants, though abundant, did not venture from these sites, nor were they to be found on likely habitats in the area unless the shale was present. From my observations in the Uinta Basin, the actual number of such outcrops appeared to be relatively few and the extent of each area where they occurred was limited. This probably accounts for the fact that previous to my recent field-trips into northeastern Utah to study P. ligu- latum, and those of Ripley and Barneby in the same area, this species had been collected only three times. It was found only once by Graham (1937) who did intensive field-work in the area where it grows. There is an array of characters which separate P. ligulatum from P. alpinum and I believe it is a mistake to consider the two as varieties of a single species. The presence of a pronounced ligule on the fertile florets of P. ligulatum is emphasized in the 68 ROLLINS name, but this character is by no means the most important. In this species, the tube of the corolla is so constricted at the apex that there appears to be barely room for the style to protrude through the opening. In contrast, the corolla-tube of P. alpinum is not at all constricted above and appears to flare slightly. The heads of the latter species are broader than they are high, but in P. ligulatum, they are higher than broad. Also, the leaves are quite different in the two. In P. alpinum, they are linear to linear-spatulate and have a prominent midrib while in P. ligula- tum the midrib is obscure and the leaves are definitely spatulate. I had independently arrived at the conclusion that P. ligulatum was a distinct species before Barneby made the nomenclatural change in 1947. 16. Parthenium alpinum (Nutt.) T. & G. Caespitose perennial, acaulescent, caudex branched and terminating in tufts of crowded leaves; branches fusiform, covered with remnants of old expanded leaf-bases, and possessing, mostly at their apices, dense tufts of long white unbranched multicellular trichomes; leaves entire, linear to linear-spatulate or oblanceolate, silvery-canescent from a dense covering of stiff, simple, multicellular, pointed trichomes, rather prominently one- nerved or sometimes with two lateral obscure nerves, acute to obtuse, 1.5-4 em. long, 1.5-6 mm. wide; heads solitary, one to several on each branch, sessile or pedunculate,4-7 mm. high, 5-10 mm. broad; outer phyllaries suborbicular to broadly ovate, pubescent on the back, inner phyllaries imbricate to broadly orbicular, membranaceous, 3-5 mm. long, pubescent toward apex on the back surface; achenes o} I d, oblong, cuneate, pubescent, 3-4 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, often fringed on the sides by thin paleaceous marginal extensions of the pappus; pappus vari- able, usually of two paleaceous triangular to lanceolate, often fimbriate, scales nearly as long as the truncate corolla-tube, pappus often fused with the lower portion of the tube, a third ventral awn sometimes present, ligule wanting. Key To THE VARIETIES unculate; peduncles 1-3 em. long, plants of Colorado : ag ee eRe a a fa, 6S 16b. var. tetraneuris. 16a. Parthenium alpinum, var. typicum Parthenium alpinum (Nutt.) Torrey & Gra : ; . y, Fl. N. Am. II: 285. 1842. — alpina Nuttall in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. VII: 348. 1840. or over a century known only from the type collection “in the Rocky Mountains, towards the sources of the Platte, in about lat. 42 degrees, on 8 rocks at the summit of a lofty hill, near the place called the THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 69 “Three Buttes” by the Canadians, 7000 feet above the level of the sea.” Nuttall s. n. (GH, Ph, isotypes). Recently collected in WYOMING at the following locations: on white shale ridges and cobblestone bluffs, Alcova, Natrona County, July 2, 1947, H. D. Ripley & R. C. Barneby 8945 (DS); steep grade 4 miles west of Aleova, Natrona Co., May 9, 1948, C. L. Porter 4425 (GH); 3 mi. west of Lusk, Niobrara Co., June 11, 1948, Ripley & Barneby 9114 (GH); 5 miles west of Lusk, Niobrara Co., April 23, 1949, C. L. Porter 4855 (GH). 16b. Parthenium alpinum, var. tetraneuris (Barneby) comb. nov. P. tetraneuris Barneby in Leafl. West. Bot. V: 19-20. 1947. Heads pedunculate, peduncle 1-3 em. long. 2n = 72. COLORADO: white shale bluffs of the Arkansas River, east of Portland, Fremont Co., June 1, 1946, H. D. Ripley & R. C. Barneby 7662 (CAS, type; GH, isotype); Turkey Creek, near to its confluence with the Arkan- sas River, Pueblo Co., May 23, 1947, Ripley & Barneby 8305 (DS); 3 miles northwest of Pueblo, Pueblo Co., May 23, 1947, Ripley & Barneby 8303 (GH, DS). As Goodman (1943) pointed out, the type-locality of typical P. alpinum has not been definitely determined from published records. Nuttall obtained his specimens while traveling with the Wyeth Expedition which left St. Louis, Missouri, in the spring of 1834 bound for Fort Vancouver, Oregon. Using the available evidence, Goodman concluded that the type-station may be either in eastern Idaho or central Wyoming, the latter area being the more likely of the two. Now that the species has been discovered in south central Wyoming by Ripley and Barneby, and by Porter (1949), it seems reasonably certain that the type-station is in that general area. The specimens collected near Aleova, Wyoming, are very similar to the Nuttall plants and undoubtedly belong to the same entity. Barneby’s (1947) pre- diction that typical P. alpinum would be found growing in central Wyoming curiously paralleled a similar suggestion I had re- corded in manuscript at about the same time. Our reasoning was similar in that likely habitats were abundant “towards the sources of the Platte”, but were practically absent in eastern daho. Also, on the date (June) when Nuttall collected P. alpinum, he must have been in Wyoming. _ : In studying the available material of typical P. alpinum and that of P. tetraneuris, Barneby, I can find little reason for keeping the two as distinct species. The differences in leaf-width, nerva- tion of the leaves, phyllary-size, achene-size and the achene- margins emphasized by Barneby, while seemingly valid for the 70 ROLLINS two type-series, break down when the recent collections of mate- rial are fully examined. We find plants from Colorado with leaves as narrow as those on the Wyoming plants and these possess but a single nerve. Other plants from Wyoming with broader leaves are obscurely three-nerved. The achene- and phyllary-size seem not to be far different in the plants from the two areas and the achenes of some Wyoming plants are distinctly winged. There are minor differences between the plants from the two areas, but these are scarcely on the species-level. It is my conclusion that the two entities should be treated as varieties of the same species. There is some variation between the different collections of P. alpinum, var. tetraneuris with respect to the shape of the pappus- scales and the amount of their adnation to the corolla-tube. The achenes examined from plants of Ripley and Barneby 7662 and 8305 have broad, often more or less fimbriate scales which usually show some degree of adnation to the corolla-tube. Sometimes one of the two scales is fused and the other free. However, 1n Ripley and Barneby 8303, the scales are somewhat pointed at the apex and are rarely fused with the corolla-tube. The variations noted appear not to be correlated with other characters and are probably not taxonomically significant. Similar variations in the pappus have been found in the specimens of typical P. alpinum collected near Lusk, Wyoming. In a random sample of 24 achenes provided for study by Professor C. L. Porter, from near Alcova, Wyoming, over half of them showed the lateral pappus- awns to be fused with the corolla-tube. In less than half, the tips were free. In all cases the lateral margins of the corolla were more or less winged, the wings extending along the upper half of the achene-margin. A ventral awn was present upon 9 achenes, but could not be seen in the other 15. Species Exc.upep rrom PARTHENIUM : .29 = Chrysanthemum Parthenium. cf. Index Kewensis. Certainly not a Parthenium. THE GUAYULE RUBBER PLANT AND ITS RELATIVES 71 LITERATURE CITED ARTSCHWAGER, Ernst. 1943. Contribution to the morphology and anatomy of guayule (Parthenium argentatum). U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. No. Bartton, H. 1882. Monographie des composées, Histoire des plantes VIII: 233. Barnesy, R. C. 1947. A new monocephalous Parthenium. Leafl, West. Bot. V: 19-22. Benepict, Harris M. and Jeanerre Ropinson. 1946. Studies on the germination of guayule seed. U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. No. 921. 1-48. Bercner, A. Dororny. 1944. Guayule plants with low chromosome numbers. ee 99: 224-225.